diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'build-aux')
| -rwxr-xr-x | build-aux/ar-lib | 271 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | build-aux/config.guess | 1674 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | build-aux/config.rpath | 684 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | build-aux/config.sub | 1793 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | build-aux/depcomp | 791 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | build-aux/gitlog-to-changelog | 515 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | build-aux/gnupload | 473 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | build-aux/install-sh | 529 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | build-aux/ltmain.sh | 11249 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | build-aux/mdate-sh | 228 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | build-aux/missing | 215 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | build-aux/test-driver | 150 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | build-aux/texinfo.tex | 11707 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | build-aux/ylwrap | 247 |
14 files changed, 30526 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/build-aux/ar-lib b/build-aux/ar-lib new file mode 100755 index 0000000..1e9388e --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/ar-lib @@ -0,0 +1,271 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Wrapper for Microsoft lib.exe + +me=ar-lib +scriptversion=2019-07-04.01; # UTC + +# Copyright (C) 2010-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Written by Peter Rosin <peda@lysator.liu.se>. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +# This file is maintained in Automake, please report +# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to +# <automake-patches@gnu.org>. + + +# func_error message +func_error () +{ + echo "$me: $1" 1>&2 + exit 1 +} + +file_conv= + +# func_file_conv build_file +# Convert a $build file to $host form and store it in $file +# Currently only supports Windows hosts. +func_file_conv () +{ + file=$1 + case $file in + / | /[!/]*) # absolute file, and not a UNC file + if test -z "$file_conv"; then + # lazily determine how to convert abs files + case `uname -s` in + MINGW*) + file_conv=mingw + ;; + CYGWIN* | MSYS*) + file_conv=cygwin + ;; + *) + file_conv=wine + ;; + esac + fi + case $file_conv in + mingw) + file=`cmd //C echo "$file " | sed -e 's/"\(.*\) " *$/\1/'` + ;; + cygwin | msys) + file=`cygpath -m "$file" || echo "$file"` + ;; + wine) + file=`winepath -w "$file" || echo "$file"` + ;; + esac + ;; + esac +} + +# func_at_file at_file operation archive +# Iterate over all members in AT_FILE performing OPERATION on ARCHIVE +# for each of them. +# When interpreting the content of the @FILE, do NOT use func_file_conv, +# since the user would need to supply preconverted file names to +# binutils ar, at least for MinGW. +func_at_file () +{ + operation=$2 + archive=$3 + at_file_contents=`cat "$1"` + eval set x "$at_file_contents" + shift + + for member + do + $AR -NOLOGO $operation:"$member" "$archive" || exit $? + done +} + +case $1 in + '') + func_error "no command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." + ;; + -h | --h*) + cat <<EOF +Usage: $me [--help] [--version] PROGRAM ACTION ARCHIVE [MEMBER...] + +Members may be specified in a file named with @FILE. +EOF + exit $? + ;; + -v | --v*) + echo "$me, version $scriptversion" + exit $? + ;; +esac + +if test $# -lt 3; then + func_error "you must specify a program, an action and an archive" +fi + +AR=$1 +shift +while : +do + if test $# -lt 2; then + func_error "you must specify a program, an action and an archive" + fi + case $1 in + -lib | -LIB \ + | -ltcg | -LTCG \ + | -machine* | -MACHINE* \ + | -subsystem* | -SUBSYSTEM* \ + | -verbose | -VERBOSE \ + | -wx* | -WX* ) + AR="$AR $1" + shift + ;; + *) + action=$1 + shift + break + ;; + esac +done +orig_archive=$1 +shift +func_file_conv "$orig_archive" +archive=$file + +# strip leading dash in $action +action=${action#-} + +delete= +extract= +list= +quick= +replace= +index= +create= + +while test -n "$action" +do + case $action in + d*) delete=yes ;; + x*) extract=yes ;; + t*) list=yes ;; + q*) quick=yes ;; + r*) replace=yes ;; + s*) index=yes ;; + S*) ;; # the index is always updated implicitly + c*) create=yes ;; + u*) ;; # TODO: don't ignore the update modifier + v*) ;; # TODO: don't ignore the verbose modifier + *) + func_error "unknown action specified" + ;; + esac + action=${action#?} +done + +case $delete$extract$list$quick$replace,$index in + yes,* | ,yes) + ;; + yesyes*) + func_error "more than one action specified" + ;; + *) + func_error "no action specified" + ;; +esac + +if test -n "$delete"; then + if test ! -f "$orig_archive"; then + func_error "archive not found" + fi + for member + do + case $1 in + @*) + func_at_file "${1#@}" -REMOVE "$archive" + ;; + *) + func_file_conv "$1" + $AR -NOLOGO -REMOVE:"$file" "$archive" || exit $? + ;; + esac + done + +elif test -n "$extract"; then + if test ! -f "$orig_archive"; then + func_error "archive not found" + fi + if test $# -gt 0; then + for member + do + case $1 in + @*) + func_at_file "${1#@}" -EXTRACT "$archive" + ;; + *) + func_file_conv "$1" + $AR -NOLOGO -EXTRACT:"$file" "$archive" || exit $? + ;; + esac + done + else + $AR -NOLOGO -LIST "$archive" | tr -d '\r' | sed -e 's/\\/\\\\/g' \ + | while read member + do + $AR -NOLOGO -EXTRACT:"$member" "$archive" || exit $? + done + fi + +elif test -n "$quick$replace"; then + if test ! -f "$orig_archive"; then + if test -z "$create"; then + echo "$me: creating $orig_archive" + fi + orig_archive= + else + orig_archive=$archive + fi + + for member + do + case $1 in + @*) + func_file_conv "${1#@}" + set x "$@" "@$file" + ;; + *) + func_file_conv "$1" + set x "$@" "$file" + ;; + esac + shift + shift + done + + if test -n "$orig_archive"; then + $AR -NOLOGO -OUT:"$archive" "$orig_archive" "$@" || exit $? + else + $AR -NOLOGO -OUT:"$archive" "$@" || exit $? + fi + +elif test -n "$list"; then + if test ! -f "$orig_archive"; then + func_error "archive not found" + fi + $AR -NOLOGO -LIST "$archive" || exit $? +fi diff --git a/build-aux/config.guess b/build-aux/config.guess new file mode 100755 index 0000000..11fda52 --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/config.guess @@ -0,0 +1,1674 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Attempt to guess a canonical system name. +# Copyright 1992-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +timestamp='2020-04-26' + +# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +# +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that +# program. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7 +# of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3"). +# +# Originally written by Per Bothner; maintained since 2000 by Ben Elliston. +# +# You can get the latest version of this script from: +# https://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess +# +# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. + + +me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` + +usage="\ +Usage: $0 [OPTION] + +Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on. + +Options: + -h, --help print this help, then exit + -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit + -v, --version print version number, then exit + +Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>." + +version="\ +GNU config.guess ($timestamp) + +Originally written by Per Bothner. +Copyright 1992-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO +warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." + +help=" +Try \`$me --help' for more information." + +# Parse command line +while test $# -gt 0 ; do + case $1 in + --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) + echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;; + --version | -v ) + echo "$version" ; exit ;; + --help | --h* | -h ) + echo "$usage"; exit ;; + -- ) # Stop option processing + shift; break ;; + - ) # Use stdin as input. + break ;; + -* ) + echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2 + exit 1 ;; + * ) + break ;; + esac +done + +if test $# != 0; then + echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 + exit 1 +fi + +# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a +# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires +# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a +# headache to deal with in a portable fashion. + +# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still +# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated. + +# Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team. + +tmp= +# shellcheck disable=SC2172 +trap 'test -z "$tmp" || rm -fr "$tmp"' 0 1 2 13 15 + +set_cc_for_build() { + # prevent multiple calls if $tmp is already set + test "$tmp" && return 0 + : "${TMPDIR=/tmp}" + # shellcheck disable=SC2039 + { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } || + { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp" 2>/dev/null) ; } || + { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp" 2>/dev/null) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } || + { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } + dummy=$tmp/dummy + case ${CC_FOR_BUILD-},${HOST_CC-},${CC-} in + ,,) echo "int x;" > "$dummy.c" + for driver in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do + if ($driver -c -o "$dummy.o" "$dummy.c") >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then + CC_FOR_BUILD="$driver" + break + fi + done + if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then + CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found + fi + ;; + ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;; + ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;; + esac +} + +# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe. +# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24) +if test -f /.attbin/uname ; then + PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH +fi + +UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown +UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown +UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown +UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown + +case "$UNAME_SYSTEM" in +Linux|GNU|GNU/*) + # If the system lacks a compiler, then just pick glibc. + # We could probably try harder. + LIBC=gnu + + set_cc_for_build + cat <<-EOF > "$dummy.c" + #include <features.h> + #if defined(__UCLIBC__) + LIBC=uclibc + #elif defined(__dietlibc__) + LIBC=dietlibc + #else + LIBC=gnu + #endif + EOF + eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null | grep '^LIBC' | sed 's, ,,g'`" + + # If ldd exists, use it to detect musl libc. + if command -v ldd >/dev/null && \ + ldd --version 2>&1 | grep -q ^musl + then + LIBC=musl + fi + ;; +esac + +# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive. + +case "$UNAME_MACHINE:$UNAME_SYSTEM:$UNAME_RELEASE:$UNAME_VERSION" in + *:NetBSD:*:*) + # NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or + # more of the tuples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*, + # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently + # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old + # object file format. This provides both forward + # compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the + # object file format. + # + # Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor + # portion of the name. We always set it to "unknown". + sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch" + UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(uname -p 2>/dev/null || \ + "/sbin/$sysctl" 2>/dev/null || \ + "/usr/sbin/$sysctl" 2>/dev/null || \ + echo unknown)` + case "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH" in + armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;; + arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;; + sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;; + sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;; + sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;; + earmv*) + arch=`echo "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH" | sed -e 's,^e\(armv[0-9]\).*$,\1,'` + endian=`echo "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH" | sed -ne 's,^.*\(eb\)$,\1,p'` + machine="${arch}${endian}"-unknown + ;; + *) machine="$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH"-unknown ;; + esac + # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched + # to ELF recently (or will in the future) and ABI. + case "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH" in + earm*) + os=netbsdelf + ;; + arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax) + set_cc_for_build + if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ + | grep -q __ELF__ + then + # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout). + # Return netbsd for either. FIX? + os=netbsd + else + os=netbsdelf + fi + ;; + *) + os=netbsd + ;; + esac + # Determine ABI tags. + case "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH" in + earm*) + expr='s/^earmv[0-9]/-eabi/;s/eb$//' + abi=`echo "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH" | sed -e "$expr"` + ;; + esac + # The OS release + # Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and + # thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need + # kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a + # suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu. + case "$UNAME_VERSION" in + Debian*) + release='-gnu' + ;; + *) + release=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-_].*//' | cut -d. -f1,2` + ;; + esac + # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM: + # contains redundant information, the shorter form: + # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used. + echo "$machine-${os}${release}${abi-}" + exit ;; + *:Bitrig:*:*) + UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/Bitrig.//'` + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH"-unknown-bitrig"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + *:OpenBSD:*:*) + UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'` + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH"-unknown-openbsd"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + *:LibertyBSD:*:*) + UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/^.*BSD\.//'` + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH"-unknown-libertybsd"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + *:MidnightBSD:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-midnightbsd"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + *:ekkoBSD:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-ekkobsd"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + *:SolidBSD:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-solidbsd"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + *:OS108:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-os108_"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + macppc:MirBSD:*:*) + echo powerpc-unknown-mirbsd"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + *:MirBSD:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-mirbsd"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + *:Sortix:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-sortix + exit ;; + *:Twizzler:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-twizzler + exit ;; + *:Redox:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-redox + exit ;; + mips:OSF1:*.*) + echo mips-dec-osf1 + exit ;; + alpha:OSF1:*:*) + case $UNAME_RELEASE in + *4.0) + UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'` + ;; + *5.*) + UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'` + ;; + esac + # According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on + # OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995. I hope that + # covers most systems running today. This code pipes the CPU + # types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0. + ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^ The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1` + case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in + "EV4 (21064)") + UNAME_MACHINE=alpha ;; + "EV4.5 (21064)") + UNAME_MACHINE=alpha ;; + "LCA4 (21066/21068)") + UNAME_MACHINE=alpha ;; + "EV5 (21164)") + UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;; + "EV5.6 (21164A)") + UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;; + "EV5.6 (21164PC)") + UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; + "EV5.7 (21164PC)") + UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca57 ;; + "EV6 (21264)") + UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;; + "EV6.7 (21264A)") + UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;; + "EV6.8CB (21264C)") + UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; + "EV6.8AL (21264B)") + UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; + "EV6.8CX (21264D)") + UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; + "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)") + UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev69 ;; + "EV7 (21364)") + UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev7 ;; + "EV7.9 (21364A)") + UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev79 ;; + esac + # A Pn.n version is a patched version. + # A Vn.n version is a released version. + # A Tn.n version is a released field test version. + # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel. + # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r. + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-dec-osf"`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz`" + # Reset EXIT trap before exiting to avoid spurious non-zero exit code. + exitcode=$? + trap '' 0 + exit $exitcode ;; + Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*) + echo m68k-unknown-sysv4 + exit ;; + *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-amigaos + exit ;; + *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-morphos + exit ;; + *:OS/390:*:*) + echo i370-ibm-openedition + exit ;; + *:z/VM:*:*) + echo s390-ibm-zvmoe + exit ;; + *:OS400:*:*) + echo powerpc-ibm-os400 + exit ;; + arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*) + echo arm-acorn-riscix"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + arm*:riscos:*:*|arm*:RISCOS:*:*) + echo arm-unknown-riscos + exit ;; + SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*) + echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp + exit ;; + Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*) + # akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE. + if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then + echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3 + else + echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd + fi + exit ;; + NILE*:*:*:dcosx) + echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4 + exit ;; + DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*) + echo sparc-icl-nx6 + exit ;; + DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*) + case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in + sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;; + esac ;; + s390x:SunOS:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-ibm-solaris2"`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`" + exit ;; + sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*) + echo sparc-hal-solaris2"`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE"|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`" + exit ;; + sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*) + echo sparc-sun-solaris2"`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`" + exit ;; + i86pc:AuroraUX:5.*:* | i86xen:AuroraUX:5.*:*) + echo i386-pc-auroraux"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*) + set_cc_for_build + SUN_ARCH=i386 + # If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects. + # Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does. + # This test works for both compilers. + if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != no_compiler_found ]; then + if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \ + (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \ + grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null + then + SUN_ARCH=x86_64 + fi + fi + echo "$SUN_ARCH"-pc-solaris2"`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE"|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`" + exit ;; + sun4*:SunOS:6*:*) + # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize + # SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but + # it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4. + echo sparc-sun-solaris3"`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE"|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`" + exit ;; + sun4*:SunOS:*:*) + case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in + Series*|S4*) + UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v` + ;; + esac + # Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'. + echo sparc-sun-sunos"`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE"|sed -e 's/-/_/'`" + exit ;; + sun3*:SunOS:*:*) + echo m68k-sun-sunos"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + sun*:*:4.2BSD:*) + UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null` + test "x$UNAME_RELEASE" = x && UNAME_RELEASE=3 + case "`/bin/arch`" in + sun3) + echo m68k-sun-sunos"$UNAME_RELEASE" + ;; + sun4) + echo sparc-sun-sunos"$UNAME_RELEASE" + ;; + esac + exit ;; + aushp:SunOS:*:*) + echo sparc-auspex-sunos"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name + # can be virtually everything (everything which is not + # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor + # > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT" + # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally + # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not + # MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should + # be no problem. + atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-atari-mint"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-atari-mint"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-atari-mint"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-milan-mint"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-hades-mint"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-unknown-mint"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + m68k:machten:*:*) + echo m68k-apple-machten"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + powerpc:machten:*:*) + echo powerpc-apple-machten"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + RISC*:Mach:*:*) + echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3 + exit ;; + RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*) + echo mips-dec-ultrix"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*) + echo vax-dec-ultrix"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + 2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*) + echo clipper-intergraph-clix"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos) + set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c" +#ifdef __cplusplus +#include <stdio.h> /* for printf() prototype */ + int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { +#else + int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { +#endif + #if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB) + #if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV) + printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\\n", argv[1]); exit (0); + #endif + #if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4) + printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\\n", argv[1]); exit (0); + #endif + #if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD) + printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\\n", argv[1]); exit (0); + #endif + #endif + exit (-1); + } +EOF + $CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" && + dummyarg=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` && + SYSTEM_NAME=`"$dummy" "$dummyarg"` && + { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } + echo mips-mips-riscos"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) + echo powerpc-motorola-powermax + exit ;; + Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*) + echo powerpc-harris-powermax + exit ;; + Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) + echo powerpc-harris-powermax + exit ;; + Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*) + echo powerpc-harris-powerunix + exit ;; + m88k:CX/UX:7*:*) + echo m88k-harris-cxux7 + exit ;; + m88k:*:4*:R4*) + echo m88k-motorola-sysv4 + exit ;; + m88k:*:3*:R3*) + echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 + exit ;; + AViiON:dgux:*:*) + # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures + UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` + if [ "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = mc88100 ] || [ "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = mc88110 ] + then + if [ "$TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE"x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \ + [ "$TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE"x = x ] + then + echo m88k-dg-dgux"$UNAME_RELEASE" + else + echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs"$UNAME_RELEASE" + fi + else + echo i586-dg-dgux"$UNAME_RELEASE" + fi + exit ;; + M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3) + echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3 + exit ;; + M88*:*:R3*:*) + # Delta 88k system running SVR3 + echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 + exit ;; + XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3) + echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3 + exit ;; + Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD) + echo m68k-tektronix-bsd + exit ;; + *:IRIX*:*:*) + echo mips-sgi-irix"`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE"|sed -e 's/-/_/g'`" + exit ;; + ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX. + echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id + exit ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX ' + i*86:AIX:*:*) + echo i386-ibm-aix + exit ;; + ia64:AIX:*:*) + if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then + IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` + else + IBM_REV="$UNAME_VERSION.$UNAME_RELEASE" + fi + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-ibm-aix"$IBM_REV" + exit ;; + *:AIX:2:3) + if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then + set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c" + #include <sys/systemcfg.h> + + main() + { + if (!__power_pc()) + exit(1); + puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5"); + exit(0); + } +EOF + if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" && SYSTEM_NAME=`"$dummy"` + then + echo "$SYSTEM_NAME" + else + echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5 + fi + elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then + echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4 + else + echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2 + fi + exit ;; + *:AIX:*:[4567]) + IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'` + if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El "$IBM_CPU_ID" | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then + IBM_ARCH=rs6000 + else + IBM_ARCH=powerpc + fi + if [ -x /usr/bin/lslpp ] ; then + IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/lslpp -Lqc bos.rte.libc | + awk -F: '{ print $3 }' | sed s/[0-9]*$/0/` + else + IBM_REV="$UNAME_VERSION.$UNAME_RELEASE" + fi + echo "$IBM_ARCH"-ibm-aix"$IBM_REV" + exit ;; + *:AIX:*:*) + echo rs6000-ibm-aix + exit ;; + ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:4.4BSD:*) + echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4 + exit ;; + ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and + echo romp-ibm-bsd"$UNAME_RELEASE" # 4.3 with uname added to + exit ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3 + *:BOSX:*:*) + echo rs6000-bull-bosx + exit ;; + DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*) + echo m68k-bull-sysv3 + exit ;; + 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*) + echo m68k-hp-bsd + exit ;; + hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*) + echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4 + exit ;; + 9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*) + HPUX_REV=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE"|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` + case "$UNAME_MACHINE" in + 9000/31?) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;; + 9000/[34]??) HP_ARCH=m68k ;; + 9000/[678][0-9][0-9]) + if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then + sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null` + sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null` + case "$sc_cpu_version" in + 523) HP_ARCH=hppa1.0 ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0 + 528) HP_ARCH=hppa1.1 ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1 + 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0 + case "$sc_kernel_bits" in + 32) HP_ARCH=hppa2.0n ;; + 64) HP_ARCH=hppa2.0w ;; + '') HP_ARCH=hppa2.0 ;; # HP-UX 10.20 + esac ;; + esac + fi + if [ "$HP_ARCH" = "" ]; then + set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c" + + #define _HPUX_SOURCE + #include <stdlib.h> + #include <unistd.h> + + int main () + { + #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) + long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS); + #endif + long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); + + switch (cpu) + { + case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; + case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break; + case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: + #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) + switch (bits) + { + case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break; + case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break; + default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break; + } break; + #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */ + puts ("hppa2.0"); break; + #endif + default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; + } + exit (0); + } +EOF + (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`"$dummy"` + test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa + fi ;; + esac + if [ "$HP_ARCH" = hppa2.0w ] + then + set_cc_for_build + + # hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating + # 32-bit code. hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler + # generating 64-bit code. GNU and HP use different nomenclature: + # + # $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess + # => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23 + # $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess + # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23 + + if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | + grep -q __LP64__ + then + HP_ARCH=hppa2.0w + else + HP_ARCH=hppa64 + fi + fi + echo "$HP_ARCH"-hp-hpux"$HPUX_REV" + exit ;; + ia64:HP-UX:*:*) + HPUX_REV=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE"|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` + echo ia64-hp-hpux"$HPUX_REV" + exit ;; + 3050*:HI-UX:*:*) + set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c" + #include <unistd.h> + int + main () + { + long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); + /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns + true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct + results, however. */ + if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu)) + { + switch (cpu) + { + case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; + case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; + case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; + default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; + } + } + else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu)) + puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); + else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); + exit (0); + } +EOF + $CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" && SYSTEM_NAME=`"$dummy"` && + { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } + echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2 + exit ;; + 9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:*) + echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd + exit ;; + 9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*) + echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd + exit ;; + *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*) + echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix + exit ;; + hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:*) + echo hppa1.1-hp-osf + exit ;; + hp8??:OSF1:*:*) + echo hppa1.0-hp-osf + exit ;; + i*86:OSF1:*:*) + if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-osf1mk + else + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-osf1 + fi + exit ;; + parisc*:Lites*:*:*) + echo hppa1.1-hp-lites + exit ;; + C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*) + echo c1-convex-bsd + exit ;; + C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*) + if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc + then echo c32-convex-bsd + else echo c2-convex-bsd + fi + exit ;; + C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*) + echo c34-convex-bsd + exit ;; + C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*) + echo c38-convex-bsd + exit ;; + C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*) + echo c4-convex-bsd + exit ;; + CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*) + echo ymp-cray-unicos"$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit ;; + CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-cray-unicos"$UNAME_RELEASE" \ + | sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \ + -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \ + -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit ;; + CRAY*TS:*:*:*) + echo t90-cray-unicos"$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit ;; + CRAY*T3E:*:*:*) + echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk"$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit ;; + CRAY*SV1:*:*:*) + echo sv1-cray-unicos"$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit ;; + *:UNICOS/mp:*:*) + echo craynv-cray-unicosmp"$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit ;; + F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*) + FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz` + FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | sed -e 's/\///'` + FUJITSU_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/ /_/'` + echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" + exit ;; + 5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) + FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | sed -e 's/\///'` + FUJITSU_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | sed -e 's/ /_/'` + echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" + exit ;; + i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-bsdi"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*) + echo sparc-unknown-bsdi"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + *:BSD/OS:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-bsdi"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + arm:FreeBSD:*:*) + UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` + set_cc_for_build + if echo __ARM_PCS_VFP | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ + | grep -q __ARM_PCS_VFP + then + echo "${UNAME_PROCESSOR}"-unknown-freebsd"`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`"-gnueabi + else + echo "${UNAME_PROCESSOR}"-unknown-freebsd"`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`"-gnueabihf + fi + exit ;; + *:FreeBSD:*:*) + UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` + case "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" in + amd64) + UNAME_PROCESSOR=x86_64 ;; + i386) + UNAME_PROCESSOR=i586 ;; + esac + echo "$UNAME_PROCESSOR"-unknown-freebsd"`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE"|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`" + exit ;; + i*:CYGWIN*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-cygwin + exit ;; + *:MINGW64*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-mingw64 + exit ;; + *:MINGW*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-mingw32 + exit ;; + *:MSYS*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-msys + exit ;; + i*:PW*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-pw32 + exit ;; + *:Interix*:*) + case "$UNAME_MACHINE" in + x86) + echo i586-pc-interix"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + authenticamd | genuineintel | EM64T) + echo x86_64-unknown-interix"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + IA64) + echo ia64-unknown-interix"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + esac ;; + i*:UWIN*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-uwin + exit ;; + amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*) + echo x86_64-pc-cygwin + exit ;; + prep*:SunOS:5.*:*) + echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2"`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE"|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`" + exit ;; + *:GNU:*:*) + # the GNU system + echo "`echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-$LIBC`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE"|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`" + exit ;; + *:GNU/*:*:*) + # other systems with GNU libc and userland + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-`echo "$UNAME_SYSTEM" | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr "[:upper:]" "[:lower:]"``echo "$UNAME_RELEASE"|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-$LIBC" + exit ;; + *:Minix:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-minix + exit ;; + aarch64:Linux:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + aarch64_be:Linux:*:*) + UNAME_MACHINE=aarch64_be + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + alpha:Linux:*:*) + case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null` in + EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;; + EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;; + PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; + PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; + EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;; + EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;; + EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; + esac + objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep -q ld.so.1 + if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC=gnulibc1 ; fi + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + arc:Linux:*:* | arceb:Linux:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + arm*:Linux:*:*) + set_cc_for_build + if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ + | grep -q __ARM_EABI__ + then + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" + else + if echo __ARM_PCS_VFP | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ + | grep -q __ARM_PCS_VFP + then + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"eabi + else + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"eabihf + fi + fi + exit ;; + avr32*:Linux:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + cris:Linux:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-axis-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + crisv32:Linux:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-axis-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + e2k:Linux:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + frv:Linux:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + hexagon:Linux:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + i*86:Linux:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + ia64:Linux:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + k1om:Linux:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + m32r*:Linux:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + m68*:Linux:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + mips:Linux:*:* | mips64:Linux:*:*) + set_cc_for_build + IS_GLIBC=0 + test x"${LIBC}" = xgnu && IS_GLIBC=1 + sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c" + #undef CPU + #undef mips + #undef mipsel + #undef mips64 + #undef mips64el + #if ${IS_GLIBC} && defined(_ABI64) + LIBCABI=gnuabi64 + #else + #if ${IS_GLIBC} && defined(_ABIN32) + LIBCABI=gnuabin32 + #else + LIBCABI=${LIBC} + #endif + #endif + + #if ${IS_GLIBC} && defined(__mips64) && defined(__mips_isa_rev) && __mips_isa_rev>=6 + CPU=mipsisa64r6 + #else + #if ${IS_GLIBC} && !defined(__mips64) && defined(__mips_isa_rev) && __mips_isa_rev>=6 + CPU=mipsisa32r6 + #else + #if defined(__mips64) + CPU=mips64 + #else + CPU=mips + #endif + #endif + #endif + + #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL) + MIPS_ENDIAN=el + #else + #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB) + MIPS_ENDIAN= + #else + MIPS_ENDIAN= + #endif + #endif +EOF + eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null | grep '^CPU\|^MIPS_ENDIAN\|^LIBCABI'`" + test "x$CPU" != x && { echo "$CPU${MIPS_ENDIAN}-unknown-linux-$LIBCABI"; exit; } + ;; + mips64el:Linux:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + openrisc*:Linux:*:*) + echo or1k-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + or32:Linux:*:* | or1k*:Linux:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + padre:Linux:*:*) + echo sparc-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*) + echo hppa64-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*) + # Look for CPU level + case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in + PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" ;; + PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" ;; + *) echo hppa-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" ;; + esac + exit ;; + ppc64:Linux:*:*) + echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + ppc:Linux:*:*) + echo powerpc-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + ppc64le:Linux:*:*) + echo powerpc64le-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + ppcle:Linux:*:*) + echo powerpcle-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + riscv32:Linux:*:* | riscv64:Linux:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-ibm-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + sh64*:Linux:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + sh*:Linux:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + tile*:Linux:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + vax:Linux:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-dec-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + x86_64:Linux:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + xtensa*:Linux:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" + exit ;; + i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*) + # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there. + # earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both + # sysname and nodename. + echo i386-sequent-sysv4 + exit ;; + i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*) + # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version + # number series starting with 2... + # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this, + # I just have to hope. -- rms. + # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it. + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-sysv4.2uw"$UNAME_VERSION" + exit ;; + i*86:OS/2:*:*) + # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility + # is probably installed. + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-os2-emx + exit ;; + i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-stop + exit ;; + i*86:atheos:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-atheos + exit ;; + i*86:syllable:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-syllable + exit ;; + i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*) + echo i386-unknown-lynxos"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + i*86:*DOS:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-msdosdjgpp + exit ;; + i*86:*:4.*:*) + UNAME_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed 's/\/MP$//'` + if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-univel-sysv"$UNAME_REL" + else + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-sysv"$UNAME_REL" + fi + exit ;; + i*86:*:5:[678]*) + # UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6. + case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in + *486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;; + *Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;; + *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;; + esac + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION}" + exit ;; + i*86:*:3.2:*) + if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then + UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name` + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-isc"$UNAME_REL" + elif /bin/uname -X 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then + UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')` + (/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486 + (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \ + && UNAME_MACHINE=i586 + (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \ + && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 + (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \ + && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-sco"$UNAME_REL" + else + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-sysv32 + fi + exit ;; + pc:*:*:*) + # Left here for compatibility: + # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about + # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586. + # Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub + # prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configure will decide that + # this is a cross-build. + echo i586-pc-msdosdjgpp + exit ;; + Intel:Mach:3*:*) + echo i386-pc-mach3 + exit ;; + paragon:*:*:*) + echo i860-intel-osf1 + exit ;; + i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4 + if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then + echo i860-stardent-sysv"$UNAME_RELEASE" # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4 + else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered. + echo i860-unknown-sysv"$UNAME_RELEASE" # Unknown i860-SVR4 + fi + exit ;; + mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*) + # "miniframe" + echo m68010-convergent-sysv + exit ;; + mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m) + echo m68k-convergent-sysv + exit ;; + M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*) + echo m68k-diab-dnix + exit ;; + M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*) + test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;; + 3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0) + OS_REL='' + test -r /etc/.relid \ + && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ + && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; } + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ + && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; } ;; + 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*) + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ + && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;; + NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*) + OS_REL='.3' + test -r /etc/.relid \ + && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ + && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; } + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ + && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; } + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep pteron >/dev/null \ + && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; } ;; + m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*) + echo m68k-unknown-lynxos"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) + echo m68k-atari-sysv4 + exit ;; + TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*) + echo sparc-unknown-lynxos"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*) + echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*) + echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*) + echo mips-dde-sysv"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*) + echo mips-sni-sysv4 + exit ;; + RM*:SINIX-*:*:*) + echo mips-sni-sysv4 + exit ;; + *:SINIX-*:*:*) + if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then + UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-sni-sysv4 + else + echo ns32k-sni-sysv + fi + exit ;; + PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort + # says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV> + echo i586-unisys-sysv4 + exit ;; + *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*) + # From Gerald Hewes <hewes@openmarket.com>. + # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm + echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4 + exit ;; + *:*:*:FTX*) + # From seanf@swdc.stratus.com. + echo i860-stratus-sysv4 + exit ;; + i*86:VOS:*:*) + # From Paul.Green@stratus.com. + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-stratus-vos + exit ;; + *:VOS:*:*) + # From Paul.Green@stratus.com. + echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos + exit ;; + mc68*:A/UX:*:*) + echo m68k-apple-aux"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*) + echo mips-sony-newsos6 + exit ;; + R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*) + if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then + echo mips-nec-sysv"$UNAME_RELEASE" + else + echo mips-unknown-sysv"$UNAME_RELEASE" + fi + exit ;; + BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only. + echo powerpc-be-beos + exit ;; + BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only. + echo powerpc-apple-beos + exit ;; + BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible. + echo i586-pc-beos + exit ;; + BePC:Haiku:*:*) # Haiku running on Intel PC compatible. + echo i586-pc-haiku + exit ;; + x86_64:Haiku:*:*) + echo x86_64-unknown-haiku + exit ;; + SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx4-nec-superux"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx5-nec-superux"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx6-nec-superux"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx7-nec-superux"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx8-nec-superux"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx8r-nec-superux"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + SX-ACE:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sxace-nec-superux"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + Power*:Rhapsody:*:*) + echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + *:Rhapsody:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-apple-rhapsody"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + *:Darwin:*:*) + UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` + case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in + unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;; + esac + if command -v xcode-select > /dev/null 2> /dev/null && \ + ! xcode-select --print-path > /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then + # Avoid executing cc if there is no toolchain installed as + # cc will be a stub that puts up a graphical alert + # prompting the user to install developer tools. + CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found + else + set_cc_for_build + fi + if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != no_compiler_found ]; then + if (echo '#ifdef __LP64__'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \ + (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \ + grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null + then + case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in + i386) UNAME_PROCESSOR=x86_64 ;; + powerpc) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc64 ;; + esac + fi + # On 10.4-10.6 one might compile for PowerPC via gcc -arch ppc + if (echo '#ifdef __POWERPC__'; echo IS_PPC; echo '#endif') | \ + (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \ + grep IS_PPC >/dev/null + then + UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc + fi + elif test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = i386 ; then + # uname -m returns i386 or x86_64 + UNAME_PROCESSOR=$UNAME_MACHINE + fi + echo "$UNAME_PROCESSOR"-apple-darwin"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*) + UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` + if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = x86; then + UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386 + UNAME_MACHINE=pc + fi + echo "$UNAME_PROCESSOR"-"$UNAME_MACHINE"-nto-qnx"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + *:QNX:*:4*) + echo i386-pc-qnx + exit ;; + NEO-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) + echo neo-tandem-nsk"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + NSE-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) + echo nse-tandem-nsk"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + NSR-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) + echo nsr-tandem-nsk"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + NSV-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) + echo nsv-tandem-nsk"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + NSX-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) + echo nsx-tandem-nsk"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + *:NonStop-UX:*:*) + echo mips-compaq-nonstopux + exit ;; + BS2000:POSIX*:*:*) + echo bs2000-siemens-sysv + exit ;; + DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-"$UNAME_SYSTEM"-"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + *:Plan9:*:*) + # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386 + # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86 + # operating systems. + # shellcheck disable=SC2154 + if test "$cputype" = 386; then + UNAME_MACHINE=i386 + else + UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype" + fi + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-plan9 + exit ;; + *:TOPS-10:*:*) + echo pdp10-unknown-tops10 + exit ;; + *:TENEX:*:*) + echo pdp10-unknown-tenex + exit ;; + KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*) + echo pdp10-dec-tops20 + exit ;; + XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*) + echo pdp10-xkl-tops20 + exit ;; + *:TOPS-20:*:*) + echo pdp10-unknown-tops20 + exit ;; + *:ITS:*:*) + echo pdp10-unknown-its + exit ;; + SEI:*:*:SEIUX) + echo mips-sei-seiux"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; + *:DragonFly:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-dragonfly"`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE"|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`" + exit ;; + *:*VMS:*:*) + UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` + case "$UNAME_MACHINE" in + A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;; + I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;; + V*) echo vax-dec-vms ; exit ;; + esac ;; + *:XENIX:*:SysV) + echo i386-pc-xenix + exit ;; + i*86:skyos:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-skyos"`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/ .*$//'`" + exit ;; + i*86:rdos:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-rdos + exit ;; + i*86:AROS:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-aros + exit ;; + x86_64:VMkernel:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-esx + exit ;; + amd64:Isilon\ OneFS:*:*) + echo x86_64-unknown-onefs + exit ;; + *:Unleashed:*:*) + echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-unleashed"$UNAME_RELEASE" + exit ;; +esac + +# No uname command or uname output not recognized. +set_cc_for_build +cat > "$dummy.c" <<EOF +#ifdef _SEQUENT_ +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/utsname.h> +#endif +#if defined(ultrix) || defined(_ultrix) || defined(__ultrix) || defined(__ultrix__) +#if defined (vax) || defined (__vax) || defined (__vax__) || defined(mips) || defined(__mips) || defined(__mips__) || defined(MIPS) || defined(__MIPS__) +#include <signal.h> +#if defined(_SIZE_T_) || defined(SIGLOST) +#include <sys/utsname.h> +#endif +#endif +#endif +main () +{ +#if defined (sony) +#if defined (MIPSEB) + /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed, + I don't know.... */ + printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0); +#else +#include <sys/param.h> + printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n", +#ifdef NEWSOS4 + "4" +#else + "" +#endif + ); exit (0); +#endif +#endif + +#if defined (NeXT) +#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__) +#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k" +#endif + int version; + version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`; + if (version < 4) + printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); + else + printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); + exit (0); +#endif + +#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16) +#if defined (UMAXV) + printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0); +#else +#if defined (CMU) + printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0); +#else + printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0); +#endif +#endif +#endif + +#if defined (__386BSD__) + printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0); +#endif + +#if defined (sequent) +#if defined (i386) + printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); +#endif +#if defined (ns32000) + printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); +#endif +#endif + +#if defined (_SEQUENT_) + struct utsname un; + + uname(&un); + if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) { + printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0); + } + if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */ + printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0); + } + printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0); +#endif + +#if defined (vax) +#if !defined (ultrix) +#include <sys/param.h> +#if defined (BSD) +#if BSD == 43 + printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0); +#else +#if BSD == 199006 + printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0); +#else + printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); +#endif +#endif +#else + printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); +#endif +#else +#if defined(_SIZE_T_) || defined(SIGLOST) + struct utsname un; + uname (&un); + printf ("vax-dec-ultrix%s\n", un.release); exit (0); +#else + printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0); +#endif +#endif +#endif +#if defined(ultrix) || defined(_ultrix) || defined(__ultrix) || defined(__ultrix__) +#if defined(mips) || defined(__mips) || defined(__mips__) || defined(MIPS) || defined(__MIPS__) +#if defined(_SIZE_T_) || defined(SIGLOST) + struct utsname *un; + uname (&un); + printf ("mips-dec-ultrix%s\n", un.release); exit (0); +#else + printf ("mips-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0); +#endif +#endif +#endif + +#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860) + printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0); +#endif + + exit (1); +} +EOF + +$CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` && + { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } + +# Apollos put the system type in the environment. +test -d /usr/apollo && { echo "$ISP-apollo-$SYSTYPE"; exit; } + +echo "$0: unable to guess system type" >&2 + +case "$UNAME_MACHINE:$UNAME_SYSTEM" in + mips:Linux | mips64:Linux) + # If we got here on MIPS GNU/Linux, output extra information. + cat >&2 <<EOF + +NOTE: MIPS GNU/Linux systems require a C compiler to fully recognize +the system type. Please install a C compiler and try again. +EOF + ;; +esac + +cat >&2 <<EOF + +This script (version $timestamp), has failed to recognize the +operating system you are using. If your script is old, overwrite *all* +copies of config.guess and config.sub with the latest versions from: + + https://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess +and + https://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub +EOF + +year=`echo $timestamp | sed 's,-.*,,'` +# shellcheck disable=SC2003 +if test "`expr "\`date +%Y\`" - "$year"`" -lt 3 ; then + cat >&2 <<EOF + +If $0 has already been updated, send the following data and any +information you think might be pertinent to config-patches@gnu.org to +provide the necessary information to handle your system. + +config.guess timestamp = $timestamp + +uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` + +/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null` +/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null` + +hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null` +/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null` +/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null` +/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null` +/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null` +/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null` + +UNAME_MACHINE = "$UNAME_MACHINE" +UNAME_RELEASE = "$UNAME_RELEASE" +UNAME_SYSTEM = "$UNAME_SYSTEM" +UNAME_VERSION = "$UNAME_VERSION" +EOF +fi + +exit 1 + +# Local variables: +# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" +# time-stamp-end: "'" +# End: diff --git a/build-aux/config.rpath b/build-aux/config.rpath new file mode 100755 index 0000000..24be79c --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/config.rpath @@ -0,0 +1,684 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the +# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable. +# +# Copyright 1996-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Taken from GNU libtool, 2001 +# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996 +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives +# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without +# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. +# +# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification, +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM +# or +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM +# The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld +# should be set by the caller. +# +# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script. + +# Known limitations: +# - On IRIX 6.5 with CC="cc", the run time search patch must not be longer +# than 256 bytes, otherwise the compiler driver will dump core. The only +# known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build +# directory and/or the installation directory. + +# All known linkers require a '.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC, +# which needs '.lib'). +libext=a +shrext=.so + +host="$1" +host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'` +host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'` +host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'` + +# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_CC_BASENAME. + +for cc_temp in $CC""; do + case $cc_temp in + compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;; + distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;; + \-*) ;; + *) break;; + esac +done +cc_basename=`echo "$cc_temp" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'` + +# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_COMPILER_PIC. + +wl= +if test "$GCC" = yes; then + wl='-Wl,' +else + case "$host_os" in + aix*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) + ;; + hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) + case $cc_basename in + ecc*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + icc* | ifort*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + lf95*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + nagfor*) + wl='-Wl,-Wl,,' + ;; + pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95* | pgfortran*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + ccc*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + xl* | bgxl* | bgf* | mpixl*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + como) + wl='-lopt=' + ;; + *) + case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in + *Sun\ F* | *Sun*Fortran*) + wl= + ;; + *Sun\ C*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + ;; + newsos6) + ;; + *nto* | *qnx*) + ;; + osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + rdos*) + ;; + solaris*) + case $cc_basename in + f77* | f90* | f95* | sunf77* | sunf90* | sunf95*) + wl='-Qoption ld ' + ;; + *) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + esac + ;; + sunos4*) + wl='-Qoption ld ' + ;; + sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + sysv4*MP*) + ;; + sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + unicos*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + uts4*) + ;; + esac +fi + +# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS. + +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= +hardcode_libdir_separator= +hardcode_direct=no +hardcode_minus_L=no + +case "$host_os" in + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time + # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using + # Microsoft Visual C++. + if test "$GCC" != yes; then + with_gnu_ld=no + fi + ;; + interix*) + # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++) + with_gnu_ld=yes + ;; + openbsd*) + with_gnu_ld=no + ;; +esac + +ld_shlibs=yes +if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These + # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them + # here allows them to be overridden if necessary. + # Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented + # option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath. + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + case "$host_os" in + aix[3-9]*) + # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken + if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + amigaos*) + case "$host_cpu" in + powerpc) + ;; + m68k) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + esac + ;; + beos*) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + : + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is + # no search path for DLLs. + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then + : + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + haiku*) + ;; + interix[3-9]*) + hardcode_direct=no + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + ;; + gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + : + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + netbsd*) + ;; + solaris*) + if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then + ld_shlibs=no + elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + : + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) + case `$LD -v 2>&1` in + *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*) + ld_shlibs=no + ;; + *) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`' + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + esac + ;; + sunos4*) + hardcode_direct=yes + ;; + *) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + : + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + esac + if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= + fi +else + case "$host_os" in + aix3*) + # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there + # are no directories specified by -L. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a + # broken collect2. + hardcode_direct=unsupported + fi + ;; + aix[4-9]*) + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't + # have to do anything special. + aix_use_runtimelinking=no + else + aix_use_runtimelinking=no + # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal + # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we + # need to do runtime linking. + case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix[5-9]*) + for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do + if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then + aix_use_runtimelinking=yes + break + fi + done + ;; + esac + fi + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_libdir_separator=':' + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*) + collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` + if test -f "$collect2name" && \ + strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null + then + # We have reworked collect2 + : + else + # We have old collect2 + hardcode_direct=unsupported + hardcode_minus_L=yes + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator= + fi + ;; + esac + fi + # Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX. + echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c + ${CC} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c -o conftest + aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } +}'` + if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then + aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } +}'` + fi + if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then + aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib" + fi + rm -f conftest.c conftest + # End _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX. + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" + else + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' + else + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" + fi + fi + ;; + amigaos*) + case "$host_cpu" in + powerpc) + ;; + m68k) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + esac + ;; + bsdi[45]*) + ;; + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using + # Microsoft Visual C++. + # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is + # no search path for DLLs. + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' ' + libext=lib + ;; + darwin* | rhapsody*) + hardcode_direct=no + if { case $cc_basename in ifort*) true;; *) test "$GCC" = yes;; esac; }; then + : + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + dgux*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + ;; + freebsd2.[01]*) + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + freebsd* | dragonfly*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + ;; + hpux9*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + hardcode_direct=yes + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + hpux10*) + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + hardcode_direct=yes + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + fi + ;; + hpux11*) + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*|ia64*) + hardcode_direct=no + ;; + *) + hardcode_direct=yes + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + esac + fi + ;; + irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + ;; + netbsd*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + ;; + newsos6) + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + ;; + *nto* | *qnx*) + ;; + openbsd*) + if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then + hardcode_direct=yes + if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + else + case "$host_os" in + openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + ;; + *) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + ;; + esac + fi + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + os2*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + osf3*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + ;; + osf4* | osf5*) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + else + # Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir' + fi + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + ;; + solaris*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + ;; + sunos4*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + sysv4) + case $host_vendor in + sni) + hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true??? + ;; + siemens) + hardcode_direct=no + ;; + motorola) + hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie + ;; + esac + ;; + sysv4.3*) + ;; + sysv4*MP*) + if test -d /usr/nec; then + ld_shlibs=yes + fi + ;; + sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) + ;; + sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`' + hardcode_libdir_separator=':' + ;; + uts4*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + ;; + *) + ld_shlibs=no + ;; + esac +fi + +# Check dynamic linker characteristics +# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER. +# Unlike libtool.m4, here we don't care about _all_ names of the library, but +# only about the one the linker finds when passed -lNAME. This is the last +# element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4, or possibly two of them if the +# linker has special search rules. +library_names_spec= # the last element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4 +libname_spec='lib$name' +case "$host_os" in + aix3*) + library_names_spec='$libname.a' + ;; + aix[4-9]*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + amigaos*) + case "$host_cpu" in + powerpc*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; + m68k) + library_names_spec='$libname.a' ;; + esac + ;; + beos*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + bsdi[45]*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + shrext=.dll + library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a $libname.lib' + ;; + darwin* | rhapsody*) + shrext=.dylib + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + dgux*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + freebsd[23].*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix' + ;; + freebsd* | dragonfly*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + gnu*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + haiku*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) + case $host_cpu in + ia64*) + shrext=.so + ;; + hppa*64*) + shrext=.sl + ;; + *) + shrext=.sl + ;; + esac + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + interix[3-9]*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + case "$host_os" in + irix5* | nonstopux*) + libsuff= shlibsuff= + ;; + *) + case $LD in + *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;; + *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;; + *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;; + *) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;; + esac + ;; + esac + ;; + linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) + ;; + linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + knetbsd*-gnu) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + netbsd*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + newsos6) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + *nto* | *qnx*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + openbsd*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix' + ;; + os2*) + libname_spec='$name' + shrext=.dll + library_names_spec='$libname.a' + ;; + osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + rdos*) + ;; + solaris*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + sunos4*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix' + ;; + sysv4 | sysv4.3*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + sysv4*MP*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + tpf*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + uts4*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; +esac + +sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g' +escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"` +shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'` +escaped_libname_spec=`echo "X$libname_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"` +escaped_library_names_spec=`echo "X$library_names_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"` +escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"` + +LC_ALL=C sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF + +# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler. +wl="$escaped_wl" + +# Static library suffix (normally "a"). +libext="$libext" + +# Shared library suffix (normally "so"). +shlibext="$shlibext" + +# Format of library name prefix. +libname_spec="$escaped_libname_spec" + +# Library names that the linker finds when passed -lNAME. +library_names_spec="$escaped_library_names_spec" + +# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking. +# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist. +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" + +# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument. +hardcode_libdir_separator="$hardcode_libdir_separator" + +# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the +# resulting binary. +hardcode_direct="$hardcode_direct" + +# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the +# resulting binary. +hardcode_minus_L="$hardcode_minus_L" + +EOF diff --git a/build-aux/config.sub b/build-aux/config.sub new file mode 100755 index 0000000..973a298 --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/config.sub @@ -0,0 +1,1793 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Configuration validation subroutine script. +# Copyright 1992-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +timestamp='2020-05-04' + +# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +# +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that +# program. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7 +# of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3"). + + +# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. +# +# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type. +# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument. +# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1. +# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed. + +# You can get the latest version of this script from: +# https://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub + +# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages +# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases +# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software. +# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations +# it does not support. The user should be able to distinguish +# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless +# configuration. + +# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given +# machine specification into a single specification in the form: +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM +# or in some cases, the newer four-part form: +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM +# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification. + +me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` + +usage="\ +Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS or ALIAS + +Canonicalize a configuration name. + +Options: + -h, --help print this help, then exit + -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit + -v, --version print version number, then exit + +Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>." + +version="\ +GNU config.sub ($timestamp) + +Copyright 1992-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO +warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." + +help=" +Try \`$me --help' for more information." + +# Parse command line +while test $# -gt 0 ; do + case $1 in + --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) + echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;; + --version | -v ) + echo "$version" ; exit ;; + --help | --h* | -h ) + echo "$usage"; exit ;; + -- ) # Stop option processing + shift; break ;; + - ) # Use stdin as input. + break ;; + -* ) + echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2 + exit 1 ;; + + *local*) + # First pass through any local machine types. + echo "$1" + exit ;; + + * ) + break ;; + esac +done + +case $# in + 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2 + exit 1;; + 1) ;; + *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 + exit 1;; +esac + +# Split fields of configuration type +# shellcheck disable=SC2162 +IFS="-" read field1 field2 field3 field4 <<EOF +$1 +EOF + +# Separate into logical components for further validation +case $1 in + *-*-*-*-*) + echo Invalid configuration \`"$1"\': more than four components >&2 + exit 1 + ;; + *-*-*-*) + basic_machine=$field1-$field2 + os=$field3-$field4 + ;; + *-*-*) + # Ambiguous whether COMPANY is present, or skipped and KERNEL-OS is two + # parts + maybe_os=$field2-$field3 + case $maybe_os in + nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-android* | linux-dietlibc \ + | linux-newlib* | linux-musl* | linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* \ + | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* \ + | netbsd*-eabi* | kopensolaris*-gnu* | cloudabi*-eabi* \ + | storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*) + basic_machine=$field1 + os=$maybe_os + ;; + android-linux) + basic_machine=$field1-unknown + os=linux-android + ;; + *) + basic_machine=$field1-$field2 + os=$field3 + ;; + esac + ;; + *-*) + # A lone config we happen to match not fitting any pattern + case $field1-$field2 in + decstation-3100) + basic_machine=mips-dec + os= + ;; + *-*) + # Second component is usually, but not always the OS + case $field2 in + # Prevent following clause from handling this valid os + sun*os*) + basic_machine=$field1 + os=$field2 + ;; + # Manufacturers + dec* | mips* | sequent* | encore* | pc533* | sgi* | sony* \ + | att* | 7300* | 3300* | delta* | motorola* | sun[234]* \ + | unicom* | ibm* | next | hp | isi* | apollo | altos* \ + | convergent* | ncr* | news | 32* | 3600* | 3100* \ + | hitachi* | c[123]* | convex* | sun | crds | omron* | dg \ + | ultra | tti* | harris | dolphin | highlevel | gould \ + | cbm | ns | masscomp | apple | axis | knuth | cray \ + | microblaze* | sim | cisco \ + | oki | wec | wrs | winbond) + basic_machine=$field1-$field2 + os= + ;; + *) + basic_machine=$field1 + os=$field2 + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + ;; + *) + # Convert single-component short-hands not valid as part of + # multi-component configurations. + case $field1 in + 386bsd) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=bsd + ;; + a29khif) + basic_machine=a29k-amd + os=udi + ;; + adobe68k) + basic_machine=m68010-adobe + os=scout + ;; + alliant) + basic_machine=fx80-alliant + os= + ;; + altos | altos3068) + basic_machine=m68k-altos + os= + ;; + am29k) + basic_machine=a29k-none + os=bsd + ;; + amdahl) + basic_machine=580-amdahl + os=sysv + ;; + amiga) + basic_machine=m68k-unknown + os= + ;; + amigaos | amigados) + basic_machine=m68k-unknown + os=amigaos + ;; + amigaunix | amix) + basic_machine=m68k-unknown + os=sysv4 + ;; + apollo68) + basic_machine=m68k-apollo + os=sysv + ;; + apollo68bsd) + basic_machine=m68k-apollo + os=bsd + ;; + aros) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=aros + ;; + aux) + basic_machine=m68k-apple + os=aux + ;; + balance) + basic_machine=ns32k-sequent + os=dynix + ;; + blackfin) + basic_machine=bfin-unknown + os=linux + ;; + cegcc) + basic_machine=arm-unknown + os=cegcc + ;; + convex-c1) + basic_machine=c1-convex + os=bsd + ;; + convex-c2) + basic_machine=c2-convex + os=bsd + ;; + convex-c32) + basic_machine=c32-convex + os=bsd + ;; + convex-c34) + basic_machine=c34-convex + os=bsd + ;; + convex-c38) + basic_machine=c38-convex + os=bsd + ;; + cray) + basic_machine=j90-cray + os=unicos + ;; + crds | unos) + basic_machine=m68k-crds + os= + ;; + da30) + basic_machine=m68k-da30 + os= + ;; + decstation | pmax | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn) + basic_machine=mips-dec + os= + ;; + delta88) + basic_machine=m88k-motorola + os=sysv3 + ;; + dicos) + basic_machine=i686-pc + os=dicos + ;; + djgpp) + basic_machine=i586-pc + os=msdosdjgpp + ;; + ebmon29k) + basic_machine=a29k-amd + os=ebmon + ;; + es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE) + basic_machine=m68k-ericsson + os=ose + ;; + gmicro) + basic_machine=tron-gmicro + os=sysv + ;; + go32) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=go32 + ;; + h8300hms) + basic_machine=h8300-hitachi + os=hms + ;; + h8300xray) + basic_machine=h8300-hitachi + os=xray + ;; + h8500hms) + basic_machine=h8500-hitachi + os=hms + ;; + harris) + basic_machine=m88k-harris + os=sysv3 + ;; + hp300 | hp300hpux) + basic_machine=m68k-hp + os=hpux + ;; + hp300bsd) + basic_machine=m68k-hp + os=bsd + ;; + hppaosf) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp + os=osf + ;; + hppro) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp + os=proelf + ;; + i386mach) + basic_machine=i386-mach + os=mach + ;; + isi68 | isi) + basic_machine=m68k-isi + os=sysv + ;; + m68knommu) + basic_machine=m68k-unknown + os=linux + ;; + magnum | m3230) + basic_machine=mips-mips + os=sysv + ;; + merlin) + basic_machine=ns32k-utek + os=sysv + ;; + mingw64) + basic_machine=x86_64-pc + os=mingw64 + ;; + mingw32) + basic_machine=i686-pc + os=mingw32 + ;; + mingw32ce) + basic_machine=arm-unknown + os=mingw32ce + ;; + monitor) + basic_machine=m68k-rom68k + os=coff + ;; + morphos) + basic_machine=powerpc-unknown + os=morphos + ;; + moxiebox) + basic_machine=moxie-unknown + os=moxiebox + ;; + msdos) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=msdos + ;; + msys) + basic_machine=i686-pc + os=msys + ;; + mvs) + basic_machine=i370-ibm + os=mvs + ;; + nacl) + basic_machine=le32-unknown + os=nacl + ;; + ncr3000) + basic_machine=i486-ncr + os=sysv4 + ;; + netbsd386) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=netbsd + ;; + netwinder) + basic_machine=armv4l-rebel + os=linux + ;; + news | news700 | news800 | news900) + basic_machine=m68k-sony + os=newsos + ;; + news1000) + basic_machine=m68030-sony + os=newsos + ;; + necv70) + basic_machine=v70-nec + os=sysv + ;; + nh3000) + basic_machine=m68k-harris + os=cxux + ;; + nh[45]000) + basic_machine=m88k-harris + os=cxux + ;; + nindy960) + basic_machine=i960-intel + os=nindy + ;; + mon960) + basic_machine=i960-intel + os=mon960 + ;; + nonstopux) + basic_machine=mips-compaq + os=nonstopux + ;; + os400) + basic_machine=powerpc-ibm + os=os400 + ;; + OSE68000 | ose68000) + basic_machine=m68000-ericsson + os=ose + ;; + os68k) + basic_machine=m68k-none + os=os68k + ;; + paragon) + basic_machine=i860-intel + os=osf + ;; + parisc) + basic_machine=hppa-unknown + os=linux + ;; + pw32) + basic_machine=i586-unknown + os=pw32 + ;; + rdos | rdos64) + basic_machine=x86_64-pc + os=rdos + ;; + rdos32) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=rdos + ;; + rom68k) + basic_machine=m68k-rom68k + os=coff + ;; + sa29200) + basic_machine=a29k-amd + os=udi + ;; + sei) + basic_machine=mips-sei + os=seiux + ;; + sequent) + basic_machine=i386-sequent + os= + ;; + sps7) + basic_machine=m68k-bull + os=sysv2 + ;; + st2000) + basic_machine=m68k-tandem + os= + ;; + stratus) + basic_machine=i860-stratus + os=sysv4 + ;; + sun2) + basic_machine=m68000-sun + os= + ;; + sun2os3) + basic_machine=m68000-sun + os=sunos3 + ;; + sun2os4) + basic_machine=m68000-sun + os=sunos4 + ;; + sun3) + basic_machine=m68k-sun + os= + ;; + sun3os3) + basic_machine=m68k-sun + os=sunos3 + ;; + sun3os4) + basic_machine=m68k-sun + os=sunos4 + ;; + sun4) + basic_machine=sparc-sun + os= + ;; + sun4os3) + basic_machine=sparc-sun + os=sunos3 + ;; + sun4os4) + basic_machine=sparc-sun + os=sunos4 + ;; + sun4sol2) + basic_machine=sparc-sun + os=solaris2 + ;; + sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner) + basic_machine=i386-sun + os= + ;; + sv1) + basic_machine=sv1-cray + os=unicos + ;; + symmetry) + basic_machine=i386-sequent + os=dynix + ;; + t3e) + basic_machine=alphaev5-cray + os=unicos + ;; + t90) + basic_machine=t90-cray + os=unicos + ;; + toad1) + basic_machine=pdp10-xkl + os=tops20 + ;; + tpf) + basic_machine=s390x-ibm + os=tpf + ;; + udi29k) + basic_machine=a29k-amd + os=udi + ;; + ultra3) + basic_machine=a29k-nyu + os=sym1 + ;; + v810 | necv810) + basic_machine=v810-nec + os=none + ;; + vaxv) + basic_machine=vax-dec + os=sysv + ;; + vms) + basic_machine=vax-dec + os=vms + ;; + vsta) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=vsta + ;; + vxworks960) + basic_machine=i960-wrs + os=vxworks + ;; + vxworks68) + basic_machine=m68k-wrs + os=vxworks + ;; + vxworks29k) + basic_machine=a29k-wrs + os=vxworks + ;; + xbox) + basic_machine=i686-pc + os=mingw32 + ;; + ymp) + basic_machine=ymp-cray + os=unicos + ;; + *) + basic_machine=$1 + os= + ;; + esac + ;; +esac + +# Decode 1-component or ad-hoc basic machines +case $basic_machine in + # Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types. It is in + # some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular. + w89k) + cpu=hppa1.1 + vendor=winbond + ;; + op50n) + cpu=hppa1.1 + vendor=oki + ;; + op60c) + cpu=hppa1.1 + vendor=oki + ;; + ibm*) + cpu=i370 + vendor=ibm + ;; + orion105) + cpu=clipper + vendor=highlevel + ;; + mac | mpw | mac-mpw) + cpu=m68k + vendor=apple + ;; + pmac | pmac-mpw) + cpu=powerpc + vendor=apple + ;; + + # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand + # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS. + 3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc) + cpu=m68000 + vendor=att + ;; + 3b*) + cpu=we32k + vendor=att + ;; + bluegene*) + cpu=powerpc + vendor=ibm + os=cnk + ;; + decsystem10* | dec10*) + cpu=pdp10 + vendor=dec + os=tops10 + ;; + decsystem20* | dec20*) + cpu=pdp10 + vendor=dec + os=tops20 + ;; + delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \ + | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola) + cpu=m68k + vendor=motorola + ;; + dpx2*) + cpu=m68k + vendor=bull + os=sysv3 + ;; + encore | umax | mmax) + cpu=ns32k + vendor=encore + ;; + elxsi) + cpu=elxsi + vendor=elxsi + os=${os:-bsd} + ;; + fx2800) + cpu=i860 + vendor=alliant + ;; + genix) + cpu=ns32k + vendor=ns + ;; + h3050r* | hiux*) + cpu=hppa1.1 + vendor=hitachi + os=hiuxwe2 + ;; + hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9]) + cpu=hppa1.0 + vendor=hp + ;; + hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9]) + cpu=m68000 + vendor=hp + ;; + hp9k3[2-9][0-9]) + cpu=m68k + vendor=hp + ;; + hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9]) + cpu=hppa1.0 + vendor=hp + ;; + hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9]) + cpu=hppa1.1 + vendor=hp + ;; + hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9]) + # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp + cpu=hppa1.1 + vendor=hp + ;; + hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893) + # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp + cpu=hppa1.1 + vendor=hp + ;; + hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679]) + cpu=hppa1.1 + vendor=hp + ;; + hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9]) + cpu=hppa1.0 + vendor=hp + ;; + i*86v32) + cpu=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/86.*/86/'` + vendor=pc + os=sysv32 + ;; + i*86v4*) + cpu=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/86.*/86/'` + vendor=pc + os=sysv4 + ;; + i*86v) + cpu=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/86.*/86/'` + vendor=pc + os=sysv + ;; + i*86sol2) + cpu=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/86.*/86/'` + vendor=pc + os=solaris2 + ;; + j90 | j90-cray) + cpu=j90 + vendor=cray + os=${os:-unicos} + ;; + iris | iris4d) + cpu=mips + vendor=sgi + case $os in + irix*) + ;; + *) + os=irix4 + ;; + esac + ;; + miniframe) + cpu=m68000 + vendor=convergent + ;; + *mint | mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*) + cpu=m68k + vendor=atari + os=mint + ;; + news-3600 | risc-news) + cpu=mips + vendor=sony + os=newsos + ;; + next | m*-next) + cpu=m68k + vendor=next + case $os in + openstep*) + ;; + nextstep*) + ;; + ns2*) + os=nextstep2 + ;; + *) + os=nextstep3 + ;; + esac + ;; + np1) + cpu=np1 + vendor=gould + ;; + op50n-* | op60c-*) + cpu=hppa1.1 + vendor=oki + os=proelf + ;; + pa-hitachi) + cpu=hppa1.1 + vendor=hitachi + os=hiuxwe2 + ;; + pbd) + cpu=sparc + vendor=tti + ;; + pbb) + cpu=m68k + vendor=tti + ;; + pc532) + cpu=ns32k + vendor=pc532 + ;; + pn) + cpu=pn + vendor=gould + ;; + power) + cpu=power + vendor=ibm + ;; + ps2) + cpu=i386 + vendor=ibm + ;; + rm[46]00) + cpu=mips + vendor=siemens + ;; + rtpc | rtpc-*) + cpu=romp + vendor=ibm + ;; + sde) + cpu=mipsisa32 + vendor=sde + os=${os:-elf} + ;; + simso-wrs) + cpu=sparclite + vendor=wrs + os=vxworks + ;; + tower | tower-32) + cpu=m68k + vendor=ncr + ;; + vpp*|vx|vx-*) + cpu=f301 + vendor=fujitsu + ;; + w65) + cpu=w65 + vendor=wdc + ;; + w89k-*) + cpu=hppa1.1 + vendor=winbond + os=proelf + ;; + none) + cpu=none + vendor=none + ;; + leon|leon[3-9]) + cpu=sparc + vendor=$basic_machine + ;; + leon-*|leon[3-9]-*) + cpu=sparc + vendor=`echo "$basic_machine" | sed 's/-.*//'` + ;; + + *-*) + # shellcheck disable=SC2162 + IFS="-" read cpu vendor <<EOF +$basic_machine +EOF + ;; + # We use `pc' rather than `unknown' + # because (1) that's what they normally are, and + # (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users. + i*86 | x86_64) + cpu=$basic_machine + vendor=pc + ;; + # These rules are duplicated from below for sake of the special case above; + # i.e. things that normalized to x86 arches should also default to "pc" + pc98) + cpu=i386 + vendor=pc + ;; + x64 | amd64) + cpu=x86_64 + vendor=pc + ;; + # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name. + *) + cpu=$basic_machine + vendor=unknown + ;; +esac + +unset -v basic_machine + +# Decode basic machines in the full and proper CPU-Company form. +case $cpu-$vendor in + # Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types in canonical form. It is in + # some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular. + craynv-unknown) + vendor=cray + os=${os:-unicosmp} + ;; + c90-unknown | c90-cray) + vendor=cray + os=${os:-unicos} + ;; + fx80-unknown) + vendor=alliant + ;; + romp-unknown) + vendor=ibm + ;; + mmix-unknown) + vendor=knuth + ;; + microblaze-unknown | microblazeel-unknown) + vendor=xilinx + ;; + rs6000-unknown) + vendor=ibm + ;; + vax-unknown) + vendor=dec + ;; + pdp11-unknown) + vendor=dec + ;; + we32k-unknown) + vendor=att + ;; + cydra-unknown) + vendor=cydrome + ;; + i370-ibm*) + vendor=ibm + ;; + orion-unknown) + vendor=highlevel + ;; + xps-unknown | xps100-unknown) + cpu=xps100 + vendor=honeywell + ;; + + # Here we normalize CPU types with a missing or matching vendor + dpx20-unknown | dpx20-bull) + cpu=rs6000 + vendor=bull + os=${os:-bosx} + ;; + + # Here we normalize CPU types irrespective of the vendor + amd64-*) + cpu=x86_64 + ;; + blackfin-*) + cpu=bfin + os=linux + ;; + c54x-*) + cpu=tic54x + ;; + c55x-*) + cpu=tic55x + ;; + c6x-*) + cpu=tic6x + ;; + e500v[12]-*) + cpu=powerpc + os=$os"spe" + ;; + mips3*-*) + cpu=mips64 + ;; + ms1-*) + cpu=mt + ;; + m68knommu-*) + cpu=m68k + os=linux + ;; + m9s12z-* | m68hcs12z-* | hcs12z-* | s12z-*) + cpu=s12z + ;; + openrisc-*) + cpu=or32 + ;; + parisc-*) + cpu=hppa + os=linux + ;; + pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*) + cpu=i586 + ;; + pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-* | athalon_*-*) + cpu=i686 + ;; + pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*) + cpu=i686 + ;; + pentium4-*) + cpu=i786 + ;; + pc98-*) + cpu=i386 + ;; + ppc-* | ppcbe-*) + cpu=powerpc + ;; + ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*) + cpu=powerpcle + ;; + ppc64-*) + cpu=powerpc64 + ;; + ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*) + cpu=powerpc64le + ;; + sb1-*) + cpu=mipsisa64sb1 + ;; + sb1el-*) + cpu=mipsisa64sb1el + ;; + sh5e[lb]-*) + cpu=`echo "$cpu" | sed 's/^\(sh.\)e\(.\)$/\1\2e/'` + ;; + spur-*) + cpu=spur + ;; + strongarm-* | thumb-*) + cpu=arm + ;; + tx39-*) + cpu=mipstx39 + ;; + tx39el-*) + cpu=mipstx39el + ;; + x64-*) + cpu=x86_64 + ;; + xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-*) + cpu=`echo "$cpu" | sed 's/^xscale/arm/'` + ;; + + # Recognize the canonical CPU Types that limit and/or modify the + # company names they are paired with. + cr16-*) + os=${os:-elf} + ;; + crisv32-* | etraxfs*-*) + cpu=crisv32 + vendor=axis + ;; + cris-* | etrax*-*) + cpu=cris + vendor=axis + ;; + crx-*) + os=${os:-elf} + ;; + neo-tandem) + cpu=neo + vendor=tandem + ;; + nse-tandem) + cpu=nse + vendor=tandem + ;; + nsr-tandem) + cpu=nsr + vendor=tandem + ;; + nsv-tandem) + cpu=nsv + vendor=tandem + ;; + nsx-tandem) + cpu=nsx + vendor=tandem + ;; + s390-*) + cpu=s390 + vendor=ibm + ;; + s390x-*) + cpu=s390x + vendor=ibm + ;; + tile*-*) + os=${os:-linux-gnu} + ;; + + *) + # Recognize the canonical CPU types that are allowed with any + # company name. + case $cpu in + 1750a | 580 \ + | a29k \ + | aarch64 | aarch64_be \ + | abacus \ + | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] \ + | alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] \ + | alphapca5[67] | alpha64pca5[67] \ + | am33_2.0 \ + | amdgcn \ + | arc | arceb \ + | arm | arm[lb]e | arme[lb] | armv* \ + | avr | avr32 \ + | asmjs \ + | ba \ + | be32 | be64 \ + | bfin | bpf | bs2000 \ + | c[123]* | c30 | [cjt]90 | c4x \ + | c8051 | clipper | craynv | csky | cydra \ + | d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \ + | e2k | elxsi | epiphany \ + | f30[01] | f700 | fido | fr30 | frv | ft32 | fx80 \ + | h8300 | h8500 \ + | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \ + | hexagon \ + | i370 | i*86 | i860 | i960 | ia16 | ia64 \ + | ip2k | iq2000 \ + | k1om \ + | le32 | le64 \ + | lm32 \ + | m32c | m32r | m32rle \ + | m5200 | m68000 | m680[012346]0 | m68360 | m683?2 | m68k \ + | m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12 | m68hcs12x \ + | m88110 | m88k | maxq | mb | mcore | mep | metag \ + | microblaze | microblazeel \ + | mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \ + | mips16 \ + | mips64 | mips64eb | mips64el \ + | mips64octeon | mips64octeonel \ + | mips64orion | mips64orionel \ + | mips64r5900 | mips64r5900el \ + | mips64vr | mips64vrel \ + | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \ + | mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \ + | mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \ + | mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \ + | mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \ + | mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \ + | mipsisa32r6 | mipsisa32r6el \ + | mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \ + | mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \ + | mipsisa64r6 | mipsisa64r6el \ + | mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \ + | mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \ + | mipsr5900 | mipsr5900el \ + | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \ + | mmix \ + | mn10200 | mn10300 \ + | moxie \ + | mt \ + | msp430 \ + | nds32 | nds32le | nds32be \ + | nfp \ + | nios | nios2 | nios2eb | nios2el \ + | none | np1 | ns16k | ns32k | nvptx \ + | open8 \ + | or1k* \ + | or32 \ + | orion \ + | picochip \ + | pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl | pn | power \ + | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | powerpcspe \ + | pru \ + | pyramid \ + | riscv | riscv32 | riscv64 \ + | rl78 | romp | rs6000 | rx \ + | score \ + | sh | shl \ + | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]ae[lb] | sh[23]e | she[lb] | sh[lb]e \ + | sh[1234]e[lb] | sh[12345][lb]e | sh[23]ele | sh64 | sh64le \ + | sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet \ + | sparclite \ + | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v | sv1 | sx* \ + | spu \ + | tahoe \ + | tic30 | tic4x | tic54x | tic55x | tic6x | tic80 \ + | tron \ + | ubicom32 \ + | v70 | v850 | v850e | v850e1 | v850es | v850e2 | v850e2v3 \ + | vax \ + | visium \ + | w65 \ + | wasm32 | wasm64 \ + | we32k \ + | x86 | x86_64 | xc16x | xgate | xps100 \ + | xstormy16 | xtensa* \ + | ymp \ + | z8k | z80) + ;; + + *) + echo Invalid configuration \`"$1"\': machine \`"$cpu-$vendor"\' not recognized 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; + esac + ;; +esac + +# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers. +case $vendor in + digital*) + vendor=dec + ;; + commodore*) + vendor=cbm + ;; + *) + ;; +esac + +# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems. + +if [ x$os != x ] +then +case $os in + # First match some system type aliases that might get confused + # with valid system types. + # solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception. + auroraux) + os=auroraux + ;; + bluegene*) + os=cnk + ;; + solaris1 | solaris1.*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'` + ;; + solaris) + os=solaris2 + ;; + unixware*) + os=sysv4.2uw + ;; + gnu/linux*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'` + ;; + # es1800 is here to avoid being matched by es* (a different OS) + es1800*) + os=ose + ;; + # Some version numbers need modification + chorusos*) + os=chorusos + ;; + isc) + os=isc2.2 + ;; + sco6) + os=sco5v6 + ;; + sco5) + os=sco3.2v5 + ;; + sco4) + os=sco3.2v4 + ;; + sco3.2.[4-9]*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'` + ;; + sco3.2v[4-9]* | sco5v6*) + # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer. + ;; + scout) + # Don't match below + ;; + sco*) + os=sco3.2v2 + ;; + psos*) + os=psos + ;; + # Now accept the basic system types. + # The portable systems comes first. + # Each alternative MUST end in a * to match a version number. + # sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4. + gnu* | bsd* | mach* | minix* | genix* | ultrix* | irix* \ + | *vms* | esix* | aix* | cnk* | sunos | sunos[34]*\ + | hpux* | unos* | osf* | luna* | dgux* | auroraux* | solaris* \ + | sym* | kopensolaris* | plan9* \ + | amigaos* | amigados* | msdos* | newsos* | unicos* | aof* \ + | aos* | aros* | cloudabi* | sortix* | twizzler* \ + | nindy* | vxsim* | vxworks* | ebmon* | hms* | mvs* \ + | clix* | riscos* | uniplus* | iris* | isc* | rtu* | xenix* \ + | knetbsd* | mirbsd* | netbsd* \ + | bitrig* | openbsd* | solidbsd* | libertybsd* | os108* \ + | ekkobsd* | kfreebsd* | freebsd* | riscix* | lynxos* \ + | bosx* | nextstep* | cxux* | aout* | elf* | oabi* \ + | ptx* | coff* | ecoff* | winnt* | domain* | vsta* \ + | udi* | eabi* | lites* | ieee* | go32* | aux* | hcos* \ + | chorusrdb* | cegcc* | glidix* \ + | cygwin* | msys* | pe* | moss* | proelf* | rtems* \ + | midipix* | mingw32* | mingw64* | linux-gnu* | linux-android* \ + | linux-newlib* | linux-musl* | linux-uclibc* \ + | uxpv* | beos* | mpeix* | udk* | moxiebox* \ + | interix* | uwin* | mks* | rhapsody* | darwin* \ + | openstep* | oskit* | conix* | pw32* | nonstopux* \ + | storm-chaos* | tops10* | tenex* | tops20* | its* \ + | os2* | vos* | palmos* | uclinux* | nucleus* \ + | morphos* | superux* | rtmk* | windiss* \ + | powermax* | dnix* | nx6 | nx7 | sei* | dragonfly* \ + | skyos* | haiku* | rdos* | toppers* | drops* | es* \ + | onefs* | tirtos* | phoenix* | fuchsia* | redox* | bme* \ + | midnightbsd* | amdhsa* | unleashed* | emscripten* | wasi* \ + | nsk* | powerunix* | genode*) + # Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number. + ;; + qnx*) + case $cpu in + x86 | i*86) + ;; + *) + os=nto-$os + ;; + esac + ;; + hiux*) + os=hiuxwe2 + ;; + nto-qnx*) + ;; + nto*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'` + ;; + sim | xray | os68k* | v88r* \ + | windows* | osx | abug | netware* | os9* \ + | macos* | mpw* | magic* | mmixware* | mon960* | lnews*) + ;; + linux-dietlibc) + os=linux-dietlibc + ;; + linux*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'` + ;; + lynx*178) + os=lynxos178 + ;; + lynx*5) + os=lynxos5 + ;; + lynx*) + os=lynxos + ;; + mac*) + os=`echo "$os" | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'` + ;; + opened*) + os=openedition + ;; + os400*) + os=os400 + ;; + sunos5*) + os=`echo "$os" | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'` + ;; + sunos6*) + os=`echo "$os" | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'` + ;; + wince*) + os=wince + ;; + utek*) + os=bsd + ;; + dynix*) + os=bsd + ;; + acis*) + os=aos + ;; + atheos*) + os=atheos + ;; + syllable*) + os=syllable + ;; + 386bsd) + os=bsd + ;; + ctix* | uts*) + os=sysv + ;; + nova*) + os=rtmk-nova + ;; + ns2) + os=nextstep2 + ;; + # Preserve the version number of sinix5. + sinix5.*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'` + ;; + sinix*) + os=sysv4 + ;; + tpf*) + os=tpf + ;; + triton*) + os=sysv3 + ;; + oss*) + os=sysv3 + ;; + svr4*) + os=sysv4 + ;; + svr3) + os=sysv3 + ;; + sysvr4) + os=sysv4 + ;; + # This must come after sysvr4. + sysv*) + ;; + ose*) + os=ose + ;; + *mint | mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | MiNT[0-9]*) + os=mint + ;; + zvmoe) + os=zvmoe + ;; + dicos*) + os=dicos + ;; + pikeos*) + # Until real need of OS specific support for + # particular features comes up, bare metal + # configurations are quite functional. + case $cpu in + arm*) + os=eabi + ;; + *) + os=elf + ;; + esac + ;; + nacl*) + ;; + ios) + ;; + none) + ;; + *-eabi) + ;; + *) + echo Invalid configuration \`"$1"\': system \`"$os"\' not recognized 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac +else + +# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines. +# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their +# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine. + +# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say, +# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top +# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system. Otherwise, code above +# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating +# system, and we'll never get to this point. + +case $cpu-$vendor in + score-*) + os=elf + ;; + spu-*) + os=elf + ;; + *-acorn) + os=riscix1.2 + ;; + arm*-rebel) + os=linux + ;; + arm*-semi) + os=aout + ;; + c4x-* | tic4x-*) + os=coff + ;; + c8051-*) + os=elf + ;; + clipper-intergraph) + os=clix + ;; + hexagon-*) + os=elf + ;; + tic54x-*) + os=coff + ;; + tic55x-*) + os=coff + ;; + tic6x-*) + os=coff + ;; + # This must come before the *-dec entry. + pdp10-*) + os=tops20 + ;; + pdp11-*) + os=none + ;; + *-dec | vax-*) + os=ultrix4.2 + ;; + m68*-apollo) + os=domain + ;; + i386-sun) + os=sunos4.0.2 + ;; + m68000-sun) + os=sunos3 + ;; + m68*-cisco) + os=aout + ;; + mep-*) + os=elf + ;; + mips*-cisco) + os=elf + ;; + mips*-*) + os=elf + ;; + or32-*) + os=coff + ;; + *-tti) # must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os. + os=sysv3 + ;; + sparc-* | *-sun) + os=sunos4.1.1 + ;; + pru-*) + os=elf + ;; + *-be) + os=beos + ;; + *-ibm) + os=aix + ;; + *-knuth) + os=mmixware + ;; + *-wec) + os=proelf + ;; + *-winbond) + os=proelf + ;; + *-oki) + os=proelf + ;; + *-hp) + os=hpux + ;; + *-hitachi) + os=hiux + ;; + i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent) + os=sysv + ;; + *-cbm) + os=amigaos + ;; + *-dg) + os=dgux + ;; + *-dolphin) + os=sysv3 + ;; + m68k-ccur) + os=rtu + ;; + m88k-omron*) + os=luna + ;; + *-next) + os=nextstep + ;; + *-sequent) + os=ptx + ;; + *-crds) + os=unos + ;; + *-ns) + os=genix + ;; + i370-*) + os=mvs + ;; + *-gould) + os=sysv + ;; + *-highlevel) + os=bsd + ;; + *-encore) + os=bsd + ;; + *-sgi) + os=irix + ;; + *-siemens) + os=sysv4 + ;; + *-masscomp) + os=rtu + ;; + f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu) + os=uxpv + ;; + *-rom68k) + os=coff + ;; + *-*bug) + os=coff + ;; + *-apple) + os=macos + ;; + *-atari*) + os=mint + ;; + *-wrs) + os=vxworks + ;; + *) + os=none + ;; +esac +fi + +# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the +# manufacturer. We pick the logical manufacturer. +case $vendor in + unknown) + case $os in + riscix*) + vendor=acorn + ;; + sunos*) + vendor=sun + ;; + cnk*|-aix*) + vendor=ibm + ;; + beos*) + vendor=be + ;; + hpux*) + vendor=hp + ;; + mpeix*) + vendor=hp + ;; + hiux*) + vendor=hitachi + ;; + unos*) + vendor=crds + ;; + dgux*) + vendor=dg + ;; + luna*) + vendor=omron + ;; + genix*) + vendor=ns + ;; + clix*) + vendor=intergraph + ;; + mvs* | opened*) + vendor=ibm + ;; + os400*) + vendor=ibm + ;; + ptx*) + vendor=sequent + ;; + tpf*) + vendor=ibm + ;; + vxsim* | vxworks* | windiss*) + vendor=wrs + ;; + aux*) + vendor=apple + ;; + hms*) + vendor=hitachi + ;; + mpw* | macos*) + vendor=apple + ;; + *mint | mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | MiNT[0-9]*) + vendor=atari + ;; + vos*) + vendor=stratus + ;; + esac + ;; +esac + +echo "$cpu-$vendor-$os" +exit + +# Local variables: +# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" +# time-stamp-end: "'" +# End: diff --git a/build-aux/depcomp b/build-aux/depcomp new file mode 100755 index 0000000..6b39162 --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/depcomp @@ -0,0 +1,791 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects + +scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC + +# Copyright (C) 1999-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>. + +case $1 in + '') + echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 + exit 1; + ;; + -h | --h*) + cat <<\EOF +Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS] + +Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies +as side-effects. + +Environment variables: + depmode Dependency tracking mode. + source Source file read by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'. + object Object file output by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'. + DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies. + depfile Dependency file to output. + tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputting dependencies. + libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no). + +Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>. +EOF + exit $? + ;; + -v | --v*) + echo "depcomp $scriptversion" + exit $? + ;; +esac + +# Get the directory component of the given path, and save it in the +# global variables '$dir'. Note that this directory component will +# be either empty or ending with a '/' character. This is deliberate. +set_dir_from () +{ + case $1 in + */*) dir=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`;; + *) dir=;; + esac +} + +# Get the suffix-stripped basename of the given path, and save it the +# global variable '$base'. +set_base_from () +{ + base=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'` +} + +# If no dependency file was actually created by the compiler invocation, +# we still have to create a dummy depfile, to avoid errors with the +# Makefile "include basename.Plo" scheme. +make_dummy_depfile () +{ + echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" +} + +# Factor out some common post-processing of the generated depfile. +# Requires the auxiliary global variable '$tmpdepfile' to be set. +aix_post_process_depfile () +{ + # If the compiler actually managed to produce a dependency file, + # post-process it. + if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then + # Each line is of the form 'foo.o: dependency.h'. + # Do two passes, one to just change these to + # $object: dependency.h + # and one to simply output + # dependency.h: + # which is needed to avoid the deleted-header problem. + { sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" + sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:[$tab ]*,," -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" + } > "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + else + make_dummy_depfile + fi +} + +# A tabulation character. +tab=' ' +# A newline character. +nl=' +' +# Character ranges might be problematic outside the C locale. +# These definitions help. +upper=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ +lower=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz +digits=0123456789 +alpha=${upper}${lower} + +if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then + echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2 + exit 1 +fi + +# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po. +depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" | + sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`} +tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`} + +rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + +# Avoid interferences from the environment. +gccflag= dashmflag= + +# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We +# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below, +# to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case +# here, because this file can only contain one case statement. +if test "$depmode" = hp; then + # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg. + gccflag=-M + depmode=gcc +fi + +if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then + # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument. + dashmflag=-xM + depmode=dashmstdout +fi + +cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -" +if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then + # This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation. + # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward + # slashes to satisfy depend.m4 + cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g' + depmode=msvisualcpp +fi + +if test "$depmode" = msvc7msys; then + # This is just like msvc7 but w/o cygpath translation. + # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward + # slashes to satisfy depend.m4 + cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g' + depmode=msvc7 +fi + +if test "$depmode" = xlc; then + # IBM C/C++ Compilers xlc/xlC can output gcc-like dependency information. + gccflag=-qmakedep=gcc,-MF + depmode=gcc +fi + +case "$depmode" in +gcc3) +## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what +## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like +## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm. +## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon +## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they +## appear in depend2.am. Note that the slowdown incurred here +## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this. + for arg + do + case $arg in + -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;; + *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;; + esac + shift # fnord + shift # $arg + done + "$@" + stat=$? + if test $stat -ne 0; then + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + exit $stat + fi + mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile" + ;; + +gcc) +## Note that this doesn't just cater to obsosete pre-3.x GCC compilers. +## but also to in-use compilers like IMB xlc/xlC and the HP C compiler. +## (see the conditional assignment to $gccflag above). +## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's +## why we pick this rather obscure method: +## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end +## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly. +## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.) +## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like +## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say). Also, it might not be +## supported by the other compilers which use the 'gcc' depmode. +## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse +## than renaming). + if test -z "$gccflag"; then + gccflag=-MD, + fi + "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile" + stat=$? + if test $stat -ne 0; then + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + exit $stat + fi + rm -f "$depfile" + echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" + # The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive + # letters. + sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \ + -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" +## This next piece of magic avoids the "deleted header file" problem. +## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file +## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is +## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding +## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do +## this for us directly. +## Some versions of gcc put a space before the ':'. On the theory +## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as +## well. hp depmode also adds that space, but also prefixes the VPATH +## to the object. Take care to not repeat it in the output. +## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation +## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. + tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \ + | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e "s|.*$object$||" -e '/:$/d' \ + | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +hp) + # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by + # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, + # since it is checked for above. + exit 1 + ;; + +sgi) + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile" + else + "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile" + fi + stat=$? + if test $stat -ne 0; then + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + exit $stat + fi + rm -f "$depfile" + + if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files + echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" + # Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be + # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle + # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in + # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines; + # the IRIX cc adds comments like '#:fec' to the end of the + # dependency line. + tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \ + | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' \ + | tr "$nl" ' ' >> "$depfile" + echo >> "$depfile" + # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file. + tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \ + | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \ + >> "$depfile" + else + make_dummy_depfile + fi + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +xlc) + # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by + # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, + # since it is checked for above. + exit 1 + ;; + +aix) + # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies + # in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the + # current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts '$object:' at the + # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information. + # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases. + set_dir_from "$object" + set_base_from "$object" + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u + tmpdepfile2=$base.u + tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u + "$@" -Wc,-M + else + tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u + tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u + tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u + "$@" -M + fi + stat=$? + if test $stat -ne 0; then + rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" + exit $stat + fi + + for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" + do + test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break + done + aix_post_process_depfile + ;; + +tcc) + # tcc (Tiny C Compiler) understand '-MD -MF file' since version 0.9.26 + # FIXME: That version still under development at the moment of writing. + # Make that this statement remains true also for stable, released + # versions. + # It will wrap lines (doesn't matter whether long or short) with a + # trailing '\', as in: + # + # foo.o : \ + # foo.c \ + # foo.h \ + # + # It will put a trailing '\' even on the last line, and will use leading + # spaces rather than leading tabs (at least since its commit 0394caf7 + # "Emit spaces for -MD"). + "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile" + stat=$? + if test $stat -ne 0; then + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + exit $stat + fi + rm -f "$depfile" + # Each non-empty line is of the form 'foo.o : \' or ' dep.h \'. + # We have to change lines of the first kind to '$object: \'. + sed -e "s|.*:|$object :|" < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + # And for each line of the second kind, we have to emit a 'dep.h:' + # dummy dependency, to avoid the deleted-header problem. + sed -n -e 's|^ *\(.*\) *\\$|\1:|p' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +## The order of this option in the case statement is important, since the +## shell code in configure will try each of these formats in the order +## listed in this file. A plain '-MD' option would be understood by many +## compilers, so we must ensure this comes after the gcc and icc options. +pgcc) + # Portland's C compiler understands '-MD'. + # Will always output deps to 'file.d' where file is the root name of the + # source file under compilation, even if file resides in a subdirectory. + # The object file name does not affect the name of the '.d' file. + # pgcc 10.2 will output + # foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h + # and will wrap long lines using '\' : + # foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \ + # sub/foo.h ... \ + # ... + set_dir_from "$object" + # Use the source, not the object, to determine the base name, since + # that's sadly what pgcc will do too. + set_base_from "$source" + tmpdepfile=$base.d + + # For projects that build the same source file twice into different object + # files, the pgcc approach of using the *source* file root name can cause + # problems in parallel builds. Use a locking strategy to avoid stomping on + # the same $tmpdepfile. + lockdir=$base.d-lock + trap " + echo '$0: caught signal, cleaning up...' >&2 + rmdir '$lockdir' + exit 1 + " 1 2 13 15 + numtries=100 + i=$numtries + while test $i -gt 0; do + # mkdir is a portable test-and-set. + if mkdir "$lockdir" 2>/dev/null; then + # This process acquired the lock. + "$@" -MD + stat=$? + # Release the lock. + rmdir "$lockdir" + break + else + # If the lock is being held by a different process, wait + # until the winning process is done or we timeout. + while test -d "$lockdir" && test $i -gt 0; do + sleep 1 + i=`expr $i - 1` + done + fi + i=`expr $i - 1` + done + trap - 1 2 13 15 + if test $i -le 0; then + echo "$0: failed to acquire lock after $numtries attempts" >&2 + echo "$0: check lockdir '$lockdir'" >&2 + exit 1 + fi + + if test $stat -ne 0; then + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + exit $stat + fi + rm -f "$depfile" + # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h', + # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'. + # Do two passes, one to just change these to + # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'. + sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation + # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. + sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" \ + | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +hp2) + # The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64 + # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors. The correct option + # to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named + # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that + # happens to be. + # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there. + set_dir_from "$object" + set_base_from "$object" + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d + tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d + "$@" -Wc,+Maked + else + tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d + tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d + "$@" +Maked + fi + stat=$? + if test $stat -ne 0; then + rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" + exit $stat + fi + + for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" + do + test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break + done + if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then + sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + # Add 'dependent.h:' lines. + sed -ne '2,${ + s/^ *// + s/ \\*$// + s/$/:/ + p + }' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" + else + make_dummy_depfile + fi + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2" + ;; + +tru64) + # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side + # effect. 'cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into 'foo.o.d'. + # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put + # dependencies in 'foo.d' instead, so we check for that too. + # Subdirectories are respected. + set_dir_from "$object" + set_base_from "$object" + + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + # Libtool generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These + # two compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and + # in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because + # one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer + # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is + # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring + # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic. + tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5 + tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # Likewise. + tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504 + "$@" -Wc,-MD + else + tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d + tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d + tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d + "$@" -MD + fi + + stat=$? + if test $stat -ne 0; then + rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" + exit $stat + fi + + for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" + do + test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break + done + # Same post-processing that is required for AIX mode. + aix_post_process_depfile + ;; + +msvc7) + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + showIncludes=-Wc,-showIncludes + else + showIncludes=-showIncludes + fi + "$@" $showIncludes > "$tmpdepfile" + stat=$? + grep -v '^Note: including file: ' "$tmpdepfile" + if test $stat -ne 0; then + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + exit $stat + fi + rm -f "$depfile" + echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" + # The first sed program below extracts the file names and escapes + # backslashes for cygpath. The second sed program outputs the file + # name when reading, but also accumulates all include files in the + # hold buffer in order to output them again at the end. This only + # works with sed implementations that can handle large buffers. + sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n ' +/^Note: including file: *\(.*\)/ { + s//\1/ + s/\\/\\\\/g + p +}' | $cygpath_u | sort -u | sed -n ' +s/ /\\ /g +s/\(.*\)/'"$tab"'\1 \\/p +s/.\(.*\) \\/\1:/ +H +$ { + s/.*/'"$tab"'/ + G + p +}' >> "$depfile" + echo >> "$depfile" # make sure the fragment doesn't end with a backslash + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +msvc7msys) + # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by + # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, + # since it is checked for above. + exit 1 + ;; + +#nosideeffect) + # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect + # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones. + +dashmstdout) + # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* + # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o. + "$@" || exit $? + + # Remove the call to Libtool. + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do + shift + done + shift + fi + + # Remove '-o $object'. + IFS=" " + for arg + do + case $arg in + -o) + shift + ;; + $object) + shift + ;; + *) + set fnord "$@" "$arg" + shift # fnord + shift # $arg + ;; + esac + done + + test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M + # Require at least two characters before searching for ':' + # in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames: + # a dependency such as 'c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target 'c' otherwise. + "$@" $dashmflag | + sed "s|^[$tab ]*[^:$tab ][^:][^:]*:[$tab ]*|$object: |" > "$tmpdepfile" + rm -f "$depfile" + cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this sed invocation + # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. + tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \ + | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \ + | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +dashXmstdout) + # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually + # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble. + exit 1 + ;; + +makedepend) + "$@" || exit $? + # Remove any Libtool call + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do + shift + done + shift + fi + # X makedepend + shift + cleared=no eat=no + for arg + do + case $cleared in + no) + set ""; shift + cleared=yes ;; + esac + if test $eat = yes; then + eat=no + continue + fi + case "$arg" in + -D*|-I*) + set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; + # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove + # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file. + -arch) + eat=yes ;; + -*|$object) + ;; + *) + set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; + esac + done + obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'` + touch "$tmpdepfile" + ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@" + rm -f "$depfile" + # makedepend may prepend the VPATH from the source file name to the object. + # No need to regex-escape $object, excess matching of '.' is harmless. + sed "s|^.*\($object *:\)|\1|" "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process the last invocation + # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. + sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" \ + | tr ' ' "$nl" \ + | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \ + | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak + ;; + +cpp) + # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* + # always write the preprocessed file to stdout. + "$@" || exit $? + + # Remove the call to Libtool. + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do + shift + done + shift + fi + + # Remove '-o $object'. + IFS=" " + for arg + do + case $arg in + -o) + shift + ;; + $object) + shift + ;; + *) + set fnord "$@" "$arg" + shift # fnord + shift # $arg + ;; + esac + done + + "$@" -E \ + | sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \ + -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \ + | sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile" + rm -f "$depfile" + echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" + cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" + sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +msvisualcpp) + # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* + # always write the preprocessed file to stdout. + "$@" || exit $? + + # Remove the call to Libtool. + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do + shift + done + shift + fi + + IFS=" " + for arg + do + case "$arg" in + -o) + shift + ;; + $object) + shift + ;; + "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI") + set fnord "$@" + shift + shift + ;; + *) + set fnord "$@" "$arg" + shift + shift + ;; + esac + done + "$@" -E 2>/dev/null | + sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile" + rm -f "$depfile" + echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" + sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::'"$tab"'\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile" + echo "$tab" >> "$depfile" + sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +msvcmsys) + # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by + # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, + # since it is checked for above. + exit 1 + ;; + +none) + exec "$@" + ;; + +*) + echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +exit 0 + +# Local Variables: +# mode: shell-script +# sh-indentation: 2 +# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" +# End: diff --git a/build-aux/gitlog-to-changelog b/build-aux/gitlog-to-changelog new file mode 100755 index 0000000..be8082e --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/gitlog-to-changelog @@ -0,0 +1,515 @@ +#!/bin/sh +#! -*-perl-*- + +# Convert git log output to ChangeLog format. + +# Copyright (C) 2008-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +# +# Written by Jim Meyering + +# This is a prologue that allows to run a perl script as an executable +# on systems that are compliant to a POSIX version before POSIX:2017. +# On such systems, the usual invocation of an executable through execlp() +# or execvp() fails with ENOEXEC if it is a script that does not start +# with a #! line. The script interpreter mentioned in the #! line has +# to be /bin/sh, because on GuixSD systems that is the only program that +# has a fixed file name. The second line is essential for perl and is +# also useful for editing this file in Emacs. The next two lines below +# are valid code in both sh and perl. When executed by sh, they re-execute +# the script through the perl program found in $PATH. The '-x' option +# is essential as well; without it, perl would re-execute the script +# through /bin/sh. When executed by perl, the next two lines are a no-op. +eval 'exec perl -wSx "$0" "$@"' + if 0; + +my $VERSION = '2020-04-04 15:07'; # UTC +# The definition above must lie within the first 8 lines in order +# for the Emacs time-stamp write hook (at end) to update it. +# If you change this file with Emacs, please let the write hook +# do its job. Otherwise, update this string manually. + +use strict; +use warnings; +use Getopt::Long; +use POSIX qw(strftime); + +(my $ME = $0) =~ s|.*/||; + +# use File::Coda; # https://meyering.net/code/Coda/ +END { + defined fileno STDOUT or return; + close STDOUT and return; + warn "$ME: failed to close standard output: $!\n"; + $? ||= 1; +} + +sub usage ($) +{ + my ($exit_code) = @_; + my $STREAM = ($exit_code == 0 ? *STDOUT : *STDERR); + if ($exit_code != 0) + { + print $STREAM "Try '$ME --help' for more information.\n"; + } + else + { + print $STREAM <<EOF; +Usage: $ME [OPTIONS] [ARGS] + +Convert git log output to ChangeLog format. If present, any ARGS +are passed to "git log". To avoid ARGS being parsed as options to +$ME, they may be preceded by '--'. + +OPTIONS: + + --amend=FILE FILE maps from an SHA1 to perl code (i.e., s/old/new/) that + makes a change to SHA1's commit log text or metadata. + --append-dot append a dot to the first line of each commit message if + there is no other punctuation or blank at the end. + --no-cluster never cluster commit messages under the same date/author + header; the default is to cluster adjacent commit messages + if their headers are the same and neither commit message + contains multiple paragraphs. + --srcdir=DIR the root of the source tree, from which the .git/ + directory can be derived. + --since=DATE convert only the logs since DATE; + the default is to convert all log entries. + --until=DATE convert only the logs older than DATE. + --ignore-matching=PAT ignore commit messages whose first lines match PAT. + --ignore-line=PAT ignore lines of commit messages that match PAT. + --format=FMT set format string for commit subject and body; + see 'man git-log' for the list of format metacharacters; + the default is '%s%n%b%n' + --strip-tab remove one additional leading TAB from commit message lines. + --strip-cherry-pick remove data inserted by "git cherry-pick"; + this includes the "cherry picked from commit ..." line, + and the possible final "Conflicts:" paragraph. + --help display this help and exit + --version output version information and exit + +EXAMPLE: + + $ME --since=2008-01-01 > ChangeLog + $ME -- -n 5 foo > last-5-commits-to-branch-foo + +SPECIAL SYNTAX: + +The following types of strings are interpreted specially when they appear +at the beginning of a log message line. They are not copied to the output. + + Copyright-paperwork-exempt: Yes + Append the "(tiny change)" notation to the usual "date name email" + ChangeLog header to mark a change that does not require a copyright + assignment. + Co-authored-by: Joe User <user\@example.com> + List the specified name and email address on a second + ChangeLog header, denoting a co-author. + Signed-off-by: Joe User <user\@example.com> + These lines are simply elided. + +In a FILE specified via --amend, comment lines (starting with "#") are ignored. +FILE must consist of <SHA,CODE+> pairs where SHA is a 40-byte SHA1 (alone on +a line) referring to a commit in the current project, and CODE refers to one +or more consecutive lines of Perl code. Pairs must be separated by one or +more blank line. + +Here is sample input for use with --amend=FILE, from coreutils: + +3a169f4c5d9159283548178668d2fae6fced3030 +# fix typo in title: +s/all tile types/all file types/ + +1379ed974f1fa39b12e2ffab18b3f7a607082202 +# Due to a bug in vc-dwim, I mis-attributed a patch by Paul to myself. +# Change the author to be Paul. Note the escaped "@": +s,Jim .*>,Paul Eggert <eggert\\\@cs.ucla.edu>, + +EOF + } + exit $exit_code; +} + +# If the string $S is a well-behaved file name, simply return it. +# If it contains white space, quotes, etc., quote it, and return the new string. +sub shell_quote($) +{ + my ($s) = @_; + if ($s =~ m![^\w+/.,-]!) + { + # Convert each single quote to '\'' + $s =~ s/\'/\'\\\'\'/g; + # Then single quote the string. + $s = "'$s'"; + } + return $s; +} + +sub quoted_cmd(@) +{ + return join (' ', map {shell_quote $_} @_); +} + +# Parse file F. +# Comment lines (starting with "#") are ignored. +# F must consist of <SHA,CODE+> pairs where SHA is a 40-byte SHA1 +# (alone on a line) referring to a commit in the current project, and +# CODE refers to one or more consecutive lines of Perl code. +# Pairs must be separated by one or more blank line. +sub parse_amend_file($) +{ + my ($f) = @_; + + open F, '<', $f + or die "$ME: $f: failed to open for reading: $!\n"; + + my $fail; + my $h = {}; + my $in_code = 0; + my $sha; + while (defined (my $line = <F>)) + { + $line =~ /^\#/ + and next; + chomp $line; + $line eq '' + and $in_code = 0, next; + + if (!$in_code) + { + $line =~ /^([[:xdigit:]]{40})$/ + or (warn "$ME: $f:$.: invalid line; expected an SHA1\n"), + $fail = 1, next; + $sha = lc $1; + $in_code = 1; + exists $h->{$sha} + and (warn "$ME: $f:$.: duplicate SHA1\n"), + $fail = 1, next; + } + else + { + $h->{$sha} ||= ''; + $h->{$sha} .= "$line\n"; + } + } + close F; + + $fail + and exit 1; + + return $h; +} + +# git_dir_option $SRCDIR +# +# From $SRCDIR, the --git-dir option to pass to git (none if $SRCDIR +# is undef). Return as a list (0 or 1 element). +sub git_dir_option($) +{ + my ($srcdir) = @_; + my @res = (); + if (defined $srcdir) + { + my $qdir = shell_quote $srcdir; + my $cmd = "cd $qdir && git rev-parse --show-toplevel"; + my $qcmd = shell_quote $cmd; + my $git_dir = qx($cmd); + defined $git_dir + or die "$ME: cannot run $qcmd: $!\n"; + $? == 0 + or die "$ME: $qcmd had unexpected exit code or signal ($?)\n"; + chomp $git_dir; + push @res, "--git-dir=$git_dir/.git"; + } + @res; +} + +{ + my $since_date; + my $until_date; + my $format_string = '%s%n%b%n'; + my $amend_file; + my $append_dot = 0; + my $cluster = 1; + my $ignore_matching; + my $ignore_line; + my $strip_tab = 0; + my $strip_cherry_pick = 0; + my $srcdir; + GetOptions + ( + help => sub { usage 0 }, + version => sub { print "$ME version $VERSION\n"; exit }, + 'since=s' => \$since_date, + 'until=s' => \$until_date, + 'format=s' => \$format_string, + 'amend=s' => \$amend_file, + 'append-dot' => \$append_dot, + 'cluster!' => \$cluster, + 'ignore-matching=s' => \$ignore_matching, + 'ignore-line=s' => \$ignore_line, + 'strip-tab' => \$strip_tab, + 'strip-cherry-pick' => \$strip_cherry_pick, + 'srcdir=s' => \$srcdir, + ) or usage 1; + + defined $since_date + and unshift @ARGV, "--since=$since_date"; + defined $until_date + and unshift @ARGV, "--until=$until_date"; + + # This is a hash that maps an SHA1 to perl code (i.e., s/old/new/) + # that makes a correction in the log or attribution of that commit. + my $amend_code = defined $amend_file ? parse_amend_file $amend_file : {}; + + my @cmd = ('git', + git_dir_option $srcdir, + qw(log --log-size), + '--pretty=format:%H:%ct %an <%ae>%n%n'.$format_string, @ARGV); + open PIPE, '-|', @cmd + or die ("$ME: failed to run '". quoted_cmd (@cmd) ."': $!\n" + . "(Is your Git too old? Version 1.5.1 or later is required.)\n"); + + my $prev_multi_paragraph; + my $prev_date_line = ''; + my @prev_coauthors = (); + my @skipshas = (); + while (1) + { + defined (my $in = <PIPE>) + or last; + $in =~ /^log size (\d+)$/ + or die "$ME:$.: Invalid line (expected log size):\n$in"; + my $log_nbytes = $1; + + my $log; + my $n_read = read PIPE, $log, $log_nbytes; + $n_read == $log_nbytes + or die "$ME:$.: unexpected EOF\n"; + + # Extract leading hash. + my ($sha, $rest) = split ':', $log, 2; + defined $sha + or die "$ME:$.: malformed log entry\n"; + $sha =~ /^[[:xdigit:]]{40}$/ + or die "$ME:$.: invalid SHA1: $sha\n"; + + my $skipflag = 0; + if (@skipshas) + { + foreach(@skipshas) + { + if ($sha =~ /^$_/) + { + $skipflag = $_; + last; + } + } + } + + # If this commit's log requires any transformation, do it now. + my $code = $amend_code->{$sha}; + if (defined $code) + { + eval 'use Safe'; + my $s = new Safe; + # Put the unpreprocessed entry into "$_". + $_ = $rest; + + # Let $code operate on it, safely. + my $r = $s->reval("$code") + or die "$ME:$.:$sha: failed to eval \"$code\":\n$@\n"; + + # Note that we've used this entry. + delete $amend_code->{$sha}; + + # Update $rest upon success. + $rest = $_; + } + + # Remove lines inserted by "git cherry-pick". + if ($strip_cherry_pick) + { + $rest =~ s/^\s*Conflicts:\n.*//sm; + $rest =~ s/^\s*\(cherry picked from commit [\da-f]+\)\n//m; + } + + my @line = split /[ \t]*\n/, $rest; + my $author_line = shift @line; + defined $author_line + or die "$ME:$.: unexpected EOF\n"; + $author_line =~ /^(\d+) (.*>)$/ + or die "$ME:$.: Invalid line " + . "(expected date/author/email):\n$author_line\n"; + + # Format 'Copyright-paperwork-exempt: Yes' as a standard ChangeLog + # `(tiny change)' annotation. + my $tiny = (grep (/^(?:Copyright-paperwork-exempt|Tiny-change):\s+[Yy]es$/, @line) + ? ' (tiny change)' : ''); + + my $date_line = sprintf "%s %s$tiny\n", + strftime ("%Y-%m-%d", localtime ($1)), $2; + + my @coauthors = grep /^Co-authored-by:.*$/, @line; + # Omit meta-data lines we've already interpreted. + @line = grep !/^(?:Signed-off-by:[ ].*>$ + |Co-authored-by:[ ] + |Copyright-paperwork-exempt:[ ] + |Tiny-change:[ ] + )/x, @line; + + # Remove leading and trailing blank lines. + if (@line) + { + while ($line[0] =~ /^\s*$/) { shift @line; } + while ($line[$#line] =~ /^\s*$/) { pop @line; } + } + + # Handle Emacs gitmerge.el "skipped" commits. + # Yes, this should be controlled by an option. So sue me. + if ( grep /^(; )?Merge from /, @line ) + { + my $found = 0; + foreach (@line) + { + if (grep /^The following commit.*skipped:$/, $_) + { + $found = 1; + ## Reset at each merge to reduce chance of false matches. + @skipshas = (); + next; + } + if ($found && $_ =~ /^([[:xdigit:]]{7,}) [^ ]/) + { + push ( @skipshas, $1 ); + } + } + } + + # Ignore commits that match the --ignore-matching pattern, if specified. + if (defined $ignore_matching && @line && $line[0] =~ /$ignore_matching/) + { + $skipflag = 1; + } + elsif ($skipflag) + { + ## Perhaps only warn if a pattern matches more than once? + warn "$ME: warning: skipping $sha due to $skipflag\n"; + } + + if (! $skipflag) + { + if (defined $ignore_line && @line) + { + @line = grep ! /$ignore_line/, @line; + while ($line[$#line] =~ /^\s*$/) { pop @line; } + } + + # Record whether there are two or more paragraphs. + my $multi_paragraph = grep /^\s*$/, @line; + + # Format 'Co-authored-by: A U Thor <email@example.com>' lines in + # standard multi-author ChangeLog format. + for (@coauthors) + { + s/^Co-authored-by:\s*/\t /; + s/\s*</ </; + + /<.*?@.*\..*>/ + or warn "$ME: warning: missing email address for " + . substr ($_, 5) . "\n"; + } + + # If clustering of commit messages has been disabled, if this header + # would be different from the previous date/name/etc. header, + # or if this or the previous entry consists of two or more paragraphs, + # then print the header. + if ( ! $cluster + || $date_line ne $prev_date_line + || "@coauthors" ne "@prev_coauthors" + || $multi_paragraph + || $prev_multi_paragraph) + { + $prev_date_line eq '' + or print "\n"; + print $date_line; + @coauthors + and print join ("\n", @coauthors), "\n"; + } + $prev_date_line = $date_line; + @prev_coauthors = @coauthors; + $prev_multi_paragraph = $multi_paragraph; + + # If there were any lines + if (@line == 0) + { + warn "$ME: warning: empty commit message:\n $date_line\n"; + } + else + { + if ($append_dot) + { + # If the first line of the message has enough room, then + if (length $line[0] < 72) + { + # append a dot if there is no other punctuation or blank + # at the end. + $line[0] =~ /[[:punct:]\s]$/ + or $line[0] .= '.'; + } + } + + # Remove one additional leading TAB from each line. + $strip_tab + and map { s/^\t// } @line; + + # Prefix each non-empty line with a TAB. + @line = map { length $_ ? "\t$_" : '' } @line; + + print "\n", join ("\n", @line), "\n"; + } + } + + defined ($in = <PIPE>) + or last; + $in ne "\n" + and die "$ME:$.: unexpected line:\n$in"; + } + + close PIPE + or die "$ME: error closing pipe from " . quoted_cmd (@cmd) . "\n"; + # FIXME-someday: include $PROCESS_STATUS in the diagnostic + + # Complain about any unused entry in the --amend=F specified file. + my $fail = 0; + foreach my $sha (keys %$amend_code) + { + warn "$ME:$amend_file: unused entry: $sha\n"; + $fail = 1; + } + + exit $fail; +} + +# Local Variables: +# mode: perl +# indent-tabs-mode: nil +# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-line-limit: 50 +# time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d %02H:%02M" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" +# time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC" +# End: diff --git a/build-aux/gnupload b/build-aux/gnupload new file mode 100755 index 0000000..e4ea542 --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/gnupload @@ -0,0 +1,473 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# Sign files and upload them. + +scriptversion=2018-05-19.18; # UTC + +# Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +# Originally written by Alexandre Duret-Lutz <adl@gnu.org>. +# The master copy of this file is maintained in the gnulib Git repository. +# Please send bug reports and feature requests to bug-gnulib@gnu.org. + +set -e + +GPG=gpg +# Choose the proper version of gpg, so as to avoid a +# "gpg-agent is not available in this session" error +# when gpg-agent is version 3 but gpg is still version 1. +# FIXME-2020: remove, once all major distros ship gpg version 3 as /usr/bin/gpg +gpg_agent_version=`(gpg-agent --version) 2>/dev/null | sed -e '2,$d' -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'` +case "$gpg_agent_version" in + 2.*) + gpg_version=`(gpg --version) 2>/dev/null | sed -e '2,$d' -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'` + case "$gpg_version" in + 1.*) + if (type gpg2) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then + # gpg2 is present. + GPG=gpg2 + else + # gpg2 is missing. Ubuntu users should install the package 'gnupg2'. + echo "WARNING: Using 'gpg', which is too old. You should install 'gpg2'." 1>&2 + fi + ;; + esac + ;; +esac + +GPG="${GPG} --batch --no-tty" +conffile=.gnuploadrc +to= +dry_run=false +replace= +symlink_files= +delete_files= +delete_symlinks= +collect_var= +dbg= +nl=' +' + +usage="Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [CMD] FILE... [[CMD] FILE...] + +Sign all FILES, and process them at the destinations specified with --to. +If CMD is not given, it defaults to uploading. See examples below. + +Commands: + --delete delete FILES from destination + --symlink create symbolic links + --rmsymlink remove symbolic links + -- treat the remaining arguments as files to upload + +Options: + --to DEST specify a destination DEST for FILES + (multiple --to options are allowed) + --user NAME sign with key NAME + --replace allow replacements of existing files + --symlink-regex[=EXPR] use sed script EXPR to compute symbolic link names + -n, --dry-run do nothing, show what would have been done + (including the constructed directive file) + --version output version information and exit + -h, --help print this help text and exit + +If --symlink-regex is given without EXPR, then the link target name +is created by replacing the version information with '-latest', e.g.: + foo-1.3.4.tar.gz -> foo-latest.tar.gz + +Recognized destinations are: + alpha.gnu.org:DIRECTORY + savannah.gnu.org:DIRECTORY + savannah.nongnu.org:DIRECTORY + ftp.gnu.org:DIRECTORY + build directive files and upload files by FTP + download.gnu.org.ua:{alpha|ftp}/DIRECTORY + build directive files and upload files by SFTP + [user@]host:DIRECTORY upload files with scp + +Options and commands are applied in order. If the file $conffile exists +in the current working directory, its contents are prepended to the +actual command line options. Use this to keep your defaults. Comments +(#) and empty lines in $conffile are allowed. + +<https://www.gnu.org/prep/maintain/html_node/Automated-FTP-Uploads.html> +gives some further background. + +Examples: +1. Upload foobar-1.0.tar.gz to ftp.gnu.org: + gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar foobar-1.0.tar.gz + +2. Upload foobar-1.0.tar.gz and foobar-1.0.tar.xz to ftp.gnu.org: + gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar foobar-1.0.tar.gz foobar-1.0.tar.xz + +3. Same as above, and also create symbolic links to foobar-latest.tar.*: + gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar \\ + --symlink-regex \\ + foobar-1.0.tar.gz foobar-1.0.tar.xz + +4. Create a symbolic link foobar-latest.tar.gz -> foobar-1.0.tar.gz + and likewise for the corresponding .sig file: + gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar \\ + --symlink foobar-1.0.tar.gz foobar-latest.tar.gz \\ + foobar-1.0.tar.gz.sig foobar-latest.tar.gz.sig + or (equivalent): + gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar \\ + --symlink foobar-1.0.tar.gz foobar-latest.tar.gz \\ + --symlink foobar-1.0.tar.gz.sig foobar-latest.tar.gz.sig + +5. Upload foobar-0.9.90.tar.gz to two sites: + gnupload --to alpha.gnu.org:foobar \\ + --to sources.redhat.com:~ftp/pub/foobar \\ + foobar-0.9.90.tar.gz + +6. Delete oopsbar-0.9.91.tar.gz and upload foobar-0.9.91.tar.gz + (the -- terminates the list of files to delete): + gnupload --to alpha.gnu.org:foobar \\ + --to sources.redhat.com:~ftp/pub/foobar \\ + --delete oopsbar-0.9.91.tar.gz \\ + -- foobar-0.9.91.tar.gz + +gnupload executes a program ncftpput to do the transfers; if you don't +happen to have an ncftp package installed, the ncftpput-ftp script in +the build-aux/ directory of the gnulib package +(https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gnulib) may serve as a replacement. + +Send patches and bug reports to <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>." + +# Read local configuration file +if test -r "$conffile"; then + echo "$0: Reading configuration file $conffile" + conf=`sed 's/#.*$//;/^$/d' "$conffile" | tr "\015$nl" ' '` + eval set x "$conf \"\$@\"" + shift +fi + +while test -n "$1"; do + case $1 in + -*) + collect_var= + case $1 in + -h | --help) + echo "$usage" + exit $? + ;; + --to) + if test -z "$2"; then + echo "$0: Missing argument for --to" 1>&2 + exit 1 + elif echo "$2" | grep 'ftp-upload\.gnu\.org' >/dev/null; then + echo "$0: Use ftp.gnu.org:PKGNAME or alpha.gnu.org:PKGNAME" >&2 + echo "$0: for the destination, not ftp-upload.gnu.org (which" >&2 + echo "$0: is used for direct ftp uploads, not with gnupload)." >&2 + echo "$0: See --help and its examples if need be." >&2 + exit 1 + else + to="$to $2" + shift + fi + ;; + --user) + if test -z "$2"; then + echo "$0: Missing argument for --user" 1>&2 + exit 1 + else + GPG="$GPG --local-user $2" + shift + fi + ;; + --delete) + collect_var=delete_files + ;; + --replace) + replace="replace: true" + ;; + --rmsymlink) + collect_var=delete_symlinks + ;; + --symlink-regex=*) + symlink_expr=`expr "$1" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` + ;; + --symlink-regex) + symlink_expr='s|-[0-9][0-9\.]*\(-[0-9][0-9]*\)\{0,1\}\.|-latest.|' + ;; + --symlink) + collect_var=symlink_files + ;; + -n | --dry-run) + dry_run=: + ;; + --version) + echo "gnupload $scriptversion" + exit $? + ;; + --) + shift + break + ;; + -*) + echo "$0: Unknown option '$1', try '$0 --help'" 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; + esac + ;; + *) + if test -z "$collect_var"; then + break + else + eval "$collect_var=\"\$$collect_var $1\"" + fi + ;; + esac + shift +done + +dprint() +{ + echo "Running $* ..." +} + +if $dry_run; then + dbg=dprint +fi + +if test -z "$to"; then + echo "$0: Missing destination sites" >&2 + exit 1 +fi + +if test -n "$symlink_files"; then + x=`echo "$symlink_files" | sed 's/[^ ]//g;s/ //g'` + if test -n "$x"; then + echo "$0: Odd number of symlink arguments" >&2 + exit 1 + fi +fi + +if test $# = 0; then + if test -z "${symlink_files}${delete_files}${delete_symlinks}"; then + echo "$0: No file to upload" 1>&2 + exit 1 + fi +else + # Make sure all files exist. We don't want to ask + # for the passphrase if the script will fail. + for file + do + if test ! -f $file; then + echo "$0: Cannot find '$file'" 1>&2 + exit 1 + elif test -n "$symlink_expr"; then + linkname=`echo $file | sed "$symlink_expr"` + if test -z "$linkname"; then + echo "$0: symlink expression produces empty results" >&2 + exit 1 + elif test "$linkname" = $file; then + echo "$0: symlink expression does not alter file name" >&2 + exit 1 + fi + fi + done +fi + +# Make sure passphrase is not exported in the environment. +unset passphrase +unset passphrase_fd_0 +GNUPGHOME=${GNUPGHOME:-$HOME/.gnupg} + +# Reset PATH to be sure that echo is a built-in. We will later use +# 'echo $passphrase' to output the passphrase, so it is important that +# it is a built-in (third-party programs tend to appear in 'ps' +# listings with their arguments...). +# Remember this script runs with 'set -e', so if echo is not built-in +# it will exit now. +if $dry_run || grep -q "^use-agent" $GNUPGHOME/gpg.conf; then :; else + PATH=/empty echo -n "Enter GPG passphrase: " + stty -echo + read -r passphrase + stty echo + echo + passphrase_fd_0="--passphrase-fd 0" +fi + +if test $# -ne 0; then + for file + do + echo "Signing $file ..." + rm -f $file.sig + echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 -ba -o $file.sig $file + done +fi + + +# mkdirective DESTDIR BASE FILE STMT +# Arguments: See upload, below +mkdirective () +{ + stmt="$4" + if test -n "$3"; then + stmt=" +filename: $3$stmt" + fi + + cat >${2}.directive<<EOF +version: 1.2 +directory: $1 +comment: gnupload v. $scriptversion$stmt +EOF + if $dry_run; then + echo "File ${2}.directive:" + cat ${2}.directive + echo "File ${2}.directive:" | sed 's/./-/g' + fi +} + +mksymlink () +{ + while test $# -ne 0 + do + echo "symlink: $1 $2" + shift + shift + done +} + +# upload DEST DESTDIR BASE FILE STMT FILES +# Arguments: +# DEST Destination site; +# DESTDIR Destination directory; +# BASE Base name for the directive file; +# FILE Name of the file to distribute (may be empty); +# STMT Additional statements for the directive file; +# FILES List of files to upload. +upload () +{ + dest=$1 + destdir=$2 + base=$3 + file=$4 + stmt=$5 + files=$6 + + rm -f $base.directive $base.directive.asc + case $dest in + alpha.gnu.org:*) + mkdirective "$destdir" "$base" "$file" "$stmt" + echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive + $dbg ncftpput ftp-upload.gnu.org /incoming/alpha $files $base.directive.asc + ;; + ftp.gnu.org:*) + mkdirective "$destdir" "$base" "$file" "$stmt" + echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive + $dbg ncftpput ftp-upload.gnu.org /incoming/ftp $files $base.directive.asc + ;; + savannah.gnu.org:*) + if test -z "$files"; then + echo "$0: warning: standalone directives not applicable for $dest" >&2 + fi + $dbg ncftpput savannah.gnu.org /incoming/savannah/$destdir $files + ;; + savannah.nongnu.org:*) + if test -z "$files"; then + echo "$0: warning: standalone directives not applicable for $dest" >&2 + fi + $dbg ncftpput savannah.nongnu.org /incoming/savannah/$destdir $files + ;; + download.gnu.org.ua:alpha/*|download.gnu.org.ua:ftp/*) + destdir_p1=`echo "$destdir" | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,'` + destdir_topdir=`echo "$destdir" | sed 's,/.*,,'` + mkdirective "$destdir_p1" "$base" "$file" "$stmt" + echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive + for f in $files $base.directive.asc + do + echo put $f + done | $dbg sftp -b - puszcza.gnu.org.ua:/incoming/$destdir_topdir + ;; + /*) + dest_host=`echo "$dest" | sed 's,:.*,,'` + mkdirective "$destdir" "$base" "$file" "$stmt" + echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive + $dbg cp $files $base.directive.asc $dest_host + ;; + *) + if test -z "$files"; then + echo "$0: warning: standalone directives not applicable for $dest" >&2 + fi + $dbg scp $files $dest + ;; + esac + rm -f $base.directive $base.directive.asc +} + +##### +# Process any standalone directives +stmt= +if test -n "$symlink_files"; then + stmt="$stmt +`mksymlink $symlink_files`" +fi + +for file in $delete_files +do + stmt="$stmt +archive: $file" +done + +for file in $delete_symlinks +do + stmt="$stmt +rmsymlink: $file" +done + +if test -n "$stmt"; then + for dest in $to + do + destdir=`echo $dest | sed 's/[^:]*://'` + upload "$dest" "$destdir" "`hostname`-$$" "" "$stmt" + done +fi + +# Process actual uploads +for dest in $to +do + for file + do + echo "Uploading $file to $dest ..." + stmt= + # + # allowing file replacement is all or nothing. + if test -n "$replace"; then stmt="$stmt +$replace" + fi + # + files="$file $file.sig" + destdir=`echo $dest | sed 's/[^:]*://'` + if test -n "$symlink_expr"; then + linkname=`echo $file | sed "$symlink_expr"` + stmt="$stmt +symlink: $file $linkname +symlink: $file.sig $linkname.sig" + fi + upload "$dest" "$destdir" "$file" "$file" "$stmt" "$files" + done +done + +exit 0 + +# Local variables: +# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" +# End: diff --git a/build-aux/install-sh b/build-aux/install-sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..20d8b2e --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/install-sh @@ -0,0 +1,529 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# install - install a program, script, or datafile + +scriptversion=2018-03-11.20; # UTC + +# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was +# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the +# following copyright and license. +# +# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium +# +# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to +# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the +# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or +# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +# +# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +# all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +# +# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN +# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC- +# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +# +# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not +# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal- +# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor- +# tium. +# +# +# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain. +# +# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent +# 'make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it +# when there is no Makefile. +# +# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written +# from scratch. + +tab=' ' +nl=' +' +IFS=" $tab$nl" + +# Set DOITPROG to "echo" to test this script. + +doit=${DOITPROG-} +doit_exec=${doit:-exec} + +# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path; +# or use environment vars. + +chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp} +chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod} +chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown} +cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp} +cpprog=${CPPROG-cp} +mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir} +mvprog=${MVPROG-mv} +rmprog=${RMPROG-rm} +stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip} + +posix_mkdir= + +# Desired mode of installed file. +mode=0755 + +chgrpcmd= +chmodcmd=$chmodprog +chowncmd= +mvcmd=$mvprog +rmcmd="$rmprog -f" +stripcmd= + +src= +dst= +dir_arg= +dst_arg= + +copy_on_change=false +is_target_a_directory=possibly + +usage="\ +Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE + or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY + or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES... + or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES... + +In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE. +In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY. +In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES. + +Options: + --help display this help and exit. + --version display version info and exit. + + -c (ignored) + -C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time) + -d create directories instead of installing files. + -g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP. + -m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE. + -o USER $chownprog installed files to USER. + -s $stripprog installed files. + -t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY. + -T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory. + +Environment variables override the default commands: + CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG + RMPROG STRIPPROG +" + +while test $# -ne 0; do + case $1 in + -c) ;; + + -C) copy_on_change=true;; + + -d) dir_arg=true;; + + -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" + shift;; + + --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;; + + -m) mode=$2 + case $mode in + *' '* | *"$tab"* | *"$nl"* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*) + echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2 + exit 1;; + esac + shift;; + + -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" + shift;; + + -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;; + + -t) + is_target_a_directory=always + dst_arg=$2 + # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities. + case $dst_arg in + -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;; + esac + shift;; + + -T) is_target_a_directory=never;; + + --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;; + + --) shift + break;; + + -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2 + exit 1;; + + *) break;; + esac + shift +done + +# We allow the use of options -d and -T together, by making -d +# take the precedence; this is for compatibility with GNU install. + +if test -n "$dir_arg"; then + if test -n "$dst_arg"; then + echo "$0: target directory not allowed when installing a directory." >&2 + exit 1 + fi +fi + +if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then + # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create. + # When -t is used, the destination is already specified. + # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@. + for arg + do + if test -n "$dst_arg"; then + # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg. + set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg" + shift # fnord + fi + shift # arg + dst_arg=$arg + # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities. + case $dst_arg in + -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;; + esac + done +fi + +if test $# -eq 0; then + if test -z "$dir_arg"; then + echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2 + exit 1 + fi + # It's OK to call 'install-sh -d' without argument. + # This can happen when creating conditional directories. + exit 0 +fi + +if test -z "$dir_arg"; then + if test $# -gt 1 || test "$is_target_a_directory" = always; then + if test ! -d "$dst_arg"; then + echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is not a directory." >&2 + exit 1 + fi + fi +fi + +if test -z "$dir_arg"; then + do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret' + trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1 + trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2 + trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13 + trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15 + + # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes. + # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps. + case $mode in + # Optimize common cases. + *644) cp_umask=133;; + *755) cp_umask=22;; + + *[0-7]) + if test -z "$stripcmd"; then + u_plus_rw= + else + u_plus_rw='% 200' + fi + cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;; + *) + if test -z "$stripcmd"; then + u_plus_rw= + else + u_plus_rw=,u+rw + fi + cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;; + esac +fi + +for src +do + # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities. + case $src in + -* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;; + esac + + if test -n "$dir_arg"; then + dst=$src + dstdir=$dst + test -d "$dstdir" + dstdir_status=$? + else + + # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command + # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad + # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'. + if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then + echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2 + exit 1 + fi + + if test -z "$dst_arg"; then + echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2 + exit 1 + fi + dst=$dst_arg + + # If destination is a directory, append the input filename. + if test -d "$dst"; then + if test "$is_target_a_directory" = never; then + echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2 + exit 1 + fi + dstdir=$dst + dstbase=`basename "$src"` + case $dst in + */) dst=$dst$dstbase;; + *) dst=$dst/$dstbase;; + esac + dstdir_status=0 + else + dstdir=`dirname "$dst"` + test -d "$dstdir" + dstdir_status=$? + fi + fi + + case $dstdir in + */) dstdirslash=$dstdir;; + *) dstdirslash=$dstdir/;; + esac + + obsolete_mkdir_used=false + + if test $dstdir_status != 0; then + case $posix_mkdir in + '') + # Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask. + # This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28. + umask=`umask` + case $stripcmd.$umask in + # Optimize common cases. + *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;; + .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;; + + *[0-7]) + mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \ + - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \ + - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2 + `;; + *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;; + esac + + # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode. + # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask. + if test -n "$dir_arg"; then + mkdir_mode=-m$mode + else + mkdir_mode= + fi + + posix_mkdir=false + case $umask in + *[123567][0-7][0-7]) + # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which + # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0. + ;; + *) + # Note that $RANDOM variable is not portable (e.g. dash); Use it + # here however when possible just to lower collision chance. + tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$ + + trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0 + + # Because "mkdir -p" follows existing symlinks and we likely work + # directly in world-writeable /tmp, make sure that the '$tmpdir' + # directory is successfully created first before we actually test + # 'mkdir -p' feature. + if (umask $mkdir_umask && + $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode "$tmpdir" && + exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/a/b") >/dev/null 2>&1 + then + if test -z "$dir_arg" || { + # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m. + # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or + # other-writable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't. + # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory. + test_tmpdir="$tmpdir/a" + ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"` + case $ls_ld_tmpdir in + d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;; + d????-?--*) different_mode=755;; + *) false;; + esac && + $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$test_tmpdir" && { + ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"` + test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1" + } + } + then posix_mkdir=: + fi + rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir" + else + # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations. + rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null + fi + trap '' 0;; + esac;; + esac + + if + $posix_mkdir && ( + umask $mkdir_umask && + $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir" + ) + then : + else + + # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX, + # or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the + # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go. + + case $dstdir in + /*) prefix='/';; + [-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';; + *) prefix='';; + esac + + oIFS=$IFS + IFS=/ + set -f + set fnord $dstdir + shift + set +f + IFS=$oIFS + + prefixes= + + for d + do + test X"$d" = X && continue + + prefix=$prefix$d + if test -d "$prefix"; then + prefixes= + else + if $posix_mkdir; then + (umask=$mkdir_umask && + $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break + # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. + test -d "$prefix" || exit 1 + else + case $prefix in + *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; + *) qprefix=$prefix;; + esac + prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'" + fi + fi + prefix=$prefix/ + done + + if test -n "$prefixes"; then + # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. + (umask $mkdir_umask && + eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") || + test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1 + obsolete_mkdir_used=true + fi + fi + fi + + if test -n "$dir_arg"; then + { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } && + { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } && + { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false || + test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1 + else + + # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory. + dsttmp=${dstdirslash}_inst.$$_ + rmtmp=${dstdirslash}_rm.$$_ + + # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit. + trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0 + + # Copy the file name to the temp name. + (umask $cp_umask && + { test -z "$stripcmd" || { + # Create $dsttmp read-write so that cp doesn't create it read-only, + # which would cause strip to fail. + if test -z "$doit"; then + : >"$dsttmp" # No need to fork-exec 'touch'. + else + $doit touch "$dsttmp" + fi + } + } && + $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") && + + # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits. + # + # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to + # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore + # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command. + # + { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } && + { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } && + { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } && + { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } && + + # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file. + if $copy_on_change && + old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` && + new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` && + set -f && + set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && + set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && + set +f && + test "$old" = "$new" && + $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1 + then + rm -f "$dsttmp" + else + # Rename the file to the real destination. + $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null || + + # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else + # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not + # support -f. + { + # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location. + # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some + # systems and the destination file might be busy for other + # reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new + # file should still install successfully. + { + test ! -f "$dst" || + $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null || + { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null && + { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; } + } || + { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2 + (exit 1); exit 1 + } + } && + + # Now rename the file to the real destination. + $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst" + } + fi || exit 1 + + trap '' 0 + fi +done + +# Local variables: +# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" +# End: diff --git a/build-aux/ltmain.sh b/build-aux/ltmain.sh new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f402c9c --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/ltmain.sh @@ -0,0 +1,11249 @@ +#! /bin/sh +## DO NOT EDIT - This file generated from ./build-aux/ltmain.in +## by inline-source v2014-01-03.01 + +# libtool (GNU libtool) 2.4.6 +# Provide generalized library-building support services. +# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996 + +# Copyright (C) 1996-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO +# warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, +# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that +# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the +# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. +# +# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + + +PROGRAM=libtool +PACKAGE=libtool +VERSION="2.4.6 Debian-2.4.6-10" +package_revision=2.4.6 + + +## ------ ## +## Usage. ## +## ------ ## + +# Run './libtool --help' for help with using this script from the +# command line. + + +## ------------------------------- ## +## User overridable command paths. ## +## ------------------------------- ## + +# After configure completes, it has a better idea of some of the +# shell tools we need than the defaults used by the functions shared +# with bootstrap, so set those here where they can still be over- +# ridden by the user, but otherwise take precedence. + +: ${AUTOCONF="autoconf"} +: ${AUTOMAKE="automake"} + + +## -------------------------- ## +## Source external libraries. ## +## -------------------------- ## + +# Much of our low-level functionality needs to be sourced from external +# libraries, which are installed to $pkgauxdir. + +# Set a version string for this script. +scriptversion=2015-01-20.17; # UTC + +# General shell script boiler plate, and helper functions. +# Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004 + +# Copyright (C) 2004-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO +# warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. + +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you distribute +# this file as part of a program or library that is built using GNU Libtool, +# you may include this file under the same distribution terms that you use +# for the rest of that program. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNES FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +# Please report bugs or propose patches to gary@gnu.org. + + +## ------ ## +## Usage. ## +## ------ ## + +# Evaluate this file near the top of your script to gain access to +# the functions and variables defined here: +# +# . `echo "$0" | ${SED-sed} 's|[^/]*$||'`/build-aux/funclib.sh +# +# If you need to override any of the default environment variable +# settings, do that before evaluating this file. + + +## -------------------- ## +## Shell normalisation. ## +## -------------------- ## + +# Some shells need a little help to be as Bourne compatible as possible. +# Before doing anything else, make sure all that help has been provided! + +DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +else + case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in *posix*) set -o posix ;; esac +fi + +# NLS nuisances: We save the old values in case they are required later. +_G_user_locale= +_G_safe_locale= +for _G_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES +do + eval "if test set = \"\${$_G_var+set}\"; then + save_$_G_var=\$$_G_var + $_G_var=C + export $_G_var + _G_user_locale=\"$_G_var=\\\$save_\$_G_var; \$_G_user_locale\" + _G_safe_locale=\"$_G_var=C; \$_G_safe_locale\" + fi" +done + +# CDPATH. +(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH + +# Make sure IFS has a sensible default +sp=' ' +nl=' +' +IFS="$sp $nl" + +# There are apparently some retarded systems that use ';' as a PATH separator! +if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then + PATH_SEPARATOR=: + (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { + (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || + PATH_SEPARATOR=';' + } +fi + + + +## ------------------------- ## +## Locate command utilities. ## +## ------------------------- ## + + +# func_executable_p FILE +# ---------------------- +# Check that FILE is an executable regular file. +func_executable_p () +{ + test -f "$1" && test -x "$1" +} + + +# func_path_progs PROGS_LIST CHECK_FUNC [PATH] +# -------------------------------------------- +# Search for either a program that responds to --version with output +# containing "GNU", or else returned by CHECK_FUNC otherwise, by +# trying all the directories in PATH with each of the elements of +# PROGS_LIST. +# +# CHECK_FUNC should accept the path to a candidate program, and +# set $func_check_prog_result if it truncates its output less than +# $_G_path_prog_max characters. +func_path_progs () +{ + _G_progs_list=$1 + _G_check_func=$2 + _G_PATH=${3-"$PATH"} + + _G_path_prog_max=0 + _G_path_prog_found=false + _G_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=${PATH_SEPARATOR-:} + for _G_dir in $_G_PATH; do + IFS=$_G_save_IFS + test -z "$_G_dir" && _G_dir=. + for _G_prog_name in $_G_progs_list; do + for _exeext in '' .EXE; do + _G_path_prog=$_G_dir/$_G_prog_name$_exeext + func_executable_p "$_G_path_prog" || continue + case `"$_G_path_prog" --version 2>&1` in + *GNU*) func_path_progs_result=$_G_path_prog _G_path_prog_found=: ;; + *) $_G_check_func $_G_path_prog + func_path_progs_result=$func_check_prog_result + ;; + esac + $_G_path_prog_found && break 3 + done + done + done + IFS=$_G_save_IFS + test -z "$func_path_progs_result" && { + echo "no acceptable sed could be found in \$PATH" >&2 + exit 1 + } +} + + +# We want to be able to use the functions in this file before configure +# has figured out where the best binaries are kept, which means we have +# to search for them ourselves - except when the results are already set +# where we skip the searches. + +# Unless the user overrides by setting SED, search the path for either GNU +# sed, or the sed that truncates its output the least. +test -z "$SED" && { + _G_sed_script=s/aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa/bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb/ + for _G_i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7; do + _G_sed_script=$_G_sed_script$nl$_G_sed_script + done + echo "$_G_sed_script" 2>/dev/null | sed 99q >conftest.sed + _G_sed_script= + + func_check_prog_sed () + { + _G_path_prog=$1 + + _G_count=0 + printf 0123456789 >conftest.in + while : + do + cat conftest.in conftest.in >conftest.tmp + mv conftest.tmp conftest.in + cp conftest.in conftest.nl + echo '' >> conftest.nl + "$_G_path_prog" -f conftest.sed <conftest.nl >conftest.out 2>/dev/null || break + diff conftest.out conftest.nl >/dev/null 2>&1 || break + _G_count=`expr $_G_count + 1` + if test "$_G_count" -gt "$_G_path_prog_max"; then + # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one + func_check_prog_result=$_G_path_prog + _G_path_prog_max=$_G_count + fi + # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough + test 10 -lt "$_G_count" && break + done + rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out + } + + func_path_progs "sed gsed" func_check_prog_sed $PATH:/usr/xpg4/bin + rm -f conftest.sed + SED=$func_path_progs_result +} + + +# Unless the user overrides by setting GREP, search the path for either GNU +# grep, or the grep that truncates its output the least. +test -z "$GREP" && { + func_check_prog_grep () + { + _G_path_prog=$1 + + _G_count=0 + _G_path_prog_max=0 + printf 0123456789 >conftest.in + while : + do + cat conftest.in conftest.in >conftest.tmp + mv conftest.tmp conftest.in + cp conftest.in conftest.nl + echo 'GREP' >> conftest.nl + "$_G_path_prog" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' <conftest.nl >conftest.out 2>/dev/null || break + diff conftest.out conftest.nl >/dev/null 2>&1 || break + _G_count=`expr $_G_count + 1` + if test "$_G_count" -gt "$_G_path_prog_max"; then + # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one + func_check_prog_result=$_G_path_prog + _G_path_prog_max=$_G_count + fi + # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough + test 10 -lt "$_G_count" && break + done + rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out + } + + func_path_progs "grep ggrep" func_check_prog_grep $PATH:/usr/xpg4/bin + GREP=$func_path_progs_result +} + + +## ------------------------------- ## +## User overridable command paths. ## +## ------------------------------- ## + +# All uppercase variable names are used for environment variables. These +# variables can be overridden by the user before calling a script that +# uses them if a suitable command of that name is not already available +# in the command search PATH. + +: ${CP="cp -f"} +: ${ECHO="printf %s\n"} +: ${EGREP="$GREP -E"} +: ${FGREP="$GREP -F"} +: ${LN_S="ln -s"} +: ${MAKE="make"} +: ${MKDIR="mkdir"} +: ${MV="mv -f"} +: ${RM="rm -f"} +: ${SHELL="${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}"} + + +## -------------------- ## +## Useful sed snippets. ## +## -------------------- ## + +sed_dirname='s|/[^/]*$||' +sed_basename='s|^.*/||' + +# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies +# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. +sed_quote_subst='s|\([`"$\\]\)|\\\1|g' + +# Same as above, but do not quote variable references. +sed_double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g' + +# Sed substitution that turns a string into a regex matching for the +# string literally. +sed_make_literal_regex='s|[].[^$\\*\/]|\\&|g' + +# Sed substitution that converts a w32 file name or path +# that contains forward slashes, into one that contains +# (escaped) backslashes. A very naive implementation. +sed_naive_backslashify='s|\\\\*|\\|g;s|/|\\|g;s|\\|\\\\|g' + +# Re-'\' parameter expansions in output of sed_double_quote_subst that +# were '\'-ed in input to the same. If an odd number of '\' preceded a +# '$' in input to sed_double_quote_subst, that '$' was protected from +# expansion. Since each input '\' is now two '\'s, look for any number +# of runs of four '\'s followed by two '\'s and then a '$'. '\' that '$'. +_G_bs='\\' +_G_bs2='\\\\' +_G_bs4='\\\\\\\\' +_G_dollar='\$' +sed_double_backslash="\ + s/$_G_bs4/&\\ +/g + s/^$_G_bs2$_G_dollar/$_G_bs&/ + s/\\([^$_G_bs]\\)$_G_bs2$_G_dollar/\\1$_G_bs2$_G_bs$_G_dollar/g + s/\n//g" + + +## ----------------- ## +## Global variables. ## +## ----------------- ## + +# Except for the global variables explicitly listed below, the following +# functions in the '^func_' namespace, and the '^require_' namespace +# variables initialised in the 'Resource management' section, sourcing +# this file will not pollute your global namespace with anything +# else. There's no portable way to scope variables in Bourne shell +# though, so actually running these functions will sometimes place +# results into a variable named after the function, and often use +# temporary variables in the '^_G_' namespace. If you are careful to +# avoid using those namespaces casually in your sourcing script, things +# should continue to work as you expect. And, of course, you can freely +# overwrite any of the functions or variables defined here before +# calling anything to customize them. + +EXIT_SUCCESS=0 +EXIT_FAILURE=1 +EXIT_MISMATCH=63 # $? = 63 is used to indicate version mismatch to missing. +EXIT_SKIP=77 # $? = 77 is used to indicate a skipped test to automake. + +# Allow overriding, eg assuming that you follow the convention of +# putting '$debug_cmd' at the start of all your functions, you can get +# bash to show function call trace with: +# +# debug_cmd='eval echo "${FUNCNAME[0]} $*" >&2' bash your-script-name +debug_cmd=${debug_cmd-":"} +exit_cmd=: + +# By convention, finish your script with: +# +# exit $exit_status +# +# so that you can set exit_status to non-zero if you want to indicate +# something went wrong during execution without actually bailing out at +# the point of failure. +exit_status=$EXIT_SUCCESS + +# Work around backward compatibility issue on IRIX 6.5. On IRIX 6.4+, sh +# is ksh but when the shell is invoked as "sh" and the current value of +# the _XPG environment variable is not equal to 1 (one), the special +# positional parameter $0, within a function call, is the name of the +# function. +progpath=$0 + +# The name of this program. +progname=`$ECHO "$progpath" |$SED "$sed_basename"` + +# Make sure we have an absolute progpath for reexecution: +case $progpath in + [\\/]*|[A-Za-z]:\\*) ;; + *[\\/]*) + progdir=`$ECHO "$progpath" |$SED "$sed_dirname"` + progdir=`cd "$progdir" && pwd` + progpath=$progdir/$progname + ;; + *) + _G_IFS=$IFS + IFS=${PATH_SEPARATOR-:} + for progdir in $PATH; do + IFS=$_G_IFS + test -x "$progdir/$progname" && break + done + IFS=$_G_IFS + test -n "$progdir" || progdir=`pwd` + progpath=$progdir/$progname + ;; +esac + + +## ----------------- ## +## Standard options. ## +## ----------------- ## + +# The following options affect the operation of the functions defined +# below, and should be set appropriately depending on run-time para- +# meters passed on the command line. + +opt_dry_run=false +opt_quiet=false +opt_verbose=false + +# Categories 'all' and 'none' are always available. Append any others +# you will pass as the first argument to func_warning from your own +# code. +warning_categories= + +# By default, display warnings according to 'opt_warning_types'. Set +# 'warning_func' to ':' to elide all warnings, or func_fatal_error to +# treat the next displayed warning as a fatal error. +warning_func=func_warn_and_continue + +# Set to 'all' to display all warnings, 'none' to suppress all +# warnings, or a space delimited list of some subset of +# 'warning_categories' to display only the listed warnings. +opt_warning_types=all + + +## -------------------- ## +## Resource management. ## +## -------------------- ## + +# This section contains definitions for functions that each ensure a +# particular resource (a file, or a non-empty configuration variable for +# example) is available, and if appropriate to extract default values +# from pertinent package files. Call them using their associated +# 'require_*' variable to ensure that they are executed, at most, once. +# +# It's entirely deliberate that calling these functions can set +# variables that don't obey the namespace limitations obeyed by the rest +# of this file, in order that that they be as useful as possible to +# callers. + + +# require_term_colors +# ------------------- +# Allow display of bold text on terminals that support it. +require_term_colors=func_require_term_colors +func_require_term_colors () +{ + $debug_cmd + + test -t 1 && { + # COLORTERM and USE_ANSI_COLORS environment variables take + # precedence, because most terminfo databases neglect to describe + # whether color sequences are supported. + test -n "${COLORTERM+set}" && : ${USE_ANSI_COLORS="1"} + + if test 1 = "$USE_ANSI_COLORS"; then + # Standard ANSI escape sequences + tc_reset='[0m' + tc_bold='[1m'; tc_standout='[7m' + tc_red='[31m'; tc_green='[32m' + tc_blue='[34m'; tc_cyan='[36m' + else + # Otherwise trust the terminfo database after all. + test -n "`tput sgr0 2>/dev/null`" && { + tc_reset=`tput sgr0` + test -n "`tput bold 2>/dev/null`" && tc_bold=`tput bold` + tc_standout=$tc_bold + test -n "`tput smso 2>/dev/null`" && tc_standout=`tput smso` + test -n "`tput setaf 1 2>/dev/null`" && tc_red=`tput setaf 1` + test -n "`tput setaf 2 2>/dev/null`" && tc_green=`tput setaf 2` + test -n "`tput setaf 4 2>/dev/null`" && tc_blue=`tput setaf 4` + test -n "`tput setaf 5 2>/dev/null`" && tc_cyan=`tput setaf 5` + } + fi + } + + require_term_colors=: +} + + +## ----------------- ## +## Function library. ## +## ----------------- ## + +# This section contains a variety of useful functions to call in your +# scripts. Take note of the portable wrappers for features provided by +# some modern shells, which will fall back to slower equivalents on +# less featureful shells. + + +# func_append VAR VALUE +# --------------------- +# Append VALUE onto the existing contents of VAR. + + # We should try to minimise forks, especially on Windows where they are + # unreasonably slow, so skip the feature probes when bash or zsh are + # being used: + if test set = "${BASH_VERSION+set}${ZSH_VERSION+set}"; then + : ${_G_HAVE_ARITH_OP="yes"} + : ${_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS="yes"} + # The += operator was introduced in bash 3.1 + case $BASH_VERSION in + [12].* | 3.0 | 3.0*) ;; + *) + : ${_G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP="yes"} + ;; + esac + fi + + # _G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP + # Can be empty, in which case the shell is probed, "yes" if += is + # useable or anything else if it does not work. + test -z "$_G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP" \ + && (eval 'x=a; x+=" b"; test "a b" = "$x"') 2>/dev/null \ + && _G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP=yes + +if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP" +then + # This is an XSI compatible shell, allowing a faster implementation... + eval 'func_append () + { + $debug_cmd + + eval "$1+=\$2" + }' +else + # ...otherwise fall back to using expr, which is often a shell builtin. + func_append () + { + $debug_cmd + + eval "$1=\$$1\$2" + } +fi + + +# func_append_quoted VAR VALUE +# ---------------------------- +# Quote VALUE and append to the end of shell variable VAR, separated +# by a space. +if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP"; then + eval 'func_append_quoted () + { + $debug_cmd + + func_quote_for_eval "$2" + eval "$1+=\\ \$func_quote_for_eval_result" + }' +else + func_append_quoted () + { + $debug_cmd + + func_quote_for_eval "$2" + eval "$1=\$$1\\ \$func_quote_for_eval_result" + } +fi + + +# func_append_uniq VAR VALUE +# -------------------------- +# Append unique VALUE onto the existing contents of VAR, assuming +# entries are delimited by the first character of VALUE. For example: +# +# func_append_uniq options " --another-option option-argument" +# +# will only append to $options if " --another-option option-argument " +# is not already present somewhere in $options already (note spaces at +# each end implied by leading space in second argument). +func_append_uniq () +{ + $debug_cmd + + eval _G_current_value='`$ECHO $'$1'`' + _G_delim=`expr "$2" : '\(.\)'` + + case $_G_delim$_G_current_value$_G_delim in + *"$2$_G_delim"*) ;; + *) func_append "$@" ;; + esac +} + + +# func_arith TERM... +# ------------------ +# Set func_arith_result to the result of evaluating TERMs. + test -z "$_G_HAVE_ARITH_OP" \ + && (eval 'test 2 = $(( 1 + 1 ))') 2>/dev/null \ + && _G_HAVE_ARITH_OP=yes + +if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_ARITH_OP"; then + eval 'func_arith () + { + $debug_cmd + + func_arith_result=$(( $* )) + }' +else + func_arith () + { + $debug_cmd + + func_arith_result=`expr "$@"` + } +fi + + +# func_basename FILE +# ------------------ +# Set func_basename_result to FILE with everything up to and including +# the last / stripped. +if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"; then + # If this shell supports suffix pattern removal, then use it to avoid + # forking. Hide the definitions single quotes in case the shell chokes + # on unsupported syntax... + _b='func_basename_result=${1##*/}' + _d='case $1 in + */*) func_dirname_result=${1%/*}$2 ;; + * ) func_dirname_result=$3 ;; + esac' + +else + # ...otherwise fall back to using sed. + _b='func_basename_result=`$ECHO "$1" |$SED "$sed_basename"`' + _d='func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "$1" |$SED "$sed_dirname"` + if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X$1"; then + func_dirname_result=$3 + else + func_append func_dirname_result "$2" + fi' +fi + +eval 'func_basename () +{ + $debug_cmd + + '"$_b"' +}' + + +# func_dirname FILE APPEND NONDIR_REPLACEMENT +# ------------------------------------------- +# Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, add APPEND to the result, +# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. +eval 'func_dirname () +{ + $debug_cmd + + '"$_d"' +}' + + +# func_dirname_and_basename FILE APPEND NONDIR_REPLACEMENT +# -------------------------------------------------------- +# Perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function +# call: +# dirname: Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, +# add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result +# to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. +# value returned in "$func_dirname_result" +# basename: Compute filename of FILE. +# value retuned in "$func_basename_result" +# For efficiency, we do not delegate to the functions above but instead +# duplicate the functionality here. +eval 'func_dirname_and_basename () +{ + $debug_cmd + + '"$_b"' + '"$_d"' +}' + + +# func_echo ARG... +# ---------------- +# Echo program name prefixed message. +func_echo () +{ + $debug_cmd + + _G_message=$* + + func_echo_IFS=$IFS + IFS=$nl + for _G_line in $_G_message; do + IFS=$func_echo_IFS + $ECHO "$progname: $_G_line" + done + IFS=$func_echo_IFS +} + + +# func_echo_all ARG... +# -------------------- +# Invoke $ECHO with all args, space-separated. +func_echo_all () +{ + $ECHO "$*" +} + + +# func_echo_infix_1 INFIX ARG... +# ------------------------------ +# Echo program name, followed by INFIX on the first line, with any +# additional lines not showing INFIX. +func_echo_infix_1 () +{ + $debug_cmd + + $require_term_colors + + _G_infix=$1; shift + _G_indent=$_G_infix + _G_prefix="$progname: $_G_infix: " + _G_message=$* + + # Strip color escape sequences before counting printable length + for _G_tc in "$tc_reset" "$tc_bold" "$tc_standout" "$tc_red" "$tc_green" "$tc_blue" "$tc_cyan" + do + test -n "$_G_tc" && { + _G_esc_tc=`$ECHO "$_G_tc" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"` + _G_indent=`$ECHO "$_G_indent" | $SED "s|$_G_esc_tc||g"` + } + done + _G_indent="$progname: "`echo "$_G_indent" | $SED 's|.| |g'`" " ## exclude from sc_prohibit_nested_quotes + + func_echo_infix_1_IFS=$IFS + IFS=$nl + for _G_line in $_G_message; do + IFS=$func_echo_infix_1_IFS + $ECHO "$_G_prefix$tc_bold$_G_line$tc_reset" >&2 + _G_prefix=$_G_indent + done + IFS=$func_echo_infix_1_IFS +} + + +# func_error ARG... +# ----------------- +# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error. +func_error () +{ + $debug_cmd + + $require_term_colors + + func_echo_infix_1 " $tc_standout${tc_red}error$tc_reset" "$*" >&2 +} + + +# func_fatal_error ARG... +# ----------------------- +# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, and exit. +func_fatal_error () +{ + $debug_cmd + + func_error "$*" + exit $EXIT_FAILURE +} + + +# func_grep EXPRESSION FILENAME +# ----------------------------- +# Check whether EXPRESSION matches any line of FILENAME, without output. +func_grep () +{ + $debug_cmd + + $GREP "$1" "$2" >/dev/null 2>&1 +} + + +# func_len STRING +# --------------- +# Set func_len_result to the length of STRING. STRING may not +# start with a hyphen. + test -z "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS" \ + && (eval 'x=a/b/c; + test 5aa/bb/cc = "${#x}${x%%/*}${x%/*}${x#*/}${x##*/}"') 2>/dev/null \ + && _G_HAVE_XSI_OPS=yes + +if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"; then + eval 'func_len () + { + $debug_cmd + + func_len_result=${#1} + }' +else + func_len () + { + $debug_cmd + + func_len_result=`expr "$1" : ".*" 2>/dev/null || echo $max_cmd_len` + } +fi + + +# func_mkdir_p DIRECTORY-PATH +# --------------------------- +# Make sure the entire path to DIRECTORY-PATH is available. +func_mkdir_p () +{ + $debug_cmd + + _G_directory_path=$1 + _G_dir_list= + + if test -n "$_G_directory_path" && test : != "$opt_dry_run"; then + + # Protect directory names starting with '-' + case $_G_directory_path in + -*) _G_directory_path=./$_G_directory_path ;; + esac + + # While some portion of DIR does not yet exist... + while test ! -d "$_G_directory_path"; do + # ...make a list in topmost first order. Use a colon delimited + # list incase some portion of path contains whitespace. + _G_dir_list=$_G_directory_path:$_G_dir_list + + # If the last portion added has no slash in it, the list is done + case $_G_directory_path in */*) ;; *) break ;; esac + + # ...otherwise throw away the child directory and loop + _G_directory_path=`$ECHO "$_G_directory_path" | $SED -e "$sed_dirname"` + done + _G_dir_list=`$ECHO "$_G_dir_list" | $SED 's|:*$||'` + + func_mkdir_p_IFS=$IFS; IFS=: + for _G_dir in $_G_dir_list; do + IFS=$func_mkdir_p_IFS + # mkdir can fail with a 'File exist' error if two processes + # try to create one of the directories concurrently. Don't + # stop in that case! + $MKDIR "$_G_dir" 2>/dev/null || : + done + IFS=$func_mkdir_p_IFS + + # Bail out if we (or some other process) failed to create a directory. + test -d "$_G_directory_path" || \ + func_fatal_error "Failed to create '$1'" + fi +} + + +# func_mktempdir [BASENAME] +# ------------------------- +# Make a temporary directory that won't clash with other running +# libtool processes, and avoids race conditions if possible. If +# given, BASENAME is the basename for that directory. +func_mktempdir () +{ + $debug_cmd + + _G_template=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/${1-$progname} + + if test : = "$opt_dry_run"; then + # Return a directory name, but don't create it in dry-run mode + _G_tmpdir=$_G_template-$$ + else + + # If mktemp works, use that first and foremost + _G_tmpdir=`mktemp -d "$_G_template-XXXXXXXX" 2>/dev/null` + + if test ! -d "$_G_tmpdir"; then + # Failing that, at least try and use $RANDOM to avoid a race + _G_tmpdir=$_G_template-${RANDOM-0}$$ + + func_mktempdir_umask=`umask` + umask 0077 + $MKDIR "$_G_tmpdir" + umask $func_mktempdir_umask + fi + + # If we're not in dry-run mode, bomb out on failure + test -d "$_G_tmpdir" || \ + func_fatal_error "cannot create temporary directory '$_G_tmpdir'" + fi + + $ECHO "$_G_tmpdir" +} + + +# func_normal_abspath PATH +# ------------------------ +# Remove doubled-up and trailing slashes, "." path components, +# and cancel out any ".." path components in PATH after making +# it an absolute path. +func_normal_abspath () +{ + $debug_cmd + + # These SED scripts presuppose an absolute path with a trailing slash. + _G_pathcar='s|^/\([^/]*\).*$|\1|' + _G_pathcdr='s|^/[^/]*||' + _G_removedotparts=':dotsl + s|/\./|/|g + t dotsl + s|/\.$|/|' + _G_collapseslashes='s|/\{1,\}|/|g' + _G_finalslash='s|/*$|/|' + + # Start from root dir and reassemble the path. + func_normal_abspath_result= + func_normal_abspath_tpath=$1 + func_normal_abspath_altnamespace= + case $func_normal_abspath_tpath in + "") + # Empty path, that just means $cwd. + func_stripname '' '/' "`pwd`" + func_normal_abspath_result=$func_stripname_result + return + ;; + # The next three entries are used to spot a run of precisely + # two leading slashes without using negated character classes; + # we take advantage of case's first-match behaviour. + ///*) + # Unusual form of absolute path, do nothing. + ;; + //*) + # Not necessarily an ordinary path; POSIX reserves leading '//' + # and for example Cygwin uses it to access remote file shares + # over CIFS/SMB, so we conserve a leading double slash if found. + func_normal_abspath_altnamespace=/ + ;; + /*) + # Absolute path, do nothing. + ;; + *) + # Relative path, prepend $cwd. + func_normal_abspath_tpath=`pwd`/$func_normal_abspath_tpath + ;; + esac + + # Cancel out all the simple stuff to save iterations. We also want + # the path to end with a slash for ease of parsing, so make sure + # there is one (and only one) here. + func_normal_abspath_tpath=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \ + -e "$_G_removedotparts" -e "$_G_collapseslashes" -e "$_G_finalslash"` + while :; do + # Processed it all yet? + if test / = "$func_normal_abspath_tpath"; then + # If we ascended to the root using ".." the result may be empty now. + if test -z "$func_normal_abspath_result"; then + func_normal_abspath_result=/ + fi + break + fi + func_normal_abspath_tcomponent=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \ + -e "$_G_pathcar"` + func_normal_abspath_tpath=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \ + -e "$_G_pathcdr"` + # Figure out what to do with it + case $func_normal_abspath_tcomponent in + "") + # Trailing empty path component, ignore it. + ;; + ..) + # Parent dir; strip last assembled component from result. + func_dirname "$func_normal_abspath_result" + func_normal_abspath_result=$func_dirname_result + ;; + *) + # Actual path component, append it. + func_append func_normal_abspath_result "/$func_normal_abspath_tcomponent" + ;; + esac + done + # Restore leading double-slash if one was found on entry. + func_normal_abspath_result=$func_normal_abspath_altnamespace$func_normal_abspath_result +} + + +# func_notquiet ARG... +# -------------------- +# Echo program name prefixed message only when not in quiet mode. +func_notquiet () +{ + $debug_cmd + + $opt_quiet || func_echo ${1+"$@"} + + # A bug in bash halts the script if the last line of a function + # fails when set -e is in force, so we need another command to + # work around that: + : +} + + +# func_relative_path SRCDIR DSTDIR +# -------------------------------- +# Set func_relative_path_result to the relative path from SRCDIR to DSTDIR. +func_relative_path () +{ + $debug_cmd + + func_relative_path_result= + func_normal_abspath "$1" + func_relative_path_tlibdir=$func_normal_abspath_result + func_normal_abspath "$2" + func_relative_path_tbindir=$func_normal_abspath_result + + # Ascend the tree starting from libdir + while :; do + # check if we have found a prefix of bindir + case $func_relative_path_tbindir in + $func_relative_path_tlibdir) + # found an exact match + func_relative_path_tcancelled= + break + ;; + $func_relative_path_tlibdir*) + # found a matching prefix + func_stripname "$func_relative_path_tlibdir" '' "$func_relative_path_tbindir" + func_relative_path_tcancelled=$func_stripname_result + if test -z "$func_relative_path_result"; then + func_relative_path_result=. + fi + break + ;; + *) + func_dirname $func_relative_path_tlibdir + func_relative_path_tlibdir=$func_dirname_result + if test -z "$func_relative_path_tlibdir"; then + # Have to descend all the way to the root! + func_relative_path_result=../$func_relative_path_result + func_relative_path_tcancelled=$func_relative_path_tbindir + break + fi + func_relative_path_result=../$func_relative_path_result + ;; + esac + done + + # Now calculate path; take care to avoid doubling-up slashes. + func_stripname '' '/' "$func_relative_path_result" + func_relative_path_result=$func_stripname_result + func_stripname '/' '/' "$func_relative_path_tcancelled" + if test -n "$func_stripname_result"; then + func_append func_relative_path_result "/$func_stripname_result" + fi + + # Normalisation. If bindir is libdir, return '.' else relative path. + if test -n "$func_relative_path_result"; then + func_stripname './' '' "$func_relative_path_result" + func_relative_path_result=$func_stripname_result + fi + + test -n "$func_relative_path_result" || func_relative_path_result=. + + : +} + + +# func_quote_for_eval ARG... +# -------------------------- +# Aesthetically quote ARGs to be evaled later. +# This function returns two values: +# i) func_quote_for_eval_result +# double-quoted, suitable for a subsequent eval +# ii) func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result +# has all characters that are still active within double +# quotes backslashified. +func_quote_for_eval () +{ + $debug_cmd + + func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result= + func_quote_for_eval_result= + while test 0 -lt $#; do + case $1 in + *[\\\`\"\$]*) + _G_unquoted_arg=`printf '%s\n' "$1" |$SED "$sed_quote_subst"` ;; + *) + _G_unquoted_arg=$1 ;; + esac + if test -n "$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result"; then + func_append func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result " $_G_unquoted_arg" + else + func_append func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result "$_G_unquoted_arg" + fi + + case $_G_unquoted_arg in + # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay + # word splitting, command substitution and variable expansion + # for a subsequent eval. + # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly + # in scan sets, so we specify it separately. + *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") + _G_quoted_arg=\"$_G_unquoted_arg\" + ;; + *) + _G_quoted_arg=$_G_unquoted_arg + ;; + esac + + if test -n "$func_quote_for_eval_result"; then + func_append func_quote_for_eval_result " $_G_quoted_arg" + else + func_append func_quote_for_eval_result "$_G_quoted_arg" + fi + shift + done +} + + +# func_quote_for_expand ARG +# ------------------------- +# Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later; same as above, +# but do not quote variable references. +func_quote_for_expand () +{ + $debug_cmd + + case $1 in + *[\\\`\"]*) + _G_arg=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED \ + -e "$sed_double_quote_subst" -e "$sed_double_backslash"` ;; + *) + _G_arg=$1 ;; + esac + + case $_G_arg in + # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay + # word splitting and command substitution for a subsequent eval. + # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly + # in scan sets, so we specify it separately. + *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") + _G_arg=\"$_G_arg\" + ;; + esac + + func_quote_for_expand_result=$_G_arg +} + + +# func_stripname PREFIX SUFFIX NAME +# --------------------------------- +# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX from NAME, and store in func_stripname_result. +# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special +# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading +# dot (in which case that matches only a dot). +if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"; then + eval 'func_stripname () + { + $debug_cmd + + # pdksh 5.2.14 does not do ${X%$Y} correctly if both X and Y are + # positional parameters, so assign one to ordinary variable first. + func_stripname_result=$3 + func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result#"$1"} + func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result%"$2"} + }' +else + func_stripname () + { + $debug_cmd + + case $2 in + .*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "$3" | $SED -e "s%^$1%%" -e "s%\\\\$2\$%%"`;; + *) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "$3" | $SED -e "s%^$1%%" -e "s%$2\$%%"`;; + esac + } +fi + + +# func_show_eval CMD [FAIL_EXP] +# ----------------------------- +# Unless opt_quiet is true, then output CMD. Then, if opt_dryrun is +# not true, evaluate CMD. If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP +# is given, then evaluate it. +func_show_eval () +{ + $debug_cmd + + _G_cmd=$1 + _G_fail_exp=${2-':'} + + func_quote_for_expand "$_G_cmd" + eval "func_notquiet $func_quote_for_expand_result" + + $opt_dry_run || { + eval "$_G_cmd" + _G_status=$? + if test 0 -ne "$_G_status"; then + eval "(exit $_G_status); $_G_fail_exp" + fi + } +} + + +# func_show_eval_locale CMD [FAIL_EXP] +# ------------------------------------ +# Unless opt_quiet is true, then output CMD. Then, if opt_dryrun is +# not true, evaluate CMD. If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP +# is given, then evaluate it. Use the saved locale for evaluation. +func_show_eval_locale () +{ + $debug_cmd + + _G_cmd=$1 + _G_fail_exp=${2-':'} + + $opt_quiet || { + func_quote_for_expand "$_G_cmd" + eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" + } + + $opt_dry_run || { + eval "$_G_user_locale + $_G_cmd" + _G_status=$? + eval "$_G_safe_locale" + if test 0 -ne "$_G_status"; then + eval "(exit $_G_status); $_G_fail_exp" + fi + } +} + + +# func_tr_sh +# ---------- +# Turn $1 into a string suitable for a shell variable name. +# Result is stored in $func_tr_sh_result. All characters +# not in the set a-zA-Z0-9_ are replaced with '_'. Further, +# if $1 begins with a digit, a '_' is prepended as well. +func_tr_sh () +{ + $debug_cmd + + case $1 in + [0-9]* | *[!a-zA-Z0-9_]*) + func_tr_sh_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED -e 's/^\([0-9]\)/_\1/' -e 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'` + ;; + * ) + func_tr_sh_result=$1 + ;; + esac +} + + +# func_verbose ARG... +# ------------------- +# Echo program name prefixed message in verbose mode only. +func_verbose () +{ + $debug_cmd + + $opt_verbose && func_echo "$*" + + : +} + + +# func_warn_and_continue ARG... +# ----------------------------- +# Echo program name prefixed warning message to standard error. +func_warn_and_continue () +{ + $debug_cmd + + $require_term_colors + + func_echo_infix_1 "${tc_red}warning$tc_reset" "$*" >&2 +} + + +# func_warning CATEGORY ARG... +# ---------------------------- +# Echo program name prefixed warning message to standard error. Warning +# messages can be filtered according to CATEGORY, where this function +# elides messages where CATEGORY is not listed in the global variable +# 'opt_warning_types'. +func_warning () +{ + $debug_cmd + + # CATEGORY must be in the warning_categories list! + case " $warning_categories " in + *" $1 "*) ;; + *) func_internal_error "invalid warning category '$1'" ;; + esac + + _G_category=$1 + shift + + case " $opt_warning_types " in + *" $_G_category "*) $warning_func ${1+"$@"} ;; + esac +} + + +# func_sort_ver VER1 VER2 +# ----------------------- +# 'sort -V' is not generally available. +# Note this deviates from the version comparison in automake +# in that it treats 1.5 < 1.5.0, and treats 1.4.4a < 1.4-p3a +# but this should suffice as we won't be specifying old +# version formats or redundant trailing .0 in bootstrap.conf. +# If we did want full compatibility then we should probably +# use m4_version_compare from autoconf. +func_sort_ver () +{ + $debug_cmd + + printf '%s\n%s\n' "$1" "$2" \ + | sort -t. -k 1,1n -k 2,2n -k 3,3n -k 4,4n -k 5,5n -k 6,6n -k 7,7n -k 8,8n -k 9,9n +} + +# func_lt_ver PREV CURR +# --------------------- +# Return true if PREV and CURR are in the correct order according to +# func_sort_ver, otherwise false. Use it like this: +# +# func_lt_ver "$prev_ver" "$proposed_ver" || func_fatal_error "..." +func_lt_ver () +{ + $debug_cmd + + test "x$1" = x`func_sort_ver "$1" "$2" | $SED 1q` +} + + +# Local variables: +# mode: shell-script +# sh-indentation: 2 +# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-pattern: "10/scriptversion=%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H; # UTC" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" +# End: +#! /bin/sh + +# Set a version string for this script. +scriptversion=2015-10-07.11; # UTC + +# A portable, pluggable option parser for Bourne shell. +# Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2010 + +# Copyright (C) 2010-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO +# warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +# Please report bugs or propose patches to gary@gnu.org. + + +## ------ ## +## Usage. ## +## ------ ## + +# This file is a library for parsing options in your shell scripts along +# with assorted other useful supporting features that you can make use +# of too. +# +# For the simplest scripts you might need only: +# +# #!/bin/sh +# . relative/path/to/funclib.sh +# . relative/path/to/options-parser +# scriptversion=1.0 +# func_options ${1+"$@"} +# eval set dummy "$func_options_result"; shift +# ...rest of your script... +# +# In order for the '--version' option to work, you will need to have a +# suitably formatted comment like the one at the top of this file +# starting with '# Written by ' and ending with '# warranty; '. +# +# For '-h' and '--help' to work, you will also need a one line +# description of your script's purpose in a comment directly above the +# '# Written by ' line, like the one at the top of this file. +# +# The default options also support '--debug', which will turn on shell +# execution tracing (see the comment above debug_cmd below for another +# use), and '--verbose' and the func_verbose function to allow your script +# to display verbose messages only when your user has specified +# '--verbose'. +# +# After sourcing this file, you can plug processing for additional +# options by amending the variables from the 'Configuration' section +# below, and following the instructions in the 'Option parsing' +# section further down. + +## -------------- ## +## Configuration. ## +## -------------- ## + +# You should override these variables in your script after sourcing this +# file so that they reflect the customisations you have added to the +# option parser. + +# The usage line for option parsing errors and the start of '-h' and +# '--help' output messages. You can embed shell variables for delayed +# expansion at the time the message is displayed, but you will need to +# quote other shell meta-characters carefully to prevent them being +# expanded when the contents are evaled. +usage='$progpath [OPTION]...' + +# Short help message in response to '-h' and '--help'. Add to this or +# override it after sourcing this library to reflect the full set of +# options your script accepts. +usage_message="\ + --debug enable verbose shell tracing + -W, --warnings=CATEGORY + report the warnings falling in CATEGORY [all] + -v, --verbose verbosely report processing + --version print version information and exit + -h, --help print short or long help message and exit +" + +# Additional text appended to 'usage_message' in response to '--help'. +long_help_message=" +Warning categories include: + 'all' show all warnings + 'none' turn off all the warnings + 'error' warnings are treated as fatal errors" + +# Help message printed before fatal option parsing errors. +fatal_help="Try '\$progname --help' for more information." + + + +## ------------------------- ## +## Hook function management. ## +## ------------------------- ## + +# This section contains functions for adding, removing, and running hooks +# to the main code. A hook is just a named list of of function, that can +# be run in order later on. + +# func_hookable FUNC_NAME +# ----------------------- +# Declare that FUNC_NAME will run hooks added with +# 'func_add_hook FUNC_NAME ...'. +func_hookable () +{ + $debug_cmd + + func_append hookable_fns " $1" +} + + +# func_add_hook FUNC_NAME HOOK_FUNC +# --------------------------------- +# Request that FUNC_NAME call HOOK_FUNC before it returns. FUNC_NAME must +# first have been declared "hookable" by a call to 'func_hookable'. +func_add_hook () +{ + $debug_cmd + + case " $hookable_fns " in + *" $1 "*) ;; + *) func_fatal_error "'$1' does not accept hook functions." ;; + esac + + eval func_append ${1}_hooks '" $2"' +} + + +# func_remove_hook FUNC_NAME HOOK_FUNC +# ------------------------------------ +# Remove HOOK_FUNC from the list of functions called by FUNC_NAME. +func_remove_hook () +{ + $debug_cmd + + eval ${1}_hooks='`$ECHO "\$'$1'_hooks" |$SED "s| '$2'||"`' +} + + +# func_run_hooks FUNC_NAME [ARG]... +# --------------------------------- +# Run all hook functions registered to FUNC_NAME. +# It is assumed that the list of hook functions contains nothing more +# than a whitespace-delimited list of legal shell function names, and +# no effort is wasted trying to catch shell meta-characters or preserve +# whitespace. +func_run_hooks () +{ + $debug_cmd + + _G_rc_run_hooks=false + + case " $hookable_fns " in + *" $1 "*) ;; + *) func_fatal_error "'$1' does not support hook funcions.n" ;; + esac + + eval _G_hook_fns=\$$1_hooks; shift + + for _G_hook in $_G_hook_fns; do + if eval $_G_hook '"$@"'; then + # store returned options list back into positional + # parameters for next 'cmd' execution. + eval _G_hook_result=\$${_G_hook}_result + eval set dummy "$_G_hook_result"; shift + _G_rc_run_hooks=: + fi + done + + $_G_rc_run_hooks && func_run_hooks_result=$_G_hook_result +} + + + +## --------------- ## +## Option parsing. ## +## --------------- ## + +# In order to add your own option parsing hooks, you must accept the +# full positional parameter list in your hook function, you may remove/edit +# any options that you action, and then pass back the remaining unprocessed +# options in '<hooked_function_name>_result', escaped suitably for +# 'eval'. In this case you also must return $EXIT_SUCCESS to let the +# hook's caller know that it should pay attention to +# '<hooked_function_name>_result'. Returning $EXIT_FAILURE signalizes that +# arguments are left untouched by the hook and therefore caller will ignore the +# result variable. +# +# Like this: +# +# my_options_prep () +# { +# $debug_cmd +# +# # Extend the existing usage message. +# usage_message=$usage_message' +# -s, --silent don'\''t print informational messages +# ' +# # No change in '$@' (ignored completely by this hook). There is +# # no need to do the equivalent (but slower) action: +# # func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"} +# # my_options_prep_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result +# false +# } +# func_add_hook func_options_prep my_options_prep +# +# +# my_silent_option () +# { +# $debug_cmd +# +# args_changed=false +# +# # Note that for efficiency, we parse as many options as we can +# # recognise in a loop before passing the remainder back to the +# # caller on the first unrecognised argument we encounter. +# while test $# -gt 0; do +# opt=$1; shift +# case $opt in +# --silent|-s) opt_silent=: +# args_changed=: +# ;; +# # Separate non-argument short options: +# -s*) func_split_short_opt "$_G_opt" +# set dummy "$func_split_short_opt_name" \ +# "-$func_split_short_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"} +# shift +# args_changed=: +# ;; +# *) # Make sure the first unrecognised option "$_G_opt" +# # is added back to "$@", we could need that later +# # if $args_changed is true. +# set dummy "$_G_opt" ${1+"$@"}; shift; break ;; +# esac +# done +# +# if $args_changed; then +# func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"} +# my_silent_option_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result +# fi +# +# $args_changed +# } +# func_add_hook func_parse_options my_silent_option +# +# +# my_option_validation () +# { +# $debug_cmd +# +# $opt_silent && $opt_verbose && func_fatal_help "\ +# '--silent' and '--verbose' options are mutually exclusive." +# +# false +# } +# func_add_hook func_validate_options my_option_validation +# +# You'll also need to manually amend $usage_message to reflect the extra +# options you parse. It's preferable to append if you can, so that +# multiple option parsing hooks can be added safely. + + +# func_options_finish [ARG]... +# ---------------------------- +# Finishing the option parse loop (call 'func_options' hooks ATM). +func_options_finish () +{ + $debug_cmd + + _G_func_options_finish_exit=false + if func_run_hooks func_options ${1+"$@"}; then + func_options_finish_result=$func_run_hooks_result + _G_func_options_finish_exit=: + fi + + $_G_func_options_finish_exit +} + + +# func_options [ARG]... +# --------------------- +# All the functions called inside func_options are hookable. See the +# individual implementations for details. +func_hookable func_options +func_options () +{ + $debug_cmd + + _G_rc_options=false + + for my_func in options_prep parse_options validate_options options_finish + do + if eval func_$my_func '${1+"$@"}'; then + eval _G_res_var='$'"func_${my_func}_result" + eval set dummy "$_G_res_var" ; shift + _G_rc_options=: + fi + done + + # Save modified positional parameters for caller. As a top-level + # options-parser function we always need to set the 'func_options_result' + # variable (regardless the $_G_rc_options value). + if $_G_rc_options; then + func_options_result=$_G_res_var + else + func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"} + func_options_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result + fi + + $_G_rc_options +} + + +# func_options_prep [ARG]... +# -------------------------- +# All initialisations required before starting the option parse loop. +# Note that when calling hook functions, we pass through the list of +# positional parameters. If a hook function modifies that list, and +# needs to propagate that back to rest of this script, then the complete +# modified list must be put in 'func_run_hooks_result' before +# returning $EXIT_SUCCESS (otherwise $EXIT_FAILURE is returned). +func_hookable func_options_prep +func_options_prep () +{ + $debug_cmd + + # Option defaults: + opt_verbose=false + opt_warning_types= + + _G_rc_options_prep=false + if func_run_hooks func_options_prep ${1+"$@"}; then + _G_rc_options_prep=: + # save modified positional parameters for caller + func_options_prep_result=$func_run_hooks_result + fi + + $_G_rc_options_prep +} + + +# func_parse_options [ARG]... +# --------------------------- +# The main option parsing loop. +func_hookable func_parse_options +func_parse_options () +{ + $debug_cmd + + func_parse_options_result= + + _G_rc_parse_options=false + # this just eases exit handling + while test $# -gt 0; do + # Defer to hook functions for initial option parsing, so they + # get priority in the event of reusing an option name. + if func_run_hooks func_parse_options ${1+"$@"}; then + eval set dummy "$func_run_hooks_result"; shift + _G_rc_parse_options=: + fi + + # Break out of the loop if we already parsed every option. + test $# -gt 0 || break + + _G_match_parse_options=: + _G_opt=$1 + shift + case $_G_opt in + --debug|-x) debug_cmd='set -x' + func_echo "enabling shell trace mode" + $debug_cmd + ;; + + --no-warnings|--no-warning|--no-warn) + set dummy --warnings none ${1+"$@"} + shift + ;; + + --warnings|--warning|-W) + if test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $_G_opt; then + _G_rc_parse_options=: + break + fi + case " $warning_categories $1" in + *" $1 "*) + # trailing space prevents matching last $1 above + func_append_uniq opt_warning_types " $1" + ;; + *all) + opt_warning_types=$warning_categories + ;; + *none) + opt_warning_types=none + warning_func=: + ;; + *error) + opt_warning_types=$warning_categories + warning_func=func_fatal_error + ;; + *) + func_fatal_error \ + "unsupported warning category: '$1'" + ;; + esac + shift + ;; + + --verbose|-v) opt_verbose=: ;; + --version) func_version ;; + -\?|-h) func_usage ;; + --help) func_help ;; + + # Separate optargs to long options (plugins may need this): + --*=*) func_split_equals "$_G_opt" + set dummy "$func_split_equals_lhs" \ + "$func_split_equals_rhs" ${1+"$@"} + shift + ;; + + # Separate optargs to short options: + -W*) + func_split_short_opt "$_G_opt" + set dummy "$func_split_short_opt_name" \ + "$func_split_short_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"} + shift + ;; + + # Separate non-argument short options: + -\?*|-h*|-v*|-x*) + func_split_short_opt "$_G_opt" + set dummy "$func_split_short_opt_name" \ + "-$func_split_short_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"} + shift + ;; + + --) _G_rc_parse_options=: ; break ;; + -*) func_fatal_help "unrecognised option: '$_G_opt'" ;; + *) set dummy "$_G_opt" ${1+"$@"}; shift + _G_match_parse_options=false + break + ;; + esac + + $_G_match_parse_options && _G_rc_parse_options=: + done + + + if $_G_rc_parse_options; then + # save modified positional parameters for caller + func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"} + func_parse_options_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result + fi + + $_G_rc_parse_options +} + + +# func_validate_options [ARG]... +# ------------------------------ +# Perform any sanity checks on option settings and/or unconsumed +# arguments. +func_hookable func_validate_options +func_validate_options () +{ + $debug_cmd + + _G_rc_validate_options=false + + # Display all warnings if -W was not given. + test -n "$opt_warning_types" || opt_warning_types=" $warning_categories" + + if func_run_hooks func_validate_options ${1+"$@"}; then + # save modified positional parameters for caller + func_validate_options_result=$func_run_hooks_result + _G_rc_validate_options=: + fi + + # Bail if the options were screwed! + $exit_cmd $EXIT_FAILURE + + $_G_rc_validate_options +} + + + +## ----------------- ## +## Helper functions. ## +## ----------------- ## + +# This section contains the helper functions used by the rest of the +# hookable option parser framework in ascii-betical order. + + +# func_fatal_help ARG... +# ---------------------- +# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by +# a help hint, and exit. +func_fatal_help () +{ + $debug_cmd + + eval \$ECHO \""Usage: $usage"\" + eval \$ECHO \""$fatal_help"\" + func_error ${1+"$@"} + exit $EXIT_FAILURE +} + + +# func_help +# --------- +# Echo long help message to standard output and exit. +func_help () +{ + $debug_cmd + + func_usage_message + $ECHO "$long_help_message" + exit 0 +} + + +# func_missing_arg ARGNAME +# ------------------------ +# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error and set global +# exit_cmd. +func_missing_arg () +{ + $debug_cmd + + func_error "Missing argument for '$1'." + exit_cmd=exit +} + + +# func_split_equals STRING +# ------------------------ +# Set func_split_equals_lhs and func_split_equals_rhs shell variables after +# splitting STRING at the '=' sign. +test -z "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS" \ + && (eval 'x=a/b/c; + test 5aa/bb/cc = "${#x}${x%%/*}${x%/*}${x#*/}${x##*/}"') 2>/dev/null \ + && _G_HAVE_XSI_OPS=yes + +if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS" +then + # This is an XSI compatible shell, allowing a faster implementation... + eval 'func_split_equals () + { + $debug_cmd + + func_split_equals_lhs=${1%%=*} + func_split_equals_rhs=${1#*=} + test "x$func_split_equals_lhs" = "x$1" \ + && func_split_equals_rhs= + }' +else + # ...otherwise fall back to using expr, which is often a shell builtin. + func_split_equals () + { + $debug_cmd + + func_split_equals_lhs=`expr "x$1" : 'x\([^=]*\)'` + func_split_equals_rhs= + test "x$func_split_equals_lhs" = "x$1" \ + || func_split_equals_rhs=`expr "x$1" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)$'` + } +fi #func_split_equals + + +# func_split_short_opt SHORTOPT +# ----------------------------- +# Set func_split_short_opt_name and func_split_short_opt_arg shell +# variables after splitting SHORTOPT after the 2nd character. +if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS" +then + # This is an XSI compatible shell, allowing a faster implementation... + eval 'func_split_short_opt () + { + $debug_cmd + + func_split_short_opt_arg=${1#??} + func_split_short_opt_name=${1%"$func_split_short_opt_arg"} + }' +else + # ...otherwise fall back to using expr, which is often a shell builtin. + func_split_short_opt () + { + $debug_cmd + + func_split_short_opt_name=`expr "x$1" : 'x-\(.\)'` + func_split_short_opt_arg=`expr "x$1" : 'x-.\(.*\)$'` + } +fi #func_split_short_opt + + +# func_usage +# ---------- +# Echo short help message to standard output and exit. +func_usage () +{ + $debug_cmd + + func_usage_message + $ECHO "Run '$progname --help |${PAGER-more}' for full usage" + exit 0 +} + + +# func_usage_message +# ------------------ +# Echo short help message to standard output. +func_usage_message () +{ + $debug_cmd + + eval \$ECHO \""Usage: $usage"\" + echo + $SED -n 's|^# || + /^Written by/{ + x;p;x + } + h + /^Written by/q' < "$progpath" + echo + eval \$ECHO \""$usage_message"\" +} + + +# func_version +# ------------ +# Echo version message to standard output and exit. +func_version () +{ + $debug_cmd + + printf '%s\n' "$progname $scriptversion" + $SED -n ' + /(C)/!b go + :more + /\./!{ + N + s|\n# | | + b more + } + :go + /^# Written by /,/# warranty; / { + s|^# || + s|^# *$|| + s|\((C)\)[ 0-9,-]*[ ,-]\([1-9][0-9]* \)|\1 \2| + p + } + /^# Written by / { + s|^# || + p + } + /^warranty; /q' < "$progpath" + + exit $? +} + + +# Local variables: +# mode: shell-script +# sh-indentation: 2 +# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-pattern: "10/scriptversion=%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H; # UTC" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" +# End: + +# Set a version string. +scriptversion='(GNU libtool) 2.4.6' + + +# func_echo ARG... +# ---------------- +# Libtool also displays the current mode in messages, so override +# funclib.sh func_echo with this custom definition. +func_echo () +{ + $debug_cmd + + _G_message=$* + + func_echo_IFS=$IFS + IFS=$nl + for _G_line in $_G_message; do + IFS=$func_echo_IFS + $ECHO "$progname${opt_mode+: $opt_mode}: $_G_line" + done + IFS=$func_echo_IFS +} + + +# func_warning ARG... +# ------------------- +# Libtool warnings are not categorized, so override funclib.sh +# func_warning with this simpler definition. +func_warning () +{ + $debug_cmd + + $warning_func ${1+"$@"} +} + + +## ---------------- ## +## Options parsing. ## +## ---------------- ## + +# Hook in the functions to make sure our own options are parsed during +# the option parsing loop. + +usage='$progpath [OPTION]... [MODE-ARG]...' + +# Short help message in response to '-h'. +usage_message="Options: + --config show all configuration variables + --debug enable verbose shell tracing + -n, --dry-run display commands without modifying any files + --features display basic configuration information and exit + --mode=MODE use operation mode MODE + --no-warnings equivalent to '-Wnone' + --preserve-dup-deps don't remove duplicate dependency libraries + --quiet, --silent don't print informational messages + --tag=TAG use configuration variables from tag TAG + -v, --verbose print more informational messages than default + --version print version information + -W, --warnings=CATEGORY report the warnings falling in CATEGORY [all] + -h, --help, --help-all print short, long, or detailed help message +" + +# Additional text appended to 'usage_message' in response to '--help'. +func_help () +{ + $debug_cmd + + func_usage_message + $ECHO "$long_help_message + +MODE must be one of the following: + + clean remove files from the build directory + compile compile a source file into a libtool object + execute automatically set library path, then run a program + finish complete the installation of libtool libraries + install install libraries or executables + link create a library or an executable + uninstall remove libraries from an installed directory + +MODE-ARGS vary depending on the MODE. When passed as first option, +'--mode=MODE' may be abbreviated as 'MODE' or a unique abbreviation of that. +Try '$progname --help --mode=MODE' for a more detailed description of MODE. + +When reporting a bug, please describe a test case to reproduce it and +include the following information: + + host-triplet: $host + shell: $SHELL + compiler: $LTCC + compiler flags: $LTCFLAGS + linker: $LD (gnu? $with_gnu_ld) + version: $progname $scriptversion Debian-2.4.6-10 + automake: `($AUTOMAKE --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q` + autoconf: `($AUTOCONF --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q` + +Report bugs to <bug-libtool@gnu.org>. +GNU libtool home page: <http://www.gnu.org/s/libtool/>. +General help using GNU software: <http://www.gnu.org/gethelp/>." + exit 0 +} + + +# func_lo2o OBJECT-NAME +# --------------------- +# Transform OBJECT-NAME from a '.lo' suffix to the platform specific +# object suffix. + +lo2o=s/\\.lo\$/.$objext/ +o2lo=s/\\.$objext\$/.lo/ + +if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"; then + eval 'func_lo2o () + { + case $1 in + *.lo) func_lo2o_result=${1%.lo}.$objext ;; + * ) func_lo2o_result=$1 ;; + esac + }' + + # func_xform LIBOBJ-OR-SOURCE + # --------------------------- + # Transform LIBOBJ-OR-SOURCE from a '.o' or '.c' (or otherwise) + # suffix to a '.lo' libtool-object suffix. + eval 'func_xform () + { + func_xform_result=${1%.*}.lo + }' +else + # ...otherwise fall back to using sed. + func_lo2o () + { + func_lo2o_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$lo2o"` + } + + func_xform () + { + func_xform_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED 's|\.[^.]*$|.lo|'` + } +fi + + +# func_fatal_configuration ARG... +# ------------------------------- +# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by +# a configuration failure hint, and exit. +func_fatal_configuration () +{ + func__fatal_error ${1+"$@"} \ + "See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information." \ + "Fatal configuration error." +} + + +# func_config +# ----------- +# Display the configuration for all the tags in this script. +func_config () +{ + re_begincf='^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL' + re_endcf='^# ### END LIBTOOL' + + # Default configuration. + $SED "1,/$re_begincf CONFIG/d;/$re_endcf CONFIG/,\$d" < "$progpath" + + # Now print the configurations for the tags. + for tagname in $taglist; do + $SED -n "/$re_begincf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/,/$re_endcf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/p" < "$progpath" + done + + exit $? +} + + +# func_features +# ------------- +# Display the features supported by this script. +func_features () +{ + echo "host: $host" + if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then + echo "enable shared libraries" + else + echo "disable shared libraries" + fi + if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then + echo "enable static libraries" + else + echo "disable static libraries" + fi + + exit $? +} + + +# func_enable_tag TAGNAME +# ----------------------- +# Verify that TAGNAME is valid, and either flag an error and exit, or +# enable the TAGNAME tag. We also add TAGNAME to the global $taglist +# variable here. +func_enable_tag () +{ + # Global variable: + tagname=$1 + + re_begincf="^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$" + re_endcf="^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$" + sed_extractcf=/$re_begincf/,/$re_endcf/p + + # Validate tagname. + case $tagname in + *[!-_A-Za-z0-9,/]*) + func_fatal_error "invalid tag name: $tagname" + ;; + esac + + # Don't test for the "default" C tag, as we know it's + # there but not specially marked. + case $tagname in + CC) ;; + *) + if $GREP "$re_begincf" "$progpath" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + taglist="$taglist $tagname" + + # Evaluate the configuration. Be careful to quote the path + # and the sed script, to avoid splitting on whitespace, but + # also don't use non-portable quotes within backquotes within + # quotes we have to do it in 2 steps: + extractedcf=`$SED -n -e "$sed_extractcf" < "$progpath"` + eval "$extractedcf" + else + func_error "ignoring unknown tag $tagname" + fi + ;; + esac +} + + +# func_check_version_match +# ------------------------ +# Ensure that we are using m4 macros, and libtool script from the same +# release of libtool. +func_check_version_match () +{ + if test "$package_revision" != "$macro_revision"; then + if test "$VERSION" != "$macro_version"; then + if test -z "$macro_version"; then + cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF +$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the +$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from an older release. +$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION +$progname: and run autoconf again. +_LT_EOF + else + cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF +$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the +$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from $PACKAGE $macro_version. +$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION +$progname: and run autoconf again. +_LT_EOF + fi + else + cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF +$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, revision $package_revision, +$progname: but the definition of this LT_INIT comes from revision $macro_revision. +$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from revision $package_revision +$progname: of $PACKAGE $VERSION and run autoconf again. +_LT_EOF + fi + + exit $EXIT_MISMATCH + fi +} + + +# libtool_options_prep [ARG]... +# ----------------------------- +# Preparation for options parsed by libtool. +libtool_options_prep () +{ + $debug_mode + + # Option defaults: + opt_config=false + opt_dlopen= + opt_dry_run=false + opt_help=false + opt_mode= + opt_preserve_dup_deps=false + opt_quiet=false + + nonopt= + preserve_args= + + _G_rc_lt_options_prep=: + + # Shorthand for --mode=foo, only valid as the first argument + case $1 in + clean|clea|cle|cl) + shift; set dummy --mode clean ${1+"$@"}; shift + ;; + compile|compil|compi|comp|com|co|c) + shift; set dummy --mode compile ${1+"$@"}; shift + ;; + execute|execut|execu|exec|exe|ex|e) + shift; set dummy --mode execute ${1+"$@"}; shift + ;; + finish|finis|fini|fin|fi|f) + shift; set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift + ;; + install|instal|insta|inst|ins|in|i) + shift; set dummy --mode install ${1+"$@"}; shift + ;; + link|lin|li|l) + shift; set dummy --mode link ${1+"$@"}; shift + ;; + uninstall|uninstal|uninsta|uninst|unins|unin|uni|un|u) + shift; set dummy --mode uninstall ${1+"$@"}; shift + ;; + *) + _G_rc_lt_options_prep=false + ;; + esac + + if $_G_rc_lt_options_prep; then + # Pass back the list of options. + func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"} + libtool_options_prep_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result + fi + + $_G_rc_lt_options_prep +} +func_add_hook func_options_prep libtool_options_prep + + +# libtool_parse_options [ARG]... +# --------------------------------- +# Provide handling for libtool specific options. +libtool_parse_options () +{ + $debug_cmd + + _G_rc_lt_parse_options=false + + # Perform our own loop to consume as many options as possible in + # each iteration. + while test $# -gt 0; do + _G_match_lt_parse_options=: + _G_opt=$1 + shift + case $_G_opt in + --dry-run|--dryrun|-n) + opt_dry_run=: + ;; + + --config) func_config ;; + + --dlopen|-dlopen) + opt_dlopen="${opt_dlopen+$opt_dlopen +}$1" + shift + ;; + + --preserve-dup-deps) + opt_preserve_dup_deps=: ;; + + --features) func_features ;; + + --finish) set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift ;; + + --help) opt_help=: ;; + + --help-all) opt_help=': help-all' ;; + + --mode) test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $_G_opt && break + opt_mode=$1 + case $1 in + # Valid mode arguments: + clean|compile|execute|finish|install|link|relink|uninstall) ;; + + # Catch anything else as an error + *) func_error "invalid argument for $_G_opt" + exit_cmd=exit + break + ;; + esac + shift + ;; + + --no-silent|--no-quiet) + opt_quiet=false + func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt" + ;; + + --no-warnings|--no-warning|--no-warn) + opt_warning=false + func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt" + ;; + + --no-verbose) + opt_verbose=false + func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt" + ;; + + --silent|--quiet) + opt_quiet=: + opt_verbose=false + func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt" + ;; + + --tag) test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $_G_opt && break + opt_tag=$1 + func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt $1" + func_enable_tag "$1" + shift + ;; + + --verbose|-v) opt_quiet=false + opt_verbose=: + func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt" + ;; + + # An option not handled by this hook function: + *) set dummy "$_G_opt" ${1+"$@"} ; shift + _G_match_lt_parse_options=false + break + ;; + esac + $_G_match_lt_parse_options && _G_rc_lt_parse_options=: + done + + if $_G_rc_lt_parse_options; then + # save modified positional parameters for caller + func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"} + libtool_parse_options_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result + fi + + $_G_rc_lt_parse_options +} +func_add_hook func_parse_options libtool_parse_options + + + +# libtool_validate_options [ARG]... +# --------------------------------- +# Perform any sanity checks on option settings and/or unconsumed +# arguments. +libtool_validate_options () +{ + # save first non-option argument + if test 0 -lt $#; then + nonopt=$1 + shift + fi + + # preserve --debug + test : = "$debug_cmd" || func_append preserve_args " --debug" + + case $host in + # Solaris2 added to fix http://debbugs.gnu.org/cgi/bugreport.cgi?bug=16452 + # see also: http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=59788 + *cygwin* | *mingw* | *pw32* | *cegcc* | *solaris2* | *os2*) + # don't eliminate duplications in $postdeps and $predeps + opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=: + ;; + *) + opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=$opt_preserve_dup_deps + ;; + esac + + $opt_help || { + # Sanity checks first: + func_check_version_match + + test yes != "$build_libtool_libs" \ + && test yes != "$build_old_libs" \ + && func_fatal_configuration "not configured to build any kind of library" + + # Darwin sucks + eval std_shrext=\"$shrext_cmds\" + + # Only execute mode is allowed to have -dlopen flags. + if test -n "$opt_dlopen" && test execute != "$opt_mode"; then + func_error "unrecognized option '-dlopen'" + $ECHO "$help" 1>&2 + exit $EXIT_FAILURE + fi + + # Change the help message to a mode-specific one. + generic_help=$help + help="Try '$progname --help --mode=$opt_mode' for more information." + } + + # Pass back the unparsed argument list + func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"} + libtool_validate_options_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result +} +func_add_hook func_validate_options libtool_validate_options + + +# Process options as early as possible so that --help and --version +# can return quickly. +func_options ${1+"$@"} +eval set dummy "$func_options_result"; shift + + + +## ----------- ## +## Main. ## +## ----------- ## + +magic='%%%MAGIC variable%%%' +magic_exe='%%%MAGIC EXE variable%%%' + +# Global variables. +extracted_archives= +extracted_serial=0 + +# If this variable is set in any of the actions, the command in it +# will be execed at the end. This prevents here-documents from being +# left over by shells. +exec_cmd= + + +# A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf. +func_fallback_echo () +{ + eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF +$1 +_LTECHO_EOF' +} + +# func_generated_by_libtool +# True iff stdin has been generated by Libtool. This function is only +# a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out determined imposters. +func_generated_by_libtool_p () +{ + $GREP "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE" > /dev/null 2>&1 +} + +# func_lalib_p file +# True iff FILE is a libtool '.la' library or '.lo' object file. +# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out +# determined imposters. +func_lalib_p () +{ + test -f "$1" && + $SED -e 4q "$1" 2>/dev/null | func_generated_by_libtool_p +} + +# func_lalib_unsafe_p file +# True iff FILE is a libtool '.la' library or '.lo' object file. +# This function implements the same check as func_lalib_p without +# resorting to external programs. To this end, it redirects stdin and +# closes it afterwards, without saving the original file descriptor. +# As a safety measure, use it only where a negative result would be +# fatal anyway. Works if 'file' does not exist. +func_lalib_unsafe_p () +{ + lalib_p=no + if test -f "$1" && test -r "$1" && exec 5<&0 <"$1"; then + for lalib_p_l in 1 2 3 4 + do + read lalib_p_line + case $lalib_p_line in + \#\ Generated\ by\ *$PACKAGE* ) lalib_p=yes; break;; + esac + done + exec 0<&5 5<&- + fi + test yes = "$lalib_p" +} + +# func_ltwrapper_script_p file +# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script +# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out +# determined imposters. +func_ltwrapper_script_p () +{ + test -f "$1" && + $lt_truncate_bin < "$1" 2>/dev/null | func_generated_by_libtool_p +} + +# func_ltwrapper_executable_p file +# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper executable +# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out +# determined imposters. +func_ltwrapper_executable_p () +{ + func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix= + case $1 in + *.exe) ;; + *) func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=.exe ;; + esac + $GREP "$magic_exe" "$1$func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix" >/dev/null 2>&1 +} + +# func_ltwrapper_scriptname file +# Assumes file is an ltwrapper_executable +# uses $file to determine the appropriate filename for a +# temporary ltwrapper_script. +func_ltwrapper_scriptname () +{ + func_dirname_and_basename "$1" "" "." + func_stripname '' '.exe' "$func_basename_result" + func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result=$func_dirname_result/$objdir/${func_stripname_result}_ltshwrapper +} + +# func_ltwrapper_p file +# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script or wrapper executable +# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out +# determined imposters. +func_ltwrapper_p () +{ + func_ltwrapper_script_p "$1" || func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$1" +} + + +# func_execute_cmds commands fail_cmd +# Execute tilde-delimited COMMANDS. +# If FAIL_CMD is given, eval that upon failure. +# FAIL_CMD may read-access the current command in variable CMD! +func_execute_cmds () +{ + $debug_cmd + + save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~' + for cmd in $1; do + IFS=$sp$nl + eval cmd=\"$cmd\" + IFS=$save_ifs + func_show_eval "$cmd" "${2-:}" + done + IFS=$save_ifs +} + + +# func_source file +# Source FILE, adding directory component if necessary. +# Note that it is not necessary on cygwin/mingw to append a dot to +# FILE even if both FILE and FILE.exe exist: automatic-append-.exe +# behavior happens only for exec(3), not for open(2)! Also, sourcing +# 'FILE.' does not work on cygwin managed mounts. +func_source () +{ + $debug_cmd + + case $1 in + */* | *\\*) . "$1" ;; + *) . "./$1" ;; + esac +} + + +# func_resolve_sysroot PATH +# Replace a leading = in PATH with a sysroot. Store the result into +# func_resolve_sysroot_result +func_resolve_sysroot () +{ + func_resolve_sysroot_result=$1 + case $func_resolve_sysroot_result in + =*) + func_stripname '=' '' "$func_resolve_sysroot_result" + func_resolve_sysroot_result=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result + ;; + esac +} + +# func_replace_sysroot PATH +# If PATH begins with the sysroot, replace it with = and +# store the result into func_replace_sysroot_result. +func_replace_sysroot () +{ + case $lt_sysroot:$1 in + ?*:"$lt_sysroot"*) + func_stripname "$lt_sysroot" '' "$1" + func_replace_sysroot_result='='$func_stripname_result + ;; + *) + # Including no sysroot. + func_replace_sysroot_result=$1 + ;; + esac +} + +# func_infer_tag arg +# Infer tagged configuration to use if any are available and +# if one wasn't chosen via the "--tag" command line option. +# Only attempt this if the compiler in the base compile +# command doesn't match the default compiler. +# arg is usually of the form 'gcc ...' +func_infer_tag () +{ + $debug_cmd + + if test -n "$available_tags" && test -z "$tagname"; then + CC_quoted= + for arg in $CC; do + func_append_quoted CC_quoted "$arg" + done + CC_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC` + CC_quoted_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC_quoted` + case $@ in + # Blanks in the command may have been stripped by the calling shell, + # but not from the CC environment variable when configure was run. + " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " $CC_expanded "* | "$CC_expanded "* | \ + " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " $CC_quoted_expanded "* | "$CC_quoted_expanded "*) ;; + # Blanks at the start of $base_compile will cause this to fail + # if we don't check for them as well. + *) + for z in $available_tags; do + if $GREP "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $z$" < "$progpath" > /dev/null; then + # Evaluate the configuration. + eval "`$SED -n -e '/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/p' < $progpath`" + CC_quoted= + for arg in $CC; do + # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters. + func_append_quoted CC_quoted "$arg" + done + CC_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC` + CC_quoted_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC_quoted` + case "$@ " in + " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " $CC_expanded "* | "$CC_expanded "* | \ + " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " $CC_quoted_expanded "* | "$CC_quoted_expanded "*) + # The compiler in the base compile command matches + # the one in the tagged configuration. + # Assume this is the tagged configuration we want. + tagname=$z + break + ;; + esac + fi + done + # If $tagname still isn't set, then no tagged configuration + # was found and let the user know that the "--tag" command + # line option must be used. + if test -z "$tagname"; then + func_echo "unable to infer tagged configuration" + func_fatal_error "specify a tag with '--tag'" +# else +# func_verbose "using $tagname tagged configuration" + fi + ;; + esac + fi +} + + + +# func_write_libtool_object output_name pic_name nonpic_name +# Create a libtool object file (analogous to a ".la" file), +# but don't create it if we're doing a dry run. +func_write_libtool_object () +{ + write_libobj=$1 + if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then + write_lobj=\'$2\' + else + write_lobj=none + fi + + if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then + write_oldobj=\'$3\' + else + write_oldobj=none + fi + + $opt_dry_run || { + cat >${write_libobj}T <<EOF +# $write_libobj - a libtool object file +# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION +# +# Please DO NOT delete this file! +# It is necessary for linking the library. + +# Name of the PIC object. +pic_object=$write_lobj + +# Name of the non-PIC object +non_pic_object=$write_oldobj + +EOF + $MV "${write_libobj}T" "$write_libobj" + } +} + + +################################################## +# FILE NAME AND PATH CONVERSION HELPER FUNCTIONS # +################################################## + +# func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 ARG +# Helper function used by file name conversion functions when $build is *nix, +# and $host is mingw, cygwin, or some other w32 environment. Relies on a +# correctly configured wine environment available, with the winepath program +# in $build's $PATH. +# +# ARG is the $build file name to be converted to w32 format. +# Result is available in $func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result, and will +# be empty on error (or when ARG is empty) +func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 () +{ + $debug_cmd + + func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result=$1 + if test -n "$1"; then + # Unfortunately, winepath does not exit with a non-zero error code, so we + # are forced to check the contents of stdout. On the other hand, if the + # command is not found, the shell will set an exit code of 127 and print + # *an error message* to stdout. So we must check for both error code of + # zero AND non-empty stdout, which explains the odd construction: + func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp=`winepath -w "$1" 2>/dev/null` + if test "$?" -eq 0 && test -n "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp"; then + func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result=`$ECHO "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp" | + $SED -e "$sed_naive_backslashify"` + else + func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result= + fi + fi +} +# end: func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 + + +# func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 ARG +# Helper function used by path conversion functions when $build is *nix, and +# $host is mingw, cygwin, or some other w32 environment. Relies on a correctly +# configured wine environment available, with the winepath program in $build's +# $PATH. Assumes ARG has no leading or trailing path separator characters. +# +# ARG is path to be converted from $build format to win32. +# Result is available in $func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result. +# Unconvertible file (directory) names in ARG are skipped; if no directory names +# are convertible, then the result may be empty. +func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 () +{ + $debug_cmd + + # unfortunately, winepath doesn't convert paths, only file names + func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result= + if test -n "$1"; then + oldIFS=$IFS + IFS=: + for func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_f in $1; do + IFS=$oldIFS + func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_f" + if test -n "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result"; then + if test -z "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result"; then + func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result=$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result + else + func_append func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result ";$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result" + fi + fi + done + IFS=$oldIFS + fi +} +# end: func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 + + +# func_cygpath ARGS... +# Wrapper around calling the cygpath program via LT_CYGPATH. This is used when +# when (1) $build is *nix and Cygwin is hosted via a wine environment; or (2) +# $build is MSYS and $host is Cygwin, or (3) $build is Cygwin. In case (1) or +# (2), returns the Cygwin file name or path in func_cygpath_result (input +# file name or path is assumed to be in w32 format, as previously converted +# from $build's *nix or MSYS format). In case (3), returns the w32 file name +# or path in func_cygpath_result (input file name or path is assumed to be in +# Cygwin format). Returns an empty string on error. +# +# ARGS are passed to cygpath, with the last one being the file name or path to +# be converted. +# +# Specify the absolute *nix (or w32) name to cygpath in the LT_CYGPATH +# environment variable; do not put it in $PATH. +func_cygpath () +{ + $debug_cmd + + if test -n "$LT_CYGPATH" && test -f "$LT_CYGPATH"; then + func_cygpath_result=`$LT_CYGPATH "$@" 2>/dev/null` + if test "$?" -ne 0; then + # on failure, ensure result is empty + func_cygpath_result= + fi + else + func_cygpath_result= + func_error "LT_CYGPATH is empty or specifies non-existent file: '$LT_CYGPATH'" + fi +} +#end: func_cygpath + + +# func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 ARG +# Convert file name or path ARG from MSYS format to w32 format. Return +# result in func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result. +func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 () +{ + $debug_cmd + + # awkward: cmd appends spaces to result + func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result=`( cmd //c echo "$1" ) 2>/dev/null | + $SED -e 's/[ ]*$//' -e "$sed_naive_backslashify"` +} +#end: func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 + + +# func_convert_file_check ARG1 ARG2 +# Verify that ARG1 (a file name in $build format) was converted to $host +# format in ARG2. Otherwise, emit an error message, but continue (resetting +# func_to_host_file_result to ARG1). +func_convert_file_check () +{ + $debug_cmd + + if test -z "$2" && test -n "$1"; then + func_error "Could not determine host file name corresponding to" + func_error " '$1'" + func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work." + # Fallback: + func_to_host_file_result=$1 + fi +} +# end func_convert_file_check + + +# func_convert_path_check FROM_PATHSEP TO_PATHSEP FROM_PATH TO_PATH +# Verify that FROM_PATH (a path in $build format) was converted to $host +# format in TO_PATH. Otherwise, emit an error message, but continue, resetting +# func_to_host_file_result to a simplistic fallback value (see below). +func_convert_path_check () +{ + $debug_cmd + + if test -z "$4" && test -n "$3"; then + func_error "Could not determine the host path corresponding to" + func_error " '$3'" + func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work." + # Fallback. This is a deliberately simplistic "conversion" and + # should not be "improved". See libtool.info. + if test "x$1" != "x$2"; then + lt_replace_pathsep_chars="s|$1|$2|g" + func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$3" | + $SED -e "$lt_replace_pathsep_chars"` + else + func_to_host_path_result=$3 + fi + fi +} +# end func_convert_path_check + + +# func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep FRONTPAT BACKPAT REPL ORIG +# Modifies func_to_host_path_result by prepending REPL if ORIG matches FRONTPAT +# and appending REPL if ORIG matches BACKPAT. +func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep () +{ + $debug_cmd + + case $4 in + $1 ) func_to_host_path_result=$3$func_to_host_path_result + ;; + esac + case $4 in + $2 ) func_append func_to_host_path_result "$3" + ;; + esac +} +# end func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep + + +################################################## +# $build to $host FILE NAME CONVERSION FUNCTIONS # +################################################## +# invoked via '$to_host_file_cmd ARG' +# +# In each case, ARG is the path to be converted from $build to $host format. +# Result will be available in $func_to_host_file_result. + + +# func_to_host_file ARG +# Converts the file name ARG from $build format to $host format. Return result +# in func_to_host_file_result. +func_to_host_file () +{ + $debug_cmd + + $to_host_file_cmd "$1" +} +# end func_to_host_file + + +# func_to_tool_file ARG LAZY +# converts the file name ARG from $build format to toolchain format. Return +# result in func_to_tool_file_result. If the conversion in use is listed +# in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion takes place. +func_to_tool_file () +{ + $debug_cmd + + case ,$2, in + *,"$to_tool_file_cmd",*) + func_to_tool_file_result=$1 + ;; + *) + $to_tool_file_cmd "$1" + func_to_tool_file_result=$func_to_host_file_result + ;; + esac +} +# end func_to_tool_file + + +# func_convert_file_noop ARG +# Copy ARG to func_to_host_file_result. +func_convert_file_noop () +{ + func_to_host_file_result=$1 +} +# end func_convert_file_noop + + +# func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 ARG +# Convert file name ARG from (mingw) MSYS to (mingw) w32 format; automatic +# conversion to w32 is not available inside the cwrapper. Returns result in +# func_to_host_file_result. +func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 () +{ + $debug_cmd + + func_to_host_file_result=$1 + if test -n "$1"; then + func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$1" + func_to_host_file_result=$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result + fi + func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result" +} +# end func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + + +# func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 ARG +# Convert file name ARG from Cygwin to w32 format. Returns result in +# func_to_host_file_result. +func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 () +{ + $debug_cmd + + func_to_host_file_result=$1 + if test -n "$1"; then + # because $build is cygwin, we call "the" cygpath in $PATH; no need to use + # LT_CYGPATH in this case. + func_to_host_file_result=`cygpath -m "$1"` + fi + func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result" +} +# end func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 + + +# func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 ARG +# Convert file name ARG from *nix to w32 format. Requires a wine environment +# and a working winepath. Returns result in func_to_host_file_result. +func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 () +{ + $debug_cmd + + func_to_host_file_result=$1 + if test -n "$1"; then + func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$1" + func_to_host_file_result=$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result + fi + func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result" +} +# end func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 + + +# func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin ARG +# Convert file name ARG from MSYS to Cygwin format. Requires LT_CYGPATH set. +# Returns result in func_to_host_file_result. +func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin () +{ + $debug_cmd + + func_to_host_file_result=$1 + if test -n "$1"; then + func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$1" + func_cygpath -u "$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result" + func_to_host_file_result=$func_cygpath_result + fi + func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result" +} +# end func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin + + +# func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin ARG +# Convert file name ARG from *nix to Cygwin format. Requires Cygwin installed +# in a wine environment, working winepath, and LT_CYGPATH set. Returns result +# in func_to_host_file_result. +func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin () +{ + $debug_cmd + + func_to_host_file_result=$1 + if test -n "$1"; then + # convert from *nix to w32, then use cygpath to convert from w32 to cygwin. + func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$1" + func_cygpath -u "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result" + func_to_host_file_result=$func_cygpath_result + fi + func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result" +} +# end func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin + + +############################################# +# $build to $host PATH CONVERSION FUNCTIONS # +############################################# +# invoked via '$to_host_path_cmd ARG' +# +# In each case, ARG is the path to be converted from $build to $host format. +# The result will be available in $func_to_host_path_result. +# +# Path separators are also converted from $build format to $host format. If +# ARG begins or ends with a path separator character, it is preserved (but +# converted to $host format) on output. +# +# All path conversion functions are named using the following convention: +# file name conversion function : func_convert_file_X_to_Y () +# path conversion function : func_convert_path_X_to_Y () +# where, for any given $build/$host combination the 'X_to_Y' value is the +# same. If conversion functions are added for new $build/$host combinations, +# the two new functions must follow this pattern, or func_init_to_host_path_cmd +# will break. + + +# func_init_to_host_path_cmd +# Ensures that function "pointer" variable $to_host_path_cmd is set to the +# appropriate value, based on the value of $to_host_file_cmd. +to_host_path_cmd= +func_init_to_host_path_cmd () +{ + $debug_cmd + + if test -z "$to_host_path_cmd"; then + func_stripname 'func_convert_file_' '' "$to_host_file_cmd" + to_host_path_cmd=func_convert_path_$func_stripname_result + fi +} + + +# func_to_host_path ARG +# Converts the path ARG from $build format to $host format. Return result +# in func_to_host_path_result. +func_to_host_path () +{ + $debug_cmd + + func_init_to_host_path_cmd + $to_host_path_cmd "$1" +} +# end func_to_host_path + + +# func_convert_path_noop ARG +# Copy ARG to func_to_host_path_result. +func_convert_path_noop () +{ + func_to_host_path_result=$1 +} +# end func_convert_path_noop + + +# func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 ARG +# Convert path ARG from (mingw) MSYS to (mingw) w32 format; automatic +# conversion to w32 is not available inside the cwrapper. Returns result in +# func_to_host_path_result. +func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 () +{ + $debug_cmd + + func_to_host_path_result=$1 + if test -n "$1"; then + # Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from ARG. MSYS + # behavior is inconsistent here; cygpath turns them into '.;' and ';.'; + # and winepath ignores them completely. + func_stripname : : "$1" + func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result + func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" + func_to_host_path_result=$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result + func_convert_path_check : ";" \ + "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" + func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1" + fi +} +# end func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 + + +# func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 ARG +# Convert path ARG from Cygwin to w32 format. Returns result in +# func_to_host_file_result. +func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 () +{ + $debug_cmd + + func_to_host_path_result=$1 + if test -n "$1"; then + # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32: + func_stripname : : "$1" + func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result + func_to_host_path_result=`cygpath -m -p "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"` + func_convert_path_check : ";" \ + "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" + func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1" + fi +} +# end func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 + + +# func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 ARG +# Convert path ARG from *nix to w32 format. Requires a wine environment and +# a working winepath. Returns result in func_to_host_file_result. +func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 () +{ + $debug_cmd + + func_to_host_path_result=$1 + if test -n "$1"; then + # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32: + func_stripname : : "$1" + func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result + func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" + func_to_host_path_result=$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result + func_convert_path_check : ";" \ + "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" + func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1" + fi +} +# end func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 + + +# func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin ARG +# Convert path ARG from MSYS to Cygwin format. Requires LT_CYGPATH set. +# Returns result in func_to_host_file_result. +func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin () +{ + $debug_cmd + + func_to_host_path_result=$1 + if test -n "$1"; then + # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32: + func_stripname : : "$1" + func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result + func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" + func_cygpath -u -p "$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result" + func_to_host_path_result=$func_cygpath_result + func_convert_path_check : : \ + "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" + func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" : "$1" + fi +} +# end func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin + + +# func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin ARG +# Convert path ARG from *nix to Cygwin format. Requires Cygwin installed in a +# a wine environment, working winepath, and LT_CYGPATH set. Returns result in +# func_to_host_file_result. +func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin () +{ + $debug_cmd + + func_to_host_path_result=$1 + if test -n "$1"; then + # Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from + # ARG. msys behavior is inconsistent here, cygpath turns them + # into '.;' and ';.', and winepath ignores them completely. + func_stripname : : "$1" + func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result + func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" + func_cygpath -u -p "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result" + func_to_host_path_result=$func_cygpath_result + func_convert_path_check : : \ + "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" + func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" : "$1" + fi +} +# end func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin + + +# func_dll_def_p FILE +# True iff FILE is a Windows DLL '.def' file. +# Keep in sync with _LT_DLL_DEF_P in libtool.m4 +func_dll_def_p () +{ + $debug_cmd + + func_dll_def_p_tmp=`$SED -n \ + -e 's/^[ ]*//' \ + -e '/^\(;.*\)*$/d' \ + -e 's/^\(EXPORTS\|LIBRARY\)\([ ].*\)*$/DEF/p' \ + -e q \ + "$1"` + test DEF = "$func_dll_def_p_tmp" +} + + +# func_mode_compile arg... +func_mode_compile () +{ + $debug_cmd + + # Get the compilation command and the source file. + base_compile= + srcfile=$nonopt # always keep a non-empty value in "srcfile" + suppress_opt=yes + suppress_output= + arg_mode=normal + libobj= + later= + pie_flag= + + for arg + do + case $arg_mode in + arg ) + # do not "continue". Instead, add this to base_compile + lastarg=$arg + arg_mode=normal + ;; + + target ) + libobj=$arg + arg_mode=normal + continue + ;; + + normal ) + # Accept any command-line options. + case $arg in + -o) + test -n "$libobj" && \ + func_fatal_error "you cannot specify '-o' more than once" + arg_mode=target + continue + ;; + + -pie | -fpie | -fPIE) + func_append pie_flag " $arg" + continue + ;; + + -shared | -static | -prefer-pic | -prefer-non-pic) + func_append later " $arg" + continue + ;; + + -no-suppress) + suppress_opt=no + continue + ;; + + -Xcompiler) + arg_mode=arg # the next one goes into the "base_compile" arg list + continue # The current "srcfile" will either be retained or + ;; # replaced later. I would guess that would be a bug. + + -Wc,*) + func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg" + args=$func_stripname_result + lastarg= + save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=, + for arg in $args; do + IFS=$save_ifs + func_append_quoted lastarg "$arg" + done + IFS=$save_ifs + func_stripname ' ' '' "$lastarg" + lastarg=$func_stripname_result + + # Add the arguments to base_compile. + func_append base_compile " $lastarg" + continue + ;; + + *) + # Accept the current argument as the source file. + # The previous "srcfile" becomes the current argument. + # + lastarg=$srcfile + srcfile=$arg + ;; + esac # case $arg + ;; + esac # case $arg_mode + + # Aesthetically quote the previous argument. + func_append_quoted base_compile "$lastarg" + done # for arg + + case $arg_mode in + arg) + func_fatal_error "you must specify an argument for -Xcompile" + ;; + target) + func_fatal_error "you must specify a target with '-o'" + ;; + *) + # Get the name of the library object. + test -z "$libobj" && { + func_basename "$srcfile" + libobj=$func_basename_result + } + ;; + esac + + # Recognize several different file suffixes. + # If the user specifies -o file.o, it is replaced with file.lo + case $libobj in + *.[cCFSifmso] | \ + *.ada | *.adb | *.ads | *.asm | \ + *.c++ | *.cc | *.ii | *.class | *.cpp | *.cxx | \ + *.[fF][09]? | *.for | *.java | *.go | *.obj | *.sx | *.cu | *.cup) + func_xform "$libobj" + libobj=$func_xform_result + ;; + esac + + case $libobj in + *.lo) func_lo2o "$libobj"; obj=$func_lo2o_result ;; + *) + func_fatal_error "cannot determine name of library object from '$libobj'" + ;; + esac + + func_infer_tag $base_compile + + for arg in $later; do + case $arg in + -shared) + test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" \ + || func_fatal_configuration "cannot build a shared library" + build_old_libs=no + continue + ;; + + -static) + build_libtool_libs=no + build_old_libs=yes + continue + ;; + + -prefer-pic) + pic_mode=yes + continue + ;; + + -prefer-non-pic) + pic_mode=no + continue + ;; + esac + done + + func_quote_for_eval "$libobj" + test "X$libobj" != "X$func_quote_for_eval_result" \ + && $ECHO "X$libobj" | $GREP '[]~#^*{};<>?"'"'"' &()|`$[]' \ + && func_warning "libobj name '$libobj' may not contain shell special characters." + func_dirname_and_basename "$obj" "/" "" + objname=$func_basename_result + xdir=$func_dirname_result + lobj=$xdir$objdir/$objname + + test -z "$base_compile" && \ + func_fatal_help "you must specify a compilation command" + + # Delete any leftover library objects. + if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then + removelist="$obj $lobj $libobj ${libobj}T" + else + removelist="$lobj $libobj ${libobj}T" + fi + + # On Cygwin there's no "real" PIC flag so we must build both object types + case $host_os in + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) + pic_mode=default + ;; + esac + if test no = "$pic_mode" && test pass_all != "$deplibs_check_method"; then + # non-PIC code in shared libraries is not supported + pic_mode=default + fi + + # Calculate the filename of the output object if compiler does + # not support -o with -c + if test no = "$compiler_c_o"; then + output_obj=`$ECHO "$srcfile" | $SED 's%^.*/%%; s%\.[^.]*$%%'`.$objext + lockfile=$output_obj.lock + else + output_obj= + need_locks=no + lockfile= + fi + + # Lock this critical section if it is needed + # We use this script file to make the link, it avoids creating a new file + if test yes = "$need_locks"; then + until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do + func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed" + sleep 2 + done + elif test warn = "$need_locks"; then + if test -f "$lockfile"; then + $ECHO "\ +*** ERROR, $lockfile exists and contains: +`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` + +This indicates that another process is trying to use the same +temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because +your compiler does not support '-c' and '-o' together. If you +repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better +avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better +compiler." + + $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist + exit $EXIT_FAILURE + fi + func_append removelist " $output_obj" + $ECHO "$srcfile" > "$lockfile" + fi + + $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist + func_append removelist " $lockfile" + trap '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' 1 2 15 + + func_to_tool_file "$srcfile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + srcfile=$func_to_tool_file_result + func_quote_for_eval "$srcfile" + qsrcfile=$func_quote_for_eval_result + + # Only build a PIC object if we are building libtool libraries. + if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then + # Without this assignment, base_compile gets emptied. + fbsd_hideous_sh_bug=$base_compile + + if test no != "$pic_mode"; then + command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag" + else + # Don't build PIC code + command="$base_compile $qsrcfile" + fi + + func_mkdir_p "$xdir$objdir" + + if test -z "$output_obj"; then + # Place PIC objects in $objdir + func_append command " -o $lobj" + fi + + func_show_eval_locale "$command" \ + 'test -n "$output_obj" && $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' + + if test warn = "$need_locks" && + test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then + $ECHO "\ +*** ERROR, $lockfile contains: +`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` + +but it should contain: +$srcfile + +This indicates that another process is trying to use the same +temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because +your compiler does not support '-c' and '-o' together. If you +repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better +avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better +compiler." + + $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist + exit $EXIT_FAILURE + fi + + # Just move the object if needed, then go on to compile the next one + if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$lobj"; then + func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$lobj"' \ + 'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error' + fi + + # Allow error messages only from the first compilation. + if test yes = "$suppress_opt"; then + suppress_output=' >/dev/null 2>&1' + fi + fi + + # Only build a position-dependent object if we build old libraries. + if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then + if test yes != "$pic_mode"; then + # Don't build PIC code + command="$base_compile $qsrcfile$pie_flag" + else + command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag" + fi + if test yes = "$compiler_c_o"; then + func_append command " -o $obj" + fi + + # Suppress compiler output if we already did a PIC compilation. + func_append command "$suppress_output" + func_show_eval_locale "$command" \ + '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' + + if test warn = "$need_locks" && + test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then + $ECHO "\ +*** ERROR, $lockfile contains: +`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` + +but it should contain: +$srcfile + +This indicates that another process is trying to use the same +temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because +your compiler does not support '-c' and '-o' together. If you +repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better +avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better +compiler." + + $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist + exit $EXIT_FAILURE + fi + + # Just move the object if needed + if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$obj"; then + func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$obj"' \ + 'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error' + fi + fi + + $opt_dry_run || { + func_write_libtool_object "$libobj" "$objdir/$objname" "$objname" + + # Unlock the critical section if it was locked + if test no != "$need_locks"; then + removelist=$lockfile + $RM "$lockfile" + fi + } + + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS +} + +$opt_help || { + test compile = "$opt_mode" && func_mode_compile ${1+"$@"} +} + +func_mode_help () +{ + # We need to display help for each of the modes. + case $opt_mode in + "") + # Generic help is extracted from the usage comments + # at the start of this file. + func_help + ;; + + clean) + $ECHO \ +"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=clean RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE... + +Remove files from the build directory. + +RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE +(typically '/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as '-f') to be passed +to RM. + +If FILE is a libtool library, object or program, all the files associated +with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM." + ;; + + compile) + $ECHO \ +"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND... SOURCEFILE + +Compile a source file into a libtool library object. + +This mode accepts the following additional options: + + -o OUTPUT-FILE set the output file name to OUTPUT-FILE + -no-suppress do not suppress compiler output for multiple passes + -prefer-pic try to build PIC objects only + -prefer-non-pic try to build non-PIC objects only + -shared do not build a '.o' file suitable for static linking + -static only build a '.o' file suitable for static linking + -Wc,FLAG pass FLAG directly to the compiler + +COMPILE-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a 'standard' object file +from the given SOURCEFILE. + +The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from +SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix '.c' with the +library object suffix, '.lo'." + ;; + + execute) + $ECHO \ +"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=execute COMMAND [ARGS]... + +Automatically set library path, then run a program. + +This mode accepts the following additional options: + + -dlopen FILE add the directory containing FILE to the library path + +This mode sets the library path environment variable according to '-dlopen' +flags. + +If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated +into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library +directories are added to the library path. + +Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments." + ;; + + finish) + $ECHO \ +"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=finish [LIBDIR]... + +Complete the installation of libtool libraries. + +Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries. + +The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges. Use +the '--dry-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed." + ;; + + install) + $ECHO \ +"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND... + +Install executables or libraries. + +INSTALL-COMMAND is the installation command. The first component should be +either the 'install' or 'cp' program. + +The following components of INSTALL-COMMAND are treated specially: + + -inst-prefix-dir PREFIX-DIR Use PREFIX-DIR as a staging area for installation + +The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only +BSD-compatible install options are recognized)." + ;; + + link) + $ECHO \ +"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=link LINK-COMMAND... + +Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to +create an executable program. + +LINK-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create +a program from several object files. + +The following components of LINK-COMMAND are treated specially: + + -all-static do not do any dynamic linking at all + -avoid-version do not add a version suffix if possible + -bindir BINDIR specify path to binaries directory (for systems where + libraries must be found in the PATH setting at runtime) + -dlopen FILE '-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime + -dlpreopen FILE link in FILE and add its symbols to lt_preloaded_symbols + -export-dynamic allow symbols from OUTPUT-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3) + -export-symbols SYMFILE + try to export only the symbols listed in SYMFILE + -export-symbols-regex REGEX + try to export only the symbols matching REGEX + -LLIBDIR search LIBDIR for required installed libraries + -lNAME OUTPUT-FILE requires the installed library libNAME + -module build a library that can dlopened + -no-fast-install disable the fast-install mode + -no-install link a not-installable executable + -no-undefined declare that a library does not refer to external symbols + -o OUTPUT-FILE create OUTPUT-FILE from the specified objects + -objectlist FILE use a list of object files found in FILE to specify objects + -os2dllname NAME force a short DLL name on OS/2 (no effect on other OSes) + -precious-files-regex REGEX + don't remove output files matching REGEX + -release RELEASE specify package release information + -rpath LIBDIR the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR + -R[ ]LIBDIR add LIBDIR to the runtime path of programs and libraries + -shared only do dynamic linking of libtool libraries + -shrext SUFFIX override the standard shared library file extension + -static do not do any dynamic linking of uninstalled libtool libraries + -static-libtool-libs + do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries + -version-info CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]] + specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0] + -weak LIBNAME declare that the target provides the LIBNAME interface + -Wc,FLAG + -Xcompiler FLAG pass linker-specific FLAG directly to the compiler + -Wl,FLAG + -Xlinker FLAG pass linker-specific FLAG directly to the linker + -XCClinker FLAG pass link-specific FLAG to the compiler driver (CC) + +All other options (arguments beginning with '-') are ignored. + +Every other argument is treated as a filename. Files ending in '.la' are +treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library +object files. + +If the OUTPUT-FILE ends in '.la', then a libtool library is created, +only library objects ('.lo' files) may be specified, and '-rpath' is +required, except when creating a convenience library. + +If OUTPUT-FILE ends in '.a' or '.lib', then a standard library is created +using 'ar' and 'ranlib', or on Windows using 'lib'. + +If OUTPUT-FILE ends in '.lo' or '.$objext', then a reloadable object file +is created, otherwise an executable program is created." + ;; + + uninstall) + $ECHO \ +"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=uninstall RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE... + +Remove libraries from an installation directory. + +RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE +(typically '/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as '-f') to be passed +to RM. + +If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted. +Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM." + ;; + + *) + func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode '$opt_mode'" + ;; + esac + + echo + $ECHO "Try '$progname --help' for more information about other modes." +} + +# Now that we've collected a possible --mode arg, show help if necessary +if $opt_help; then + if test : = "$opt_help"; then + func_mode_help + else + { + func_help noexit + for opt_mode in compile link execute install finish uninstall clean; do + func_mode_help + done + } | $SED -n '1p; 2,$s/^Usage:/ or: /p' + { + func_help noexit + for opt_mode in compile link execute install finish uninstall clean; do + echo + func_mode_help + done + } | + $SED '1d + /^When reporting/,/^Report/{ + H + d + } + $x + /information about other modes/d + /more detailed .*MODE/d + s/^Usage:.*--mode=\([^ ]*\) .*/Description of \1 mode:/' + fi + exit $? +fi + + +# func_mode_execute arg... +func_mode_execute () +{ + $debug_cmd + + # The first argument is the command name. + cmd=$nonopt + test -z "$cmd" && \ + func_fatal_help "you must specify a COMMAND" + + # Handle -dlopen flags immediately. + for file in $opt_dlopen; do + test -f "$file" \ + || func_fatal_help "'$file' is not a file" + + dir= + case $file in + *.la) + func_resolve_sysroot "$file" + file=$func_resolve_sysroot_result + + # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. + func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \ + || func_fatal_help "'$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" + + # Read the libtool library. + dlname= + library_names= + func_source "$file" + + # Skip this library if it cannot be dlopened. + if test -z "$dlname"; then + # Warn if it was a shared library. + test -n "$library_names" && \ + func_warning "'$file' was not linked with '-export-dynamic'" + continue + fi + + func_dirname "$file" "" "." + dir=$func_dirname_result + + if test -f "$dir/$objdir/$dlname"; then + func_append dir "/$objdir" + else + if test ! -f "$dir/$dlname"; then + func_fatal_error "cannot find '$dlname' in '$dir' or '$dir/$objdir'" + fi + fi + ;; + + *.lo) + # Just add the directory containing the .lo file. + func_dirname "$file" "" "." + dir=$func_dirname_result + ;; + + *) + func_warning "'-dlopen' is ignored for non-libtool libraries and objects" + continue + ;; + esac + + # Get the absolute pathname. + absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` + test -n "$absdir" && dir=$absdir + + # Now add the directory to shlibpath_var. + if eval "test -z \"\$$shlibpath_var\""; then + eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir\"" + else + eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir:\$$shlibpath_var\"" + fi + done + + # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set shlibpath_var + # rather than running their programs. + libtool_execute_magic=$magic + + # Check if any of the arguments is a wrapper script. + args= + for file + do + case $file in + -* | *.la | *.lo ) ;; + *) + # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. + if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$file"; then + func_source "$file" + # Transform arg to wrapped name. + file=$progdir/$program + elif func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then + func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file" + func_source "$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result" + # Transform arg to wrapped name. + file=$progdir/$program + fi + ;; + esac + # Quote arguments (to preserve shell metacharacters). + func_append_quoted args "$file" + done + + if $opt_dry_run; then + # Display what would be done. + if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then + eval "\$ECHO \"\$shlibpath_var=\$$shlibpath_var\"" + echo "export $shlibpath_var" + fi + $ECHO "$cmd$args" + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + else + if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then + # Export the shlibpath_var. + eval "export $shlibpath_var" + fi + + # Restore saved environment variables + for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES + do + eval "if test \"\${save_$lt_var+set}\" = set; then + $lt_var=\$save_$lt_var; export $lt_var + else + $lt_unset $lt_var + fi" + done + + # Now prepare to actually exec the command. + exec_cmd=\$cmd$args + fi +} + +test execute = "$opt_mode" && func_mode_execute ${1+"$@"} + + +# func_mode_finish arg... +func_mode_finish () +{ + $debug_cmd + + libs= + libdirs= + admincmds= + + for opt in "$nonopt" ${1+"$@"} + do + if test -d "$opt"; then + func_append libdirs " $opt" + + elif test -f "$opt"; then + if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$opt"; then + func_append libs " $opt" + else + func_warning "'$opt' is not a valid libtool archive" + fi + + else + func_fatal_error "invalid argument '$opt'" + fi + done + + if test -n "$libs"; then + if test -n "$lt_sysroot"; then + sysroot_regex=`$ECHO "$lt_sysroot" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"` + sysroot_cmd="s/\([ ']\)$sysroot_regex/\1/g;" + else + sysroot_cmd= + fi + + # Remove sysroot references + if $opt_dry_run; then + for lib in $libs; do + echo "removing references to $lt_sysroot and '=' prefixes from $lib" + done + else + tmpdir=`func_mktempdir` + for lib in $libs; do + $SED -e "$sysroot_cmd s/\([ ']-[LR]\)=/\1/g; s/\([ ']\)=/\1/g" $lib \ + > $tmpdir/tmp-la + mv -f $tmpdir/tmp-la $lib + done + ${RM}r "$tmpdir" + fi + fi + + if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then + for libdir in $libdirs; do + if test -n "$finish_cmds"; then + # Do each command in the finish commands. + func_execute_cmds "$finish_cmds" 'admincmds="$admincmds +'"$cmd"'"' + fi + if test -n "$finish_eval"; then + # Do the single finish_eval. + eval cmds=\"$finish_eval\" + $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmds" || func_append admincmds " + $cmds" + fi + done + fi + + # Exit here if they wanted silent mode. + $opt_quiet && exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + + if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then + echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------" + echo "Libraries have been installed in:" + for libdir in $libdirs; do + $ECHO " $libdir" + done + echo + echo "If you ever happen to want to link against installed libraries" + echo "in a given directory, LIBDIR, you must either use libtool, and" + echo "specify the full pathname of the library, or use the '-LLIBDIR'" + echo "flag during linking and do at least one of the following:" + if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then + echo " - add LIBDIR to the '$shlibpath_var' environment variable" + echo " during execution" + fi + if test -n "$runpath_var"; then + echo " - add LIBDIR to the '$runpath_var' environment variable" + echo " during linking" + fi + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then + libdir=LIBDIR + eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + + $ECHO " - use the '$flag' linker flag" + fi + if test -n "$admincmds"; then + $ECHO " - have your system administrator run these commands:$admincmds" + fi + if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then + echo " - have your system administrator add LIBDIR to '/etc/ld.so.conf'" + fi + echo + + echo "See any operating system documentation about shared libraries for" + case $host in + solaris2.[6789]|solaris2.1[0-9]) + echo "more information, such as the ld(1), crle(1) and ld.so(8) manual" + echo "pages." + ;; + *) + echo "more information, such as the ld(1) and ld.so(8) manual pages." + ;; + esac + echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------" + fi + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS +} + +test finish = "$opt_mode" && func_mode_finish ${1+"$@"} + + +# func_mode_install arg... +func_mode_install () +{ + $debug_cmd + + # There may be an optional sh(1) argument at the beginning of + # install_prog (especially on Windows NT). + if test "$SHELL" = "$nonopt" || test /bin/sh = "$nonopt" || + # Allow the use of GNU shtool's install command. + case $nonopt in *shtool*) :;; *) false;; esac + then + # Aesthetically quote it. + func_quote_for_eval "$nonopt" + install_prog="$func_quote_for_eval_result " + arg=$1 + shift + else + install_prog= + arg=$nonopt + fi + + # The real first argument should be the name of the installation program. + # Aesthetically quote it. + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + func_append install_prog "$func_quote_for_eval_result" + install_shared_prog=$install_prog + case " $install_prog " in + *[\\\ /]cp\ *) install_cp=: ;; + *) install_cp=false ;; + esac + + # We need to accept at least all the BSD install flags. + dest= + files= + opts= + prev= + install_type= + isdir=false + stripme= + no_mode=: + for arg + do + arg2= + if test -n "$dest"; then + func_append files " $dest" + dest=$arg + continue + fi + + case $arg in + -d) isdir=: ;; + -f) + if $install_cp; then :; else + prev=$arg + fi + ;; + -g | -m | -o) + prev=$arg + ;; + -s) + stripme=" -s" + continue + ;; + -*) + ;; + *) + # If the previous option needed an argument, then skip it. + if test -n "$prev"; then + if test X-m = "X$prev" && test -n "$install_override_mode"; then + arg2=$install_override_mode + no_mode=false + fi + prev= + else + dest=$arg + continue + fi + ;; + esac + + # Aesthetically quote the argument. + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + func_append install_prog " $func_quote_for_eval_result" + if test -n "$arg2"; then + func_quote_for_eval "$arg2" + fi + func_append install_shared_prog " $func_quote_for_eval_result" + done + + test -z "$install_prog" && \ + func_fatal_help "you must specify an install program" + + test -n "$prev" && \ + func_fatal_help "the '$prev' option requires an argument" + + if test -n "$install_override_mode" && $no_mode; then + if $install_cp; then :; else + func_quote_for_eval "$install_override_mode" + func_append install_shared_prog " -m $func_quote_for_eval_result" + fi + fi + + if test -z "$files"; then + if test -z "$dest"; then + func_fatal_help "no file or destination specified" + else + func_fatal_help "you must specify a destination" + fi + fi + + # Strip any trailing slash from the destination. + func_stripname '' '/' "$dest" + dest=$func_stripname_result + + # Check to see that the destination is a directory. + test -d "$dest" && isdir=: + if $isdir; then + destdir=$dest + destname= + else + func_dirname_and_basename "$dest" "" "." + destdir=$func_dirname_result + destname=$func_basename_result + + # Not a directory, so check to see that there is only one file specified. + set dummy $files; shift + test "$#" -gt 1 && \ + func_fatal_help "'$dest' is not a directory" + fi + case $destdir in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; + *) + for file in $files; do + case $file in + *.lo) ;; + *) + func_fatal_help "'$destdir' must be an absolute directory name" + ;; + esac + done + ;; + esac + + # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather + # than running their programs. + libtool_install_magic=$magic + + staticlibs= + future_libdirs= + current_libdirs= + for file in $files; do + + # Do each installation. + case $file in + *.$libext) + # Do the static libraries later. + func_append staticlibs " $file" + ;; + + *.la) + func_resolve_sysroot "$file" + file=$func_resolve_sysroot_result + + # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. + func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \ + || func_fatal_help "'$file' is not a valid libtool archive" + + library_names= + old_library= + relink_command= + func_source "$file" + + # Add the libdir to current_libdirs if it is the destination. + if test "X$destdir" = "X$libdir"; then + case "$current_libdirs " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) func_append current_libdirs " $libdir" ;; + esac + else + # Note the libdir as a future libdir. + case "$future_libdirs " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) func_append future_libdirs " $libdir" ;; + esac + fi + + func_dirname "$file" "/" "" + dir=$func_dirname_result + func_append dir "$objdir" + + if test -n "$relink_command"; then + # Determine the prefix the user has applied to our future dir. + inst_prefix_dir=`$ECHO "$destdir" | $SED -e "s%$libdir\$%%"` + + # Don't allow the user to place us outside of our expected + # location b/c this prevents finding dependent libraries that + # are installed to the same prefix. + # At present, this check doesn't affect windows .dll's that + # are installed into $libdir/../bin (currently, that works fine) + # but it's something to keep an eye on. + test "$inst_prefix_dir" = "$destdir" && \ + func_fatal_error "error: cannot install '$file' to a directory not ending in $libdir" + + if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then + # Stick the inst_prefix_dir data into the link command. + relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%-inst-prefix-dir $inst_prefix_dir%"` + else + relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%%"` + fi + + func_warning "relinking '$file'" + func_show_eval "$relink_command" \ + 'func_fatal_error "error: relink '\''$file'\'' with the above command before installing it"' + fi + + # See the names of the shared library. + set dummy $library_names; shift + if test -n "$1"; then + realname=$1 + shift + + srcname=$realname + test -n "$relink_command" && srcname=${realname}T + + # Install the shared library and build the symlinks. + func_show_eval "$install_shared_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" \ + 'exit $?' + tstripme=$stripme + case $host_os in + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + case $realname in + *.dll.a) + tstripme= + ;; + esac + ;; + os2*) + case $realname in + *_dll.a) + tstripme= + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + if test -n "$tstripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then + func_show_eval "$striplib $destdir/$realname" 'exit $?' + fi + + if test "$#" -gt 0; then + # Delete the old symlinks, and create new ones. + # Try 'ln -sf' first, because the 'ln' binary might depend on + # the symlink we replace! Solaris /bin/ln does not understand -f, + # so we also need to try rm && ln -s. + for linkname + do + test "$linkname" != "$realname" \ + && func_show_eval "(cd $destdir && { $LN_S -f $realname $linkname || { $RM $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname; }; })" + done + fi + + # Do each command in the postinstall commands. + lib=$destdir/$realname + func_execute_cmds "$postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?' + fi + + # Install the pseudo-library for information purposes. + func_basename "$file" + name=$func_basename_result + instname=$dir/${name}i + func_show_eval "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" 'exit $?' + + # Maybe install the static library, too. + test -n "$old_library" && func_append staticlibs " $dir/$old_library" + ;; + + *.lo) + # Install (i.e. copy) a libtool object. + + # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. + if test -n "$destname"; then + destfile=$destdir/$destname + else + func_basename "$file" + destfile=$func_basename_result + destfile=$destdir/$destfile + fi + + # Deduce the name of the destination old-style object file. + case $destfile in + *.lo) + func_lo2o "$destfile" + staticdest=$func_lo2o_result + ;; + *.$objext) + staticdest=$destfile + destfile= + ;; + *) + func_fatal_help "cannot copy a libtool object to '$destfile'" + ;; + esac + + # Install the libtool object if requested. + test -n "$destfile" && \ + func_show_eval "$install_prog $file $destfile" 'exit $?' + + # Install the old object if enabled. + if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then + # Deduce the name of the old-style object file. + func_lo2o "$file" + staticobj=$func_lo2o_result + func_show_eval "$install_prog \$staticobj \$staticdest" 'exit $?' + fi + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + ;; + + *) + # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. + if test -n "$destname"; then + destfile=$destdir/$destname + else + func_basename "$file" + destfile=$func_basename_result + destfile=$destdir/$destfile + fi + + # If the file is missing, and there is a .exe on the end, strip it + # because it is most likely a libtool script we actually want to + # install + stripped_ext= + case $file in + *.exe) + if test ! -f "$file"; then + func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file" + file=$func_stripname_result + stripped_ext=.exe + fi + ;; + esac + + # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw*) + if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then + func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file" + wrapper=$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result + else + func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file" + wrapper=$func_stripname_result + fi + ;; + *) + wrapper=$file + ;; + esac + if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$wrapper"; then + notinst_deplibs= + relink_command= + + func_source "$wrapper" + + # Check the variables that should have been set. + test -z "$generated_by_libtool_version" && \ + func_fatal_error "invalid libtool wrapper script '$wrapper'" + + finalize=: + for lib in $notinst_deplibs; do + # Check to see that each library is installed. + libdir= + if test -f "$lib"; then + func_source "$lib" + fi + libfile=$libdir/`$ECHO "$lib" | $SED 's%^.*/%%g'` + if test -n "$libdir" && test ! -f "$libfile"; then + func_warning "'$lib' has not been installed in '$libdir'" + finalize=false + fi + done + + relink_command= + func_source "$wrapper" + + outputname= + if test no = "$fast_install" && test -n "$relink_command"; then + $opt_dry_run || { + if $finalize; then + tmpdir=`func_mktempdir` + func_basename "$file$stripped_ext" + file=$func_basename_result + outputname=$tmpdir/$file + # Replace the output file specification. + relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$outputname"'%g'` + + $opt_quiet || { + func_quote_for_expand "$relink_command" + eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" + } + if eval "$relink_command"; then : + else + func_error "error: relink '$file' with the above command before installing it" + $opt_dry_run || ${RM}r "$tmpdir" + continue + fi + file=$outputname + else + func_warning "cannot relink '$file'" + fi + } + else + # Install the binary that we compiled earlier. + file=`$ECHO "$file$stripped_ext" | $SED "s%\([^/]*\)$%$objdir/\1%"` + fi + fi + + # remove .exe since cygwin /usr/bin/install will append another + # one anyway + case $install_prog,$host in + */usr/bin/install*,*cygwin*) + case $file:$destfile in + *.exe:*.exe) + # this is ok + ;; + *.exe:*) + destfile=$destfile.exe + ;; + *:*.exe) + func_stripname '' '.exe' "$destfile" + destfile=$func_stripname_result + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + func_show_eval "$install_prog\$stripme \$file \$destfile" 'exit $?' + $opt_dry_run || if test -n "$outputname"; then + ${RM}r "$tmpdir" + fi + ;; + esac + done + + for file in $staticlibs; do + func_basename "$file" + name=$func_basename_result + + # Set up the ranlib parameters. + oldlib=$destdir/$name + func_to_tool_file "$oldlib" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + tool_oldlib=$func_to_tool_file_result + + func_show_eval "$install_prog \$file \$oldlib" 'exit $?' + + if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$old_striplib"; then + func_show_eval "$old_striplib $tool_oldlib" 'exit $?' + fi + + # Do each command in the postinstall commands. + func_execute_cmds "$old_postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?' + done + + test -n "$future_libdirs" && \ + func_warning "remember to run '$progname --finish$future_libdirs'" + + if test -n "$current_libdirs"; then + # Maybe just do a dry run. + $opt_dry_run && current_libdirs=" -n$current_libdirs" + exec_cmd='$SHELL "$progpath" $preserve_args --finish$current_libdirs' + else + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + fi +} + +test install = "$opt_mode" && func_mode_install ${1+"$@"} + + +# func_generate_dlsyms outputname originator pic_p +# Extract symbols from dlprefiles and create ${outputname}S.o with +# a dlpreopen symbol table. +func_generate_dlsyms () +{ + $debug_cmd + + my_outputname=$1 + my_originator=$2 + my_pic_p=${3-false} + my_prefix=`$ECHO "$my_originator" | $SED 's%[^a-zA-Z0-9]%_%g'` + my_dlsyms= + + if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test no != "$dlself"; then + if test -n "$NM" && test -n "$global_symbol_pipe"; then + my_dlsyms=${my_outputname}S.c + else + func_error "not configured to extract global symbols from dlpreopened files" + fi + fi + + if test -n "$my_dlsyms"; then + case $my_dlsyms in + "") ;; + *.c) + # Discover the nlist of each of the dlfiles. + nlist=$output_objdir/$my_outputname.nm + + func_show_eval "$RM $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T" + + # Parse the name list into a source file. + func_verbose "creating $output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" + + $opt_dry_run || $ECHO > "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ +/* $my_dlsyms - symbol resolution table for '$my_outputname' dlsym emulation. */ +/* Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern \"C\" { +#endif + +#if defined __GNUC__ && (((__GNUC__ == 4) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)) || (__GNUC__ > 4)) +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wstrict-prototypes\" +#endif + +/* Keep this code in sync between libtool.m4, ltmain, lt_system.h, and tests. */ +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined _WIN32_WCE +/* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 can't be const, because runtime + relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation on pseudo-relocs. */ +# define LT_DLSYM_CONST +#elif defined __osf__ +/* This system does not cope well with relocations in const data. */ +# define LT_DLSYM_CONST +#else +# define LT_DLSYM_CONST const +#endif + +#define STREQ(s1, s2) (strcmp ((s1), (s2)) == 0) + +/* External symbol declarations for the compiler. */\ +" + + if test yes = "$dlself"; then + func_verbose "generating symbol list for '$output'" + + $opt_dry_run || echo ': @PROGRAM@ ' > "$nlist" + + # Add our own program objects to the symbol list. + progfiles=`$ECHO "$objs$old_deplibs" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` + for progfile in $progfiles; do + func_to_tool_file "$progfile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from '$func_to_tool_file_result'" + $opt_dry_run || eval "$NM $func_to_tool_file_result | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" + done + + if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then + $opt_dry_run || { + eval '$EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' + eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"' + } + fi + + if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then + $opt_dry_run || { + eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' + eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"' + } + fi + + # Prepare the list of exported symbols + if test -z "$export_symbols"; then + export_symbols=$output_objdir/$outputname.exp + $opt_dry_run || { + $RM $export_symbols + eval "$SED -n -e '/^: @PROGRAM@ $/d' -e 's/^.* \(.*\)$/\1/p' "'< "$nlist" > "$export_symbols"' + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) + eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' + eval 'cat "$export_symbols" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' + ;; + esac + } + else + $opt_dry_run || { + eval "$SED -e 's/\([].[*^$]\)/\\\\\1/g' -e 's/^/ /' -e 's/$/$/'"' < "$export_symbols" > "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp"' + eval '$GREP -f "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" < "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' + eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"' + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) + eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' + eval 'cat "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' + ;; + esac + } + fi + fi + + for dlprefile in $dlprefiles; do + func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from '$dlprefile'" + func_basename "$dlprefile" + name=$func_basename_result + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) + # if an import library, we need to obtain dlname + if func_win32_import_lib_p "$dlprefile"; then + func_tr_sh "$dlprefile" + eval "curr_lafile=\$libfile_$func_tr_sh_result" + dlprefile_dlbasename= + if test -n "$curr_lafile" && func_lalib_p "$curr_lafile"; then + # Use subshell, to avoid clobbering current variable values + dlprefile_dlname=`source "$curr_lafile" && echo "$dlname"` + if test -n "$dlprefile_dlname"; then + func_basename "$dlprefile_dlname" + dlprefile_dlbasename=$func_basename_result + else + # no lafile. user explicitly requested -dlpreopen <import library>. + $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd "$dlprefile" + dlprefile_dlbasename=$sharedlib_from_linklib_result + fi + fi + $opt_dry_run || { + if test -n "$dlprefile_dlbasename"; then + eval '$ECHO ": $dlprefile_dlbasename" >> "$nlist"' + else + func_warning "Could not compute DLL name from $name" + eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"' + fi + func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe | + $SED -e '/I __imp/d' -e 's/I __nm_/D /;s/_nm__//' >> '$nlist'" + } + else # not an import lib + $opt_dry_run || { + eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"' + func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" + } + fi + ;; + *) + $opt_dry_run || { + eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"' + func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" + } + ;; + esac + done + + $opt_dry_run || { + # Make sure we have at least an empty file. + test -f "$nlist" || : > "$nlist" + + if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then + $EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T + $MV "$nlist"T "$nlist" + fi + + # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. + if $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" | + if sort -k 3 </dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then + sort -k 3 + else + sort +2 + fi | + uniq > "$nlist"S; then + : + else + $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" > "$nlist"S + fi + + if test -f "$nlist"S; then + eval "$global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist"S >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"' + else + echo '/* NONE */' >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" + fi + + func_show_eval '$RM "${nlist}I"' + if test -n "$global_symbol_to_import"; then + eval "$global_symbol_to_import"' < "$nlist"S > "$nlist"I' + fi + + echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ + +/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ +typedef struct { + const char *name; + void *address; +} lt_dlsymlist; +extern LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist +lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[];\ +" + + if test -s "$nlist"I; then + echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ +static void lt_syminit(void) +{ + LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist *symbol = lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols; + for (; symbol->name; ++symbol) + {" + $SED 's/.*/ if (STREQ (symbol->name, \"&\")) symbol->address = (void *) \&&;/' < "$nlist"I >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" + echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ + } +}" + fi + echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ +LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist +lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[] = +{ {\"$my_originator\", (void *) 0}," + + if test -s "$nlist"I; then + echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ + {\"@INIT@\", (void *) <_syminit}," + fi + + case $need_lib_prefix in + no) + eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" + ;; + *) + eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" + ;; + esac + echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ + {0, (void *) 0} +}; + +/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */ +#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND +static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() { + return lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols; +} +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif\ +" + } # !$opt_dry_run + + pic_flag_for_symtable= + case "$compile_command " in + *" -static "*) ;; + *) + case $host in + # compiling the symbol table file with pic_flag works around + # a FreeBSD bug that causes programs to crash when -lm is + # linked before any other PIC object. But we must not use + # pic_flag when linking with -static. The problem exists in + # FreeBSD 2.2.6 and is fixed in FreeBSD 3.1. + *-*-freebsd2.*|*-*-freebsd3.0*|*-*-freebsdelf3.0*) + pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DFREEBSD_WORKAROUND" ;; + *-*-hpux*) + pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag" ;; + *) + $my_pic_p && pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag" + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + symtab_cflags= + for arg in $LTCFLAGS; do + case $arg in + -pie | -fpie | -fPIE) ;; + *) func_append symtab_cflags " $arg" ;; + esac + done + + # Now compile the dynamic symbol file. + func_show_eval '(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC$symtab_cflags -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable "$my_dlsyms")' 'exit $?' + + # Clean up the generated files. + func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T" "${nlist}I"' + + # Transform the symbol file into the correct name. + symfileobj=$output_objdir/${my_outputname}S.$objext + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) + if test -f "$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def"; then + compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"` + finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"` + else + compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` + finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` + fi + ;; + *) + compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` + finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` + ;; + esac + ;; + *) + func_fatal_error "unknown suffix for '$my_dlsyms'" + ;; + esac + else + # We keep going just in case the user didn't refer to + # lt_preloaded_symbols. The linker will fail if global_symbol_pipe + # really was required. + + # Nullify the symbol file. + compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` + finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` + fi +} + +# func_cygming_gnu_implib_p ARG +# This predicate returns with zero status (TRUE) if +# ARG is a GNU/binutils-style import library. Returns +# with nonzero status (FALSE) otherwise. +func_cygming_gnu_implib_p () +{ + $debug_cmd + + func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + func_cygming_gnu_implib_tmp=`$NM "$func_to_tool_file_result" | eval "$global_symbol_pipe" | $EGREP ' (_head_[A-Za-z0-9_]+_[ad]l*|[A-Za-z0-9_]+_[ad]l*_iname)$'` + test -n "$func_cygming_gnu_implib_tmp" +} + +# func_cygming_ms_implib_p ARG +# This predicate returns with zero status (TRUE) if +# ARG is an MS-style import library. Returns +# with nonzero status (FALSE) otherwise. +func_cygming_ms_implib_p () +{ + $debug_cmd + + func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + func_cygming_ms_implib_tmp=`$NM "$func_to_tool_file_result" | eval "$global_symbol_pipe" | $GREP '_NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR'` + test -n "$func_cygming_ms_implib_tmp" +} + +# func_win32_libid arg +# return the library type of file 'arg' +# +# Need a lot of goo to handle *both* DLLs and import libs +# Has to be a shell function in order to 'eat' the argument +# that is supplied when $file_magic_command is called. +# Despite the name, also deal with 64 bit binaries. +func_win32_libid () +{ + $debug_cmd + + win32_libid_type=unknown + win32_fileres=`file -L $1 2>/dev/null` + case $win32_fileres in + *ar\ archive\ import\ library*) # definitely import + win32_libid_type="x86 archive import" + ;; + *ar\ archive*) # could be an import, or static + # Keep the egrep pattern in sync with the one in _LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD. + if eval $OBJDUMP -f $1 | $SED -e '10q' 2>/dev/null | + $EGREP 'file format (pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?|pe-arm-wince|pe-x86-64)' >/dev/null; then + case $nm_interface in + "MS dumpbin") + if func_cygming_ms_implib_p "$1" || + func_cygming_gnu_implib_p "$1" + then + win32_nmres=import + else + win32_nmres= + fi + ;; + *) + func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + win32_nmres=`eval $NM -f posix -A \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" | + $SED -n -e ' + 1,100{ + / I /{ + s|.*|import| + p + q + } + }'` + ;; + esac + case $win32_nmres in + import*) win32_libid_type="x86 archive import";; + *) win32_libid_type="x86 archive static";; + esac + fi + ;; + *DLL*) + win32_libid_type="x86 DLL" + ;; + *executable*) # but shell scripts are "executable" too... + case $win32_fileres in + *MS\ Windows\ PE\ Intel*) + win32_libid_type="x86 DLL" + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + $ECHO "$win32_libid_type" +} + +# func_cygming_dll_for_implib ARG +# +# Platform-specific function to extract the +# name of the DLL associated with the specified +# import library ARG. +# Invoked by eval'ing the libtool variable +# $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd +# Result is available in the variable +# $sharedlib_from_linklib_result +func_cygming_dll_for_implib () +{ + $debug_cmd + + sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`$DLLTOOL --identify-strict --identify "$1"` +} + +# func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core SECTION_NAME LIBNAMEs +# +# The is the core of a fallback implementation of a +# platform-specific function to extract the name of the +# DLL associated with the specified import library LIBNAME. +# +# SECTION_NAME is either .idata$6 or .idata$7, depending +# on the platform and compiler that created the implib. +# +# Echos the name of the DLL associated with the +# specified import library. +func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core () +{ + $debug_cmd + + match_literal=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"` + $OBJDUMP -s --section "$1" "$2" 2>/dev/null | + $SED '/^Contents of section '"$match_literal"':/{ + # Place marker at beginning of archive member dllname section + s/.*/====MARK====/ + p + d + } + # These lines can sometimes be longer than 43 characters, but + # are always uninteresting + /:[ ]*file format pe[i]\{,1\}-/d + /^In archive [^:]*:/d + # Ensure marker is printed + /^====MARK====/p + # Remove all lines with less than 43 characters + /^.\{43\}/!d + # From remaining lines, remove first 43 characters + s/^.\{43\}//' | + $SED -n ' + # Join marker and all lines until next marker into a single line + /^====MARK====/ b para + H + $ b para + b + :para + x + s/\n//g + # Remove the marker + s/^====MARK====// + # Remove trailing dots and whitespace + s/[\. \t]*$// + # Print + /./p' | + # we now have a list, one entry per line, of the stringified + # contents of the appropriate section of all members of the + # archive that possess that section. Heuristic: eliminate + # all those that have a first or second character that is + # a '.' (that is, objdump's representation of an unprintable + # character.) This should work for all archives with less than + # 0x302f exports -- but will fail for DLLs whose name actually + # begins with a literal '.' or a single character followed by + # a '.'. + # + # Of those that remain, print the first one. + $SED -e '/^\./d;/^.\./d;q' +} + +# func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback ARG +# Platform-specific function to extract the +# name of the DLL associated with the specified +# import library ARG. +# +# This fallback implementation is for use when $DLLTOOL +# does not support the --identify-strict option. +# Invoked by eval'ing the libtool variable +# $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd +# Result is available in the variable +# $sharedlib_from_linklib_result +func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback () +{ + $debug_cmd + + if func_cygming_gnu_implib_p "$1"; then + # binutils import library + sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core '.idata$7' "$1"` + elif func_cygming_ms_implib_p "$1"; then + # ms-generated import library + sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core '.idata$6' "$1"` + else + # unknown + sharedlib_from_linklib_result= + fi +} + + +# func_extract_an_archive dir oldlib +func_extract_an_archive () +{ + $debug_cmd + + f_ex_an_ar_dir=$1; shift + f_ex_an_ar_oldlib=$1 + if test yes = "$lock_old_archive_extraction"; then + lockfile=$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib.lock + until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do + func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed" + sleep 2 + done + fi + func_show_eval "(cd \$f_ex_an_ar_dir && $AR x \"\$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib\")" \ + 'stat=$?; rm -f "$lockfile"; exit $stat' + if test yes = "$lock_old_archive_extraction"; then + $opt_dry_run || rm -f "$lockfile" + fi + if ($AR t "$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then + : + else + func_fatal_error "object name conflicts in archive: $f_ex_an_ar_dir/$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" + fi +} + + +# func_extract_archives gentop oldlib ... +func_extract_archives () +{ + $debug_cmd + + my_gentop=$1; shift + my_oldlibs=${1+"$@"} + my_oldobjs= + my_xlib= + my_xabs= + my_xdir= + + for my_xlib in $my_oldlibs; do + # Extract the objects. + case $my_xlib in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) my_xabs=$my_xlib ;; + *) my_xabs=`pwd`"/$my_xlib" ;; + esac + func_basename "$my_xlib" + my_xlib=$func_basename_result + my_xlib_u=$my_xlib + while :; do + case " $extracted_archives " in + *" $my_xlib_u "*) + func_arith $extracted_serial + 1 + extracted_serial=$func_arith_result + my_xlib_u=lt$extracted_serial-$my_xlib ;; + *) break ;; + esac + done + extracted_archives="$extracted_archives $my_xlib_u" + my_xdir=$my_gentop/$my_xlib_u + + func_mkdir_p "$my_xdir" + + case $host in + *-darwin*) + func_verbose "Extracting $my_xabs" + # Do not bother doing anything if just a dry run + $opt_dry_run || { + darwin_orig_dir=`pwd` + cd $my_xdir || exit $? + darwin_archive=$my_xabs + darwin_curdir=`pwd` + func_basename "$darwin_archive" + darwin_base_archive=$func_basename_result + darwin_arches=`$LIPO -info "$darwin_archive" 2>/dev/null | $GREP Architectures 2>/dev/null || true` + if test -n "$darwin_arches"; then + darwin_arches=`$ECHO "$darwin_arches" | $SED -e 's/.*are://'` + darwin_arch= + func_verbose "$darwin_base_archive has multiple architectures $darwin_arches" + for darwin_arch in $darwin_arches; do + func_mkdir_p "unfat-$$/$darwin_base_archive-$darwin_arch" + $LIPO -thin $darwin_arch -output "unfat-$$/$darwin_base_archive-$darwin_arch/$darwin_base_archive" "$darwin_archive" + cd "unfat-$$/$darwin_base_archive-$darwin_arch" + func_extract_an_archive "`pwd`" "$darwin_base_archive" + cd "$darwin_curdir" + $RM "unfat-$$/$darwin_base_archive-$darwin_arch/$darwin_base_archive" + done # $darwin_arches + ## Okay now we've a bunch of thin objects, gotta fatten them up :) + darwin_filelist=`find unfat-$$ -type f -name \*.o -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $SED -e "$sed_basename" | sort -u` + darwin_file= + darwin_files= + for darwin_file in $darwin_filelist; do + darwin_files=`find unfat-$$ -name $darwin_file -print | sort | $NL2SP` + $LIPO -create -output "$darwin_file" $darwin_files + done # $darwin_filelist + $RM -rf unfat-$$ + cd "$darwin_orig_dir" + else + cd $darwin_orig_dir + func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs" + fi # $darwin_arches + } # !$opt_dry_run + ;; + *) + func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs" + ;; + esac + my_oldobjs="$my_oldobjs "`find $my_xdir -name \*.$objext -print -o -name \*.lo -print | sort | $NL2SP` + done + + func_extract_archives_result=$my_oldobjs +} + + +# func_emit_wrapper [arg=no] +# +# Emit a libtool wrapper script on stdout. +# Don't directly open a file because we may want to +# incorporate the script contents within a cygwin/mingw +# wrapper executable. Must ONLY be called from within +# func_mode_link because it depends on a number of variables +# set therein. +# +# ARG is the value that the WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR +# variable will take. If 'yes', then the emitted script +# will assume that the directory where it is stored is +# the $objdir directory. This is a cygwin/mingw-specific +# behavior. +func_emit_wrapper () +{ + func_emit_wrapper_arg1=${1-no} + + $ECHO "\ +#! $SHELL + +# $output - temporary wrapper script for $objdir/$outputname +# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION +# +# The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool +# libraries that it depends on are installed. +# +# This wrapper script should never be moved out of the build directory. +# If it is, it will not operate correctly. + +# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies +# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. +sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst' + +# Be Bourne compatible +if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"' + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +else + case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac +fi +BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64 +DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh + +# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout +# if CDPATH is set. +(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH + +relink_command=\"$relink_command\" + +# This environment variable determines our operation mode. +if test \"\$libtool_install_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then + # install mode needs the following variables: + generated_by_libtool_version='$macro_version' + notinst_deplibs='$notinst_deplibs' +else + # When we are sourced in execute mode, \$file and \$ECHO are already set. + if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then + file=\"\$0\"" + + qECHO=`$ECHO "$ECHO" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"` + $ECHO "\ + +# A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf. +func_fallback_echo () +{ + eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF +\$1 +_LTECHO_EOF' +} + ECHO=\"$qECHO\" + fi + +# Very basic option parsing. These options are (a) specific to +# the libtool wrapper, (b) are identical between the wrapper +# /script/ and the wrapper /executable/ that is used only on +# windows platforms, and (c) all begin with the string "--lt-" +# (application programs are unlikely to have options that match +# this pattern). +# +# There are only two supported options: --lt-debug and +# --lt-dump-script. There is, deliberately, no --lt-help. +# +# The first argument to this parsing function should be the +# script's $0 value, followed by "$@". +lt_option_debug= +func_parse_lt_options () +{ + lt_script_arg0=\$0 + shift + for lt_opt + do + case \"\$lt_opt\" in + --lt-debug) lt_option_debug=1 ;; + --lt-dump-script) + lt_dump_D=\`\$ECHO \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" | $SED -e 's/^X//' -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'\` + test \"X\$lt_dump_D\" = \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" && lt_dump_D=. + lt_dump_F=\`\$ECHO \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" | $SED -e 's/^X//' -e 's%^.*/%%'\` + cat \"\$lt_dump_D/\$lt_dump_F\" + exit 0 + ;; + --lt-*) + \$ECHO \"Unrecognized --lt- option: '\$lt_opt'\" 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; + esac + done + + # Print the debug banner immediately: + if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then + echo \"$outputname:$output:\$LINENO: libtool wrapper (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION\" 1>&2 + fi +} + +# Used when --lt-debug. Prints its arguments to stdout +# (redirection is the responsibility of the caller) +func_lt_dump_args () +{ + lt_dump_args_N=1; + for lt_arg + do + \$ECHO \"$outputname:$output:\$LINENO: newargv[\$lt_dump_args_N]: \$lt_arg\" + lt_dump_args_N=\`expr \$lt_dump_args_N + 1\` + done +} + +# Core function for launching the target application +func_exec_program_core () +{ +" + case $host in + # Backslashes separate directories on plain windows + *-*-mingw | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) + $ECHO "\ + if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then + \$ECHO \"$outputname:$output:\$LINENO: newargv[0]: \$progdir\\\\\$program\" 1>&2 + func_lt_dump_args \${1+\"\$@\"} 1>&2 + fi + exec \"\$progdir\\\\\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"} +" + ;; + + *) + $ECHO "\ + if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then + \$ECHO \"$outputname:$output:\$LINENO: newargv[0]: \$progdir/\$program\" 1>&2 + func_lt_dump_args \${1+\"\$@\"} 1>&2 + fi + exec \"\$progdir/\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"} +" + ;; + esac + $ECHO "\ + \$ECHO \"\$0: cannot exec \$program \$*\" 1>&2 + exit 1 +} + +# A function to encapsulate launching the target application +# Strips options in the --lt-* namespace from \$@ and +# launches target application with the remaining arguments. +func_exec_program () +{ + case \" \$* \" in + *\\ --lt-*) + for lt_wr_arg + do + case \$lt_wr_arg in + --lt-*) ;; + *) set x \"\$@\" \"\$lt_wr_arg\"; shift;; + esac + shift + done ;; + esac + func_exec_program_core \${1+\"\$@\"} +} + + # Parse options + func_parse_lt_options \"\$0\" \${1+\"\$@\"} + + # Find the directory that this script lives in. + thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%/[^/]*$%%'\` + test \"x\$thisdir\" = \"x\$file\" && thisdir=. + + # Follow symbolic links until we get to the real thisdir. + file=\`ls -ld \"\$file\" | $SED -n 's/.*-> //p'\` + while test -n \"\$file\"; do + destdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%/[^/]*\$%%'\` + + # If there was a directory component, then change thisdir. + if test \"x\$destdir\" != \"x\$file\"; then + case \"\$destdir\" in + [\\\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\\\/]*) thisdir=\"\$destdir\" ;; + *) thisdir=\"\$thisdir/\$destdir\" ;; + esac + fi + + file=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%^.*/%%'\` + file=\`ls -ld \"\$thisdir/\$file\" | $SED -n 's/.*-> //p'\` + done + + # Usually 'no', except on cygwin/mingw when embedded into + # the cwrapper. + WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR=$func_emit_wrapper_arg1 + if test \"\$WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR\" = \"yes\"; then + # special case for '.' + if test \"\$thisdir\" = \".\"; then + thisdir=\`pwd\` + fi + # remove .libs from thisdir + case \"\$thisdir\" in + *[\\\\/]$objdir ) thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$thisdir\" | $SED 's%[\\\\/][^\\\\/]*$%%'\` ;; + $objdir ) thisdir=. ;; + esac + fi + + # Try to get the absolute directory name. + absdir=\`cd \"\$thisdir\" && pwd\` + test -n \"\$absdir\" && thisdir=\"\$absdir\" +" + + if test yes = "$fast_install"; then + $ECHO "\ + program=lt-'$outputname'$exeext + progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" + + if test ! -f \"\$progdir/\$program\" || + { file=\`ls -1dt \"\$progdir/\$program\" \"\$progdir/../\$program\" 2>/dev/null | $SED 1q\`; \\ + test \"X\$file\" != \"X\$progdir/\$program\"; }; then + + file=\"\$\$-\$program\" + + if test ! -d \"\$progdir\"; then + $MKDIR \"\$progdir\" + else + $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\" + fi" + + $ECHO "\ + + # relink executable if necessary + if test -n \"\$relink_command\"; then + if relink_command_output=\`eval \$relink_command 2>&1\`; then : + else + \$ECHO \"\$relink_command_output\" >&2 + $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\" + exit 1 + fi + fi + + $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\" 2>/dev/null || + { $RM \"\$progdir/\$program\"; + $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\"; } + $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\" + fi" + else + $ECHO "\ + program='$outputname' + progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" +" + fi + + $ECHO "\ + + if test -f \"\$progdir/\$program\"; then" + + # fixup the dll searchpath if we need to. + # + # Fix the DLL searchpath if we need to. Do this before prepending + # to shlibpath, because on Windows, both are PATH and uninstalled + # libraries must come first. + if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then + $ECHO "\ + # Add the dll search path components to the executable PATH + PATH=$dllsearchpath:\$PATH +" + fi + + # Export our shlibpath_var if we have one. + if test yes = "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then + $ECHO "\ + # Add our own library path to $shlibpath_var + $shlibpath_var=\"$temp_rpath\$$shlibpath_var\" + + # Some systems cannot cope with colon-terminated $shlibpath_var + # The second colon is a workaround for a bug in BeOS R4 sed + $shlibpath_var=\`\$ECHO \"\$$shlibpath_var\" | $SED 's/::*\$//'\` + + export $shlibpath_var +" + fi + + $ECHO "\ + if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then + # Run the actual program with our arguments. + func_exec_program \${1+\"\$@\"} + fi + else + # The program doesn't exist. + \$ECHO \"\$0: error: '\$progdir/\$program' does not exist\" 1>&2 + \$ECHO \"This script is just a wrapper for \$program.\" 1>&2 + \$ECHO \"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information.\" 1>&2 + exit 1 + fi +fi\ +" +} + + +# func_emit_cwrapperexe_src +# emit the source code for a wrapper executable on stdout +# Must ONLY be called from within func_mode_link because +# it depends on a number of variable set therein. +func_emit_cwrapperexe_src () +{ + cat <<EOF + +/* $cwrappersource - temporary wrapper executable for $objdir/$outputname + Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION + + The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool + libraries that it depends on are installed. + + This wrapper executable should never be moved out of the build directory. + If it is, it will not operate correctly. +*/ +EOF + cat <<"EOF" +#ifdef _MSC_VER +# define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE 1 +#endif +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#ifdef _MSC_VER +# include <direct.h> +# include <process.h> +# include <io.h> +#else +# include <unistd.h> +# include <stdint.h> +# ifdef __CYGWIN__ +# include <io.h> +# endif +#endif +#include <malloc.h> +#include <stdarg.h> +#include <assert.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> + +#define STREQ(s1, s2) (strcmp ((s1), (s2)) == 0) + +/* declarations of non-ANSI functions */ +#if defined __MINGW32__ +# ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__ +int _putenv (const char *); +# endif +#elif defined __CYGWIN__ +# ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__ +char *realpath (const char *, char *); +int putenv (char *); +int setenv (const char *, const char *, int); +# endif +/* #elif defined other_platform || defined ... */ +#endif + +/* portability defines, excluding path handling macros */ +#if defined _MSC_VER +# define setmode _setmode +# define stat _stat +# define chmod _chmod +# define getcwd _getcwd +# define putenv _putenv +# define S_IXUSR _S_IEXEC +#elif defined __MINGW32__ +# define setmode _setmode +# define stat _stat +# define chmod _chmod +# define getcwd _getcwd +# define putenv _putenv +#elif defined __CYGWIN__ +# define HAVE_SETENV +# define FOPEN_WB "wb" +/* #elif defined other platforms ... */ +#endif + +#if defined PATH_MAX +# define LT_PATHMAX PATH_MAX +#elif defined MAXPATHLEN +# define LT_PATHMAX MAXPATHLEN +#else +# define LT_PATHMAX 1024 +#endif + +#ifndef S_IXOTH +# define S_IXOTH 0 +#endif +#ifndef S_IXGRP +# define S_IXGRP 0 +#endif + +/* path handling portability macros */ +#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR +# define DIR_SEPARATOR '/' +# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':' +#endif + +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __MSDOS__ || defined __DJGPP__ || \ + defined __OS2__ +# define HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM +# define FOPEN_WB "wb" +# ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2 +# define DIR_SEPARATOR_2 '\\' +# endif +# ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2 +# define PATH_SEPARATOR_2 ';' +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2 +# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) +#else /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */ +# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) \ + (((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) || ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR_2)) +#endif /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */ + +#ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2 +# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR) +#else /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */ +# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR_2) +#endif /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */ + +#ifndef FOPEN_WB +# define FOPEN_WB "w" +#endif +#ifndef _O_BINARY +# define _O_BINARY 0 +#endif + +#define XMALLOC(type, num) ((type *) xmalloc ((num) * sizeof(type))) +#define XFREE(stale) do { \ + if (stale) { free (stale); stale = 0; } \ +} while (0) + +#if defined LT_DEBUGWRAPPER +static int lt_debug = 1; +#else +static int lt_debug = 0; +#endif + +const char *program_name = "libtool-wrapper"; /* in case xstrdup fails */ + +void *xmalloc (size_t num); +char *xstrdup (const char *string); +const char *base_name (const char *name); +char *find_executable (const char *wrapper); +char *chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec); +int make_executable (const char *path); +int check_executable (const char *path); +char *strendzap (char *str, const char *pat); +void lt_debugprintf (const char *file, int line, const char *fmt, ...); +void lt_fatal (const char *file, int line, const char *message, ...); +static const char *nonnull (const char *s); +static const char *nonempty (const char *s); +void lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value); +char *lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end); +void lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value); +void lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value); +char **prepare_spawn (char **argv); +void lt_dump_script (FILE *f); +EOF + + cat <<EOF +#if __GNUC__ < 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) +# define externally_visible volatile +#else +# define externally_visible __attribute__((externally_visible)) volatile +#endif +externally_visible const char * MAGIC_EXE = "$magic_exe"; +const char * LIB_PATH_VARNAME = "$shlibpath_var"; +EOF + + if test yes = "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then + func_to_host_path "$temp_rpath" + cat <<EOF +const char * LIB_PATH_VALUE = "$func_to_host_path_result"; +EOF + else + cat <<"EOF" +const char * LIB_PATH_VALUE = ""; +EOF + fi + + if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then + func_to_host_path "$dllsearchpath:" + cat <<EOF +const char * EXE_PATH_VARNAME = "PATH"; +const char * EXE_PATH_VALUE = "$func_to_host_path_result"; +EOF + else + cat <<"EOF" +const char * EXE_PATH_VARNAME = ""; +const char * EXE_PATH_VALUE = ""; +EOF + fi + + if test yes = "$fast_install"; then + cat <<EOF +const char * TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME = "lt-$outputname"; /* hopefully, no .exe */ +EOF + else + cat <<EOF +const char * TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME = "$outputname"; /* hopefully, no .exe */ +EOF + fi + + + cat <<"EOF" + +#define LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "--lt-" + +static const char *ltwrapper_option_prefix = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX; +static const char *dumpscript_opt = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "dump-script"; +static const char *debug_opt = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "debug"; + +int +main (int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + char **newargz; + int newargc; + char *tmp_pathspec; + char *actual_cwrapper_path; + char *actual_cwrapper_name; + char *target_name; + char *lt_argv_zero; + int rval = 127; + + int i; + + program_name = (char *) xstrdup (base_name (argv[0])); + newargz = XMALLOC (char *, (size_t) argc + 1); + + /* very simple arg parsing; don't want to rely on getopt + * also, copy all non cwrapper options to newargz, except + * argz[0], which is handled differently + */ + newargc=0; + for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) + { + if (STREQ (argv[i], dumpscript_opt)) + { +EOF + case $host in + *mingw* | *cygwin* ) + # make stdout use "unix" line endings + echo " setmode(1,_O_BINARY);" + ;; + esac + + cat <<"EOF" + lt_dump_script (stdout); + return 0; + } + if (STREQ (argv[i], debug_opt)) + { + lt_debug = 1; + continue; + } + if (STREQ (argv[i], ltwrapper_option_prefix)) + { + /* however, if there is an option in the LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX + namespace, but it is not one of the ones we know about and + have already dealt with, above (inluding dump-script), then + report an error. Otherwise, targets might begin to believe + they are allowed to use options in the LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX + namespace. The first time any user complains about this, we'll + need to make LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX a configure-time option + or a configure.ac-settable value. + */ + lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, + "unrecognized %s option: '%s'", + ltwrapper_option_prefix, argv[i]); + } + /* otherwise ... */ + newargz[++newargc] = xstrdup (argv[i]); + } + newargz[++newargc] = NULL; + +EOF + cat <<EOF + /* The GNU banner must be the first non-error debug message */ + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "libtool wrapper (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION\n"); +EOF + cat <<"EOF" + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) argv[0]: %s\n", argv[0]); + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) program_name: %s\n", program_name); + + tmp_pathspec = find_executable (argv[0]); + if (tmp_pathspec == NULL) + lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "couldn't find %s", argv[0]); + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, + "(main) found exe (before symlink chase) at: %s\n", + tmp_pathspec); + + actual_cwrapper_path = chase_symlinks (tmp_pathspec); + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, + "(main) found exe (after symlink chase) at: %s\n", + actual_cwrapper_path); + XFREE (tmp_pathspec); + + actual_cwrapper_name = xstrdup (base_name (actual_cwrapper_path)); + strendzap (actual_cwrapper_path, actual_cwrapper_name); + + /* wrapper name transforms */ + strendzap (actual_cwrapper_name, ".exe"); + tmp_pathspec = lt_extend_str (actual_cwrapper_name, ".exe", 1); + XFREE (actual_cwrapper_name); + actual_cwrapper_name = tmp_pathspec; + tmp_pathspec = 0; + + /* target_name transforms -- use actual target program name; might have lt- prefix */ + target_name = xstrdup (base_name (TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME)); + strendzap (target_name, ".exe"); + tmp_pathspec = lt_extend_str (target_name, ".exe", 1); + XFREE (target_name); + target_name = tmp_pathspec; + tmp_pathspec = 0; + + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, + "(main) libtool target name: %s\n", + target_name); +EOF + + cat <<EOF + newargz[0] = + XMALLOC (char, (strlen (actual_cwrapper_path) + + strlen ("$objdir") + 1 + strlen (actual_cwrapper_name) + 1)); + strcpy (newargz[0], actual_cwrapper_path); + strcat (newargz[0], "$objdir"); + strcat (newargz[0], "/"); +EOF + + cat <<"EOF" + /* stop here, and copy so we don't have to do this twice */ + tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (newargz[0]); + + /* do NOT want the lt- prefix here, so use actual_cwrapper_name */ + strcat (newargz[0], actual_cwrapper_name); + + /* DO want the lt- prefix here if it exists, so use target_name */ + lt_argv_zero = lt_extend_str (tmp_pathspec, target_name, 1); + XFREE (tmp_pathspec); + tmp_pathspec = NULL; +EOF + + case $host_os in + mingw*) + cat <<"EOF" + { + char* p; + while ((p = strchr (newargz[0], '\\')) != NULL) + { + *p = '/'; + } + while ((p = strchr (lt_argv_zero, '\\')) != NULL) + { + *p = '/'; + } + } +EOF + ;; + esac + + cat <<"EOF" + XFREE (target_name); + XFREE (actual_cwrapper_path); + XFREE (actual_cwrapper_name); + + lt_setenv ("BIN_SH", "xpg4"); /* for Tru64 */ + lt_setenv ("DUALCASE", "1"); /* for MSK sh */ + /* Update the DLL searchpath. EXE_PATH_VALUE ($dllsearchpath) must + be prepended before (that is, appear after) LIB_PATH_VALUE ($temp_rpath) + because on Windows, both *_VARNAMEs are PATH but uninstalled + libraries must come first. */ + lt_update_exe_path (EXE_PATH_VARNAME, EXE_PATH_VALUE); + lt_update_lib_path (LIB_PATH_VARNAME, LIB_PATH_VALUE); + + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) lt_argv_zero: %s\n", + nonnull (lt_argv_zero)); + for (i = 0; i < newargc; i++) + { + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) newargz[%d]: %s\n", + i, nonnull (newargz[i])); + } + +EOF + + case $host_os in + mingw*) + cat <<"EOF" + /* execv doesn't actually work on mingw as expected on unix */ + newargz = prepare_spawn (newargz); + rval = (int) _spawnv (_P_WAIT, lt_argv_zero, (const char * const *) newargz); + if (rval == -1) + { + /* failed to start process */ + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, + "(main) failed to launch target \"%s\": %s\n", + lt_argv_zero, nonnull (strerror (errno))); + return 127; + } + return rval; +EOF + ;; + *) + cat <<"EOF" + execv (lt_argv_zero, newargz); + return rval; /* =127, but avoids unused variable warning */ +EOF + ;; + esac + + cat <<"EOF" +} + +void * +xmalloc (size_t num) +{ + void *p = (void *) malloc (num); + if (!p) + lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "memory exhausted"); + + return p; +} + +char * +xstrdup (const char *string) +{ + return string ? strcpy ((char *) xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1), + string) : NULL; +} + +const char * +base_name (const char *name) +{ + const char *base; + +#if defined HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM + /* Skip over the disk name in MSDOS pathnames. */ + if (isalpha ((unsigned char) name[0]) && name[1] == ':') + name += 2; +#endif + + for (base = name; *name; name++) + if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*name)) + base = name + 1; + return base; +} + +int +check_executable (const char *path) +{ + struct stat st; + + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(check_executable): %s\n", + nonempty (path)); + if ((!path) || (!*path)) + return 0; + + if ((stat (path, &st) >= 0) + && (st.st_mode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH))) + return 1; + else + return 0; +} + +int +make_executable (const char *path) +{ + int rval = 0; + struct stat st; + + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(make_executable): %s\n", + nonempty (path)); + if ((!path) || (!*path)) + return 0; + + if (stat (path, &st) >= 0) + { + rval = chmod (path, st.st_mode | S_IXOTH | S_IXGRP | S_IXUSR); + } + return rval; +} + +/* Searches for the full path of the wrapper. Returns + newly allocated full path name if found, NULL otherwise + Does not chase symlinks, even on platforms that support them. +*/ +char * +find_executable (const char *wrapper) +{ + int has_slash = 0; + const char *p; + const char *p_next; + /* static buffer for getcwd */ + char tmp[LT_PATHMAX + 1]; + size_t tmp_len; + char *concat_name; + + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(find_executable): %s\n", + nonempty (wrapper)); + + if ((wrapper == NULL) || (*wrapper == '\0')) + return NULL; + + /* Absolute path? */ +#if defined HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM + if (isalpha ((unsigned char) wrapper[0]) && wrapper[1] == ':') + { + concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper); + if (check_executable (concat_name)) + return concat_name; + XFREE (concat_name); + } + else + { +#endif + if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (wrapper[0])) + { + concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper); + if (check_executable (concat_name)) + return concat_name; + XFREE (concat_name); + } +#if defined HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM + } +#endif + + for (p = wrapper; *p; p++) + if (*p == '/') + { + has_slash = 1; + break; + } + if (!has_slash) + { + /* no slashes; search PATH */ + const char *path = getenv ("PATH"); + if (path != NULL) + { + for (p = path; *p; p = p_next) + { + const char *q; + size_t p_len; + for (q = p; *q; q++) + if (IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (*q)) + break; + p_len = (size_t) (q - p); + p_next = (*q == '\0' ? q : q + 1); + if (p_len == 0) + { + /* empty path: current directory */ + if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL) + lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "getcwd failed: %s", + nonnull (strerror (errno))); + tmp_len = strlen (tmp); + concat_name = + XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1); + memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len); + concat_name[tmp_len] = '/'; + strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper); + } + else + { + concat_name = + XMALLOC (char, p_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1); + memcpy (concat_name, p, p_len); + concat_name[p_len] = '/'; + strcpy (concat_name + p_len + 1, wrapper); + } + if (check_executable (concat_name)) + return concat_name; + XFREE (concat_name); + } + } + /* not found in PATH; assume curdir */ + } + /* Relative path | not found in path: prepend cwd */ + if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL) + lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "getcwd failed: %s", + nonnull (strerror (errno))); + tmp_len = strlen (tmp); + concat_name = XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1); + memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len); + concat_name[tmp_len] = '/'; + strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper); + + if (check_executable (concat_name)) + return concat_name; + XFREE (concat_name); + return NULL; +} + +char * +chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec) +{ +#ifndef S_ISLNK + return xstrdup (pathspec); +#else + char buf[LT_PATHMAX]; + struct stat s; + char *tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (pathspec); + char *p; + int has_symlinks = 0; + while (strlen (tmp_pathspec) && !has_symlinks) + { + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, + "checking path component for symlinks: %s\n", + tmp_pathspec); + if (lstat (tmp_pathspec, &s) == 0) + { + if (S_ISLNK (s.st_mode) != 0) + { + has_symlinks = 1; + break; + } + + /* search backwards for last DIR_SEPARATOR */ + p = tmp_pathspec + strlen (tmp_pathspec) - 1; + while ((p > tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p))) + p--; + if ((p == tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p))) + { + /* no more DIR_SEPARATORS left */ + break; + } + *p = '\0'; + } + else + { + lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, + "error accessing file \"%s\": %s", + tmp_pathspec, nonnull (strerror (errno))); + } + } + XFREE (tmp_pathspec); + + if (!has_symlinks) + { + return xstrdup (pathspec); + } + + tmp_pathspec = realpath (pathspec, buf); + if (tmp_pathspec == 0) + { + lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, + "could not follow symlinks for %s", pathspec); + } + return xstrdup (tmp_pathspec); +#endif +} + +char * +strendzap (char *str, const char *pat) +{ + size_t len, patlen; + + assert (str != NULL); + assert (pat != NULL); + + len = strlen (str); + patlen = strlen (pat); + + if (patlen <= len) + { + str += len - patlen; + if (STREQ (str, pat)) + *str = '\0'; + } + return str; +} + +void +lt_debugprintf (const char *file, int line, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + if (lt_debug) + { + (void) fprintf (stderr, "%s:%s:%d: ", program_name, file, line); + va_start (args, fmt); + (void) vfprintf (stderr, fmt, args); + va_end (args); + } +} + +static void +lt_error_core (int exit_status, const char *file, + int line, const char *mode, + const char *message, va_list ap) +{ + fprintf (stderr, "%s:%s:%d: %s: ", program_name, file, line, mode); + vfprintf (stderr, message, ap); + fprintf (stderr, ".\n"); + + if (exit_status >= 0) + exit (exit_status); +} + +void +lt_fatal (const char *file, int line, const char *message, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + va_start (ap, message); + lt_error_core (EXIT_FAILURE, file, line, "FATAL", message, ap); + va_end (ap); +} + +static const char * +nonnull (const char *s) +{ + return s ? s : "(null)"; +} + +static const char * +nonempty (const char *s) +{ + return (s && !*s) ? "(empty)" : nonnull (s); +} + +void +lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value) +{ + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, + "(lt_setenv) setting '%s' to '%s'\n", + nonnull (name), nonnull (value)); + { +#ifdef HAVE_SETENV + /* always make a copy, for consistency with !HAVE_SETENV */ + char *str = xstrdup (value); + setenv (name, str, 1); +#else + size_t len = strlen (name) + 1 + strlen (value) + 1; + char *str = XMALLOC (char, len); + sprintf (str, "%s=%s", name, value); + if (putenv (str) != EXIT_SUCCESS) + { + XFREE (str); + } +#endif + } +} + +char * +lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end) +{ + char *new_value; + if (orig_value && *orig_value) + { + size_t orig_value_len = strlen (orig_value); + size_t add_len = strlen (add); + new_value = XMALLOC (char, add_len + orig_value_len + 1); + if (to_end) + { + strcpy (new_value, orig_value); + strcpy (new_value + orig_value_len, add); + } + else + { + strcpy (new_value, add); + strcpy (new_value + add_len, orig_value); + } + } + else + { + new_value = xstrdup (add); + } + return new_value; +} + +void +lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value) +{ + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, + "(lt_update_exe_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n", + nonnull (name), nonnull (value)); + + if (name && *name && value && *value) + { + char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0); + /* some systems can't cope with a ':'-terminated path #' */ + size_t len = strlen (new_value); + while ((len > 0) && IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (new_value[len-1])) + { + new_value[--len] = '\0'; + } + lt_setenv (name, new_value); + XFREE (new_value); + } +} + +void +lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value) +{ + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, + "(lt_update_lib_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n", + nonnull (name), nonnull (value)); + + if (name && *name && value && *value) + { + char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0); + lt_setenv (name, new_value); + XFREE (new_value); + } +} + +EOF + case $host_os in + mingw*) + cat <<"EOF" + +/* Prepares an argument vector before calling spawn(). + Note that spawn() does not by itself call the command interpreter + (getenv ("COMSPEC") != NULL ? getenv ("COMSPEC") : + ({ OSVERSIONINFO v; v.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFO); + GetVersionEx(&v); + v.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT; + }) ? "cmd.exe" : "command.com"). + Instead it simply concatenates the arguments, separated by ' ', and calls + CreateProcess(). We must quote the arguments since Win32 CreateProcess() + interprets characters like ' ', '\t', '\\', '"' (but not '<' and '>') in a + special way: + - Space and tab are interpreted as delimiters. They are not treated as + delimiters if they are surrounded by double quotes: "...". + - Unescaped double quotes are removed from the input. Their only effect is + that within double quotes, space and tab are treated like normal + characters. + - Backslashes not followed by double quotes are not special. + - But 2*n+1 backslashes followed by a double quote become + n backslashes followed by a double quote (n >= 0): + \" -> " + \\\" -> \" + \\\\\" -> \\" + */ +#define SHELL_SPECIAL_CHARS "\"\\ \001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037" +#define SHELL_SPACE_CHARS " \001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037" +char ** +prepare_spawn (char **argv) +{ + size_t argc; + char **new_argv; + size_t i; + + /* Count number of arguments. */ + for (argc = 0; argv[argc] != NULL; argc++) + ; + + /* Allocate new argument vector. */ + new_argv = XMALLOC (char *, argc + 1); + + /* Put quoted arguments into the new argument vector. */ + for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) + { + const char *string = argv[i]; + + if (string[0] == '\0') + new_argv[i] = xstrdup ("\"\""); + else if (strpbrk (string, SHELL_SPECIAL_CHARS) != NULL) + { + int quote_around = (strpbrk (string, SHELL_SPACE_CHARS) != NULL); + size_t length; + unsigned int backslashes; + const char *s; + char *quoted_string; + char *p; + + length = 0; + backslashes = 0; + if (quote_around) + length++; + for (s = string; *s != '\0'; s++) + { + char c = *s; + if (c == '"') + length += backslashes + 1; + length++; + if (c == '\\') + backslashes++; + else + backslashes = 0; + } + if (quote_around) + length += backslashes + 1; + + quoted_string = XMALLOC (char, length + 1); + + p = quoted_string; + backslashes = 0; + if (quote_around) + *p++ = '"'; + for (s = string; *s != '\0'; s++) + { + char c = *s; + if (c == '"') + { + unsigned int j; + for (j = backslashes + 1; j > 0; j--) + *p++ = '\\'; + } + *p++ = c; + if (c == '\\') + backslashes++; + else + backslashes = 0; + } + if (quote_around) + { + unsigned int j; + for (j = backslashes; j > 0; j--) + *p++ = '\\'; + *p++ = '"'; + } + *p = '\0'; + + new_argv[i] = quoted_string; + } + else + new_argv[i] = (char *) string; + } + new_argv[argc] = NULL; + + return new_argv; +} +EOF + ;; + esac + + cat <<"EOF" +void lt_dump_script (FILE* f) +{ +EOF + func_emit_wrapper yes | + $SED -n -e ' +s/^\(.\{79\}\)\(..*\)/\1\ +\2/ +h +s/\([\\"]\)/\\\1/g +s/$/\\n/ +s/\([^\n]*\).*/ fputs ("\1", f);/p +g +D' + cat <<"EOF" +} +EOF +} +# end: func_emit_cwrapperexe_src + +# func_win32_import_lib_p ARG +# True if ARG is an import lib, as indicated by $file_magic_cmd +func_win32_import_lib_p () +{ + $debug_cmd + + case `eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$1\" 2>/dev/null | $SED -e 10q` in + *import*) : ;; + *) false ;; + esac +} + +# func_suncc_cstd_abi +# !!ONLY CALL THIS FOR SUN CC AFTER $compile_command IS FULLY EXPANDED!! +# Several compiler flags select an ABI that is incompatible with the +# Cstd library. Avoid specifying it if any are in CXXFLAGS. +func_suncc_cstd_abi () +{ + $debug_cmd + + case " $compile_command " in + *" -compat=g "*|*\ -std=c++[0-9][0-9]\ *|*" -library=stdcxx4 "*|*" -library=stlport4 "*) + suncc_use_cstd_abi=no + ;; + *) + suncc_use_cstd_abi=yes + ;; + esac +} + +# func_mode_link arg... +func_mode_link () +{ + $debug_cmd + + case $host in + *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) + # It is impossible to link a dll without this setting, and + # we shouldn't force the makefile maintainer to figure out + # what system we are compiling for in order to pass an extra + # flag for every libtool invocation. + # allow_undefined=no + + # FIXME: Unfortunately, there are problems with the above when trying + # to make a dll that has undefined symbols, in which case not + # even a static library is built. For now, we need to specify + # -no-undefined on the libtool link line when we can be certain + # that all symbols are satisfied, otherwise we get a static library. + allow_undefined=yes + ;; + *) + allow_undefined=yes + ;; + esac + libtool_args=$nonopt + base_compile="$nonopt $@" + compile_command=$nonopt + finalize_command=$nonopt + + compile_rpath= + finalize_rpath= + compile_shlibpath= + finalize_shlibpath= + convenience= + old_convenience= + deplibs= + old_deplibs= + compiler_flags= + linker_flags= + dllsearchpath= + lib_search_path=`pwd` + inst_prefix_dir= + new_inherited_linker_flags= + + avoid_version=no + bindir= + dlfiles= + dlprefiles= + dlself=no + export_dynamic=no + export_symbols= + export_symbols_regex= + generated= + libobjs= + ltlibs= + module=no + no_install=no + objs= + os2dllname= + non_pic_objects= + precious_files_regex= + prefer_static_libs=no + preload=false + prev= + prevarg= + release= + rpath= + xrpath= + perm_rpath= + temp_rpath= + thread_safe=no + vinfo= + vinfo_number=no + weak_libs= + single_module=$wl-single_module + func_infer_tag $base_compile + + # We need to know -static, to get the right output filenames. + for arg + do + case $arg in + -shared) + test yes != "$build_libtool_libs" \ + && func_fatal_configuration "cannot build a shared library" + build_old_libs=no + break + ;; + -all-static | -static | -static-libtool-libs) + case $arg in + -all-static) + if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then + func_warning "complete static linking is impossible in this configuration" + fi + if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then + dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static + fi + prefer_static_libs=yes + ;; + -static) + if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then + dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static + fi + prefer_static_libs=built + ;; + -static-libtool-libs) + if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then + dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static + fi + prefer_static_libs=yes + ;; + esac + build_libtool_libs=no + build_old_libs=yes + break + ;; + esac + done + + # See if our shared archives depend on static archives. + test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && build_old_libs=yes + + # Go through the arguments, transforming them on the way. + while test "$#" -gt 0; do + arg=$1 + shift + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + qarg=$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result + func_append libtool_args " $func_quote_for_eval_result" + + # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. + if test -n "$prev"; then + case $prev in + output) + func_append compile_command " @OUTPUT@" + func_append finalize_command " @OUTPUT@" + ;; + esac + + case $prev in + bindir) + bindir=$arg + prev= + continue + ;; + dlfiles|dlprefiles) + $preload || { + # Add the symbol object into the linking commands. + func_append compile_command " @SYMFILE@" + func_append finalize_command " @SYMFILE@" + preload=: + } + case $arg in + *.la | *.lo) ;; # We handle these cases below. + force) + if test no = "$dlself"; then + dlself=needless + export_dynamic=yes + fi + prev= + continue + ;; + self) + if test dlprefiles = "$prev"; then + dlself=yes + elif test dlfiles = "$prev" && test yes != "$dlopen_self"; then + dlself=yes + else + dlself=needless + export_dynamic=yes + fi + prev= + continue + ;; + *) + if test dlfiles = "$prev"; then + func_append dlfiles " $arg" + else + func_append dlprefiles " $arg" + fi + prev= + continue + ;; + esac + ;; + expsyms) + export_symbols=$arg + test -f "$arg" \ + || func_fatal_error "symbol file '$arg' does not exist" + prev= + continue + ;; + expsyms_regex) + export_symbols_regex=$arg + prev= + continue + ;; + framework) + case $host in + *-*-darwin*) + case "$deplibs " in + *" $qarg.ltframework "*) ;; + *) func_append deplibs " $qarg.ltframework" # this is fixed later + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + prev= + continue + ;; + inst_prefix) + inst_prefix_dir=$arg + prev= + continue + ;; + mllvm) + # Clang does not use LLVM to link, so we can simply discard any + # '-mllvm $arg' options when doing the link step. + prev= + continue + ;; + objectlist) + if test -f "$arg"; then + save_arg=$arg + moreargs= + for fil in `cat "$save_arg"` + do +# func_append moreargs " $fil" + arg=$fil + # A libtool-controlled object. + + # Check to see that this really is a libtool object. + if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then + pic_object= + non_pic_object= + + # Read the .lo file + func_source "$arg" + + if test -z "$pic_object" || + test -z "$non_pic_object" || + test none = "$pic_object" && + test none = "$non_pic_object"; then + func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for '$arg'" + fi + + # Extract subdirectory from the argument. + func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" + xdir=$func_dirname_result + + if test none != "$pic_object"; then + # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. + pic_object=$xdir$pic_object + + if test dlfiles = "$prev"; then + if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" && test yes = "$dlopen_support"; then + func_append dlfiles " $pic_object" + prev= + continue + else + # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload. + prev=dlprefiles + fi + fi + + # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama + if test dlprefiles = "$prev"; then + # Preload the old-style object. + func_append dlprefiles " $pic_object" + prev= + fi + + # A PIC object. + func_append libobjs " $pic_object" + arg=$pic_object + fi + + # Non-PIC object. + if test none != "$non_pic_object"; then + # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. + non_pic_object=$xdir$non_pic_object + + # A standard non-PIC object + func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" + if test -z "$pic_object" || test none = "$pic_object"; then + arg=$non_pic_object + fi + else + # If the PIC object exists, use it instead. + # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above. + non_pic_object=$pic_object + func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" + fi + else + # Only an error if not doing a dry-run. + if $opt_dry_run; then + # Extract subdirectory from the argument. + func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" + xdir=$func_dirname_result + + func_lo2o "$arg" + pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result + non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result + func_append libobjs " $pic_object" + func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" + else + func_fatal_error "'$arg' is not a valid libtool object" + fi + fi + done + else + func_fatal_error "link input file '$arg' does not exist" + fi + arg=$save_arg + prev= + continue + ;; + os2dllname) + os2dllname=$arg + prev= + continue + ;; + precious_regex) + precious_files_regex=$arg + prev= + continue + ;; + release) + release=-$arg + prev= + continue + ;; + rpath | xrpath) + # We need an absolute path. + case $arg in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; + *) + func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed" + ;; + esac + if test rpath = "$prev"; then + case "$rpath " in + *" $arg "*) ;; + *) func_append rpath " $arg" ;; + esac + else + case "$xrpath " in + *" $arg "*) ;; + *) func_append xrpath " $arg" ;; + esac + fi + prev= + continue + ;; + shrext) + shrext_cmds=$arg + prev= + continue + ;; + weak) + func_append weak_libs " $arg" + prev= + continue + ;; + xcclinker) + func_append linker_flags " $qarg" + func_append compiler_flags " $qarg" + prev= + func_append compile_command " $qarg" + func_append finalize_command " $qarg" + continue + ;; + xcompiler) + func_append compiler_flags " $qarg" + prev= + func_append compile_command " $qarg" + func_append finalize_command " $qarg" + continue + ;; + xlinker) + func_append linker_flags " $qarg" + func_append compiler_flags " $wl$qarg" + prev= + func_append compile_command " $wl$qarg" + func_append finalize_command " $wl$qarg" + continue + ;; + *) + eval "$prev=\"\$arg\"" + prev= + continue + ;; + esac + fi # test -n "$prev" + + prevarg=$arg + + case $arg in + -all-static) + if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then + # See comment for -static flag below, for more details. + func_append compile_command " $link_static_flag" + func_append finalize_command " $link_static_flag" + fi + continue + ;; + + -allow-undefined) + # FIXME: remove this flag sometime in the future. + func_fatal_error "'-allow-undefined' must not be used because it is the default" + ;; + + -avoid-version) + avoid_version=yes + continue + ;; + + -bindir) + prev=bindir + continue + ;; + + -dlopen) + prev=dlfiles + continue + ;; + + -dlpreopen) + prev=dlprefiles + continue + ;; + + -export-dynamic) + export_dynamic=yes + continue + ;; + + -export-symbols | -export-symbols-regex) + if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then + func_fatal_error "more than one -exported-symbols argument is not allowed" + fi + if test X-export-symbols = "X$arg"; then + prev=expsyms + else + prev=expsyms_regex + fi + continue + ;; + + -framework) + prev=framework + continue + ;; + + -inst-prefix-dir) + prev=inst_prefix + continue + ;; + + # The native IRIX linker understands -LANG:*, -LIST:* and -LNO:* + # so, if we see these flags be careful not to treat them like -L + -L[A-Z][A-Z]*:*) + case $with_gcc/$host in + no/*-*-irix* | /*-*-irix*) + func_append compile_command " $arg" + func_append finalize_command " $arg" + ;; + esac + continue + ;; + + -L*) + func_stripname "-L" '' "$arg" + if test -z "$func_stripname_result"; then + if test "$#" -gt 0; then + func_fatal_error "require no space between '-L' and '$1'" + else + func_fatal_error "need path for '-L' option" + fi + fi + func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" + dir=$func_resolve_sysroot_result + # We need an absolute path. + case $dir in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; + *) + absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` + test -z "$absdir" && \ + func_fatal_error "cannot determine absolute directory name of '$dir'" + dir=$absdir + ;; + esac + case "$deplibs " in + *" -L$dir "* | *" $arg "*) + # Will only happen for absolute or sysroot arguments + ;; + *) + # Preserve sysroot, but never include relative directories + case $dir in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]* | =*) func_append deplibs " $arg" ;; + *) func_append deplibs " -L$dir" ;; + esac + func_append lib_search_path " $dir" + ;; + esac + case $host in + *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) + testbindir=`$ECHO "$dir" | $SED 's*/lib$*/bin*'` + case :$dllsearchpath: in + *":$dir:"*) ;; + ::) dllsearchpath=$dir;; + *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$dir";; + esac + case :$dllsearchpath: in + *":$testbindir:"*) ;; + ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;; + *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$testbindir";; + esac + ;; + esac + continue + ;; + + -l*) + if test X-lc = "X$arg" || test X-lm = "X$arg"; then + case $host in + *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc* | *-*-haiku*) + # These systems don't actually have a C or math library (as such) + continue + ;; + *-*-os2*) + # These systems don't actually have a C library (as such) + test X-lc = "X$arg" && continue + ;; + *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly* | *-*-bitrig*) + # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r. + test X-lc = "X$arg" && continue + ;; + *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) + # Rhapsody C and math libraries are in the System framework + func_append deplibs " System.ltframework" + continue + ;; + *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*) + # Causes problems with __ctype + test X-lc = "X$arg" && continue + ;; + *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*) + # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work + test X-lc = "X$arg" && continue + ;; + esac + elif test X-lc_r = "X$arg"; then + case $host in + *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly* | *-*-bitrig*) + # Do not include libc_r directly, use -pthread flag. + continue + ;; + esac + fi + func_append deplibs " $arg" + continue + ;; + + -mllvm) + prev=mllvm + continue + ;; + + -module) + module=yes + continue + ;; + + # Tru64 UNIX uses -model [arg] to determine the layout of C++ + # classes, name mangling, and exception handling. + # Darwin uses the -arch flag to determine output architecture. + -model|-arch|-isysroot|--sysroot) + func_append compiler_flags " $arg" + func_append compile_command " $arg" + func_append finalize_command " $arg" + prev=xcompiler + continue + ;; + + -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe \ + |-threads|-fopenmp|-openmp|-mp|-xopenmp|-omp|-qsmp=*) + func_append compiler_flags " $arg" + func_append compile_command " $arg" + func_append finalize_command " $arg" + case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in + *" $arg "*) ;; + * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $arg" ;; + esac + continue + ;; + + -multi_module) + single_module=$wl-multi_module + continue + ;; + + -no-fast-install) + fast_install=no + continue + ;; + + -no-install) + case $host in + *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-darwin* | *-cegcc*) + # The PATH hackery in wrapper scripts is required on Windows + # and Darwin in order for the loader to find any dlls it needs. + func_warning "'-no-install' is ignored for $host" + func_warning "assuming '-no-fast-install' instead" + fast_install=no + ;; + *) no_install=yes ;; + esac + continue + ;; + + -no-undefined) + allow_undefined=no + continue + ;; + + -objectlist) + prev=objectlist + continue + ;; + + -os2dllname) + prev=os2dllname + continue + ;; + + -o) prev=output ;; + + -precious-files-regex) + prev=precious_regex + continue + ;; + + -release) + prev=release + continue + ;; + + -rpath) + prev=rpath + continue + ;; + + -R) + prev=xrpath + continue + ;; + + -R*) + func_stripname '-R' '' "$arg" + dir=$func_stripname_result + # We need an absolute path. + case $dir in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; + =*) + func_stripname '=' '' "$dir" + dir=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result + ;; + *) + func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed" + ;; + esac + case "$xrpath " in + *" $dir "*) ;; + *) func_append xrpath " $dir" ;; + esac + continue + ;; + + -shared) + # The effects of -shared are defined in a previous loop. + continue + ;; + + -shrext) + prev=shrext + continue + ;; + + -static | -static-libtool-libs) + # The effects of -static are defined in a previous loop. + # We used to do the same as -all-static on platforms that + # didn't have a PIC flag, but the assumption that the effects + # would be equivalent was wrong. It would break on at least + # Digital Unix and AIX. + continue + ;; + + -thread-safe) + thread_safe=yes + continue + ;; + + -version-info) + prev=vinfo + continue + ;; + + -version-number) + prev=vinfo + vinfo_number=yes + continue + ;; + + -weak) + prev=weak + continue + ;; + + -Wc,*) + func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg" + args=$func_stripname_result + arg= + save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=, + for flag in $args; do + IFS=$save_ifs + func_quote_for_eval "$flag" + func_append arg " $func_quote_for_eval_result" + func_append compiler_flags " $func_quote_for_eval_result" + done + IFS=$save_ifs + func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg" + arg=$func_stripname_result + ;; + + -Wl,*) + func_stripname '-Wl,' '' "$arg" + args=$func_stripname_result + arg= + save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=, + for flag in $args; do + IFS=$save_ifs + func_quote_for_eval "$flag" + func_append arg " $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result" + func_append compiler_flags " $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result" + func_append linker_flags " $func_quote_for_eval_result" + done + IFS=$save_ifs + func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg" + arg=$func_stripname_result + ;; + + -Xcompiler) + prev=xcompiler + continue + ;; + + -Xlinker) + prev=xlinker + continue + ;; + + -XCClinker) + prev=xcclinker + continue + ;; + + # -msg_* for osf cc + -msg_*) + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + arg=$func_quote_for_eval_result + ;; + + # Flags to be passed through unchanged, with rationale: + # -64, -mips[0-9] enable 64-bit mode for the SGI compiler + # -r[0-9][0-9]* specify processor for the SGI compiler + # -xarch=*, -xtarget=* enable 64-bit mode for the Sun compiler + # +DA*, +DD* enable 64-bit mode for the HP compiler + # -q* compiler args for the IBM compiler + # -m*, -t[45]*, -txscale* architecture-specific flags for GCC + # -F/path path to uninstalled frameworks, gcc on darwin + # -p, -pg, --coverage, -fprofile-* profiling flags for GCC + # -fstack-protector* stack protector flags for GCC + # @file GCC response files + # -tp=* Portland pgcc target processor selection + # --sysroot=* for sysroot support + # -O*, -g*, -flto*, -fwhopr*, -fuse-linker-plugin GCC link-time optimization + # -specs=* GCC specs files + # -stdlib=* select c++ std lib with clang + # -fsanitize=* Clang/GCC memory and address sanitizer + # -fuse-ld=* Linker select flags for GCC + -64|-mips[0-9]|-r[0-9][0-9]*|-xarch=*|-xtarget=*|+DA*|+DD*|-q*|-m*| \ + -t[45]*|-txscale*|-p|-pg|--coverage|-fprofile-*|-F*|@*|-tp=*|--sysroot=*| \ + -O*|-g*|-flto*|-fwhopr*|-fuse-linker-plugin|-fstack-protector*|-stdlib=*| \ + -specs=*|-fsanitize=*|-fuse-ld=*) + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + arg=$func_quote_for_eval_result + func_append compile_command " $arg" + func_append finalize_command " $arg" + func_append compiler_flags " $arg" + continue + ;; + + -Z*) + if test os2 = "`expr $host : '.*\(os2\)'`"; then + # OS/2 uses -Zxxx to specify OS/2-specific options + compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg" + func_append compile_command " $arg" + func_append finalize_command " $arg" + case $arg in + -Zlinker | -Zstack) + prev=xcompiler + ;; + esac + continue + else + # Otherwise treat like 'Some other compiler flag' below + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + arg=$func_quote_for_eval_result + fi + ;; + + # Some other compiler flag. + -* | +*) + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + arg=$func_quote_for_eval_result + ;; + + *.$objext) + # A standard object. + func_append objs " $arg" + ;; + + *.lo) + # A libtool-controlled object. + + # Check to see that this really is a libtool object. + if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then + pic_object= + non_pic_object= + + # Read the .lo file + func_source "$arg" + + if test -z "$pic_object" || + test -z "$non_pic_object" || + test none = "$pic_object" && + test none = "$non_pic_object"; then + func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for '$arg'" + fi + + # Extract subdirectory from the argument. + func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" + xdir=$func_dirname_result + + test none = "$pic_object" || { + # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. + pic_object=$xdir$pic_object + + if test dlfiles = "$prev"; then + if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" && test yes = "$dlopen_support"; then + func_append dlfiles " $pic_object" + prev= + continue + else + # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload. + prev=dlprefiles + fi + fi + + # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama + if test dlprefiles = "$prev"; then + # Preload the old-style object. + func_append dlprefiles " $pic_object" + prev= + fi + + # A PIC object. + func_append libobjs " $pic_object" + arg=$pic_object + } + + # Non-PIC object. + if test none != "$non_pic_object"; then + # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. + non_pic_object=$xdir$non_pic_object + + # A standard non-PIC object + func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" + if test -z "$pic_object" || test none = "$pic_object"; then + arg=$non_pic_object + fi + else + # If the PIC object exists, use it instead. + # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above. + non_pic_object=$pic_object + func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" + fi + else + # Only an error if not doing a dry-run. + if $opt_dry_run; then + # Extract subdirectory from the argument. + func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" + xdir=$func_dirname_result + + func_lo2o "$arg" + pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result + non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result + func_append libobjs " $pic_object" + func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" + else + func_fatal_error "'$arg' is not a valid libtool object" + fi + fi + ;; + + *.$libext) + # An archive. + func_append deplibs " $arg" + func_append old_deplibs " $arg" + continue + ;; + + *.la) + # A libtool-controlled library. + + func_resolve_sysroot "$arg" + if test dlfiles = "$prev"; then + # This library was specified with -dlopen. + func_append dlfiles " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" + prev= + elif test dlprefiles = "$prev"; then + # The library was specified with -dlpreopen. + func_append dlprefiles " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" + prev= + else + func_append deplibs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" + fi + continue + ;; + + # Some other compiler argument. + *) + # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need + # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later. + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + arg=$func_quote_for_eval_result + ;; + esac # arg + + # Now actually substitute the argument into the commands. + if test -n "$arg"; then + func_append compile_command " $arg" + func_append finalize_command " $arg" + fi + done # argument parsing loop + + test -n "$prev" && \ + func_fatal_help "the '$prevarg' option requires an argument" + + if test yes = "$export_dynamic" && test -n "$export_dynamic_flag_spec"; then + eval arg=\"$export_dynamic_flag_spec\" + func_append compile_command " $arg" + func_append finalize_command " $arg" + fi + + oldlibs= + # calculate the name of the file, without its directory + func_basename "$output" + outputname=$func_basename_result + libobjs_save=$libobjs + + if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then + # get the directories listed in $shlibpath_var + eval shlib_search_path=\`\$ECHO \"\$$shlibpath_var\" \| \$SED \'s/:/ /g\'\` + else + shlib_search_path= + fi + eval sys_lib_search_path=\"$sys_lib_search_path_spec\" + eval sys_lib_dlsearch_path=\"$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec\" + + # Definition is injected by LT_CONFIG during libtool generation. + func_munge_path_list sys_lib_dlsearch_path "$LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH" + + func_dirname "$output" "/" "" + output_objdir=$func_dirname_result$objdir + func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/" + tool_output_objdir=$func_to_tool_file_result + # Create the object directory. + func_mkdir_p "$output_objdir" + + # Determine the type of output + case $output in + "") + func_fatal_help "you must specify an output file" + ;; + *.$libext) linkmode=oldlib ;; + *.lo | *.$objext) linkmode=obj ;; + *.la) linkmode=lib ;; + *) linkmode=prog ;; # Anything else should be a program. + esac + + specialdeplibs= + + libs= + # Find all interdependent deplibs by searching for libraries + # that are linked more than once (e.g. -la -lb -la) + for deplib in $deplibs; do + if $opt_preserve_dup_deps; then + case "$libs " in + *" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;; + esac + fi + func_append libs " $deplib" + done + + if test lib = "$linkmode"; then + libs="$predeps $libs $compiler_lib_search_path $postdeps" + + # Compute libraries that are listed more than once in $predeps + # $postdeps and mark them as special (i.e., whose duplicates are + # not to be eliminated). + pre_post_deps= + if $opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps; then + for pre_post_dep in $predeps $postdeps; do + case "$pre_post_deps " in + *" $pre_post_dep "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $pre_post_deps" ;; + esac + func_append pre_post_deps " $pre_post_dep" + done + fi + pre_post_deps= + fi + + deplibs= + newdependency_libs= + newlib_search_path= + need_relink=no # whether we're linking any uninstalled libtool libraries + notinst_deplibs= # not-installed libtool libraries + notinst_path= # paths that contain not-installed libtool libraries + + case $linkmode in + lib) + passes="conv dlpreopen link" + for file in $dlfiles $dlprefiles; do + case $file in + *.la) ;; + *) + func_fatal_help "libraries can '-dlopen' only libtool libraries: $file" + ;; + esac + done + ;; + prog) + compile_deplibs= + finalize_deplibs= + alldeplibs=false + newdlfiles= + newdlprefiles= + passes="conv scan dlopen dlpreopen link" + ;; + *) passes="conv" + ;; + esac + + for pass in $passes; do + # The preopen pass in lib mode reverses $deplibs; put it back here + # so that -L comes before libs that need it for instance... + if test lib,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then + ## FIXME: Find the place where the list is rebuilt in the wrong + ## order, and fix it there properly + tmp_deplibs= + for deplib in $deplibs; do + tmp_deplibs="$deplib $tmp_deplibs" + done + deplibs=$tmp_deplibs + fi + + if test lib,link = "$linkmode,$pass" || + test prog,scan = "$linkmode,$pass"; then + libs=$deplibs + deplibs= + fi + if test prog = "$linkmode"; then + case $pass in + dlopen) libs=$dlfiles ;; + dlpreopen) libs=$dlprefiles ;; + link) + libs="$deplibs %DEPLIBS%" + test "X$link_all_deplibs" != Xno && libs="$libs $dependency_libs" + ;; + esac + fi + if test lib,dlpreopen = "$linkmode,$pass"; then + # Collect and forward deplibs of preopened libtool libs + for lib in $dlprefiles; do + # Ignore non-libtool-libs + dependency_libs= + func_resolve_sysroot "$lib" + case $lib in + *.la) func_source "$func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;; + esac + + # Collect preopened libtool deplibs, except any this library + # has declared as weak libs + for deplib in $dependency_libs; do + func_basename "$deplib" + deplib_base=$func_basename_result + case " $weak_libs " in + *" $deplib_base "*) ;; + *) func_append deplibs " $deplib" ;; + esac + done + done + libs=$dlprefiles + fi + if test dlopen = "$pass"; then + # Collect dlpreopened libraries + save_deplibs=$deplibs + deplibs= + fi + + for deplib in $libs; do + lib= + found=false + case $deplib in + -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe \ + |-threads|-fopenmp|-openmp|-mp|-xopenmp|-omp|-qsmp=*) + if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then + compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" + else + func_append compiler_flags " $deplib" + if test lib = "$linkmode"; then + case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in + *" $deplib "*) ;; + * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $deplib" ;; + esac + fi + fi + continue + ;; + -l*) + if test lib != "$linkmode" && test prog != "$linkmode"; then + func_warning "'-l' is ignored for archives/objects" + continue + fi + func_stripname '-l' '' "$deplib" + name=$func_stripname_result + if test lib = "$linkmode"; then + searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $compiler_lib_search_dirs $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path" + else + searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path" + fi + for searchdir in $searchdirs; do + for search_ext in .la $std_shrext .so .a; do + # Search the libtool library + lib=$searchdir/lib$name$search_ext + if test -f "$lib"; then + if test .la = "$search_ext"; then + found=: + else + found=false + fi + break 2 + fi + done + done + if $found; then + # deplib is a libtool library + # If $allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes && $deplib is a stdlib, + # We need to do some special things here, and not later. + if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then + case " $predeps $postdeps " in + *" $deplib "*) + if func_lalib_p "$lib"; then + library_names= + old_library= + func_source "$lib" + for l in $old_library $library_names; do + ll=$l + done + if test "X$ll" = "X$old_library"; then # only static version available + found=false + func_dirname "$lib" "" "." + ladir=$func_dirname_result + lib=$ladir/$old_library + if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then + compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" + else + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + test lib = "$linkmode" && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" + fi + continue + fi + fi + ;; + *) ;; + esac + fi + else + # deplib doesn't seem to be a libtool library + if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then + compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" + else + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + test lib = "$linkmode" && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" + fi + continue + fi + ;; # -l + *.ltframework) + if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then + compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" + else + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + if test lib = "$linkmode"; then + case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in + *" $deplib "*) ;; + * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $deplib" ;; + esac + fi + fi + continue + ;; + -L*) + case $linkmode in + lib) + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + test conv = "$pass" && continue + newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" + func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" + func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" + func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" + ;; + prog) + if test conv = "$pass"; then + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + continue + fi + if test scan = "$pass"; then + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + else + compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" + fi + func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" + func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" + func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" + ;; + *) + func_warning "'-L' is ignored for archives/objects" + ;; + esac # linkmode + continue + ;; # -L + -R*) + if test link = "$pass"; then + func_stripname '-R' '' "$deplib" + func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" + dir=$func_resolve_sysroot_result + # Make sure the xrpath contains only unique directories. + case "$xrpath " in + *" $dir "*) ;; + *) func_append xrpath " $dir" ;; + esac + fi + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + continue + ;; + *.la) + func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" + lib=$func_resolve_sysroot_result + ;; + *.$libext) + if test conv = "$pass"; then + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + continue + fi + case $linkmode in + lib) + # Linking convenience modules into shared libraries is allowed, + # but linking other static libraries is non-portable. + case " $dlpreconveniencelibs " in + *" $deplib "*) ;; + *) + valid_a_lib=false + case $deplibs_check_method in + match_pattern*) + set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift + match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"` + if eval "\$ECHO \"$deplib\"" 2>/dev/null | $SED 10q \ + | $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then + valid_a_lib=: + fi + ;; + pass_all) + valid_a_lib=: + ;; + esac + if $valid_a_lib; then + echo + $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the" + $ECHO "*** static library $deplib is not portable!" + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + else + echo + $ECHO "*** Warning: Trying to link with static lib archive $deplib." + echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" + echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" + echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" + echo "*** because the file extensions .$libext of this argument makes me believe" + echo "*** that it is just a static archive that I should not use here." + fi + ;; + esac + continue + ;; + prog) + if test link != "$pass"; then + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + else + compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" + fi + continue + ;; + esac # linkmode + ;; # *.$libext + *.lo | *.$objext) + if test conv = "$pass"; then + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + elif test prog = "$linkmode"; then + if test dlpreopen = "$pass" || test yes != "$dlopen_support" || test no = "$build_libtool_libs"; then + # If there is no dlopen support or we're linking statically, + # we need to preload. + func_append newdlprefiles " $deplib" + compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" + else + func_append newdlfiles " $deplib" + fi + fi + continue + ;; + %DEPLIBS%) + alldeplibs=: + continue + ;; + esac # case $deplib + + $found || test -f "$lib" \ + || func_fatal_error "cannot find the library '$lib' or unhandled argument '$deplib'" + + # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. + func_lalib_unsafe_p "$lib" \ + || func_fatal_error "'$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" + + func_dirname "$lib" "" "." + ladir=$func_dirname_result + + dlname= + dlopen= + dlpreopen= + libdir= + library_names= + old_library= + inherited_linker_flags= + # If the library was installed with an old release of libtool, + # it will not redefine variables installed, or shouldnotlink + installed=yes + shouldnotlink=no + avoidtemprpath= + + + # Read the .la file + func_source "$lib" + + # Convert "-framework foo" to "foo.ltframework" + if test -n "$inherited_linker_flags"; then + tmp_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO "$inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's/-framework \([^ $]*\)/\1.ltframework/g'` + for tmp_inherited_linker_flag in $tmp_inherited_linker_flags; do + case " $new_inherited_linker_flags " in + *" $tmp_inherited_linker_flag "*) ;; + *) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $tmp_inherited_linker_flag";; + esac + done + fi + dependency_libs=`$ECHO " $dependency_libs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` + if test lib,link = "$linkmode,$pass" || + test prog,scan = "$linkmode,$pass" || + { test prog != "$linkmode" && test lib != "$linkmode"; }; then + test -n "$dlopen" && func_append dlfiles " $dlopen" + test -n "$dlpreopen" && func_append dlprefiles " $dlpreopen" + fi + + if test conv = "$pass"; then + # Only check for convenience libraries + deplibs="$lib $deplibs" + if test -z "$libdir"; then + if test -z "$old_library"; then + func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for '$lib'" + fi + # It is a libtool convenience library, so add in its objects. + func_append convenience " $ladir/$objdir/$old_library" + func_append old_convenience " $ladir/$objdir/$old_library" + tmp_libs= + for deplib in $dependency_libs; do + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + if $opt_preserve_dup_deps; then + case "$tmp_libs " in + *" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;; + esac + fi + func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" + done + elif test prog != "$linkmode" && test lib != "$linkmode"; then + func_fatal_error "'$lib' is not a convenience library" + fi + continue + fi # $pass = conv + + + # Get the name of the library we link against. + linklib= + if test -n "$old_library" && + { test yes = "$prefer_static_libs" || + test built,no = "$prefer_static_libs,$installed"; }; then + linklib=$old_library + else + for l in $old_library $library_names; do + linklib=$l + done + fi + if test -z "$linklib"; then + func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for '$lib'" + fi + + # This library was specified with -dlopen. + if test dlopen = "$pass"; then + test -z "$libdir" \ + && func_fatal_error "cannot -dlopen a convenience library: '$lib'" + if test -z "$dlname" || + test yes != "$dlopen_support" || + test no = "$build_libtool_libs" + then + # If there is no dlname, no dlopen support or we're linking + # statically, we need to preload. We also need to preload any + # dependent libraries so libltdl's deplib preloader doesn't + # bomb out in the load deplibs phase. + func_append dlprefiles " $lib $dependency_libs" + else + func_append newdlfiles " $lib" + fi + continue + fi # $pass = dlopen + + # We need an absolute path. + case $ladir in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs_ladir=$ladir ;; + *) + abs_ladir=`cd "$ladir" && pwd` + if test -z "$abs_ladir"; then + func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of '$ladir'" + func_warning "passing it literally to the linker, although it might fail" + abs_ladir=$ladir + fi + ;; + esac + func_basename "$lib" + laname=$func_basename_result + + # Find the relevant object directory and library name. + if test yes = "$installed"; then + if test ! -f "$lt_sysroot$libdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then + func_warning "library '$lib' was moved." + dir=$ladir + absdir=$abs_ladir + libdir=$abs_ladir + else + dir=$lt_sysroot$libdir + absdir=$lt_sysroot$libdir + fi + test yes = "$hardcode_automatic" && avoidtemprpath=yes + else + if test ! -f "$ladir/$objdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then + dir=$ladir + absdir=$abs_ladir + # Remove this search path later + func_append notinst_path " $abs_ladir" + else + dir=$ladir/$objdir + absdir=$abs_ladir/$objdir + # Remove this search path later + func_append notinst_path " $abs_ladir" + fi + fi # $installed = yes + func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$laname" + name=$func_stripname_result + + # This library was specified with -dlpreopen. + if test dlpreopen = "$pass"; then + if test -z "$libdir" && test prog = "$linkmode"; then + func_fatal_error "only libraries may -dlpreopen a convenience library: '$lib'" + fi + case $host in + # special handling for platforms with PE-DLLs. + *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) + # Linker will automatically link against shared library if both + # static and shared are present. Therefore, ensure we extract + # symbols from the import library if a shared library is present + # (otherwise, the dlopen module name will be incorrect). We do + # this by putting the import library name into $newdlprefiles. + # We recover the dlopen module name by 'saving' the la file + # name in a special purpose variable, and (later) extracting the + # dlname from the la file. + if test -n "$dlname"; then + func_tr_sh "$dir/$linklib" + eval "libfile_$func_tr_sh_result=\$abs_ladir/\$laname" + func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$linklib" + else + func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$old_library" + # Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check + # that they are being used correctly in the link pass. + test -z "$libdir" && \ + func_append dlpreconveniencelibs " $dir/$old_library" + fi + ;; + * ) + # Prefer using a static library (so that no silly _DYNAMIC symbols + # are required to link). + if test -n "$old_library"; then + func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$old_library" + # Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check + # that they are being used correctly in the link pass. + test -z "$libdir" && \ + func_append dlpreconveniencelibs " $dir/$old_library" + # Otherwise, use the dlname, so that lt_dlopen finds it. + elif test -n "$dlname"; then + func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$dlname" + else + func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$linklib" + fi + ;; + esac + fi # $pass = dlpreopen + + if test -z "$libdir"; then + # Link the convenience library + if test lib = "$linkmode"; then + deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs" + elif test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then + compile_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $finalize_deplibs" + else + deplibs="$lib $deplibs" # used for prog,scan pass + fi + continue + fi + + + if test prog = "$linkmode" && test link != "$pass"; then + func_append newlib_search_path " $ladir" + deplibs="$lib $deplibs" + + linkalldeplibs=false + if test no != "$link_all_deplibs" || test -z "$library_names" || + test no = "$build_libtool_libs"; then + linkalldeplibs=: + fi + + tmp_libs= + for deplib in $dependency_libs; do + case $deplib in + -L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" + func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" + func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" + ;; + esac + # Need to link against all dependency_libs? + if $linkalldeplibs; then + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + else + # Need to hardcode shared library paths + # or/and link against static libraries + newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" + fi + if $opt_preserve_dup_deps; then + case "$tmp_libs " in + *" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;; + esac + fi + func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" + done # for deplib + continue + fi # $linkmode = prog... + + if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then + if test -n "$library_names" && + { { test no = "$prefer_static_libs" || + test built,yes = "$prefer_static_libs,$installed"; } || + test -z "$old_library"; }; then + # We need to hardcode the library path + if test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -z "$avoidtemprpath"; then + # Make sure the rpath contains only unique directories. + case $temp_rpath: in + *"$absdir:"*) ;; + *) func_append temp_rpath "$absdir:" ;; + esac + fi + + # Hardcode the library path. + # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time + # search path. + case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in + *" $absdir "*) ;; + *) + case "$compile_rpath " in + *" $absdir "*) ;; + *) func_append compile_rpath " $absdir" ;; + esac + ;; + esac + case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) + case "$finalize_rpath " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;; + esac + ;; + esac + fi # $linkmode,$pass = prog,link... + + if $alldeplibs && + { test pass_all = "$deplibs_check_method" || + { test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" && + test -n "$library_names"; }; }; then + # We only need to search for static libraries + continue + fi + fi + + link_static=no # Whether the deplib will be linked statically + use_static_libs=$prefer_static_libs + if test built = "$use_static_libs" && test yes = "$installed"; then + use_static_libs=no + fi + if test -n "$library_names" && + { test no = "$use_static_libs" || test -z "$old_library"; }; then + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* | *os2*) + # No point in relinking DLLs because paths are not encoded + func_append notinst_deplibs " $lib" + need_relink=no + ;; + *) + if test no = "$installed"; then + func_append notinst_deplibs " $lib" + need_relink=yes + fi + ;; + esac + # This is a shared library + + # Warn about portability, can't link against -module's on some + # systems (darwin). Don't bleat about dlopened modules though! + dlopenmodule= + for dlpremoduletest in $dlprefiles; do + if test "X$dlpremoduletest" = "X$lib"; then + dlopenmodule=$dlpremoduletest + break + fi + done + if test -z "$dlopenmodule" && test yes = "$shouldnotlink" && test link = "$pass"; then + echo + if test prog = "$linkmode"; then + $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the executable $output against the loadable module" + else + $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the loadable module" + fi + $ECHO "*** $linklib is not portable!" + fi + if test lib = "$linkmode" && + test yes = "$hardcode_into_libs"; then + # Hardcode the library path. + # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time + # search path. + case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in + *" $absdir "*) ;; + *) + case "$compile_rpath " in + *" $absdir "*) ;; + *) func_append compile_rpath " $absdir" ;; + esac + ;; + esac + case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) + case "$finalize_rpath " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;; + esac + ;; + esac + fi + + if test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"; then + # figure out the soname + set dummy $library_names + shift + realname=$1 + shift + libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` + # use dlname if we got it. it's perfectly good, no? + if test -n "$dlname"; then + soname=$dlname + elif test -n "$soname_spec"; then + # bleh windows + case $host in + *cygwin* | mingw* | *cegcc* | *os2*) + func_arith $current - $age + major=$func_arith_result + versuffix=-$major + ;; + esac + eval soname=\"$soname_spec\" + else + soname=$realname + fi + + # Make a new name for the extract_expsyms_cmds to use + soroot=$soname + func_basename "$soroot" + soname=$func_basename_result + func_stripname 'lib' '.dll' "$soname" + newlib=libimp-$func_stripname_result.a + + # If the library has no export list, then create one now + if test -f "$output_objdir/$soname-def"; then : + else + func_verbose "extracting exported symbol list from '$soname'" + func_execute_cmds "$extract_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?' + fi + + # Create $newlib + if test -f "$output_objdir/$newlib"; then :; else + func_verbose "generating import library for '$soname'" + func_execute_cmds "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?' + fi + # make sure the library variables are pointing to the new library + dir=$output_objdir + linklib=$newlib + fi # test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" + + if test prog = "$linkmode" || test relink != "$opt_mode"; then + add_shlibpath= + add_dir= + add= + lib_linked=yes + case $hardcode_action in + immediate | unsupported) + if test no = "$hardcode_direct"; then + add=$dir/$linklib + case $host in + *-*-sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) add_dir=-L$dir ;; + *-*-sysv4*uw2*) add_dir=-L$dir ;; + *-*-sysv5OpenUNIX* | *-*-sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | \ + *-*-unixware7*) add_dir=-L$dir ;; + *-*-darwin* ) + # if the lib is a (non-dlopened) module then we cannot + # link against it, someone is ignoring the earlier warnings + if /usr/bin/file -L $add 2> /dev/null | + $GREP ": [^:]* bundle" >/dev/null; then + if test "X$dlopenmodule" != "X$lib"; then + $ECHO "*** Warning: lib $linklib is a module, not a shared library" + if test -z "$old_library"; then + echo + echo "*** And there doesn't seem to be a static archive available" + echo "*** The link will probably fail, sorry" + else + add=$dir/$old_library + fi + elif test -n "$old_library"; then + add=$dir/$old_library + fi + fi + esac + elif test no = "$hardcode_minus_L"; then + case $host in + *-*-sunos*) add_shlibpath=$dir ;; + esac + add_dir=-L$dir + add=-l$name + elif test no = "$hardcode_shlibpath_var"; then + add_shlibpath=$dir + add=-l$name + else + lib_linked=no + fi + ;; + relink) + if test yes = "$hardcode_direct" && + test no = "$hardcode_direct_absolute"; then + add=$dir/$linklib + elif test yes = "$hardcode_minus_L"; then + add_dir=-L$absdir + # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to. + if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then + case $libdir in + [\\/]*) + func_append add_dir " -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir" + ;; + esac + fi + add=-l$name + elif test yes = "$hardcode_shlibpath_var"; then + add_shlibpath=$dir + add=-l$name + else + lib_linked=no + fi + ;; + *) lib_linked=no ;; + esac + + if test yes != "$lib_linked"; then + func_fatal_configuration "unsupported hardcode properties" + fi + + if test -n "$add_shlibpath"; then + case :$compile_shlibpath: in + *":$add_shlibpath:"*) ;; + *) func_append compile_shlibpath "$add_shlibpath:" ;; + esac + fi + if test prog = "$linkmode"; then + test -n "$add_dir" && compile_deplibs="$add_dir $compile_deplibs" + test -n "$add" && compile_deplibs="$add $compile_deplibs" + else + test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs" + test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs" + if test yes != "$hardcode_direct" && + test yes != "$hardcode_minus_L" && + test yes = "$hardcode_shlibpath_var"; then + case :$finalize_shlibpath: in + *":$libdir:"*) ;; + *) func_append finalize_shlibpath "$libdir:" ;; + esac + fi + fi + fi + + if test prog = "$linkmode" || test relink = "$opt_mode"; then + add_shlibpath= + add_dir= + add= + # Finalize command for both is simple: just hardcode it. + if test yes = "$hardcode_direct" && + test no = "$hardcode_direct_absolute"; then + add=$libdir/$linklib + elif test yes = "$hardcode_minus_L"; then + add_dir=-L$libdir + add=-l$name + elif test yes = "$hardcode_shlibpath_var"; then + case :$finalize_shlibpath: in + *":$libdir:"*) ;; + *) func_append finalize_shlibpath "$libdir:" ;; + esac + add=-l$name + elif test yes = "$hardcode_automatic"; then + if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir" && + test -f "$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib"; then + add=$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib + else + add=$libdir/$linklib + fi + else + # We cannot seem to hardcode it, guess we'll fake it. + add_dir=-L$libdir + # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to. + if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then + case $libdir in + [\\/]*) + func_append add_dir " -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir" + ;; + esac + fi + add=-l$name + fi + + if test prog = "$linkmode"; then + test -n "$add_dir" && finalize_deplibs="$add_dir $finalize_deplibs" + test -n "$add" && finalize_deplibs="$add $finalize_deplibs" + else + test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs" + test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs" + fi + fi + elif test prog = "$linkmode"; then + # Here we assume that one of hardcode_direct or hardcode_minus_L + # is not unsupported. This is valid on all known static and + # shared platforms. + if test unsupported != "$hardcode_direct"; then + test -n "$old_library" && linklib=$old_library + compile_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $finalize_deplibs" + else + compile_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $finalize_deplibs" + fi + elif test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then + # Not a shared library + if test pass_all != "$deplibs_check_method"; then + # We're trying link a shared library against a static one + # but the system doesn't support it. + + # Just print a warning and add the library to dependency_libs so + # that the program can be linked against the static library. + echo + $ECHO "*** Warning: This system cannot link to static lib archive $lib." + echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" + echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" + echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have." + if test yes = "$module"; then + echo "*** But as you try to build a module library, libtool will still create " + echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening application" + echo "*** is linked with the -dlopen flag to resolve symbols at runtime." + if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then + echo + echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol" + echo "*** lists from a program, using 'nm' or equivalent, but libtool could" + echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless." + echo "*** 'nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help." + fi + if test no = "$build_old_libs"; then + build_libtool_libs=module + build_old_libs=yes + else + build_libtool_libs=no + fi + fi + else + deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs" + link_static=yes + fi + fi # link shared/static library? + + if test lib = "$linkmode"; then + if test -n "$dependency_libs" && + { test yes != "$hardcode_into_libs" || + test yes = "$build_old_libs" || + test yes = "$link_static"; }; then + # Extract -R from dependency_libs + temp_deplibs= + for libdir in $dependency_libs; do + case $libdir in + -R*) func_stripname '-R' '' "$libdir" + temp_xrpath=$func_stripname_result + case " $xrpath " in + *" $temp_xrpath "*) ;; + *) func_append xrpath " $temp_xrpath";; + esac;; + *) func_append temp_deplibs " $libdir";; + esac + done + dependency_libs=$temp_deplibs + fi + + func_append newlib_search_path " $absdir" + # Link against this library + test no = "$link_static" && newdependency_libs="$abs_ladir/$laname $newdependency_libs" + # ... and its dependency_libs + tmp_libs= + for deplib in $dependency_libs; do + newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" + case $deplib in + -L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" + func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result";; + *) func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" ;; + esac + if $opt_preserve_dup_deps; then + case "$tmp_libs " in + *" $func_resolve_sysroot_result "*) + func_append specialdeplibs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;; + esac + fi + func_append tmp_libs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" + done + + if test no != "$link_all_deplibs"; then + # Add the search paths of all dependency libraries + for deplib in $dependency_libs; do + path= + case $deplib in + -L*) path=$deplib ;; + *.la) + func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" + deplib=$func_resolve_sysroot_result + func_dirname "$deplib" "" "." + dir=$func_dirname_result + # We need an absolute path. + case $dir in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) absdir=$dir ;; + *) + absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` + if test -z "$absdir"; then + func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of '$dir'" + absdir=$dir + fi + ;; + esac + if $GREP "^installed=no" $deplib > /dev/null; then + case $host in + *-*-darwin*) + depdepl= + eval deplibrary_names=`$SED -n -e 's/^library_names=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` + if test -n "$deplibrary_names"; then + for tmp in $deplibrary_names; do + depdepl=$tmp + done + if test -f "$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl"; then + depdepl=$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl + darwin_install_name=`$OTOOL -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'` + if test -z "$darwin_install_name"; then + darwin_install_name=`$OTOOL64 -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'` + fi + func_append compiler_flags " $wl-dylib_file $wl$darwin_install_name:$depdepl" + func_append linker_flags " -dylib_file $darwin_install_name:$depdepl" + path= + fi + fi + ;; + *) + path=-L$absdir/$objdir + ;; + esac + else + eval libdir=`$SED -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` + test -z "$libdir" && \ + func_fatal_error "'$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" + test "$absdir" != "$libdir" && \ + func_warning "'$deplib' seems to be moved" + + path=-L$absdir + fi + ;; + esac + case " $deplibs " in + *" $path "*) ;; + *) deplibs="$path $deplibs" ;; + esac + done + fi # link_all_deplibs != no + fi # linkmode = lib + done # for deplib in $libs + if test link = "$pass"; then + if test prog = "$linkmode"; then + compile_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $finalize_deplibs" + else + compiler_flags="$compiler_flags "`$ECHO " $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` + fi + fi + dependency_libs=$newdependency_libs + if test dlpreopen = "$pass"; then + # Link the dlpreopened libraries before other libraries + for deplib in $save_deplibs; do + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + done + fi + if test dlopen != "$pass"; then + test conv = "$pass" || { + # Make sure lib_search_path contains only unique directories. + lib_search_path= + for dir in $newlib_search_path; do + case "$lib_search_path " in + *" $dir "*) ;; + *) func_append lib_search_path " $dir" ;; + esac + done + newlib_search_path= + } + + if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then + vars="compile_deplibs finalize_deplibs" + else + vars=deplibs + fi + for var in $vars dependency_libs; do + # Add libraries to $var in reverse order + eval tmp_libs=\"\$$var\" + new_libs= + for deplib in $tmp_libs; do + # FIXME: Pedantically, this is the right thing to do, so + # that some nasty dependency loop isn't accidentally + # broken: + #new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" + # Pragmatically, this seems to cause very few problems in + # practice: + case $deplib in + -L*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; + -R*) ;; + *) + # And here is the reason: when a library appears more + # than once as an explicit dependence of a library, or + # is implicitly linked in more than once by the + # compiler, it is considered special, and multiple + # occurrences thereof are not removed. Compare this + # with having the same library being listed as a + # dependency of multiple other libraries: in this case, + # we know (pedantically, we assume) the library does not + # need to be listed more than once, so we keep only the + # last copy. This is not always right, but it is rare + # enough that we require users that really mean to play + # such unportable linking tricks to link the library + # using -Wl,-lname, so that libtool does not consider it + # for duplicate removal. + case " $specialdeplibs " in + *" $deplib "*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; + *) + case " $new_libs " in + *" $deplib "*) ;; + *) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; + esac + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + done + tmp_libs= + for deplib in $new_libs; do + case $deplib in + -L*) + case " $tmp_libs " in + *" $deplib "*) ;; + *) func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" ;; + esac + ;; + *) func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" ;; + esac + done + eval $var=\"$tmp_libs\" + done # for var + fi + + # Add Sun CC postdeps if required: + test CXX = "$tagname" && { + case $host_os in + linux*) + case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in + *Sun\ C*) # Sun C++ 5.9 + func_suncc_cstd_abi + + if test no != "$suncc_use_cstd_abi"; then + func_append postdeps ' -library=Cstd -library=Crun' + fi + ;; + esac + ;; + + solaris*) + func_cc_basename "$CC" + case $func_cc_basename_result in + CC* | sunCC*) + func_suncc_cstd_abi + + if test no != "$suncc_use_cstd_abi"; then + func_append postdeps ' -library=Cstd -library=Crun' + fi + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + } + + # Last step: remove runtime libs from dependency_libs + # (they stay in deplibs) + tmp_libs= + for i in $dependency_libs; do + case " $predeps $postdeps $compiler_lib_search_path " in + *" $i "*) + i= + ;; + esac + if test -n "$i"; then + func_append tmp_libs " $i" + fi + done + dependency_libs=$tmp_libs + done # for pass + if test prog = "$linkmode"; then + dlfiles=$newdlfiles + fi + if test prog = "$linkmode" || test lib = "$linkmode"; then + dlprefiles=$newdlprefiles + fi + + case $linkmode in + oldlib) + if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test no != "$dlself"; then + func_warning "'-dlopen' is ignored for archives" + fi + + case " $deplibs" in + *\ -l* | *\ -L*) + func_warning "'-l' and '-L' are ignored for archives" ;; + esac + + test -n "$rpath" && \ + func_warning "'-rpath' is ignored for archives" + + test -n "$xrpath" && \ + func_warning "'-R' is ignored for archives" + + test -n "$vinfo" && \ + func_warning "'-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for archives" + + test -n "$release" && \ + func_warning "'-release' is ignored for archives" + + test -n "$export_symbols$export_symbols_regex" && \ + func_warning "'-export-symbols' is ignored for archives" + + # Now set the variables for building old libraries. + build_libtool_libs=no + oldlibs=$output + func_append objs "$old_deplibs" + ;; + + lib) + # Make sure we only generate libraries of the form 'libNAME.la'. + case $outputname in + lib*) + func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$outputname" + name=$func_stripname_result + eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" + eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" + ;; + *) + test no = "$module" \ + && func_fatal_help "libtool library '$output' must begin with 'lib'" + + if test no != "$need_lib_prefix"; then + # Add the "lib" prefix for modules if required + func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname" + name=$func_stripname_result + eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" + eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" + else + func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname" + libname=$func_stripname_result + fi + ;; + esac + + if test -n "$objs"; then + if test pass_all != "$deplibs_check_method"; then + func_fatal_error "cannot build libtool library '$output' from non-libtool objects on this host:$objs" + else + echo + $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the non-libtool" + $ECHO "*** objects $objs is not portable!" + func_append libobjs " $objs" + fi + fi + + test no = "$dlself" \ + || func_warning "'-dlopen self' is ignored for libtool libraries" + + set dummy $rpath + shift + test 1 -lt "$#" \ + && func_warning "ignoring multiple '-rpath's for a libtool library" + + install_libdir=$1 + + oldlibs= + if test -z "$rpath"; then + if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then + # Building a libtool convenience library. + # Some compilers have problems with a '.al' extension so + # convenience libraries should have the same extension an + # archive normally would. + oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext $oldlibs" + build_libtool_libs=convenience + build_old_libs=yes + fi + + test -n "$vinfo" && \ + func_warning "'-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for convenience libraries" + + test -n "$release" && \ + func_warning "'-release' is ignored for convenience libraries" + else + + # Parse the version information argument. + save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=: + set dummy $vinfo 0 0 0 + shift + IFS=$save_ifs + + test -n "$7" && \ + func_fatal_help "too many parameters to '-version-info'" + + # convert absolute version numbers to libtool ages + # this retains compatibility with .la files and attempts + # to make the code below a bit more comprehensible + + case $vinfo_number in + yes) + number_major=$1 + number_minor=$2 + number_revision=$3 + # + # There are really only two kinds -- those that + # use the current revision as the major version + # and those that subtract age and use age as + # a minor version. But, then there is irix + # that has an extra 1 added just for fun + # + case $version_type in + # correct linux to gnu/linux during the next big refactor + darwin|freebsd-elf|linux|osf|windows|none) + func_arith $number_major + $number_minor + current=$func_arith_result + age=$number_minor + revision=$number_revision + ;; + freebsd-aout|qnx|sunos) + current=$number_major + revision=$number_minor + age=0 + ;; + irix|nonstopux) + func_arith $number_major + $number_minor + current=$func_arith_result + age=$number_minor + revision=$number_minor + lt_irix_increment=no + ;; + *) + func_fatal_configuration "$modename: unknown library version type '$version_type'" + ;; + esac + ;; + no) + current=$1 + revision=$2 + age=$3 + ;; + esac + + # Check that each of the things are valid numbers. + case $current in + 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; + *) + func_error "CURRENT '$current' must be a nonnegative integer" + func_fatal_error "'$vinfo' is not valid version information" + ;; + esac + + case $revision in + 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; + *) + func_error "REVISION '$revision' must be a nonnegative integer" + func_fatal_error "'$vinfo' is not valid version information" + ;; + esac + + case $age in + 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; + *) + func_error "AGE '$age' must be a nonnegative integer" + func_fatal_error "'$vinfo' is not valid version information" + ;; + esac + + if test "$age" -gt "$current"; then + func_error "AGE '$age' is greater than the current interface number '$current'" + func_fatal_error "'$vinfo' is not valid version information" + fi + + # Calculate the version variables. + major= + versuffix= + verstring= + case $version_type in + none) ;; + + darwin) + # Like Linux, but with the current version available in + # verstring for coding it into the library header + func_arith $current - $age + major=.$func_arith_result + versuffix=$major.$age.$revision + # Darwin ld doesn't like 0 for these options... + func_arith $current + 1 + minor_current=$func_arith_result + xlcverstring="$wl-compatibility_version $wl$minor_current $wl-current_version $wl$minor_current.$revision" + verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision" + # On Darwin other compilers + case $CC in + nagfor*) + verstring="$wl-compatibility_version $wl$minor_current $wl-current_version $wl$minor_current.$revision" + ;; + *) + verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision" + ;; + esac + ;; + + freebsd-aout) + major=.$current + versuffix=.$current.$revision + ;; + + freebsd-elf) + func_arith $current - $age + major=.$func_arith_result + versuffix=$major.$age.$revision + ;; + + irix | nonstopux) + if test no = "$lt_irix_increment"; then + func_arith $current - $age + else + func_arith $current - $age + 1 + fi + major=$func_arith_result + + case $version_type in + nonstopux) verstring_prefix=nonstopux ;; + *) verstring_prefix=sgi ;; + esac + verstring=$verstring_prefix$major.$revision + + # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. + loop=$revision + while test 0 -ne "$loop"; do + func_arith $revision - $loop + iface=$func_arith_result + func_arith $loop - 1 + loop=$func_arith_result + verstring=$verstring_prefix$major.$iface:$verstring + done + + # Before this point, $major must not contain '.'. + major=.$major + versuffix=$major.$revision + ;; + + linux) # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor + func_arith $current - $age + major=.$func_arith_result + versuffix=$major.$age.$revision + ;; + + osf) + func_arith $current - $age + major=.$func_arith_result + versuffix=.$current.$age.$revision + verstring=$current.$age.$revision + + # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. + loop=$age + while test 0 -ne "$loop"; do + func_arith $current - $loop + iface=$func_arith_result + func_arith $loop - 1 + loop=$func_arith_result + verstring=$verstring:$iface.0 + done + + # Make executables depend on our current version. + func_append verstring ":$current.0" + ;; + + qnx) + major=.$current + versuffix=.$current + ;; + + sco) + major=.$current + versuffix=.$current + ;; + + sunos) + major=.$current + versuffix=.$current.$revision + ;; + + windows) + # Use '-' rather than '.', since we only want one + # extension on DOS 8.3 file systems. + func_arith $current - $age + major=$func_arith_result + versuffix=-$major + ;; + + *) + func_fatal_configuration "unknown library version type '$version_type'" + ;; + esac + + # Clear the version info if we defaulted, and they specified a release. + if test -z "$vinfo" && test -n "$release"; then + major= + case $version_type in + darwin) + # we can't check for "0.0" in archive_cmds due to quoting + # problems, so we reset it completely + verstring= + ;; + *) + verstring=0.0 + ;; + esac + if test no = "$need_version"; then + versuffix= + else + versuffix=.0.0 + fi + fi + + # Remove version info from name if versioning should be avoided + if test yes,no = "$avoid_version,$need_version"; then + major= + versuffix= + verstring= + fi + + # Check to see if the archive will have undefined symbols. + if test yes = "$allow_undefined"; then + if test unsupported = "$allow_undefined_flag"; then + if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then + func_warning "undefined symbols not allowed in $host shared libraries; building static only" + build_libtool_libs=no + else + func_fatal_error "can't build $host shared library unless -no-undefined is specified" + fi + fi + else + # Don't allow undefined symbols. + allow_undefined_flag=$no_undefined_flag + fi + + fi + + func_generate_dlsyms "$libname" "$libname" : + func_append libobjs " $symfileobj" + test " " = "$libobjs" && libobjs= + + if test relink != "$opt_mode"; then + # Remove our outputs, but don't remove object files since they + # may have been created when compiling PIC objects. + removelist= + tempremovelist=`$ECHO "$output_objdir/*"` + for p in $tempremovelist; do + case $p in + *.$objext | *.gcno) + ;; + $output_objdir/$outputname | $output_objdir/$libname.* | $output_objdir/$libname$release.*) + if test -n "$precious_files_regex"; then + if $ECHO "$p" | $EGREP -e "$precious_files_regex" >/dev/null 2>&1 + then + continue + fi + fi + func_append removelist " $p" + ;; + *) ;; + esac + done + test -n "$removelist" && \ + func_show_eval "${RM}r \$removelist" + fi + + # Now set the variables for building old libraries. + if test yes = "$build_old_libs" && test convenience != "$build_libtool_libs"; then + func_append oldlibs " $output_objdir/$libname.$libext" + + # Transform .lo files to .o files. + oldobjs="$objs "`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "/\.$libext$/d; $lo2o" | $NL2SP` + fi + + # Eliminate all temporary directories. + #for path in $notinst_path; do + # lib_search_path=`$ECHO "$lib_search_path " | $SED "s% $path % %g"` + # deplibs=`$ECHO "$deplibs " | $SED "s% -L$path % %g"` + # dependency_libs=`$ECHO "$dependency_libs " | $SED "s% -L$path % %g"` + #done + + if test -n "$xrpath"; then + # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them. + temp_xrpath= + for libdir in $xrpath; do + func_replace_sysroot "$libdir" + func_append temp_xrpath " -R$func_replace_sysroot_result" + case "$finalize_rpath " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;; + esac + done + if test yes != "$hardcode_into_libs" || test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then + dependency_libs="$temp_xrpath $dependency_libs" + fi + fi + + # Make sure dlfiles contains only unique files that won't be dlpreopened + old_dlfiles=$dlfiles + dlfiles= + for lib in $old_dlfiles; do + case " $dlprefiles $dlfiles " in + *" $lib "*) ;; + *) func_append dlfiles " $lib" ;; + esac + done + + # Make sure dlprefiles contains only unique files + old_dlprefiles=$dlprefiles + dlprefiles= + for lib in $old_dlprefiles; do + case "$dlprefiles " in + *" $lib "*) ;; + *) func_append dlprefiles " $lib" ;; + esac + done + + if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then + if test -n "$rpath"; then + case $host in + *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc* | *-*-haiku*) + # these systems don't actually have a c library (as such)! + ;; + *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) + # Rhapsody C library is in the System framework + func_append deplibs " System.ltframework" + ;; + *-*-netbsd*) + # Don't link with libc until the a.out ld.so is fixed. + ;; + *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) + # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r. + ;; + *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*) + # Causes problems with __ctype + ;; + *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*) + # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work + ;; + *) + # Add libc to deplibs on all other systems if necessary. + if test yes = "$build_libtool_need_lc"; then + func_append deplibs " -lc" + fi + ;; + esac + fi + + # Transform deplibs into only deplibs that can be linked in shared. + name_save=$name + libname_save=$libname + release_save=$release + versuffix_save=$versuffix + major_save=$major + # I'm not sure if I'm treating the release correctly. I think + # release should show up in the -l (ie -lgmp5) so we don't want to + # add it in twice. Is that correct? + release= + versuffix= + major= + newdeplibs= + droppeddeps=no + case $deplibs_check_method in + pass_all) + # Don't check for shared/static. Everything works. + # This might be a little naive. We might want to check + # whether the library exists or not. But this is on + # osf3 & osf4 and I'm not really sure... Just + # implementing what was already the behavior. + newdeplibs=$deplibs + ;; + test_compile) + # This code stresses the "libraries are programs" paradigm to its + # limits. Maybe even breaks it. We compile a program, linking it + # against the deplibs as a proxy for the library. Then we can check + # whether they linked in statically or dynamically with ldd. + $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest.c + cat > conftest.c <<EOF + int main() { return 0; } +EOF + $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest + if $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c $deplibs; then + ldd_output=`ldd conftest` + for i in $deplibs; do + case $i in + -l*) + func_stripname -l '' "$i" + name=$func_stripname_result + if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then + case " $predeps $postdeps " in + *" $i "*) + func_append newdeplibs " $i" + i= + ;; + esac + fi + if test -n "$i"; then + libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` + deplib_matches=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$library_names_spec\""` + set dummy $deplib_matches; shift + deplib_match=$1 + if test `expr "$ldd_output" : ".*$deplib_match"` -ne 0; then + func_append newdeplibs " $i" + else + droppeddeps=yes + echo + $ECHO "*** Warning: dynamic linker does not accept needed library $i." + echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" + echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" + echo "*** shared version of the library, which I believe you do not have" + echo "*** because a test_compile did reveal that the linker did not use it for" + echo "*** its dynamic dependency list that programs get resolved with at runtime." + fi + fi + ;; + *) + func_append newdeplibs " $i" + ;; + esac + done + else + # Error occurred in the first compile. Let's try to salvage + # the situation: Compile a separate program for each library. + for i in $deplibs; do + case $i in + -l*) + func_stripname -l '' "$i" + name=$func_stripname_result + $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest + if $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c $i; then + ldd_output=`ldd conftest` + if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then + case " $predeps $postdeps " in + *" $i "*) + func_append newdeplibs " $i" + i= + ;; + esac + fi + if test -n "$i"; then + libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` + deplib_matches=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$library_names_spec\""` + set dummy $deplib_matches; shift + deplib_match=$1 + if test `expr "$ldd_output" : ".*$deplib_match"` -ne 0; then + func_append newdeplibs " $i" + else + droppeddeps=yes + echo + $ECHO "*** Warning: dynamic linker does not accept needed library $i." + echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" + echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" + echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" + echo "*** because a test_compile did reveal that the linker did not use this one" + echo "*** as a dynamic dependency that programs can get resolved with at runtime." + fi + fi + else + droppeddeps=yes + echo + $ECHO "*** Warning! Library $i is needed by this library but I was not able to" + echo "*** make it link in! You will probably need to install it or some" + echo "*** library that it depends on before this library will be fully" + echo "*** functional. Installing it before continuing would be even better." + fi + ;; + *) + func_append newdeplibs " $i" + ;; + esac + done + fi + ;; + file_magic*) + set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift + file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"` + for a_deplib in $deplibs; do + case $a_deplib in + -l*) + func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib" + name=$func_stripname_result + if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then + case " $predeps $postdeps " in + *" $a_deplib "*) + func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib" + a_deplib= + ;; + esac + fi + if test -n "$a_deplib"; then + libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` + if test -n "$file_magic_glob"; then + libnameglob=`func_echo_all "$libname" | $SED -e $file_magic_glob` + else + libnameglob=$libname + fi + test yes = "$want_nocaseglob" && nocaseglob=`shopt -p nocaseglob` + for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do + if test yes = "$want_nocaseglob"; then + shopt -s nocaseglob + potential_libs=`ls $i/$libnameglob[.-]* 2>/dev/null` + $nocaseglob + else + potential_libs=`ls $i/$libnameglob[.-]* 2>/dev/null` + fi + for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do + # Follow soft links. + if ls -lLd "$potent_lib" 2>/dev/null | + $GREP " -> " >/dev/null; then + continue + fi + # The statement above tries to avoid entering an + # endless loop below, in case of cyclic links. + # We might still enter an endless loop, since a link + # loop can be closed while we follow links, + # but so what? + potlib=$potent_lib + while test -h "$potlib" 2>/dev/null; do + potliblink=`ls -ld $potlib | $SED 's/.* -> //'` + case $potliblink in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) potlib=$potliblink;; + *) potlib=`$ECHO "$potlib" | $SED 's|[^/]*$||'`"$potliblink";; + esac + done + if eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$potlib\" 2>/dev/null | + $SED -e 10q | + $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then + func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib" + a_deplib= + break 2 + fi + done + done + fi + if test -n "$a_deplib"; then + droppeddeps=yes + echo + $ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib." + echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" + echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" + echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" + echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting" + if test -z "$potlib"; then + $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for file magic test)" + else + $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test" + $ECHO "*** using a file magic. Last file checked: $potlib" + fi + fi + ;; + *) + # Add a -L argument. + func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib" + ;; + esac + done # Gone through all deplibs. + ;; + match_pattern*) + set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift + match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"` + for a_deplib in $deplibs; do + case $a_deplib in + -l*) + func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib" + name=$func_stripname_result + if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then + case " $predeps $postdeps " in + *" $a_deplib "*) + func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib" + a_deplib= + ;; + esac + fi + if test -n "$a_deplib"; then + libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` + for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do + potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null` + for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do + potlib=$potent_lib # see symlink-check above in file_magic test + if eval "\$ECHO \"$potent_lib\"" 2>/dev/null | $SED 10q | \ + $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then + func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib" + a_deplib= + break 2 + fi + done + done + fi + if test -n "$a_deplib"; then + droppeddeps=yes + echo + $ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib." + echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" + echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" + echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" + echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting" + if test -z "$potlib"; then + $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for regex pattern test)" + else + $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test" + $ECHO "*** using a regex pattern. Last file checked: $potlib" + fi + fi + ;; + *) + # Add a -L argument. + func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib" + ;; + esac + done # Gone through all deplibs. + ;; + none | unknown | *) + newdeplibs= + tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO " $deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc$//; s/ -[LR][^ ]*//g'` + if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then + for i in $predeps $postdeps; do + # can't use Xsed below, because $i might contain '/' + tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO " $tmp_deplibs" | $SED "s|$i||"` + done + fi + case $tmp_deplibs in + *[!\ \ ]*) + echo + if test none = "$deplibs_check_method"; then + echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not supported in this platform." + else + echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not known to be supported." + fi + echo "*** All declared inter-library dependencies are being dropped." + droppeddeps=yes + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + versuffix=$versuffix_save + major=$major_save + release=$release_save + libname=$libname_save + name=$name_save + + case $host in + *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) + # On Rhapsody replace the C library with the System framework + newdeplibs=`$ECHO " $newdeplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'` + ;; + esac + + if test yes = "$droppeddeps"; then + if test yes = "$module"; then + echo + echo "*** Warning: libtool could not satisfy all declared inter-library" + $ECHO "*** dependencies of module $libname. Therefore, libtool will create" + echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening" + echo "*** application is linked with the -dlopen flag." + if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then + echo + echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol" + echo "*** lists from a program, using 'nm' or equivalent, but libtool could" + echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless." + echo "*** 'nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help." + fi + if test no = "$build_old_libs"; then + oldlibs=$output_objdir/$libname.$libext + build_libtool_libs=module + build_old_libs=yes + else + build_libtool_libs=no + fi + else + echo "*** The inter-library dependencies that have been dropped here will be" + echo "*** automatically added whenever a program is linked with this library" + echo "*** or is declared to -dlopen it." + + if test no = "$allow_undefined"; then + echo + echo "*** Since this library must not contain undefined symbols," + echo "*** because either the platform does not support them or" + echo "*** it was explicitly requested with -no-undefined," + echo "*** libtool will only create a static version of it." + if test no = "$build_old_libs"; then + oldlibs=$output_objdir/$libname.$libext + build_libtool_libs=module + build_old_libs=yes + else + build_libtool_libs=no + fi + fi + fi + fi + # Done checking deplibs! + deplibs=$newdeplibs + fi + # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo" + case $host in + *-*-darwin*) + newdeplibs=`$ECHO " $newdeplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` + new_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO " $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` + deplibs=`$ECHO " $deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` + ;; + esac + + # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet + # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list + new_libs= + for path in $notinst_path; do + case " $new_libs " in + *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;; + *) + case " $deplibs " in + *" -L$path/$objdir "*) + func_append new_libs " -L$path/$objdir" ;; + esac + ;; + esac + done + for deplib in $deplibs; do + case $deplib in + -L*) + case " $new_libs " in + *" $deplib "*) ;; + *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;; + esac + ;; + *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;; + esac + done + deplibs=$new_libs + + # All the library-specific variables (install_libdir is set above). + library_names= + old_library= + dlname= + + # Test again, we may have decided not to build it any more + if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then + # Remove $wl instances when linking with ld. + # FIXME: should test the right _cmds variable. + case $archive_cmds in + *\$LD\ *) wl= ;; + esac + if test yes = "$hardcode_into_libs"; then + # Hardcode the library paths + hardcode_libdirs= + dep_rpath= + rpath=$finalize_rpath + test relink = "$opt_mode" || rpath=$compile_rpath$rpath + for libdir in $rpath; do + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then + func_replace_sysroot "$libdir" + libdir=$func_replace_sysroot_result + if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then + hardcode_libdirs=$libdir + else + # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. + case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in + *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) + ;; + *) + func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" + ;; + esac + fi + else + eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + func_append dep_rpath " $flag" + fi + elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then + case "$perm_rpath " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) func_append perm_rpath " $libdir" ;; + esac + fi + done + # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && + test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then + libdir=$hardcode_libdirs + eval "dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"" + fi + if test -n "$runpath_var" && test -n "$perm_rpath"; then + # We should set the runpath_var. + rpath= + for dir in $perm_rpath; do + func_append rpath "$dir:" + done + eval "$runpath_var='$rpath\$$runpath_var'; export $runpath_var" + fi + test -n "$dep_rpath" && deplibs="$dep_rpath $deplibs" + fi + + shlibpath=$finalize_shlibpath + test relink = "$opt_mode" || shlibpath=$compile_shlibpath$shlibpath + if test -n "$shlibpath"; then + eval "$shlibpath_var='$shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var'; export $shlibpath_var" + fi + + # Get the real and link names of the library. + eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" + eval library_names=\"$library_names_spec\" + set dummy $library_names + shift + realname=$1 + shift + + if test -n "$soname_spec"; then + eval soname=\"$soname_spec\" + else + soname=$realname + fi + if test -z "$dlname"; then + dlname=$soname + fi + + lib=$output_objdir/$realname + linknames= + for link + do + func_append linknames " $link" + done + + # Use standard objects if they are pic + test -z "$pic_flag" && libobjs=`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` + test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= + + delfiles= + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then + $opt_dry_run || cp "$export_symbols" "$output_objdir/$libname.uexp" + export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.uexp + func_append delfiles " $export_symbols" + fi + + orig_export_symbols= + case $host_os in + cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*) + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -z "$export_symbols_regex"; then + # exporting using user supplied symfile + func_dll_def_p "$export_symbols" || { + # and it's NOT already a .def file. Must figure out + # which of the given symbols are data symbols and tag + # them as such. So, trigger use of export_symbols_cmds. + # export_symbols gets reassigned inside the "prepare + # the list of exported symbols" if statement, so the + # include_expsyms logic still works. + orig_export_symbols=$export_symbols + export_symbols= + always_export_symbols=yes + } + fi + ;; + esac + + # Prepare the list of exported symbols + if test -z "$export_symbols"; then + if test yes = "$always_export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then + func_verbose "generating symbol list for '$libname.la'" + export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.exp + $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols + cmds=$export_symbols_cmds + save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~' + for cmd1 in $cmds; do + IFS=$save_ifs + # Take the normal branch if the nm_file_list_spec branch + # doesn't work or if tool conversion is not needed. + case $nm_file_list_spec~$to_tool_file_cmd in + *~func_convert_file_noop | *~func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 | ~*) + try_normal_branch=yes + eval cmd=\"$cmd1\" + func_len " $cmd" + len=$func_len_result + ;; + *) + try_normal_branch=no + ;; + esac + if test yes = "$try_normal_branch" \ + && { test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" \ + || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; } + then + func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?' + skipped_export=false + elif test -n "$nm_file_list_spec"; then + func_basename "$output" + output_la=$func_basename_result + save_libobjs=$libobjs + save_output=$output + output=$output_objdir/$output_la.nm + func_to_tool_file "$output" + libobjs=$nm_file_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result + func_append delfiles " $output" + func_verbose "creating $NM input file list: $output" + for obj in $save_libobjs; do + func_to_tool_file "$obj" + $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" + done > "$output" + eval cmd=\"$cmd1\" + func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?' + output=$save_output + libobjs=$save_libobjs + skipped_export=false + else + # The command line is too long to execute in one step. + func_verbose "using reloadable object file for export list..." + skipped_export=: + # Break out early, otherwise skipped_export may be + # set to false by a later but shorter cmd. + break + fi + done + IFS=$save_ifs + if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && test : != "$skipped_export"; then + func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"' + func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"' + fi + fi + fi + + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then + tmp_export_symbols=$export_symbols + test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols=$orig_export_symbols + $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"' + fi + + if test : != "$skipped_export" && test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then + # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it. + func_verbose "filter symbol list for '$libname.la' to tag DATA exports" + # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of + # 's' commands, which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine + # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of + # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately + # isn't a blessed tool. + $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter + func_append delfiles " $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter" + export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def + $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols + fi + + tmp_deplibs= + for test_deplib in $deplibs; do + case " $convenience " in + *" $test_deplib "*) ;; + *) + func_append tmp_deplibs " $test_deplib" + ;; + esac + done + deplibs=$tmp_deplibs + + if test -n "$convenience"; then + if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec" && + test yes = "$compiler_needs_object" && + test -z "$libobjs"; then + # extract the archives, so we have objects to list. + # TODO: could optimize this to just extract one archive. + whole_archive_flag_spec= + fi + if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then + save_libobjs=$libobjs + eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" + test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= + else + gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x + func_append generated " $gentop" + + func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience + func_append libobjs " $func_extract_archives_result" + test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= + fi + fi + + if test yes = "$thread_safe" && test -n "$thread_safe_flag_spec"; then + eval flag=\"$thread_safe_flag_spec\" + func_append linker_flags " $flag" + fi + + # Make a backup of the uninstalled library when relinking + if test relink = "$opt_mode"; then + $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}U && $MV $realname ${realname}U)' || exit $? + fi + + # Do each of the archive commands. + if test yes = "$module" && test -n "$module_cmds"; then + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then + eval test_cmds=\"$module_expsym_cmds\" + cmds=$module_expsym_cmds + else + eval test_cmds=\"$module_cmds\" + cmds=$module_cmds + fi + else + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then + eval test_cmds=\"$archive_expsym_cmds\" + cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds + else + eval test_cmds=\"$archive_cmds\" + cmds=$archive_cmds + fi + fi + + if test : != "$skipped_export" && + func_len " $test_cmds" && + len=$func_len_result && + test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then + : + else + # The command line is too long to link in one step, link piecewise + # or, if using GNU ld and skipped_export is not :, use a linker + # script. + + # Save the value of $output and $libobjs because we want to + # use them later. If we have whole_archive_flag_spec, we + # want to use save_libobjs as it was before + # whole_archive_flag_spec was expanded, because we can't + # assume the linker understands whole_archive_flag_spec. + # This may have to be revisited, in case too many + # convenience libraries get linked in and end up exceeding + # the spec. + if test -z "$convenience" || test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then + save_libobjs=$libobjs + fi + save_output=$output + func_basename "$output" + output_la=$func_basename_result + + # Clear the reloadable object creation command queue and + # initialize k to one. + test_cmds= + concat_cmds= + objlist= + last_robj= + k=1 + + if test -n "$save_libobjs" && test : != "$skipped_export" && test yes = "$with_gnu_ld"; then + output=$output_objdir/$output_la.lnkscript + func_verbose "creating GNU ld script: $output" + echo 'INPUT (' > $output + for obj in $save_libobjs + do + func_to_tool_file "$obj" + $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" >> $output + done + echo ')' >> $output + func_append delfiles " $output" + func_to_tool_file "$output" + output=$func_to_tool_file_result + elif test -n "$save_libobjs" && test : != "$skipped_export" && test -n "$file_list_spec"; then + output=$output_objdir/$output_la.lnk + func_verbose "creating linker input file list: $output" + : > $output + set x $save_libobjs + shift + firstobj= + if test yes = "$compiler_needs_object"; then + firstobj="$1 " + shift + fi + for obj + do + func_to_tool_file "$obj" + $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" >> $output + done + func_append delfiles " $output" + func_to_tool_file "$output" + output=$firstobj\"$file_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result\" + else + if test -n "$save_libobjs"; then + func_verbose "creating reloadable object files..." + output=$output_objdir/$output_la-$k.$objext + eval test_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\" + func_len " $test_cmds" + len0=$func_len_result + len=$len0 + + # Loop over the list of objects to be linked. + for obj in $save_libobjs + do + func_len " $obj" + func_arith $len + $func_len_result + len=$func_arith_result + if test -z "$objlist" || + test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then + func_append objlist " $obj" + else + # The command $test_cmds is almost too long, add a + # command to the queue. + if test 1 -eq "$k"; then + # The first file doesn't have a previous command to add. + reload_objs=$objlist + eval concat_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\" + else + # All subsequent reloadable object files will link in + # the last one created. + reload_objs="$objlist $last_robj" + eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$reload_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\" + fi + last_robj=$output_objdir/$output_la-$k.$objext + func_arith $k + 1 + k=$func_arith_result + output=$output_objdir/$output_la-$k.$objext + objlist=" $obj" + func_len " $last_robj" + func_arith $len0 + $func_len_result + len=$func_arith_result + fi + done + # Handle the remaining objects by creating one last + # reloadable object file. All subsequent reloadable object + # files will link in the last one created. + test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ + reload_objs="$objlist $last_robj" + eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$reload_cmds\" + if test -n "$last_robj"; then + eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\" + fi + func_append delfiles " $output" + + else + output= + fi + + ${skipped_export-false} && { + func_verbose "generating symbol list for '$libname.la'" + export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.exp + $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols + libobjs=$output + # Append the command to create the export file. + test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ + eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$export_symbols_cmds\" + if test -n "$last_robj"; then + eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\" + fi + } + + test -n "$save_libobjs" && + func_verbose "creating a temporary reloadable object file: $output" + + # Loop through the commands generated above and execute them. + save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~' + for cmd in $concat_cmds; do + IFS=$save_ifs + $opt_quiet || { + func_quote_for_expand "$cmd" + eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" + } + $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || { + lt_exit=$? + + # Restore the uninstalled library and exit + if test relink = "$opt_mode"; then + ( cd "$output_objdir" && \ + $RM "${realname}T" && \ + $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" ) + fi + + exit $lt_exit + } + done + IFS=$save_ifs + + if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && ${skipped_export-false}; then + func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"' + func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"' + fi + fi + + ${skipped_export-false} && { + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then + tmp_export_symbols=$export_symbols + test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols=$orig_export_symbols + $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"' + fi + + if test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then + # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it. + func_verbose "filter symbol list for '$libname.la' to tag DATA exports" + # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of + # 's' commands, which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine + # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of + # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately + # isn't a blessed tool. + $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter + func_append delfiles " $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter" + export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def + $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols + fi + } + + libobjs=$output + # Restore the value of output. + output=$save_output + + if test -n "$convenience" && test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then + eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" + test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= + fi + # Expand the library linking commands again to reset the + # value of $libobjs for piecewise linking. + + # Do each of the archive commands. + if test yes = "$module" && test -n "$module_cmds"; then + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then + cmds=$module_expsym_cmds + else + cmds=$module_cmds + fi + else + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then + cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds + else + cmds=$archive_cmds + fi + fi + fi + + if test -n "$delfiles"; then + # Append the command to remove temporary files to $cmds. + eval cmds=\"\$cmds~\$RM $delfiles\" + fi + + # Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries + if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then + gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x + func_append generated " $gentop" + + func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles + func_append libobjs " $func_extract_archives_result" + test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= + fi + + save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~' + for cmd in $cmds; do + IFS=$sp$nl + eval cmd=\"$cmd\" + IFS=$save_ifs + $opt_quiet || { + func_quote_for_expand "$cmd" + eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" + } + $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || { + lt_exit=$? + + # Restore the uninstalled library and exit + if test relink = "$opt_mode"; then + ( cd "$output_objdir" && \ + $RM "${realname}T" && \ + $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" ) + fi + + exit $lt_exit + } + done + IFS=$save_ifs + + # Restore the uninstalled library and exit + if test relink = "$opt_mode"; then + $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}T && $MV $realname ${realname}T && $MV ${realname}U $realname)' || exit $? + + if test -n "$convenience"; then + if test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then + func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' + fi + fi + + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + fi + + # Create links to the real library. + for linkname in $linknames; do + if test "$realname" != "$linkname"; then + func_show_eval '(cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$linkname" && $LN_S "$realname" "$linkname")' 'exit $?' + fi + done + + # If -module or -export-dynamic was specified, set the dlname. + if test yes = "$module" || test yes = "$export_dynamic"; then + # On all known operating systems, these are identical. + dlname=$soname + fi + fi + ;; + + obj) + if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test no != "$dlself"; then + func_warning "'-dlopen' is ignored for objects" + fi + + case " $deplibs" in + *\ -l* | *\ -L*) + func_warning "'-l' and '-L' are ignored for objects" ;; + esac + + test -n "$rpath" && \ + func_warning "'-rpath' is ignored for objects" + + test -n "$xrpath" && \ + func_warning "'-R' is ignored for objects" + + test -n "$vinfo" && \ + func_warning "'-version-info' is ignored for objects" + + test -n "$release" && \ + func_warning "'-release' is ignored for objects" + + case $output in + *.lo) + test -n "$objs$old_deplibs" && \ + func_fatal_error "cannot build library object '$output' from non-libtool objects" + + libobj=$output + func_lo2o "$libobj" + obj=$func_lo2o_result + ;; + *) + libobj= + obj=$output + ;; + esac + + # Delete the old objects. + $opt_dry_run || $RM $obj $libobj + + # Objects from convenience libraries. This assumes + # single-version convenience libraries. Whenever we create + # different ones for PIC/non-PIC, this we'll have to duplicate + # the extraction. + reload_conv_objs= + gentop= + # if reload_cmds runs $LD directly, get rid of -Wl from + # whole_archive_flag_spec and hope we can get by with turning comma + # into space. + case $reload_cmds in + *\$LD[\ \$]*) wl= ;; + esac + if test -n "$convenience"; then + if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then + eval tmp_whole_archive_flags=\"$whole_archive_flag_spec\" + test -n "$wl" || tmp_whole_archive_flags=`$ECHO "$tmp_whole_archive_flags" | $SED 's|,| |g'` + reload_conv_objs=$reload_objs\ $tmp_whole_archive_flags + else + gentop=$output_objdir/${obj}x + func_append generated " $gentop" + + func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience + reload_conv_objs="$reload_objs $func_extract_archives_result" + fi + fi + + # If we're not building shared, we need to use non_pic_objs + test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" || libobjs=$non_pic_objects + + # Create the old-style object. + reload_objs=$objs$old_deplibs' '`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "/\.$libext$/d; /\.lib$/d; $lo2o" | $NL2SP`' '$reload_conv_objs + + output=$obj + func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?' + + # Exit if we aren't doing a library object file. + if test -z "$libobj"; then + if test -n "$gentop"; then + func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' + fi + + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + fi + + test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" || { + if test -n "$gentop"; then + func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' + fi + + # Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we don't + # accidentally link it into a program. + # $show "echo timestamp > $libobj" + # $opt_dry_run || eval "echo timestamp > $libobj" || exit $? + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + } + + if test -n "$pic_flag" || test default != "$pic_mode"; then + # Only do commands if we really have different PIC objects. + reload_objs="$libobjs $reload_conv_objs" + output=$libobj + func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?' + fi + + if test -n "$gentop"; then + func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' + fi + + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + ;; + + prog) + case $host in + *cygwin*) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output" + output=$func_stripname_result.exe;; + esac + test -n "$vinfo" && \ + func_warning "'-version-info' is ignored for programs" + + test -n "$release" && \ + func_warning "'-release' is ignored for programs" + + $preload \ + && test unknown,unknown,unknown = "$dlopen_support,$dlopen_self,$dlopen_self_static" \ + && func_warning "'LT_INIT([dlopen])' not used. Assuming no dlopen support." + + case $host in + *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) + # On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework + compile_deplibs=`$ECHO " $compile_deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'` + finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO " $finalize_deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'` + ;; + esac + + case $host in + *-*-darwin*) + # Don't allow lazy linking, it breaks C++ global constructors + # But is supposedly fixed on 10.4 or later (yay!). + if test CXX = "$tagname"; then + case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0} in + 10.[0123]) + func_append compile_command " $wl-bind_at_load" + func_append finalize_command " $wl-bind_at_load" + ;; + esac + fi + # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo" + compile_deplibs=`$ECHO " $compile_deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` + finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO " $finalize_deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` + ;; + esac + + + # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet + # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list + new_libs= + for path in $notinst_path; do + case " $new_libs " in + *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;; + *) + case " $compile_deplibs " in + *" -L$path/$objdir "*) + func_append new_libs " -L$path/$objdir" ;; + esac + ;; + esac + done + for deplib in $compile_deplibs; do + case $deplib in + -L*) + case " $new_libs " in + *" $deplib "*) ;; + *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;; + esac + ;; + *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;; + esac + done + compile_deplibs=$new_libs + + + func_append compile_command " $compile_deplibs" + func_append finalize_command " $finalize_deplibs" + + if test -n "$rpath$xrpath"; then + # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them. + for libdir in $rpath $xrpath; do + # This is the magic to use -rpath. + case "$finalize_rpath " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;; + esac + done + fi + + # Now hardcode the library paths + rpath= + hardcode_libdirs= + for libdir in $compile_rpath $finalize_rpath; do + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then + if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then + hardcode_libdirs=$libdir + else + # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. + case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in + *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) + ;; + *) + func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" + ;; + esac + fi + else + eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + func_append rpath " $flag" + fi + elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then + case "$perm_rpath " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) func_append perm_rpath " $libdir" ;; + esac + fi + case $host in + *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) + testbindir=`$ECHO "$libdir" | $SED -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'` + case :$dllsearchpath: in + *":$libdir:"*) ;; + ::) dllsearchpath=$libdir;; + *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$libdir";; + esac + case :$dllsearchpath: in + *":$testbindir:"*) ;; + ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;; + *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$testbindir";; + esac + ;; + esac + done + # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && + test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then + libdir=$hardcode_libdirs + eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + fi + compile_rpath=$rpath + + rpath= + hardcode_libdirs= + for libdir in $finalize_rpath; do + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then + if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then + hardcode_libdirs=$libdir + else + # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. + case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in + *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) + ;; + *) + func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" + ;; + esac + fi + else + eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + func_append rpath " $flag" + fi + elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then + case "$finalize_perm_rpath " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) func_append finalize_perm_rpath " $libdir" ;; + esac + fi + done + # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && + test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then + libdir=$hardcode_libdirs + eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + fi + finalize_rpath=$rpath + + if test -n "$libobjs" && test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then + # Transform all the library objects into standard objects. + compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` + finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` + fi + + func_generate_dlsyms "$outputname" "@PROGRAM@" false + + # template prelinking step + if test -n "$prelink_cmds"; then + func_execute_cmds "$prelink_cmds" 'exit $?' + fi + + wrappers_required=: + case $host in + *cegcc* | *mingw32ce*) + # Disable wrappers for cegcc and mingw32ce hosts, we are cross compiling anyway. + wrappers_required=false + ;; + *cygwin* | *mingw* ) + test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" || wrappers_required=false + ;; + *) + if test no = "$need_relink" || test yes != "$build_libtool_libs"; then + wrappers_required=false + fi + ;; + esac + $wrappers_required || { + # Replace the output file specification. + compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'` + link_command=$compile_command$compile_rpath + + # We have no uninstalled library dependencies, so finalize right now. + exit_status=0 + func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit_status=$?' + + if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then + func_to_tool_file "$output" + postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'` + func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?' + fi + + # Delete the generated files. + if test -f "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.$objext"; then + func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.$objext"' + fi + + exit $exit_status + } + + if test -n "$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath"; then + compile_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $compile_command" + fi + if test -n "$finalize_shlibpath"; then + finalize_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $finalize_command" + fi + + compile_var= + finalize_var= + if test -n "$runpath_var"; then + if test -n "$perm_rpath"; then + # We should set the runpath_var. + rpath= + for dir in $perm_rpath; do + func_append rpath "$dir:" + done + compile_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" " + fi + if test -n "$finalize_perm_rpath"; then + # We should set the runpath_var. + rpath= + for dir in $finalize_perm_rpath; do + func_append rpath "$dir:" + done + finalize_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" " + fi + fi + + if test yes = "$no_install"; then + # We don't need to create a wrapper script. + link_command=$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath + # Replace the output file specification. + link_command=`$ECHO "$link_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'` + # Delete the old output file. + $opt_dry_run || $RM $output + # Link the executable and exit + func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?' + + if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then + func_to_tool_file "$output" + postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'` + func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?' + fi + + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + fi + + case $hardcode_action,$fast_install in + relink,*) + # Fast installation is not supported + link_command=$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath + relink_command=$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath + + func_warning "this platform does not like uninstalled shared libraries" + func_warning "'$output' will be relinked during installation" + ;; + *,yes) + link_command=$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath + relink_command=`$ECHO "$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%\$progdir/\$file%g'` + ;; + *,no) + link_command=$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath + relink_command=$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath + ;; + *,needless) + link_command=$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath + relink_command= + ;; + esac + + # Replace the output file specification. + link_command=`$ECHO "$link_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g'` + + # Delete the old output files. + $opt_dry_run || $RM $output $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/lt-$outputname + + func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?' + + if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then + func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/$outputname" + postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'` + func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?' + fi + + # Now create the wrapper script. + func_verbose "creating $output" + + # Quote the relink command for shipping. + if test -n "$relink_command"; then + # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior + for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do + if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then + relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command" + elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then + relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command" + else + func_quote_for_eval "$var_value" + relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command" + fi + done + relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $relink_command)" + relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"` + fi + + # Only actually do things if not in dry run mode. + $opt_dry_run || { + # win32 will think the script is a binary if it has + # a .exe suffix, so we strip it off here. + case $output in + *.exe) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output" + output=$func_stripname_result ;; + esac + # test for cygwin because mv fails w/o .exe extensions + case $host in + *cygwin*) + exeext=.exe + func_stripname '' '.exe' "$outputname" + outputname=$func_stripname_result ;; + *) exeext= ;; + esac + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw* ) + func_dirname_and_basename "$output" "" "." + output_name=$func_basename_result + output_path=$func_dirname_result + cwrappersource=$output_path/$objdir/lt-$output_name.c + cwrapper=$output_path/$output_name.exe + $RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper + trap "$RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 + + func_emit_cwrapperexe_src > $cwrappersource + + # The wrapper executable is built using the $host compiler, + # because it contains $host paths and files. If cross- + # compiling, it, like the target executable, must be + # executed on the $host or under an emulation environment. + $opt_dry_run || { + $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o $cwrapper $cwrappersource + $STRIP $cwrapper + } + + # Now, create the wrapper script for func_source use: + func_ltwrapper_scriptname $cwrapper + $RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result + trap "$RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 + $opt_dry_run || { + # note: this script will not be executed, so do not chmod. + if test "x$build" = "x$host"; then + $cwrapper --lt-dump-script > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result + else + func_emit_wrapper no > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result + fi + } + ;; + * ) + $RM $output + trap "$RM $output; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 + + func_emit_wrapper no > $output + chmod +x $output + ;; + esac + } + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + ;; + esac + + # See if we need to build an old-fashioned archive. + for oldlib in $oldlibs; do + + case $build_libtool_libs in + convenience) + oldobjs="$libobjs_save $symfileobj" + addlibs=$convenience + build_libtool_libs=no + ;; + module) + oldobjs=$libobjs_save + addlibs=$old_convenience + build_libtool_libs=no + ;; + *) + oldobjs="$old_deplibs $non_pic_objects" + $preload && test -f "$symfileobj" \ + && func_append oldobjs " $symfileobj" + addlibs=$old_convenience + ;; + esac + + if test -n "$addlibs"; then + gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x + func_append generated " $gentop" + + func_extract_archives $gentop $addlibs + func_append oldobjs " $func_extract_archives_result" + fi + + # Do each command in the archive commands. + if test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then + cmds=$old_archive_from_new_cmds + else + + # Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries + if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then + gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x + func_append generated " $gentop" + + func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles + func_append oldobjs " $func_extract_archives_result" + fi + + # POSIX demands no paths to be encoded in archives. We have + # to avoid creating archives with duplicate basenames if we + # might have to extract them afterwards, e.g., when creating a + # static archive out of a convenience library, or when linking + # the entirety of a libtool archive into another (currently + # not supported by libtool). + if (for obj in $oldobjs + do + func_basename "$obj" + $ECHO "$func_basename_result" + done | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then + : + else + echo "copying selected object files to avoid basename conflicts..." + gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x + func_append generated " $gentop" + func_mkdir_p "$gentop" + save_oldobjs=$oldobjs + oldobjs= + counter=1 + for obj in $save_oldobjs + do + func_basename "$obj" + objbase=$func_basename_result + case " $oldobjs " in + " ") oldobjs=$obj ;; + *[\ /]"$objbase "*) + while :; do + # Make sure we don't pick an alternate name that also + # overlaps. + newobj=lt$counter-$objbase + func_arith $counter + 1 + counter=$func_arith_result + case " $oldobjs " in + *[\ /]"$newobj "*) ;; + *) if test ! -f "$gentop/$newobj"; then break; fi ;; + esac + done + func_show_eval "ln $obj $gentop/$newobj || cp $obj $gentop/$newobj" + func_append oldobjs " $gentop/$newobj" + ;; + *) func_append oldobjs " $obj" ;; + esac + done + fi + func_to_tool_file "$oldlib" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + tool_oldlib=$func_to_tool_file_result + eval cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\" + + func_len " $cmds" + len=$func_len_result + if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then + cmds=$old_archive_cmds + elif test -n "$archiver_list_spec"; then + func_verbose "using command file archive linking..." + for obj in $oldobjs + do + func_to_tool_file "$obj" + $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" + done > $output_objdir/$libname.libcmd + func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/$libname.libcmd" + oldobjs=" $archiver_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result" + cmds=$old_archive_cmds + else + # the command line is too long to link in one step, link in parts + func_verbose "using piecewise archive linking..." + save_RANLIB=$RANLIB + RANLIB=: + objlist= + concat_cmds= + save_oldobjs=$oldobjs + oldobjs= + # Is there a better way of finding the last object in the list? + for obj in $save_oldobjs + do + last_oldobj=$obj + done + eval test_cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\" + func_len " $test_cmds" + len0=$func_len_result + len=$len0 + for obj in $save_oldobjs + do + func_len " $obj" + func_arith $len + $func_len_result + len=$func_arith_result + func_append objlist " $obj" + if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then + : + else + # the above command should be used before it gets too long + oldobjs=$objlist + if test "$obj" = "$last_oldobj"; then + RANLIB=$save_RANLIB + fi + test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ + eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$old_archive_cmds\" + objlist= + len=$len0 + fi + done + RANLIB=$save_RANLIB + oldobjs=$objlist + if test -z "$oldobjs"; then + eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds\" + else + eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$old_archive_cmds\" + fi + fi + fi + func_execute_cmds "$cmds" 'exit $?' + done + + test -n "$generated" && \ + func_show_eval "${RM}r$generated" + + # Now create the libtool archive. + case $output in + *.la) + old_library= + test yes = "$build_old_libs" && old_library=$libname.$libext + func_verbose "creating $output" + + # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior + for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do + if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then + relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command" + elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then + relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command" + else + func_quote_for_eval "$var_value" + relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command" + fi + done + # Quote the link command for shipping. + relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $SHELL \"$progpath\" $preserve_args --mode=relink $libtool_args @inst_prefix_dir@)" + relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"` + if test yes = "$hardcode_automatic"; then + relink_command= + fi + + # Only create the output if not a dry run. + $opt_dry_run || { + for installed in no yes; do + if test yes = "$installed"; then + if test -z "$install_libdir"; then + break + fi + output=$output_objdir/${outputname}i + # Replace all uninstalled libtool libraries with the installed ones + newdependency_libs= + for deplib in $dependency_libs; do + case $deplib in + *.la) + func_basename "$deplib" + name=$func_basename_result + func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" + eval libdir=`$SED -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $func_resolve_sysroot_result` + test -z "$libdir" && \ + func_fatal_error "'$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" + func_append newdependency_libs " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name" + ;; + -L*) + func_stripname -L '' "$deplib" + func_replace_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" + func_append newdependency_libs " -L$func_replace_sysroot_result" + ;; + -R*) + func_stripname -R '' "$deplib" + func_replace_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" + func_append newdependency_libs " -R$func_replace_sysroot_result" + ;; + *) func_append newdependency_libs " $deplib" ;; + esac + done + dependency_libs=$newdependency_libs + newdlfiles= + + for lib in $dlfiles; do + case $lib in + *.la) + func_basename "$lib" + name=$func_basename_result + eval libdir=`$SED -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib` + test -z "$libdir" && \ + func_fatal_error "'$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" + func_append newdlfiles " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name" + ;; + *) func_append newdlfiles " $lib" ;; + esac + done + dlfiles=$newdlfiles + newdlprefiles= + for lib in $dlprefiles; do + case $lib in + *.la) + # Only pass preopened files to the pseudo-archive (for + # eventual linking with the app. that links it) if we + # didn't already link the preopened objects directly into + # the library: + func_basename "$lib" + name=$func_basename_result + eval libdir=`$SED -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib` + test -z "$libdir" && \ + func_fatal_error "'$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" + func_append newdlprefiles " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name" + ;; + esac + done + dlprefiles=$newdlprefiles + else + newdlfiles= + for lib in $dlfiles; do + case $lib in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs=$lib ;; + *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;; + esac + func_append newdlfiles " $abs" + done + dlfiles=$newdlfiles + newdlprefiles= + for lib in $dlprefiles; do + case $lib in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs=$lib ;; + *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;; + esac + func_append newdlprefiles " $abs" + done + dlprefiles=$newdlprefiles + fi + $RM $output + # place dlname in correct position for cygwin + # In fact, it would be nice if we could use this code for all target + # systems that can't hard-code library paths into their executables + # and that have no shared library path variable independent of PATH, + # but it turns out we can't easily determine that from inspecting + # libtool variables, so we have to hard-code the OSs to which it + # applies here; at the moment, that means platforms that use the PE + # object format with DLL files. See the long comment at the top of + # tests/bindir.at for full details. + tdlname=$dlname + case $host,$output,$installed,$module,$dlname in + *cygwin*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *mingw*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *cegcc*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll) + # If a -bindir argument was supplied, place the dll there. + if test -n "$bindir"; then + func_relative_path "$install_libdir" "$bindir" + tdlname=$func_relative_path_result/$dlname + else + # Otherwise fall back on heuristic. + tdlname=../bin/$dlname + fi + ;; + esac + $ECHO > $output "\ +# $outputname - a libtool library file +# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION +# +# Please DO NOT delete this file! +# It is necessary for linking the library. + +# The name that we can dlopen(3). +dlname='$tdlname' + +# Names of this library. +library_names='$library_names' + +# The name of the static archive. +old_library='$old_library' + +# Linker flags that cannot go in dependency_libs. +inherited_linker_flags='$new_inherited_linker_flags' + +# Libraries that this one depends upon. +dependency_libs='$dependency_libs' + +# Names of additional weak libraries provided by this library +weak_library_names='$weak_libs' + +# Version information for $libname. +current=$current +age=$age +revision=$revision + +# Is this an already installed library? +installed=$installed + +# Should we warn about portability when linking against -modules? +shouldnotlink=$module + +# Files to dlopen/dlpreopen +dlopen='$dlfiles' +dlpreopen='$dlprefiles' + +# Directory that this library needs to be installed in: +libdir='$install_libdir'" + if test no,yes = "$installed,$need_relink"; then + $ECHO >> $output "\ +relink_command=\"$relink_command\"" + fi + done + } + + # Do a symbolic link so that the libtool archive can be found in + # LD_LIBRARY_PATH before the program is installed. + func_show_eval '( cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$outputname" && $LN_S "../$outputname" "$outputname" )' 'exit $?' + ;; + esac + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS +} + +if test link = "$opt_mode" || test relink = "$opt_mode"; then + func_mode_link ${1+"$@"} +fi + + +# func_mode_uninstall arg... +func_mode_uninstall () +{ + $debug_cmd + + RM=$nonopt + files= + rmforce=false + exit_status=0 + + # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather + # than running their programs. + libtool_install_magic=$magic + + for arg + do + case $arg in + -f) func_append RM " $arg"; rmforce=: ;; + -*) func_append RM " $arg" ;; + *) func_append files " $arg" ;; + esac + done + + test -z "$RM" && \ + func_fatal_help "you must specify an RM program" + + rmdirs= + + for file in $files; do + func_dirname "$file" "" "." + dir=$func_dirname_result + if test . = "$dir"; then + odir=$objdir + else + odir=$dir/$objdir + fi + func_basename "$file" + name=$func_basename_result + test uninstall = "$opt_mode" && odir=$dir + + # Remember odir for removal later, being careful to avoid duplicates + if test clean = "$opt_mode"; then + case " $rmdirs " in + *" $odir "*) ;; + *) func_append rmdirs " $odir" ;; + esac + fi + + # Don't error if the file doesn't exist and rm -f was used. + if { test -L "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 || + { test -h "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 || + test -f "$file"; then + : + elif test -d "$file"; then + exit_status=1 + continue + elif $rmforce; then + continue + fi + + rmfiles=$file + + case $name in + *.la) + # Possibly a libtool archive, so verify it. + if func_lalib_p "$file"; then + func_source $dir/$name + + # Delete the libtool libraries and symlinks. + for n in $library_names; do + func_append rmfiles " $odir/$n" + done + test -n "$old_library" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$old_library" + + case $opt_mode in + clean) + case " $library_names " in + *" $dlname "*) ;; + *) test -n "$dlname" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$dlname" ;; + esac + test -n "$libdir" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$name $odir/${name}i" + ;; + uninstall) + if test -n "$library_names"; then + # Do each command in the postuninstall commands. + func_execute_cmds "$postuninstall_cmds" '$rmforce || exit_status=1' + fi + + if test -n "$old_library"; then + # Do each command in the old_postuninstall commands. + func_execute_cmds "$old_postuninstall_cmds" '$rmforce || exit_status=1' + fi + # FIXME: should reinstall the best remaining shared library. + ;; + esac + fi + ;; + + *.lo) + # Possibly a libtool object, so verify it. + if func_lalib_p "$file"; then + + # Read the .lo file + func_source $dir/$name + + # Add PIC object to the list of files to remove. + if test -n "$pic_object" && test none != "$pic_object"; then + func_append rmfiles " $dir/$pic_object" + fi + + # Add non-PIC object to the list of files to remove. + if test -n "$non_pic_object" && test none != "$non_pic_object"; then + func_append rmfiles " $dir/$non_pic_object" + fi + fi + ;; + + *) + if test clean = "$opt_mode"; then + noexename=$name + case $file in + *.exe) + func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file" + file=$func_stripname_result + func_stripname '' '.exe' "$name" + noexename=$func_stripname_result + # $file with .exe has already been added to rmfiles, + # add $file without .exe + func_append rmfiles " $file" + ;; + esac + # Do a test to see if this is a libtool program. + if func_ltwrapper_p "$file"; then + if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then + func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file" + relink_command= + func_source $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result + func_append rmfiles " $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result" + else + relink_command= + func_source $dir/$noexename + fi + + # note $name still contains .exe if it was in $file originally + # as does the version of $file that was added into $rmfiles + func_append rmfiles " $odir/$name $odir/${name}S.$objext" + if test yes = "$fast_install" && test -n "$relink_command"; then + func_append rmfiles " $odir/lt-$name" + fi + if test "X$noexename" != "X$name"; then + func_append rmfiles " $odir/lt-$noexename.c" + fi + fi + fi + ;; + esac + func_show_eval "$RM $rmfiles" 'exit_status=1' + done + + # Try to remove the $objdir's in the directories where we deleted files + for dir in $rmdirs; do + if test -d "$dir"; then + func_show_eval "rmdir $dir >/dev/null 2>&1" + fi + done + + exit $exit_status +} + +if test uninstall = "$opt_mode" || test clean = "$opt_mode"; then + func_mode_uninstall ${1+"$@"} +fi + +test -z "$opt_mode" && { + help=$generic_help + func_fatal_help "you must specify a MODE" +} + +test -z "$exec_cmd" && \ + func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode '$opt_mode'" + +if test -n "$exec_cmd"; then + eval exec "$exec_cmd" + exit $EXIT_FAILURE +fi + +exit $exit_status + + +# The TAGs below are defined such that we never get into a situation +# where we disable both kinds of libraries. Given conflicting +# choices, we go for a static library, that is the most portable, +# since we can't tell whether shared libraries were disabled because +# the user asked for that or because the platform doesn't support +# them. This is particularly important on AIX, because we don't +# support having both static and shared libraries enabled at the same +# time on that platform, so we default to a shared-only configuration. +# If a disable-shared tag is given, we'll fallback to a static-only +# configuration. But we'll never go from static-only to shared-only. + +# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared +build_libtool_libs=no +build_old_libs=yes +# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared + +# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static +build_old_libs=`case $build_libtool_libs in yes) echo no;; *) echo yes;; esac` +# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static + +# Local Variables: +# mode:shell-script +# sh-indentation:2 +# End: diff --git a/build-aux/mdate-sh b/build-aux/mdate-sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..6a6a4bc --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/mdate-sh @@ -0,0 +1,228 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it. + +scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC + +# Copyright (C) 1995-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995 +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +# This file is maintained in Automake, please report +# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to +# <automake-patches@gnu.org>. + +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +fi + +case $1 in + '') + echo "$0: No file. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 + exit 1; + ;; + -h | --h*) + cat <<\EOF +Usage: mdate-sh [--help] [--version] FILE + +Pretty-print the modification day of FILE, in the format: +1 January 1970 + +Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>. +EOF + exit $? + ;; + -v | --v*) + echo "mdate-sh $scriptversion" + exit $? + ;; +esac + +error () +{ + echo "$0: $1" >&2 + exit 1 +} + + +# Prevent date giving response in another language. +LANG=C +export LANG +LC_ALL=C +export LC_ALL +LC_TIME=C +export LC_TIME + +# Use UTC to get reproducible result. +TZ=UTC0 +export TZ + +# GNU ls changes its time format in response to the TIME_STYLE +# variable. Since we cannot assume 'unset' works, revert this +# variable to its documented default. +if test "${TIME_STYLE+set}" = set; then + TIME_STYLE=posix-long-iso + export TIME_STYLE +fi + +save_arg1=$1 + +# Find out how to get the extended ls output of a file or directory. +if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then + ls_command='ls -L -l -d' +else + ls_command='ls -l -d' +fi +# Avoid user/group names that might have spaces, when possible. +if ls -n /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then + ls_command="$ls_command -n" +fi + +# A 'ls -l' line looks as follows on OS/2. +# drwxrwx--- 0 Aug 11 2001 foo +# This differs from Unix, which adds ownership information. +# drwxrwx--- 2 root root 4096 Aug 11 2001 foo +# +# To find the date, we split the line on spaces and iterate on words +# until we find a month. This cannot work with files whose owner is a +# user named "Jan", or "Feb", etc. However, it's unlikely that '/' +# will be owned by a user whose name is a month. So we first look at +# the extended ls output of the root directory to decide how many +# words should be skipped to get the date. + +# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below. +set x`$ls_command /` + +# Find which argument is the month. +month= +command= +until test $month +do + test $# -gt 0 || error "failed parsing '$ls_command /' output" + shift + # Add another shift to the command. + command="$command shift;" + case $1 in + Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;; + Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;; + Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;; + Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;; + May) month=May; nummonth=5;; + Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;; + Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;; + Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;; + Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;; + Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;; + Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;; + Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;; + esac +done + +test -n "$month" || error "failed parsing '$ls_command /' output" + +# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory. +set dummy x`eval "$ls_command \"\\\$save_arg1\""` + +# Remove all preceding arguments +eval $command + +# Because of the dummy argument above, month is in $2. +# +# On a POSIX system, we should have +# +# $# = 5 +# $1 = file size +# $2 = month +# $3 = day +# $4 = year or time +# $5 = filename +# +# On Darwin 7.7.0 and 7.6.0, we have +# +# $# = 4 +# $1 = day +# $2 = month +# $3 = year or time +# $4 = filename + +# Get the month. +case $2 in + Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;; + Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;; + Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;; + Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;; + May) month=May; nummonth=5;; + Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;; + Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;; + Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;; + Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;; + Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;; + Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;; + Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;; +esac + +case $3 in + ???*) day=$1;; + *) day=$3; shift;; +esac + +# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either +# the time of day or the year. +case $3 in + *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$# + case $2 in + Jan) nummonthtod=1;; + Feb) nummonthtod=2;; + Mar) nummonthtod=3;; + Apr) nummonthtod=4;; + May) nummonthtod=5;; + Jun) nummonthtod=6;; + Jul) nummonthtod=7;; + Aug) nummonthtod=8;; + Sep) nummonthtod=9;; + Oct) nummonthtod=10;; + Nov) nummonthtod=11;; + Dec) nummonthtod=12;; + esac + # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also + # be used for files modified in the last year. + if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null; + then + year=`expr $year - 1` + fi;; + *) year=$3;; +esac + +# The result. +echo $day $month $year + +# Local Variables: +# mode: shell-script +# sh-indentation: 2 +# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" +# End: diff --git a/build-aux/missing b/build-aux/missing new file mode 100755 index 0000000..8d0eaad --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/missing @@ -0,0 +1,215 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Common wrapper for a few potentially missing GNU programs. + +scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC + +# Copyright (C) 1996-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Originally written by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996. + +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +if test $# -eq 0; then + echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information" + exit 1 +fi + +case $1 in + + --is-lightweight) + # Used by our autoconf macros to check whether the available missing + # script is modern enough. + exit 0 + ;; + + --run) + # Back-compat with the calling convention used by older automake. + shift + ;; + + -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help) + echo "\ +$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]... + +Run 'PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...', returning a proper advice when this fails due +to PROGRAM being missing or too old. + +Options: + -h, --help display this help and exit + -v, --version output version information and exit + +Supported PROGRAM values: + aclocal autoconf autoheader autom4te automake makeinfo + bison yacc flex lex help2man + +Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes 'gnu-', 'gnu', and +'g' are ignored when checking the name. + +Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>." + exit $? + ;; + + -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version) + echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)" + exit $? + ;; + + -*) + echo 1>&2 "$0: unknown '$1' option" + echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information" + exit 1 + ;; + +esac + +# Run the given program, remember its exit status. +"$@"; st=$? + +# If it succeeded, we are done. +test $st -eq 0 && exit 0 + +# Also exit now if we it failed (or wasn't found), and '--version' was +# passed; such an option is passed most likely to detect whether the +# program is present and works. +case $2 in --version|--help) exit $st;; esac + +# Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens when the user +# tries to use an ancient version of a tool on a file that requires a +# minimum version. +if test $st -eq 63; then + msg="probably too old" +elif test $st -eq 127; then + # Program was missing. + msg="missing on your system" +else + # Program was found and executed, but failed. Give up. + exit $st +fi + +perl_URL=https://www.perl.org/ +flex_URL=https://github.com/westes/flex +gnu_software_URL=https://www.gnu.org/software + +program_details () +{ + case $1 in + aclocal|automake) + echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Automake package:" + echo "<$gnu_software_URL/automake>" + echo "It also requires GNU Autoconf, GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:" + echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf>" + echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>" + echo "<$perl_URL>" + ;; + autoconf|autom4te|autoheader) + echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Autoconf package:" + echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf/>" + echo "It also requires GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:" + echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>" + echo "<$perl_URL>" + ;; + esac +} + +give_advice () +{ + # Normalize program name to check for. + normalized_program=`echo "$1" | sed ' + s/^gnu-//; t + s/^gnu//; t + s/^g//; t'` + + printf '%s\n' "'$1' is $msg." + + configure_deps="'configure.ac' or m4 files included by 'configure.ac'" + case $normalized_program in + autoconf*) + echo "You should only need it if you modified 'configure.ac'," + echo "or m4 files included by it." + program_details 'autoconf' + ;; + autoheader*) + echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acconfig.h' or" + echo "$configure_deps." + program_details 'autoheader' + ;; + automake*) + echo "You should only need it if you modified 'Makefile.am' or" + echo "$configure_deps." + program_details 'automake' + ;; + aclocal*) + echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acinclude.m4' or" + echo "$configure_deps." + program_details 'aclocal' + ;; + autom4te*) + echo "You might have modified some maintainer files that require" + echo "the 'autom4te' program to be rebuilt." + program_details 'autom4te' + ;; + bison*|yacc*) + echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.y' file." + echo "You may want to install the GNU Bison package:" + echo "<$gnu_software_URL/bison/>" + ;; + lex*|flex*) + echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.l' file." + echo "You may want to install the Fast Lexical Analyzer package:" + echo "<$flex_URL>" + ;; + help2man*) + echo "You should only need it if you modified a dependency" \ + "of a man page." + echo "You may want to install the GNU Help2man package:" + echo "<$gnu_software_URL/help2man/>" + ;; + makeinfo*) + echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.texi' file, or" + echo "any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual." + echo "You might want to install the Texinfo package:" + echo "<$gnu_software_URL/texinfo/>" + echo "The spurious makeinfo call might also be the consequence of" + echo "using a buggy 'make' (AIX, DU, IRIX), in which case you might" + echo "want to install GNU make:" + echo "<$gnu_software_URL/make/>" + ;; + *) + echo "You might have modified some files without having the proper" + echo "tools for further handling them. Check the 'README' file, it" + echo "often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing" + echo "this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in" + echo "case some other package contains this missing '$1' program." + ;; + esac +} + +give_advice "$1" | sed -e '1s/^/WARNING: /' \ + -e '2,$s/^/ /' >&2 + +# Propagate the correct exit status (expected to be 127 for a program +# not found, 63 for a program that failed due to version mismatch). +exit $st + +# Local variables: +# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" +# End: diff --git a/build-aux/test-driver b/build-aux/test-driver new file mode 100755 index 0000000..9759384 --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/test-driver @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# test-driver - basic testsuite driver script. + +scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC + +# Copyright (C) 2011-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +# This file is maintained in Automake, please report +# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to +# <automake-patches@gnu.org>. + +# Make unconditional expansion of undefined variables an error. This +# helps a lot in preventing typo-related bugs. +set -u + +usage_error () +{ + echo "$0: $*" >&2 + print_usage >&2 + exit 2 +} + +print_usage () +{ + cat <<END +Usage: + test-driver --test-name NAME --log-file PATH --trs-file PATH + [--expect-failure {yes|no}] [--color-tests {yes|no}] + [--enable-hard-errors {yes|no}] [--] + TEST-SCRIPT [TEST-SCRIPT-ARGUMENTS] + +The '--test-name', '--log-file' and '--trs-file' options are mandatory. +See the GNU Automake documentation for information. +END +} + +test_name= # Used for reporting. +log_file= # Where to save the output of the test script. +trs_file= # Where to save the metadata of the test run. +expect_failure=no +color_tests=no +enable_hard_errors=yes +while test $# -gt 0; do + case $1 in + --help) print_usage; exit $?;; + --version) echo "test-driver $scriptversion"; exit $?;; + --test-name) test_name=$2; shift;; + --log-file) log_file=$2; shift;; + --trs-file) trs_file=$2; shift;; + --color-tests) color_tests=$2; shift;; + --expect-failure) expect_failure=$2; shift;; + --enable-hard-errors) enable_hard_errors=$2; shift;; + --) shift; break;; + -*) usage_error "invalid option: '$1'";; + *) break;; + esac + shift +done + +missing_opts= +test x"$test_name" = x && missing_opts="$missing_opts --test-name" +test x"$log_file" = x && missing_opts="$missing_opts --log-file" +test x"$trs_file" = x && missing_opts="$missing_opts --trs-file" +if test x"$missing_opts" != x; then + usage_error "the following mandatory options are missing:$missing_opts" +fi + +if test $# -eq 0; then + usage_error "missing argument" +fi + +if test $color_tests = yes; then + # Keep this in sync with 'lib/am/check.am:$(am__tty_colors)'. + red='[0;31m' # Red. + grn='[0;32m' # Green. + lgn='[1;32m' # Light green. + blu='[1;34m' # Blue. + mgn='[0;35m' # Magenta. + std='[m' # No color. +else + red= grn= lgn= blu= mgn= std= +fi + +do_exit='rm -f $log_file $trs_file; (exit $st); exit $st' +trap "st=129; $do_exit" 1 +trap "st=130; $do_exit" 2 +trap "st=141; $do_exit" 13 +trap "st=143; $do_exit" 15 + +# Test script is run here. +"$@" >$log_file 2>&1 +estatus=$? + +if test $enable_hard_errors = no && test $estatus -eq 99; then + tweaked_estatus=1 +else + tweaked_estatus=$estatus +fi + +case $tweaked_estatus:$expect_failure in + 0:yes) col=$red res=XPASS recheck=yes gcopy=yes;; + 0:*) col=$grn res=PASS recheck=no gcopy=no;; + 77:*) col=$blu res=SKIP recheck=no gcopy=yes;; + 99:*) col=$mgn res=ERROR recheck=yes gcopy=yes;; + *:yes) col=$lgn res=XFAIL recheck=no gcopy=yes;; + *:*) col=$red res=FAIL recheck=yes gcopy=yes;; +esac + +# Report the test outcome and exit status in the logs, so that one can +# know whether the test passed or failed simply by looking at the '.log' +# file, without the need of also peaking into the corresponding '.trs' +# file (automake bug#11814). +echo "$res $test_name (exit status: $estatus)" >>$log_file + +# Report outcome to console. +echo "${col}${res}${std}: $test_name" + +# Register the test result, and other relevant metadata. +echo ":test-result: $res" > $trs_file +echo ":global-test-result: $res" >> $trs_file +echo ":recheck: $recheck" >> $trs_file +echo ":copy-in-global-log: $gcopy" >> $trs_file + +# Local Variables: +# mode: shell-script +# sh-indentation: 2 +# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" +# End: diff --git a/build-aux/texinfo.tex b/build-aux/texinfo.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d3136db --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/texinfo.tex @@ -0,0 +1,11707 @@ +% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. +% +% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. +\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi +% +\def\texinfoversion{2020-05-22.11} +% +% Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +% +% This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or +% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +% published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the +% License, or (at your option) any later version. +% +% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be +% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty +% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +% General Public License for more details. +% +% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +% along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +% +% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing +% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without +% restriction. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7 +% of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3"). +% +% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug +% reports; you can get the latest version from: +% https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/ (the Texinfo release area), or +% https://ftpmirror.gnu.org/texinfo/ (same, via a mirror), or +% https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page) +% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out +% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. +% +% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include a +% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the +% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated. +% +% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the +% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple +% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this: +% tex foo.texi +% texindex foo.?? +% tex foo.texi +% tex foo.texi +% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps. +% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct. +% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more +% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary. +% +% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some +% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the +% full Texinfo distribution. +% +% The GNU Texinfo home page is https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo. + + +\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:} + +% If in a .fmt file, print the version number +% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because +% they might have appeared in the input file name. +\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}% + \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} + +% LaTeX's \typeout. This ensures that the messages it is used for +% are identical in format to the corresponding ones from latex/pdflatex. +\def\typeout{\immediate\write17}% + +\chardef\other=12 + +% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo. +% For @tex, we can use \tabalign. +\let\+ = \relax + +% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine. +\let\ptexb=\b +\let\ptexbullet=\bullet +\let\ptexc=\c +\let\ptexcomma=\, +\let\ptexdot=\. +\let\ptexdots=\dots +\let\ptexend=\end +\let\ptexequiv=\equiv +\let\ptexexclam=\! +\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote +\let\ptexgtr=> +\let\ptexhat=^ +\let\ptexi=\i +\let\ptexindent=\indent +\let\ptexinsert=\insert +\let\ptexlbrace=\{ +\let\ptexless=< +\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite +\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent +\let\ptexplus=+ +\let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright +\let\ptexrbrace=\} +\let\ptexslash=\/ +\let\ptexsp=\sp +\let\ptexstar=\* +\let\ptexsup=\sup +\let\ptext=\t +\let\ptextop=\top +{\catcode`\'=\active \global\let\ptexquoteright'}% active in plain's math mode + +% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it +% starts a new line in the output. +\newlinechar = `^^J + +% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error +% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. +% +\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined + \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0. +\else + \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space} +\fi + +% Set up fixed words for English if not already set. +\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi +\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi +\ifx\putworderror\undefined \gdef\putworderror{error}\fi +\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi +\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi +\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi +\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi +\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi +\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi +\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi +\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi +\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi +\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi +\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi +\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi +\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi +\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi +\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi +\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi +\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi +% +\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi +\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi +\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi +\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi +\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi +\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi +\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi +\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi +\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi +\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi +\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi +\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi +% +\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi +\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi +\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi +\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi +\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi + +% Give the space character the catcode for a space. +\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =10\relax} + +% Likewise for ^^M, the end of line character. +\def\endlineisspace{\catcode13=10\relax} + +\chardef\dashChar = `\- +\chardef\slashChar = `\/ +\chardef\underChar = `\_ + +% Ignore a token. +% +\def\gobble#1{} + +% The following is used inside several \edef's. +\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} + +% Hyphenation fixes. +\hyphenation{ + Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script + ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps + data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script + man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm + par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces + spell-ing spell-ings + stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space + wide-spread wrap-around +} + +% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file +% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, +% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make +% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log +% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX. +% +\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% +\def\loggingall{% + \tracingstats2 + \tracingpages1 + \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex + \tracingparagraphs1 + \tracingoutput1 + \tracingmacros2 + \tracingrestores1 + \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen + \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined\else % etex gives us more logging + \tracingscantokens1 + \tracingifs1 + \tracinggroups1 + \tracingnesting2 + \tracingassigns1 + \fi + \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex + \errorcontextlines16 +}% + +% @errormsg{MSG}. Do the index-like expansions on MSG, but if things +% aren't perfect, it's not the end of the world, being an error message, +% after all. +% +\def\errormsg{\begingroup \indexnofonts \doerrormsg} +\def\doerrormsg#1{\errmessage{#1}} + +% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing +% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space. +% +\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount + \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi} +\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount + \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi} +\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount + \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi} + +% Output routine +% + +% For a final copy, take out the rectangles +% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided +% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). +% +\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt } + +\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines +\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in + +% Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor. +% We dump everything together because we only have one kind of mark. +% This works because we only use \botmark / \topmark, not \firstmark. +% +% A mark contains a subexpression of the \ifcase ... \fi construct. +% \get*marks macros below extract the needed part using \ifcase. +% +% Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter +% (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top +% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page. + +% \domark is called twice inside \chapmacro, to add one +% mark before the section break, and one after. +% In the second call \prevchapterdefs is the same as \currentchapterdefs, +% and \prevsectiondefs is the same as \currentsectiondefs. +% Then if the page is not broken at the mark, some of the previous +% section appears on the page, and we can get the name of this section +% from \firstmark for @everyheadingmarks top. +% @everyheadingmarks bottom uses \botmark. +% +% See page 260 of The TeXbook. +\def\domark{% + \toks0=\expandafter{\currentchapterdefs}% + \toks2=\expandafter{\currentsectiondefs}% + \toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}% + \toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}% + \toks8=\expandafter{\currentcolordefs}% + \mark{% + \the\toks0 \the\toks2 % 0: marks for @everyheadingmarks top + \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6 % 1: for @everyheadingmarks bottom + \noexpand\else \the\toks8 % 2: color marks + }% +} + +% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks, +% \getcolormarks - extract needed part of mark. +% +% \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title +% page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us +% the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g., +% @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very +% first @chapter. +\def\gettopheadingmarks{% + \ifcase0\the\savedtopmark\fi + \ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi +} +\def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi} +\def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\the\savedtopmark\fi} + +% Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors. +\def\currentchapterdefs{} +\def\currentsectiondefs{} +\def\currentsection{} +\def\prevchapterdefs{} +\def\prevsectiondefs{} +\def\currentcolordefs{} + +% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. +\newdimen\bindingoffset +\newdimen\normaloffset +\newdimen\txipagewidth \newdimen\txipageheight + +% Main output routine. +% +\chardef\PAGE = 255 +\newtoks\defaultoutput +\defaultoutput = {\savetopmark\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} +\output=\expandafter{\the\defaultoutput} + +\newbox\headlinebox +\newbox\footlinebox + +% When outputting the double column layout for indices, an output routine +% is run several times, which hides the original value of \topmark. This +% can lead to a page heading being output and duplicating the chapter heading +% of the index. Hence, save the contents of \topmark at the beginning of +% the output routine. The saved contents are valid until we actually +% \shipout a page. +% +% (We used to run a short output routine to actually set \topmark and +% \firstmark to the right values, but if this was called with an empty page +% containing whatsits for writing index entries, the whatsits would be thrown +% away and the index auxiliary file would remain empty.) +% +\newtoks\savedtopmark +\newif\iftopmarksaved +\topmarksavedtrue +\def\savetopmark{% + \iftopmarksaved\else + \global\savedtopmark=\expandafter{\topmark}% + \global\topmarksavedtrue + \fi +} + +% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. +% \shipout a vbox for a single page, adding an optional header, footer +% and footnote. This also causes index entries for this page to be written +% to the auxiliary files. +% +\def\onepageout#1{% + \hoffset=\normaloffset + % + \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset + \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi + % + \checkchapterpage + % + % Retrieve the information for the headings from the marks in the page, + % and call Plain TeX's \makeheadline and \makefootline, which use the + % values in \headline and \footline. + % + % Common context changes for both heading and footing. + % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in + % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code). + \def\commonheadfootline{\let\hsize=\txipagewidth \texinfochars} + % + \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi + \global\setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\commonheadfootline \makeheadline}% + \ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi + \global\setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\commonheadfootline \makefootline}% + % + {% + % Set context for writing to auxiliary files like index files. + % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to + % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends + % before the \shipout runs. + % + \atdummies % don't expand commands in the output. + \turnoffactive + \shipout\vbox{% + % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. + \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi + % + \unvbox\headlinebox + \pagebody{#1}% + \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt + % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty. + % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingyyy.) + % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect. + \vskip 24pt + \unvbox\footlinebox + \fi + % + }% + }% + \global\topmarksavedfalse + \advancepageno + \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi +} + +\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen + +% Main part of page, including any footnotes +\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\txipageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} +{\catcode`\@ =11 +\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi +% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala) +\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present + \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi +\dimen@=\dp#1\relax \unvbox#1\relax +\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi +\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} +} + +% Check if we are on the first page of a chapter. Used for printing headings. +\newif\ifchapterpage +\def\checkchapterpage{% + % Get the chapter that was current at the end of the last page + \ifcase1\the\savedtopmark\fi + \let\prevchaptername\thischaptername + % + \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi + \let\curchaptername\thischaptername + % + \ifx\curchaptername\prevchaptername + \chapterpagefalse + \else + \chapterpagetrue + \fi +} + +% Argument parsing + +% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of +% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a +% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. +% For example, \def\foo{\parsearg\fooxxx}. +% +\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}} +\def\parseargusing#1#2{% + \def\argtorun{#2}% + \begingroup + \obeylines + \spaceisspace + #1% + \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below. +} + +{\obeylines % + \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% + \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. + \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm% + }% +} + +% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. Pass the result on to +% \argcheckspaces. +\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm} +\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm} + +% Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space. +% +% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g., +% @end itemize @c foo +% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed +% by \finishparsearg. +% +\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M} +\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M} +\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{% + \def\temp{#3}% + \ifx\temp\empty + % Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp: + \let\temp\finishparsearg + \else + \let\temp\argcheckspaces + \fi + % Put the space token in: + \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm +} + +% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so +% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation. +% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now, +% just before passing the control to \argtorun. +% (Similarly, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is +% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger +% that a pair of braces would be stripped. +% +% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token. +% +\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}} + + +% \parseargdef - define a command taking an argument on the line +% +% \parseargdef\foo{...} +% is roughly equivalent to +% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo} +% \def\Xfoo#1{...} +\def\parseargdef#1{% + \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1% +} +\def\doparseargdef#1#2{% + \def#2{\parsearg#1}% + \def#1##1% +} + +% Several utility definitions with active space: +{ + \obeyspaces + \gdef\obeyedspace{ } + + % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword + % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this + % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input + % should produce a line of output anyway. + % + \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie} + + % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces + % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the + % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). + \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space} +} + + +\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} + +% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this: +% +% \envdef\foo{...} +% \def\Efoo{...} +% +% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the +% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also +% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks +% whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be +% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected. +% +% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they +% are not treated as environments; they don't open a group. (The +% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this +% special case.) + + +% At run-time, environments start with this: +\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}} +% initialize +\let\thisenv\empty + +% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'': +\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} +\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} + +% Check whether we're in the right environment: +\def\checkenv#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\thisenv\temp + \else + \badenverr + \fi +} + +% Environment mismatch, #1 expected: +\def\badenverr{% + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp, + not \inenvironment\thisenv}% +} +\def\inenvironment#1{% + \ifx#1\empty + outside of any environment% + \else + in environment \expandafter\string#1% + \fi +} + +% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo. +% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv +% +\parseargdef\end{% + \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname + \else + % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal. + \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname + \csname E#1\endcsname + \endgroup + \fi +} + +\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} + + +% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space +% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space +% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and +% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the +% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. +{\catcode`@ = 11 + % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble + % if the definition is written into an index file. + \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M + \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } +} + +% @: forces normal size whitespace following. +\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } + +% @* forces a line break. +\def\*{\unskip\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} + +% @/ allows a line break. +\let\/=\allowbreak + +% @. is an end-of-sentence period. +\def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} + +% @! is an end-of-sentence bang. +\def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} + +% @? is an end-of-sentence query. +\def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} + +% @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation. +% +\def\onword{on} +\def\offword{off} +% +\parseargdef\frenchspacing{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing + \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on|off}% + \fi\fi +} + +% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the +% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would +% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. +\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} + +% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing +% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box +% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for +% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is +% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, +% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and +% the text is small, which looks bad. +% +% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can +% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it +% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an +% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The +% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit +% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex). +% +\newbox\groupbox +\def\vfilllimit{0.7} +% +\envdef\group{% + \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else + \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp + \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% + \fi + \startsavinginserts + % + \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup + % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as + % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an + % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after + % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group + % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo + % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. + \comment +} +% +% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts +% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done) +% \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space +% above. But it's pretty close. +\def\Egroup{% + % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group + % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth. + \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar. + \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth + \egroup % End the \vtop. + \addgroupbox + \prevdepth = \dimen1 + \checkinserts +} + +\def\addgroupbox{ + % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box. + \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox + % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less). + \dimen2 = \txipageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal + % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big + % group, force a page break. + \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2 + \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\txipageheight + \page + \fi + \fi + \box\groupbox +} + +% +% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help +% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. +% +\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% +group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% +where each line of input produces a line of output.} + +% @need space-in-mils +% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. + +\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in + +\parseargdef\need{% + % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a + % paragraph. + \par + % + % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless. + \dimen0 = #1\mil + \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox + \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox + \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2 + % + % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the + % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line. + % And a page break here is fine. + \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}% + % + % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the + % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the + % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider + % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the + % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. + % + % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the + % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in + % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which + % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing + % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an + % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real + % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. + \penalty9999 + % + % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. + \kern -#1\mil + % + % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. + \nobreak + \fi +} + +% @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented). + +\let\br = \par + +% @page forces the start of a new page. +% +\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} + +% @exdent text.... +% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin + +% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. +% That's how much \exdent should take out. +\newskip\exdentamount + +% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. +\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break} + +% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. +\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount + \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} + +% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current +% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion +% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. Not documented, written for gawk manual. +% +\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm +\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} +% +\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{% + \nobreak + \kern-\strutdepth + \vtop to \strutdepth{% + \baselineskip=\strutdepth + \vss + % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to + % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size. + \ifx#1l% + \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}% + \else + \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}% + \fi + \null + }% +}} +\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l} +\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r} +% +% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]} +% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right; +% else use TEXT for both). +% +\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish} +\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing. + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt + \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts + \def\righttext{#2}% + \else + \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text + \def\righttext{#1}% + \fi + % + \ifodd\pageno + \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin + \else + \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}% + \fi + \temp +} + +% @include FILE -- \input text of FILE. +% +\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz} +\def\includezzz#1{% + \pushthisfilestack + \def\thisfile{#1}% + {% + \makevalueexpandable % we want to expand any @value in FILE. + \turnoffactive % and allow special characters in the expansion + \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names. + \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @include of #1^^J}% + \edef\temp{\noexpand\input #1 }% + % + % This trickery is to read FILE outside of a group, in case it makes + % definitions, etc. + \expandafter + }\temp + \popthisfilestack +} +\def\filenamecatcodes{% + \catcode`\\=\other + \catcode`~=\other + \catcode`^=\other + \catcode`_=\other + \catcode`|=\other + \catcode`<=\other + \catcode`>=\other + \catcode`+=\other + \catcode`-=\other + \catcode`\`=\other + \catcode`\'=\other +} + +\def\pushthisfilestack{% + \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm +} +\def\pushthisfilestackX{% + \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm +} +\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {% + \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}% +} + +\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty} +\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error: + the stack of filenames is empty.}} +% +\def\thisfile{} + +% @center line +% outputs that line, centered. +% +\parseargdef\center{% + \ifhmode + \let\centersub\centerH + \else + \let\centersub\centerV + \fi + \centersub{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}% + \let\centersub\relax % don't let the definition persist, just in case +} +\def\centerH#1{{% + \hfil\break + \advance\hsize by -\leftskip + \advance\hsize by -\rightskip + \line{#1}% + \break +}} +% +\newcount\centerpenalty +\def\centerV#1{% + % The idea here is the same as in \startdefun, \cartouche, etc.: if + % @center is the first thing after a section heading, we need to wipe + % out the negative parskip inserted by \sectionheading, but still + % prevent a page break here. + \centerpenalty = \lastpenalty + \ifnum\centerpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \fi + \ifnum\centerpenalty>9999 \penalty\centerpenalty \fi + \line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}% +} + +% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space +% +\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip} + +% @comment ...line which is ignored... +% @c is the same as @comment +% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment + + +\def\c{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active% +\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% +\cxxx} +{\catcode`\^^M=\active \gdef\cxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} +% +\let\comment\c + +% @paragraphindent NCHARS +% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. +% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'. +% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though. +% +\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords +\def\noneword{none} +% +\parseargdef\paragraphindent{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\asisword + \else + \ifx\temp\noneword + \defaultparindent = 0pt + \else + \defaultparindent = #1em + \fi + \fi + \parindent = \defaultparindent +} + +% @exampleindent NCHARS +% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent. +% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but +% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent. +\parseargdef\exampleindent{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\asisword + \else + \ifx\temp\noneword + \lispnarrowing = 0pt + \else + \lispnarrowing = #1em + \fi + \fi +} + +% @firstparagraphindent WORD +% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph +% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such +% paragraphs. +% +% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling +% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do. +% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD. +% By default, we suppress indentation. +% +\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent} +\def\insertword{insert} +% +\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\noneword + \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent + \else\ifx\temp\insertword + \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}% + \fi\fi +} + +% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to +% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty. +% +% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next +% paragraph. +% +\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{% + \gdef\indent {\restorefirstparagraphindent \indent}% + \gdef\noindent{\restorefirstparagraphindent \noindent}% + \global\everypar = {\kern -\parindent \restorefirstparagraphindent}% +} +% +\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{% + \global\let\indent = \ptexindent + \global\let\noindent = \ptexnoindent + \global\everypar = {}% +} + + +% @refill is a no-op. +\let\refill=\relax + +% @setfilename INFO-FILENAME - ignored +\let\setfilename=\comment + +% @bye. +\outer\def\bye{\chappager\pagelabels\tracingstats=1\ptexend} + + +\message{pdf,} +% adobe `portable' document format +\newcount\tempnum +\newcount\lnkcount +\newtoks\filename +\newcount\filenamelength +\newcount\pgn +\newtoks\toksA +\newtoks\toksB +\newtoks\toksC +\newtoks\toksD +\newbox\boxA +\newbox\boxB +\newcount\countA +\newif\ifpdf +\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest + +% +% For LuaTeX +% + +\newif\iftxiuseunicodedestname +\txiuseunicodedestnamefalse % For pdfTeX etc. + +\ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined +\else + % Use Unicode destination names + \txiuseunicodedestnametrue + % Escape PDF strings with converting UTF-16 from UTF-8 + \begingroup + \catcode`\%=12 + \directlua{ + function UTF16oct(str) + tex.sprint(string.char(0x5c) .. '376' .. string.char(0x5c) .. '377') + for c in string.utfvalues(str) do + if c < 0x10000 then + tex.sprint( + string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' .. + string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o', + math.floor(c / 256), math.floor(c % 256))) + else + c = c - 0x10000 + local c_hi = c / 1024 + 0xd800 + local c_lo = c % 1024 + 0xdc00 + tex.sprint( + string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' .. + string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' .. + string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' .. + string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o', + math.floor(c_hi / 256), math.floor(c_hi % 256), + math.floor(c_lo / 256), math.floor(c_lo % 256))) + end + end + end + } + \endgroup + \def\pdfescapestrutfsixteen#1{\directlua{UTF16oct('\luaescapestring{#1}')}} + % Escape PDF strings without converting + \begingroup + \directlua{ + function PDFescstr(str) + for c in string.bytes(str) do + if c <= 0x20 or c >= 0x80 or c == 0x28 or c == 0x29 or c == 0x5c then + tex.sprint(-2, + string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o', + c)) + else + tex.sprint(-2, string.char(c)) + end + end + end + } + % The -2 in the arguments here gives all the input to TeX catcode 12 + % (other) or 10 (space), preventing undefined control sequence errors. See + % https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-texinfo/2019-08/msg00031.html + % + \endgroup + \def\pdfescapestring#1{\directlua{PDFescstr('\luaescapestring{#1}')}} + \ifnum\luatexversion>84 + % For LuaTeX >= 0.85 + \def\pdfdest{\pdfextension dest} + \let\pdfoutput\outputmode + \def\pdfliteral{\pdfextension literal} + \def\pdfcatalog{\pdfextension catalog} + \def\pdftexversion{\numexpr\pdffeedback version\relax} + \let\pdfximage\saveimageresource + \let\pdfrefximage\useimageresource + \let\pdflastximage\lastsavedimageresourceindex + \def\pdfendlink{\pdfextension endlink\relax} + \def\pdfoutline{\pdfextension outline} + \def\pdfstartlink{\pdfextension startlink} + \def\pdffontattr{\pdfextension fontattr} + \def\pdfobj{\pdfextension obj} + \def\pdflastobj{\numexpr\pdffeedback lastobj\relax} + \let\pdfpagewidth\pagewidth + \let\pdfpageheight\pageheight + \edef\pdfhorigin{\pdfvariable horigin} + \edef\pdfvorigin{\pdfvariable vorigin} + \fi +\fi + +% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1 +% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as being undefined. +\ifx\pdfoutput\thisisundefined +\else + \ifx\pdfoutput\relax + \else + \ifcase\pdfoutput + \else + \pdftrue + \fi + \fi +\fi + +\newif\ifpdforxetex +\pdforxetexfalse +\ifpdf + \pdforxetextrue +\fi +\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined\else + \pdforxetextrue +\fi + + +% Output page labels information. +% See PDF reference v.1.7 p.594, section 8.3.1. +\ifpdf +\def\pagelabels{% + \def\title{0 << /P (T-) /S /D >>}% + \edef\roman{\the\romancount << /S /r >>}% + \edef\arabic{\the\arabiccount << /S /D >>}% + % + % Page label ranges must be increasing. Remove any duplicates. + % (There is a slight chance of this being wrong if e.g. there is + % a @contents but no @titlepage, etc.) + % + \ifnum\romancount=0 \def\roman{}\fi + \ifnum\arabiccount=0 \def\title{}% + \else + \ifnum\romancount=\arabiccount \def\roman{}\fi + \fi + % + \ifnum\romancount<\arabiccount + \pdfcatalog{/PageLabels << /Nums [\title \roman \arabic ] >> }\relax + \else + \pdfcatalog{/PageLabels << /Nums [\title \arabic \roman ] >> }\relax + \fi +} +\else + \let\pagelabels\relax +\fi + +\newcount\pagecount \pagecount=0 +\newcount\romancount \romancount=0 +\newcount\arabiccount \arabiccount=0 +\ifpdf + \let\ptxadvancepageno\advancepageno + \def\advancepageno{% + \ptxadvancepageno\global\advance\pagecount by 1 + } +\fi + + +% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets, +% for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to +% double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be +% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good. +% +% See http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html and +% related messages. The final outcome is that it is up to the TeX user +% to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so +% that's what we do. pdftex 1.30.0 (ca.2005) introduced a primitive to +% do this reliably, so we use it. + +% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements, +% which we \xdef. +\def\txiescapepdf#1{% + \ifx\pdfescapestring\thisisundefined + % No primitive available; should we give a warning or log? + % Many times it won't matter. + \xdef#1{#1}% + \else + % The expandable \pdfescapestring primitive escapes parentheses, + % backslashes, and other special chars. + \xdef#1{\pdfescapestring{#1}}% + \fi +} +\def\txiescapepdfutfsixteen#1{% + \ifx\pdfescapestrutfsixteen\thisisundefined + % No UTF-16 converting macro available. + \txiescapepdf{#1}% + \else + \xdef#1{\pdfescapestrutfsixteen{#1}}% + \fi +} + +\newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images +with PDF output, and none of those formats could be found. (.eps cannot +be supported due to the design of the PDF format; use regular TeX (DVI +output) for that.)} + +\ifpdf + % + % Color manipulation macros using ideas from pdfcolor.tex, + % except using rgb instead of cmyk; the latter is said to render as a + % very dark gray on-screen and a very dark halftone in print, instead + % of actual black. The dark red here is dark enough to print on paper as + % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing. We use + % black by default, though. + \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12} + \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0} + % + % rg sets the color for filling (usual text, etc.); + % RG sets the color for stroking (thin rules, e.g., normal _'s). + \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 rg #1 RG}} + % + % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly, + % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore. + \def\setcolor#1{% + \xdef\currentcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}% + \domark + \pdfsetcolor{#1}% + } + % + \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack} + \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor} + \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor} + \def\currentcolordefs{} + % + \def\makefootline{% + \baselineskip24pt + \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}% + } + % + \def\makeheadline{% + \vbox to 0pt{% + \vskip-22.5pt + \line{% + \vbox to8.5pt{}% + % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks. + \getcolormarks + % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color. + \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}% + }% + \vss + }% + \nointerlineskip + } + % + % + \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines} + % + % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto). + \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% + \def\pdfimagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \def\pdfimageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% + % + % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .pdf, .png, .jpg (among + % others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if + % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a + % bitmap. + \let\pdfimgext=\empty + \begingroup + \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1 + \errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp + \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}% + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}% + \fi + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}% + \fi + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}% + \fi + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}% + \fi + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}% + \fi + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}% + \fi + \closein 1 + \endgroup + % + % without \immediate, ancient pdftex seg faults when the same image is + % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.) + \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 + \immediate\pdfimage + \else + \immediate\pdfximage + \fi + \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \pdfimagewidth \fi + \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \pdfimageheight \fi + \ifnum\pdftexversion<13 + #1.\pdfimgext + \else + {#1.\pdfimgext}% + \fi + \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else + \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage + \fi} + % + \def\setpdfdestname#1{{% + % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters + % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title. + \indexnofonts + \makevalueexpandable + \turnoffactive + \iftxiuseunicodedestname + \ifx \declaredencoding \latone + % Pass through Latin-1 characters. + % LuaTeX with byte wise I/O converts Latin-1 characters to Unicode. + \else + \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight + % Pass through Unicode characters. + \else + % Use ASCII approximations in destination names. + \passthroughcharsfalse + \fi + \fi + \else + % Use ASCII approximations in destination names. + \passthroughcharsfalse + \fi + \def\pdfdestname{#1}% + \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname + }} + % + \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{% + \indexnofonts + \makevalueexpandable + \turnoffactive + \ifx \declaredencoding \latone + % The PDF format can use an extended form of Latin-1 in bookmark + % strings. See Appendix D of the PDF Reference, Sixth Edition, for + % the "PDFDocEncoding". + \passthroughcharstrue + % Pass through Latin-1 characters. + % LuaTeX: Convert to Unicode + % pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding + \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% + \else + \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight + \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined + % For pdfTeX with UTF-8. + % TODO: the PDF format can use UTF-16 in bookmark strings, + % but the code for this isn't done yet. + % Use ASCII approximations. + \passthroughcharsfalse + \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% + \else + % For LuaTeX with UTF-8. + % Pass through Unicode characters for title texts. + \passthroughcharstrue + \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% + \fi + \else + % For non-Latin-1 or non-UTF-8 encodings. + % Use ASCII approximations. + \passthroughcharsfalse + \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% + \fi + \fi + % LuaTeX: Convert to UTF-16 + % pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding + \txiescapepdfutfsixteen\pdfoutlinetext + }} + % + \def\pdfmkdest#1{% + \setpdfdestname{#1}% + \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}% + } + % + % used to mark target names; must be expandable. + \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1} + % + % by default, use black for everything. + \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack} + \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack} + \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink} + % + % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines + % come from Petr Olsak + \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0% + \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi} + \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax + \advance\tempnum by 1 + \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}} + % + % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the + % outline by the pdf viewer. #2 is the pdf expression for the number + % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node text, + % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node. + % #4 is the page number + % + \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{% + % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the + % page number. We could generate a destination for the section + % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't + % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured. + \setpdfoutlinetext{#1} + \setpdfdestname{#3} + \ifx\pdfdestname\empty + \def\pdfdestname{#4}% + \fi + % + \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}% + } + % + \def\pdfmakeoutlines{% + \begingroup + % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline. + \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines + \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% + \def\thischapnum{##2}% + \def\thissecnum{0}% + \def\thissubsecnum{0}% + }% + \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}% + \def\thissecnum{##2}% + \def\thissubsecnum{0}% + }% + \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}% + \def\thissubsecnum{##2}% + }% + \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}% + }% + \def\thischapnum{0}% + \def\thissecnum{0}% + \def\thissubsecnum{0}% + % + % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et + % al. a second time, below. + \def\appentry{\numchapentry}% + \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}% + \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% + \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% + \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}% + \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}% + \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% + \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% + \readdatafile{toc}% + % + % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines. + % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of + % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above. + % + % We use the node names as the destinations. + % + % Currently we prefix the section name with the section number + % for chapter and appendix headings only in order to avoid too much + % horizontal space being required in the PDF viewer. + \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% + \dopdfoutline{##2 ##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}% + \def\unnchapentry##1##2##3##4{% + \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}% + \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% + \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% + \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero + \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}% + % + % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of + % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters, + % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from + % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from + % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100. + % + % TODO this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to + % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Too + % much work for too little return. Just use the ASCII equivalents + % we use for the index sort strings. + % + \indexnofonts + \setupdatafile + % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike + % Texinfo index files. So set that up. + \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}% + \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}% + \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash + \input \tocreadfilename + \endgroup + } + {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2 + \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other + \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]% + \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]% + ] + % + \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% + \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax + \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces + \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% + \advance\filenamelength by 1 + \fi + \nextsp} + \def\getfilename#1{% + \filenamelength=0 + % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get + % snagged on things like "@value{foo}". + \edef\temp{#1}% + \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax + } + \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 + \let \startlink \pdfannotlink + \else + \let \startlink \pdfstartlink + \fi + % make a live url in pdf output. + \def\pdfurl#1{% + \begingroup + % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not + % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context + % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one + % people have actually reported a problem with. + % + \normalturnoffactive + \def\@{@}% + \let\/=\empty + \makevalueexpandable + % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just + % special-casing \var here? + \def\var##1{##1}% + % + \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}% + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% + user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% + \endgroup} + % \pdfgettoks - Surround page numbers in #1 with @pdflink. #1 may + % be a simple number, or a list of numbers in the case of an index + % entry. + \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} + \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} + \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} + \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} + \def\maketoks{% + \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax + \ifx\first0\adn0 + \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 + \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 + \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 + \else + \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi + \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else + \let\next=\maketoks + \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} + \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi + \fi + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \next} + \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% + {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} + \def\pdflink#1{% + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}} + \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink} + \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} +\else + % non-pdf mode + \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble + \let\pdfurl = \gobble + \let\endlink = \relax + \let\setcolor = \gobble + \let\pdfsetcolor = \gobble + \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax +\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput + +% +% For XeTeX +% +\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined +\else + % + % XeTeX version check + % + \ifnum\strcmp{\the\XeTeXversion\XeTeXrevision}{0.99996}>-1 + % TeX Live 2016 contains XeTeX 0.99996 and xdvipdfmx 20160307. + % It can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special (from TeX Live SVN r40941). + % For avoiding PDF destination name replacement, we use this special + % instead of xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'. + \special{dvipdfmx:config C 0x0010} + % XeTeX 0.99995+ comes with xdvipdfmx 20160307+. + % It can handle Unicode destination names for PDF. + \txiuseunicodedestnametrue + \else + % XeTeX < 0.99996 (TeX Live < 2016) cannot use the + % `dvipdfmx:config' special. + % So for avoiding PDF destination name replacement, + % xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010' is necessary. + % + % XeTeX < 0.99995 can not handle Unicode destination names for PDF + % because xdvipdfmx 20150315 has a UTF-16 conversion issue. + % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753). + \txiuseunicodedestnamefalse + \fi + % + % Color support + % + \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12} + \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0} + % + \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\special{pdf:scolor [#1]}} + % + % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly, + % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore. + \def\setcolor#1{% + \xdef\currentcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}% + \domark + \pdfsetcolor{#1}% + } + % + \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack} + \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor} + \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor} + \def\currentcolordefs{} + % + \def\makefootline{% + \baselineskip24pt + \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}% + } + % + \def\makeheadline{% + \vbox to 0pt{% + \vskip-22.5pt + \line{% + \vbox to8.5pt{}% + % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks. + \getcolormarks + % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color. + \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}% + }% + \vss + }% + \nointerlineskip + } + % + % PDF outline support + % + % Emulate pdfTeX primitive + \def\pdfdest name#1 xyz{% + \special{pdf:dest (#1) [@thispage /XYZ @xpos @ypos null]}% + } + % + \def\setpdfdestname#1{{% + % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters + % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title. + \indexnofonts + \makevalueexpandable + \turnoffactive + \iftxiuseunicodedestname + % Pass through Unicode characters. + \else + % Use ASCII approximations in destination names. + \passthroughcharsfalse + \fi + \def\pdfdestname{#1}% + \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname + }} + % + \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{% + \turnoffactive + % Always use Unicode characters in title texts. + \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% + % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts to UTF-16. + % So we do not convert. + \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinetext + }} + % + \def\pdfmkdest#1{% + \setpdfdestname{#1}% + \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}% + } + % + % by default, use black for everything. + \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack} + \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack} + \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink} + % + \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{% + \setpdfoutlinetext{#1} + \setpdfdestname{#3} + \ifx\pdfdestname\empty + \def\pdfdestname{#4}% + \fi + % + \special{pdf:out [-] #2 << /Title (\pdfoutlinetext) /A + << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >> }% + } + % + \def\pdfmakeoutlines{% + \begingroup + % + % For XeTeX, counts of subentries are not necessary. + % Therefore, we read toc only once. + % + % We use node names as destinations. + % + % Currently we prefix the section name with the section number + % for chapter and appendix headings only in order to avoid too much + % horizontal space being required in the PDF viewer. + \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines + \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% + \dopdfoutline{##2 ##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}% + \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \dopdfoutline{##1}{2}{##3}{##4}}% + \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \dopdfoutline{##1}{3}{##3}{##4}}% + \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \dopdfoutline{##1}{4}{##3}{##4}}% + % + \let\appentry\numchapentry% + \let\appsecentry\numsecentry% + \let\appsubsecentry\numsubsecentry% + \let\appsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry% + \def\unnchapentry##1##2##3##4{% + \dopdfoutline{##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}% + \let\unnsecentry\numsecentry% + \let\unnsubsecentry\numsubsecentry% + \let\unnsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry% + % + % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts strings to UTF-16. + % Therefore, the encoding and the language may not be considered. + % + \indexnofonts + \setupdatafile + % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike + % Texinfo index files. So set that up. + \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}% + \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}% + \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash + \input \tocreadfilename + \endgroup + } + {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2 + \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other + \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]% + \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]% + ] + + \special{pdf:docview << /PageMode /UseOutlines >> } + % ``\special{pdf:tounicode ...}'' is not necessary + % because xdvipdfmx converts strings from UTF-8 to UTF-16 without it. + % However, due to a UTF-16 conversion issue of xdvipdfmx 20150315, + % ``\special{pdf:dest ...}'' cannot handle non-ASCII strings. + % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753). +% + \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% + \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax + \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces + \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% + \advance\filenamelength by 1 + \fi + \nextsp} + \def\getfilename#1{% + \filenamelength=0 + % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get + % snagged on things like "@value{foo}". + \edef\temp{#1}% + \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax + } + % make a live url in pdf output. + \def\pdfurl#1{% + \begingroup + % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not + % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context + % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one + % people have actually reported a problem with. + % + \normalturnoffactive + \def\@{@}% + \let\/=\empty + \makevalueexpandable + % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just + % special-casing \var here? + \def\var##1{##1}% + % + \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}% + \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] + /Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >> >>}% + \endgroup} + \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\special{pdf:eann}} + \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} + \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} + \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} + \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} + \def\maketoks{% + \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax + \ifx\first0\adn0 + \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 + \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 + \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 + \else + \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi + \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else + \let\next=\maketoks + \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} + \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi + \fi + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \next} + \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% + {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} + \def\pdflink#1{% + \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] + /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A << /S /GoTo /D (#1) >> >>}% + \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink} + \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} +% + % + % @image support + % + % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto). + \def\doxeteximage#1#2#3{% + \def\xeteximagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \def\xeteximageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% + % + % XeTeX (and the PDF format) supports .pdf, .png, .jpg (among + % others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if + % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a + % bitmap. + \let\xeteximgext=\empty + \begingroup + \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1 + \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for XeTeX}% + \else \gdef\xeteximgext{JPG}% + \fi + \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpeg}% + \fi + \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpg}% + \fi + \else \gdef\xeteximgext{png}% + \fi + \else \gdef\xeteximgext{PDF}% + \fi + \else \gdef\xeteximgext{pdf}% + \fi + \closein 1 + \endgroup + % + \def\xetexpdfext{pdf}% + \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext + \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext "" + \else + \def\xetexpdfext{PDF}% + \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext + \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext "" + \else + \XeTeXpicfile "#1".\xeteximgext "" + \fi + \fi + \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \xeteximagewidth \fi + \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \xeteximageheight \fi \relax + } +\fi + + +% +\message{fonts,} + +% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size +% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers +% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. +% +\def\lineskipfactor{.08333} +\def\strutheightpercent{.70833} +\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} +% +% can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this. +\def\baselinefactor{1} +% +\newdimen\textleading +\def\setleading#1{% + \dimen0 = #1\relax + \normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0 + \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip + \normalbaselines + \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% + \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip + depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip + }% +} + +% PDF CMaps. See also LaTeX's t1.cmap. +% +% do nothing with this by default. +\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1\endcsname\gobble +\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname\gobble +\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname\gobble + +% if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps. +% (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run +% older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.) +\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\thisisundefined \else + \begingroup + \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. + \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap +%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) +%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) +%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1-0) +%%Title: (TeX-OT1-0 TeX OT1 0) +%%Version: 1.000 +%%EndComments +/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin +12 dict begin +begincmap +/CIDSystemInfo +<< /Registry (TeX) +/Ordering (OT1) +/Supplement 0 +>> def +/CMapName /TeX-OT1-0 def +/CMapType 2 def +1 begincodespacerange +<00> <7F> +endcodespacerange +8 beginbfrange +<00> <01> <0393> +<09> <0A> <03A8> +<23> <26> <0023> +<28> <3B> <0028> +<3F> <5B> <003F> +<5D> <5E> <005D> +<61> <7A> <0061> +<7B> <7C> <2013> +endbfrange +40 beginbfchar +<02> <0398> +<03> <039B> +<04> <039E> +<05> <03A0> +<06> <03A3> +<07> <03D2> +<08> <03A6> +<0B> <00660066> +<0C> <00660069> +<0D> <0066006C> +<0E> <006600660069> +<0F> <00660066006C> +<10> <0131> +<11> <0237> +<12> <0060> +<13> <00B4> +<14> <02C7> +<15> <02D8> +<16> <00AF> +<17> <02DA> +<18> <00B8> +<19> <00DF> +<1A> <00E6> +<1B> <0153> +<1C> <00F8> +<1D> <00C6> +<1E> <0152> +<1F> <00D8> +<21> <0021> +<22> <201D> +<27> <2019> +<3C> <00A1> +<3D> <003D> +<3E> <00BF> +<5C> <201C> +<5F> <02D9> +<60> <2018> +<7D> <02DD> +<7E> <007E> +<7F> <00A8> +endbfchar +endcmap +CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop +end +end +%%EndResource +%%EOF + }\endgroup + \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1\endcsname#1{% + \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% + }% +% +% \cmapOT1IT + \begingroup + \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. + \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap +%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) +%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) +%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1IT-0) +%%Title: (TeX-OT1IT-0 TeX OT1IT 0) +%%Version: 1.000 +%%EndComments +/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin +12 dict begin +begincmap +/CIDSystemInfo +<< /Registry (TeX) +/Ordering (OT1IT) +/Supplement 0 +>> def +/CMapName /TeX-OT1IT-0 def +/CMapType 2 def +1 begincodespacerange +<00> <7F> +endcodespacerange +8 beginbfrange +<00> <01> <0393> +<09> <0A> <03A8> +<25> <26> <0025> +<28> <3B> <0028> +<3F> <5B> <003F> +<5D> <5E> <005D> +<61> <7A> <0061> +<7B> <7C> <2013> +endbfrange +42 beginbfchar +<02> <0398> +<03> <039B> +<04> <039E> +<05> <03A0> +<06> <03A3> +<07> <03D2> +<08> <03A6> +<0B> <00660066> +<0C> <00660069> +<0D> <0066006C> +<0E> <006600660069> +<0F> <00660066006C> +<10> <0131> +<11> <0237> +<12> <0060> +<13> <00B4> +<14> <02C7> +<15> <02D8> +<16> <00AF> +<17> <02DA> +<18> <00B8> +<19> <00DF> +<1A> <00E6> +<1B> <0153> +<1C> <00F8> +<1D> <00C6> +<1E> <0152> +<1F> <00D8> +<21> <0021> +<22> <201D> +<23> <0023> +<24> <00A3> +<27> <2019> +<3C> <00A1> +<3D> <003D> +<3E> <00BF> +<5C> <201C> +<5F> <02D9> +<60> <2018> +<7D> <02DD> +<7E> <007E> +<7F> <00A8> +endbfchar +endcmap +CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop +end +end +%%EndResource +%%EOF + }\endgroup + \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname#1{% + \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% + }% +% +% \cmapOT1TT + \begingroup + \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. + \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap +%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) +%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) +%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1TT-0) +%%Title: (TeX-OT1TT-0 TeX OT1TT 0) +%%Version: 1.000 +%%EndComments +/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin +12 dict begin +begincmap +/CIDSystemInfo +<< /Registry (TeX) +/Ordering (OT1TT) +/Supplement 0 +>> def +/CMapName /TeX-OT1TT-0 def +/CMapType 2 def +1 begincodespacerange +<00> <7F> +endcodespacerange +5 beginbfrange +<00> <01> <0393> +<09> <0A> <03A8> +<21> <26> <0021> +<28> <5F> <0028> +<61> <7E> <0061> +endbfrange +32 beginbfchar +<02> <0398> +<03> <039B> +<04> <039E> +<05> <03A0> +<06> <03A3> +<07> <03D2> +<08> <03A6> +<0B> <2191> +<0C> <2193> +<0D> <0027> +<0E> <00A1> +<0F> <00BF> +<10> <0131> +<11> <0237> +<12> <0060> +<13> <00B4> +<14> <02C7> +<15> <02D8> +<16> <00AF> +<17> <02DA> +<18> <00B8> +<19> <00DF> +<1A> <00E6> +<1B> <0153> +<1C> <00F8> +<1D> <00C6> +<1E> <0152> +<1F> <00D8> +<20> <2423> +<27> <2019> +<60> <2018> +<7F> <00A8> +endbfchar +endcmap +CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop +end +end +%%EndResource +%%EOF + }\endgroup + \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname#1{% + \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% + }% +\fi\fi + + +% Set the font macro #1 to the font named \fontprefix#2. +% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap +% encoding (only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, or empty to omit). +% Example: +% #1 = \textrm +% #2 = \rmshape +% #3 = 10 +% #4 = \mainmagstep +% #5 = OT1 +% +\def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{% + \font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4 + \csname cmap#5\endcsname#1% +} +% This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty. +\let\cmap\gobble +% +% (end of cmaps) + +% Use cm as the default font prefix. +% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix +% before you read in texinfo.tex. +\ifx\fontprefix\thisisundefined +\def\fontprefix{cm} +\fi +% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. +\def\rmshape{r} +\def\rmbshape{bx} % where the normal face is bold +\def\bfshape{b} +\def\bxshape{bx} +\def\ttshape{tt} +\def\ttbshape{tt} +\def\ttslshape{sltt} +\def\itshape{ti} +\def\itbshape{bxti} +\def\slshape{sl} +\def\slbshape{bxsl} +\def\sfshape{ss} +\def\sfbshape{ss} +\def\scshape{csc} +\def\scbshape{csc} + +% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. (The default in Texinfo.) +% +\def\definetextfontsizexi{% +% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1). +\def\textnominalsize{11pt} +\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf} +\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} +\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT} +\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} +\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep +\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep +\def\textecsize{1095} + +% A few fonts for @defun names and args. +\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} +\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} +\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} +\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} +\def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf +\let\ttslfont=\defttsl \let\slfont=\defsl \bf} + +% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). +\def\smallnominalsize{9pt} +\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} +\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} +\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} +\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} +\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} +\font\smalli=cmmi9 +\font\smallsy=cmsy9 +\def\smallecsize{0900} + +% Fonts for small examples (8pt). +\def\smallernominalsize{8pt} +\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT} +\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1} +\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT} +\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1} +\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT} +\font\smalleri=cmmi8 +\font\smallersy=cmsy8 +\def\smallerecsize{0800} + +% Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt). +\def\sevennominalsize{7pt} +\setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT} +\setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1} +\setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT} +\setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1} +\setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1} +\setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1} +\setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT} +\font\seveni=cmmi7 +\font\sevensy=cmsy7 +\def\sevenecsize{0700} + +% Fonts for title page (20.4pt): +\def\titlenominalsize{20pt} +\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1} +\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT} +\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} +\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} +\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT} +\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1} +\let\titlebf=\titlerm +\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} +\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 +\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 +\def\titleecsize{2074} + +% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). +\def\chapnominalsize{17pt} +\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1} +\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1IT} +\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1} +\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} +\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} +\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}{OT1} +\let\chapbf=\chaprm +\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1} +\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 +\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 +\def\chapecsize{1728} + +% Section fonts (14.4pt). +\def\secnominalsize{14pt} +\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} +\setfont\secrmnotbold\rmshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} +\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT} +\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} +\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} +\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} +\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} +\let\secbf\secrm +\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} +\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 +\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 +\def\sececsize{1440} + +% Subsection fonts (13.15pt). +\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt} +\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1} +\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}{OT1IT} +\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}{OT1} +\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} +\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}{OT1TT} +\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1} +\let\ssecbf\ssecrm +\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}{OT1} +\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf +\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315 +\def\ssececsize{1200} + +% Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (10pt). +\def\reducednominalsize{10pt} +\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} +\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT} +\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} +\font\reducedi=cmmi10 +\font\reducedsy=cmsy10 +\def\reducedecsize{1000} + +\textleading = 13.2pt % line spacing for 11pt CM +\textfonts % reset the current fonts +\rm +} % end of 11pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizexi + + +% Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with +% section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit. This is for the GNU +% Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual. Maybe other manuals in the +% future. Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt. +% +\def\definetextfontsizex{% +% Text fonts (10pt). +\def\textnominalsize{10pt} +\edef\mainmagstep{1000} +\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} +\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT} +\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} +\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep +\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep +\def\textecsize{1000} + +% A few fonts for @defun names and args. +\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1} +\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} +\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1} +\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} +\def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf +\let\slfont=\defsl \let\ttslfont=\defttsl \bf} + +% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). +\def\smallnominalsize{9pt} +\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} +\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} +\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} +\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} +\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} +\font\smalli=cmmi9 +\font\smallsy=cmsy9 +\def\smallecsize{0900} + +% Fonts for small examples (8pt). +\def\smallernominalsize{8pt} +\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT} +\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1} +\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT} +\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1} +\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT} +\font\smalleri=cmmi8 +\font\smallersy=cmsy8 +\def\smallerecsize{0800} + +% Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt). +\def\sevennominalsize{7pt} +\setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT} +\setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1} +\setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT} +\setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1} +\setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1} +\setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1} +\setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT} +\font\seveni=cmmi7 +\font\sevensy=cmsy7 +\def\sevenecsize{0700} + +% Fonts for title page (20.4pt): +\def\titlenominalsize{20pt} +\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1} +\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT} +\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} +\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} +\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT} +\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1} +\let\titlebf=\titlerm +\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} +\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 +\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 +\def\titleecsize{2074} + +% Chapter fonts (14.4pt). +\def\chapnominalsize{14pt} +\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} +\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT} +\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} +\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} +\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} +\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} +\let\chapbf\chaprm +\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} +\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 +\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 +\def\chapecsize{1440} + +% Section fonts (12pt). +\def\secnominalsize{12pt} +\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1IT} +\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} +\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT} +\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} +\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}{OT1} +\let\secbf\secrm +\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} +\font\seci=cmmi12 +\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1 +\def\sececsize{1200} + +% Subsection fonts (10pt). +\def\ssecnominalsize{10pt} +\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT} +\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} +\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} +\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} +\let\ssecbf\ssecrm +\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} +\font\sseci=cmmi10 +\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 +\def\ssececsize{1000} + +% Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (9pt). +\def\reducednominalsize{9pt} +\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} +\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} +\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} +\font\reducedi=cmmi9 +\font\reducedsy=cmsy9 +\def\reducedecsize{0900} + +\divide\parskip by 2 % reduce space between paragraphs +\textleading = 12pt % line spacing for 10pt CM +\textfonts % reset the current fonts +\rm +} % end of 10pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizex + +% Fonts for short table of contents. +\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12 +\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT} + + +% We provide the user-level command +% @fonttextsize 10 +% (or 11) to redefine the text font size. pt is assumed. +% +\def\xiword{11} +\def\xword{10} +\def\xwordpt{10pt} +% +\parseargdef\fonttextsize{% + \def\textsizearg{#1}% + %\wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}% + % + % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since + % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless. + % + \begingroup \globaldefs=1 + \ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex + \else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi + \else + \errhelp=\EMsimple + \errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'} + \fi\fi + \endgroup +} + +% +% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle. +% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in +% italics, not bold italics. +% +\def\setfontstyle#1{% + \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd. + \csname #1font\endcsname % change the current font +} + +\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}} +\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}} +\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}} +\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf} +\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}\def\ttstylename{tt} + +% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. +% So we set up a \sf. +\newfam\sffam +\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}} + +% We don't need math for this font style. +\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}} + + +% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, +% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. +% We don't bother to reset \scriptscriptfont; awaiting user need. +% +\def\resetmathfonts{% + \textfont0=\rmfont \textfont1=\ifont \textfont2=\syfont + \textfont\itfam=\itfont \textfont\slfam=\slfont \textfont\bffam=\bffont + \textfont\ttfam=\ttfont \textfont\sffam=\sffont + % + % Fonts for superscript. Note that the 7pt fonts are used regardless + % of the current font size. + \scriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptfont1=\seveni \scriptfont2=\sevensy + \scriptfont\itfam=\sevenit \scriptfont\slfam=\sevensl + \scriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf \scriptfont\ttfam=\seventt + \scriptfont\sffam=\sevensf +} + +% + +% The font-changing commands (all called \...fonts) redefine the meanings +% of \STYLEfont, instead of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs +% to also set the current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) +% commands hardwire \STYLEfont to set the current font. +% +% The fonts used for \ifont are for "math italics" (\itfont is for italics +% in regular text). \syfont is also used in math mode only. +% +% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower) +% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used +% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms. +% +% This all needs generalizing, badly. +% + +\def\assignfonts#1{% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\rmfont\csname #1rm\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\itfont\csname #1it\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\slfont\csname #1sl\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\bffont\csname #1bf\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\ttfont\csname #1tt\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\smallcaps\csname #1sc\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\sffont \csname #1sf\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\ifont \csname #1i\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\syfont \csname #1sy\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\ttslfont\csname #1ttsl\endcsname +} + +\newif\ifrmisbold + +% Select smaller font size with the current style. Used to change font size +% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms. If we are using bold fonts for +% normal roman text, also use bold fonts for roman text in the smaller size. +\def\switchtolllsize{% + \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lllsize}% + \ifrmisbold + \let\rmfont\bffont + \fi + \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname +}% + +\def\switchtolsize{% + \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lsize}% + \ifrmisbold + \let\rmfont\bffont + \fi + \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname +}% + +\def\definefontsetatsize#1#2#3#4#5{% +\expandafter\def\csname #1fonts\endcsname{% + \def\curfontsize{#1}% + \def\lsize{#2}\def\lllsize{#3}% + \csname rmisbold#5\endcsname + \assignfonts{#1}% + \resetmathfonts + \setleading{#4}% +}} + +\definefontsetatsize{text} {reduced}{smaller}{\textleading}{false} +\definefontsetatsize{title} {chap} {subsec} {27pt} {true} +\definefontsetatsize{chap} {sec} {text} {19pt} {true} +\definefontsetatsize{sec} {subsec} {reduced}{17pt} {true} +\definefontsetatsize{ssec} {text} {small} {15pt} {true} +\definefontsetatsize{reduced}{small} {smaller}{10.5pt}{false} +\definefontsetatsize{small} {smaller}{smaller}{10.5pt}{false} +\definefontsetatsize{smaller}{smaller}{smaller}{9.5pt} {false} + +\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}} +\let\subsecfonts = \ssecfonts +\let\subsubsecfonts = \ssecfonts + +% Define these just so they can be easily changed for other fonts. +\def\angleleft{$\langle$} +\def\angleright{$\rangle$} + +% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments. +\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts + +% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample +% can fit this many characters: +% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69 +% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters: +% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77 +% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth +% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt. +% +% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt): +% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58 +% --karl, 24jan03. + +% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. +% +\definetextfontsizexi + + +\message{markup,} + +% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the +% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and +% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have +% this property, we can check that font parameter. +% +\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } + +% Markup style infrastructure. \defmarkupstylesetup\INITMACRO will +% define and register \INITMACRO to be called on markup style changes. +% \INITMACRO can check \currentmarkupstyle for the innermost +% style. + +\let\currentmarkupstyle\empty + +\def\setupmarkupstyle#1{% + \def\currentmarkupstyle{#1}% + \markupstylesetup +} + +\let\markupstylesetup\empty + +\def\defmarkupstylesetup#1{% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\markupstylesetup + \expandafter{\markupstylesetup #1}% + \def#1% +} + +% Markup style setup for left and right quotes. +\defmarkupstylesetup\markupsetuplq{% + \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp + \csname markupsetuplq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname + \ifx\temp\relax \markupsetuplqdefault \else \temp \fi +} + +\defmarkupstylesetup\markupsetuprq{% + \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp + \csname markupsetuprq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname + \ifx\temp\relax \markupsetuprqdefault \else \temp \fi +} + +{ +\catcode`\'=\active +\catcode`\`=\active + +\gdef\markupsetuplqdefault{\let`\lq} +\gdef\markupsetuprqdefault{\let'\rq} + +\gdef\markupsetcodequoteleft{\let`\codequoteleft} +\gdef\markupsetcodequoteright{\let'\codequoteright} +} + +\let\markupsetuplqcode \markupsetcodequoteleft +\let\markupsetuprqcode \markupsetcodequoteright +% +\let\markupsetuplqexample \markupsetcodequoteleft +\let\markupsetuprqexample \markupsetcodequoteright +% +\let\markupsetuplqkbd \markupsetcodequoteleft +\let\markupsetuprqkbd \markupsetcodequoteright +% +\let\markupsetuplqsamp \markupsetcodequoteleft +\let\markupsetuprqsamp \markupsetcodequoteright +% +\let\markupsetuplqverb \markupsetcodequoteleft +\let\markupsetuprqverb \markupsetcodequoteright +% +\let\markupsetuplqverbatim \markupsetcodequoteleft +\let\markupsetuprqverbatim \markupsetcodequoteright + +% Allow an option to not use regular directed right quote/apostrophe +% (char 0x27), but instead the undirected quote from cmtt (char 0x0d). +% The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it the default, but it +% works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least evince), the +% lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the regular 0x27. +% +\def\codequoteright{% + \ifmonospace + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax + '% + \else \char'15 \fi + \else \char'15 \fi + \else + '% + \fi +} +% +% and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent. +% Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like +% the code environments to do likewise. +% +\def\codequoteleft{% + \ifmonospace + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax + % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 + % \relax disables Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font. + \relax`% + \else \char'22 \fi + \else \char'22 \fi + \else + \relax`% + \fi +} + +% Commands to set the quote options. +% +\parseargdef\codequoteundirected{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\onword + \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname + = t% + \else\ifx\temp\offword + \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname + = \relax + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @codequoteundirected value `\temp', must be on|off}% + \fi\fi +} +% +\parseargdef\codequotebacktick{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\onword + \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname + = t% + \else\ifx\temp\offword + \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname + = \relax + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @codequotebacktick value `\temp', must be on|off}% + \fi\fi +} + +% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391, disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font. +\def\noligaturesquoteleft{\relax\lq} + +% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks +\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 + +% Font commands. + +% #1 is the font command (\sl or \it), #2 is the text to slant. +% If we are in a monospaced environment, however, 1) always use \ttsl, +% and 2) do not add an italic correction. +\def\dosmartslant#1#2{% + \ifusingtt + {{\ttsl #2}\let\next=\relax}% + {\def\next{{#1#2}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}}% + \next +} +\def\smartslanted{\dosmartslant\sl} +\def\smartitalic{\dosmartslant\it} + +% Output an italic correction unless \next (presumed to be the following +% character) is such as not to need one. +\def\smartitaliccorrection{% + \ifx\next,% + \else\ifx\next-% + \else\ifx\next.% + \else\ifx\next\.% + \else\ifx\next\comma% + \else\ptexslash + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \aftersmartic +} + +% Unconditional use \ttsl, and no ic. @var is set to this for defuns. +\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}} + +% @cite is like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want +% ttsl for book titles, do we? +\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection} + +\def\aftersmartic{} +\def\var#1{% + \let\saveaftersmartic = \aftersmartic + \def\aftersmartic{\null\let\aftersmartic=\saveaftersmartic}% + \smartslanted{#1}% +} + +\let\i=\smartitalic +\let\slanted=\smartslanted +\let\dfn=\smartslanted +\let\emph=\smartitalic + +% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii. +\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font +\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font +\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font + +% @b, explicit bold. Also @strong. +\def\b#1{{\bf #1}} +\let\strong=\b + +% @sansserif, explicit sans. +\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}} + +% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at +% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the +% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. +% +\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} +\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } + +% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. +% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and +% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up. +% +\catcode`@=11 + \def\plainfrenchspacing{% + \sfcode`\.=\@m \sfcode`\?=\@m \sfcode`\!=\@m + \sfcode`\:=\@m \sfcode`\;=\@m \sfcode`\,=\@m + \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends + } + \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{% + \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000 + \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250 + \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends + } +\catcode`@=\other +\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default + +% @t, explicit typewriter. +\def\t#1{% + {\tt \plainfrenchspacing #1}% + \null +} + +% @samp. +\def\samp#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{samp}\lq\tclose{#1}\rq\null}} + +% @indicateurl is \samp, that is, with quotes. +\let\indicateurl=\samp + +% @code (and similar) prints in typewriter, but with spaces the same +% size as normal in the surrounding text, without hyphenation, etc. +% This is a subroutine for that. +\def\tclose#1{% + {% + % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. + \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font + % + % Switch to typewriter. + \tt + % + % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. + \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% + % + % Turn off hyphenation. + \nohyphenation + % + \plainfrenchspacing + #1% + }% + \null % reset spacefactor to 1000 +} + +% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code. +% (But see \codedashfinish below.) +% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes +% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. +% +% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control +% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. +% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) +% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. -- rms. +{ + \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active + \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active + \global\let'=\rq \global\let`=\lq % default definitions + % + \global\def\code{\begingroup + \setupmarkupstyle{code}% + % The following should really be moved into \setupmarkupstyle handlers. + \catcode\dashChar=\active \catcode\underChar=\active + \ifallowcodebreaks + \let-\codedash + \let_\codeunder + \else + \let-\normaldash + \let_\realunder + \fi + % Given -foo (with a single dash), we do not want to allow a break + % after the hyphen. + \global\let\codedashprev=\codedash + % + \codex + } + % + \gdef\codedash{\futurelet\next\codedashfinish} + \gdef\codedashfinish{% + \normaldash % always output the dash character itself. + % + % Now, output a discretionary to allow a line break, unless + % (a) the next character is a -, or + % (b) the preceding character is a -. + % E.g., given --posix, we do not want to allow a break after either -. + % Given --foo-bar, we do want to allow a break between the - and the b. + \ifx\next\codedash \else + \ifx\codedashprev\codedash + \else \discretionary{}{}{}\fi + \fi + % we need the space after the = for the case when \next itself is a + % space token; it would get swallowed otherwise. As in @code{- a}. + \global\let\codedashprev= \next + } +} +\def\normaldash{-} +% +\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} + +\def\codeunder{% + % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _ + % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.) + % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us + % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop. + \ifusingtt{\ifmmode + \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_. + \else\normalunderscore \fi + \discretionary{}{}{}}% + {\_}% +} + +% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g., +% each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is bad. +% @allowcodebreaks provides a document-level way to turn breaking at - +% and _ on and off. +% +\newif\ifallowcodebreaks \allowcodebreakstrue + +\def\keywordtrue{true} +\def\keywordfalse{false} + +\parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{% + \def\txiarg{#1}% + \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue + \allowcodebreakstrue + \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse + \allowcodebreaksfalse + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg', must be true|false}% + \fi\fi +} + +% For @command, @env, @file, @option quotes seem unnecessary, +% so use \code rather than \samp. +\let\command=\code +\let\env=\code +\let\file=\code +\let\option=\code + +% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') aka @url takes an optional +% (comma-separated) second argument specifying the text to display and +% an optional third arg as text to display instead of (rather than in +% addition to) the url itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. + +% TeX-only option to allow changing PDF output to show only the second +% arg (if given), and not the url (which is then just the link target). +\newif\ifurefurlonlylink + +% The main macro is \urefbreak, which allows breaking at expected +% places within the url. (There used to be another version, which +% didn't support automatic breaking.) +\def\urefbreak{\begingroup \urefcatcodes \dourefbreak} +\let\uref=\urefbreak +% +\def\dourefbreak#1{\urefbreakfinish #1,,,\finish} +\def\urefbreakfinish#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% doesn't work in @example + \unsepspaces + \pdfurl{#1}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt + \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that + \else + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% look for second arg + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt + \ifpdf + % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX + \ifurefurlonlylink + % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg + \unhbox0 + \else + % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency, + % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc. + \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% + \fi + \else + \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined + \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% DVI, always show arg and url + \else + % For XeTeX + \ifurefurlonlylink + % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg + \unhbox0 + \else + % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency, + % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc. + \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% + \fi + \fi + \fi + \else + \urefcode{#1}% only url given, so show it + \fi + \fi + \endlink +\endgroup} + +% Allow line breaks around only a few characters (only). +\def\urefcatcodes{% + \catcode`\&=\active \catcode`\.=\active + \catcode`\#=\active \catcode`\?=\active + \catcode`\/=\active +} +{ + \urefcatcodes + % + \global\def\urefcode{\begingroup + \setupmarkupstyle{code}% + \urefcatcodes + \let&\urefcodeamp + \let.\urefcodedot + \let#\urefcodehash + \let?\urefcodequest + \let/\urefcodeslash + \codex + } + % + % By default, they are just regular characters. + \global\def&{\normalamp} + \global\def.{\normaldot} + \global\def#{\normalhash} + \global\def?{\normalquest} + \global\def/{\normalslash} +} + +\def\urefcodeamp{\urefprebreak \&\urefpostbreak} +\def\urefcodedot{\urefprebreak .\urefpostbreak} +\def\urefcodehash{\urefprebreak \#\urefpostbreak} +\def\urefcodequest{\urefprebreak ?\urefpostbreak} +\def\urefcodeslash{\futurelet\next\urefcodeslashfinish} +{ + \catcode`\/=\active + \global\def\urefcodeslashfinish{% + \urefprebreak \slashChar + % Allow line break only after the final / in a sequence of + % slashes, to avoid line break between the slashes in http://. + \ifx\next/\else \urefpostbreak \fi + } +} + +% By default we'll break after the special characters, but some people like to +% break before the special chars, so allow that. Also allow no breaking at +% all, for manual control. +% +\parseargdef\urefbreakstyle{% + \def\txiarg{#1}% + \ifx\txiarg\wordnone + \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak} + \else\ifx\txiarg\wordbefore + \def\urefprebreak{\urefallowbreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak} + \else\ifx\txiarg\wordafter + \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\urefallowbreak} + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @urefbreakstyle setting `\txiarg'}% + \fi\fi\fi +} +\def\wordafter{after} +\def\wordbefore{before} +\def\wordnone{none} + +% Allow a ragged right output to aid breaking long URL's. There can +% be a break at the \allowbreak with no extra glue (if the existing stretch in +% the line is sufficient), a break at the \penalty100 with extra glue added +% at the end of the line, or no break at all here. +% Changing the value of the penalty and/or the amount of stretch affects how +% preferable one choice is over the other. +\def\urefallowbreak{% + \allowbreak + \hskip 0pt plus 2 em\relax + \penalty300 + \hskip 0pt plus -2 em\relax +} + +\urefbreakstyle after + +% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it. +% +\let\url=\uref + +% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. +% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. +% +%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} +\ifpdforxetex + \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} + \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup + \unsepspaces + \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi + \endlink + \endgroup} +\else + \let\email=\uref +\fi + +% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), +% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), +% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always). +\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{% + \def\txiarg{#1}% + \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct + \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}% + \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample + \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% + \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode + \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle setting `\txiarg'}% + \fi\fi\fi +} +\def\worddistinct{distinct} +\def\wordexample{example} +\def\wordcode{code} + +% Default is `distinct'. +\kbdinputstyle distinct + +% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, +% then @kbd has no effect. +\def\kbd#1{{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdsub\look??\par}} + +\def\xkey{\key} +\def\kbdsub#1#2#3\par{% + \def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% + \ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% + \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\look}}\fi + \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\look}}\fi +} + +% definition of @key that produces a lozenge. Doesn't adjust to text size. +%\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} +%\font\keysy=cmsy9 +%\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% +% \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% +% \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt +% \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% +% \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% +% \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} + +% definition of @key with no lozenge. If the current font is already +% monospace, don't change it; that way, we respect @kbdinputstyle. But +% if it isn't monospace, then use \tt. +% +\def\key#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{key}% + \nohyphenation + \ifmonospace\else\tt\fi + #1}\null} + +% @clicksequence{File @click{} Open ...} +\def\clicksequence#1{\begingroup #1\endgroup} + +% @clickstyle @arrow (by default) +\parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}} +\def\click{\arrow} + +% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the +% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt. +% +\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} + +% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like. +% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for +% all-uppercase. +% +\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish} +\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{% + {\switchtolsize #1}% + \def\temp{#2}% + \ifx\temp\empty \else + \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% + \fi + \null % reset \spacefactor=1000 +} + +% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like. +% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing. +% +\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish} +\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{% + {\plainfrenchspacing #1}% + \def\temp{#2}% + \ifx\temp\empty \else + \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% + \fi + \null % reset \spacefactor=1000 +} + +% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. +% +\def\asis#1{#1} + +% @math outputs its argument in math mode. +% +% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean +% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make +% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam, +% which is what @var uses. +{ + \catcode`\_ = \active + \gdef\mathunderscore{% + \catcode`\_=\active + \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}% + } +} +% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a math (or tt) \. +% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (for no +% particular reason), but this is not advertised and we don't care. +% +% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\. +\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi} +% +\def\math{% + \ifmmode\else % only go into math if not in math mode already + \tex + \mathunderscore + \let\\ = \mathbackslash + \mathactive + % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode + \let\"=\ddot + \let\'=\acute + \let\==\bar + \let\^=\hat + \let\`=\grave + \let\u=\breve + \let\v=\check + \let\~=\tilde + \let\dotaccent=\dot + % have to provide another name for sup operator + \let\mathopsup=\sup + $\expandafter\finishmath\fi +} +\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex. + +% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math. +% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument +% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section). +% +{ + \catcode`^ = \active + \catcode`< = \active + \catcode`> = \active + \catcode`+ = \active + \catcode`' = \active + \gdef\mathactive{% + \let^ = \ptexhat + \let< = \ptexless + \let> = \ptexgtr + \let+ = \ptexplus + \let' = \ptexquoteright + } +} + +% for @sub and @sup, if in math mode, just do a normal sub/superscript. +% If in text, use math to place as sub/superscript, but switch +% into text mode, with smaller fonts. This is a different font than the +% one used for real math sub/superscripts (8pt vs. 7pt), but let's not +% fix it (significant additions to font machinery) until someone notices. +% +\def\sub{\ifmmode \expandafter\sb \else \expandafter\finishsub\fi} +\def\finishsub#1{$\sb{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}% +% +\def\sup{\ifmmode \expandafter\ptexsp \else \expandafter\finishsup\fi} +\def\finishsup#1{$\ptexsp{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}% + +% @inlinefmt{FMTNAME,PROCESSED-TEXT} and @inlineraw{FMTNAME,RAW-TEXT}. +% Ignore unless FMTNAME == tex; then it is like @iftex and @tex, +% except specified as a normal braced arg, so no newlines to worry about. +% +\def\outfmtnametex{tex} +% +\long\def\inlinefmt#1{\doinlinefmt #1,\finish} +\long\def\doinlinefmt#1,#2,\finish{% + \def\inlinefmtname{#1}% + \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi +} +% +% @inlinefmtifelse{FMTNAME,THEN-TEXT,ELSE-TEXT} expands THEN-TEXT if +% FMTNAME is tex, else ELSE-TEXT. +\long\def\inlinefmtifelse#1{\doinlinefmtifelse #1,,,\finish} +\long\def\doinlinefmtifelse#1,#2,#3,#4,\finish{% + \def\inlinefmtname{#1}% + \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\else \ignorespaces #3\fi +} +% +% For raw, must switch into @tex before parsing the argument, to avoid +% setting catcodes prematurely. Doing it this way means that, for +% example, @inlineraw{html, foo{bar} gets a parse error instead of being +% ignored. But this isn't important because if people want a literal +% *right* brace they would have to use a command anyway, so they may as +% well use a command to get a left brace too. We could re-use the +% delimiter character idea from \verb, but it seems like overkill. +% +\long\def\inlineraw{\tex \doinlineraw} +\long\def\doinlineraw#1{\doinlinerawtwo #1,\finish} +\def\doinlinerawtwo#1,#2,\finish{% + \def\inlinerawname{#1}% + \ifx\inlinerawname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi + \endgroup % close group opened by \tex. +} + +% @inlineifset{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is @set. +% +\long\def\inlineifset#1{\doinlineifset #1,\finish} +\long\def\doinlineifset#1,#2,\finish{% + \def\inlinevarname{#1}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax + \else\ignorespaces#2\fi +} + +% @inlineifclear{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is not @set. +% +\long\def\inlineifclear#1{\doinlineifclear #1,\finish} +\long\def\doinlineifclear#1,#2,\finish{% + \def\inlinevarname{#1}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax \ignorespaces#2\fi +} + + +\message{glyphs,} +% and logos. + +% @@ prints an @, as does @atchar{}. +\def\@{\char64 } +\let\atchar=\@ + +% @{ @} @lbracechar{} @rbracechar{} all generate brace characters. +\def\lbracechar{{\ifmonospace\char123\else\ensuremath\lbrace\fi}} +\def\rbracechar{{\ifmonospace\char125\else\ensuremath\rbrace\fi}} +\let\{=\lbracechar +\let\}=\rbracechar + +% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems. +\let\comma = , + +% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent +% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H. +\let\, = \ptexc +\let\dotaccent = \ptexdot +\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} +\let\tieaccent = \ptext +\let\ubaraccent = \ptexb +\let\udotaccent = \d + +% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm +% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss. +\def\questiondown{?`} +\def\exclamdown{!`} +\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{a}}} +\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{o}}} + +% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. +\def\imacro{i} +\def\jmacro{j} +\def\dotless#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi + \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi + \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% + \fi\fi +} + +% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a +% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.) +% +\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 } + +% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in +% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most +% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using +% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and +% \scriptscriptstyle). +% +\def\LaTeX{% + L\kern-.36em + {\setbox0=\hbox{T}% + \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{% + \ifx\textnominalsize\xwordpt + % for 10pt running text, lllsize (8pt) is too small for the A in LaTeX. + % Revert to plain's \scriptsize, which is 7pt. + \count255=\the\fam $\fam\count255 \scriptstyle A$% + \else + % For 11pt, we can use our lllsize. + \switchtolllsize A% + \fi + }% + \vss + }}% + \kern-.15em + \TeX +} + +% Some math mode symbols. Define \ensuremath to switch into math mode +% unless we are already there. Expansion tricks may not be needed here, +% but safer, and can't hurt. +\def\ensuremath{\ifmmode \expandafter\asis \else\expandafter\ensuredmath \fi} +\def\ensuredmath#1{$\relax#1$} +% +\def\bullet{\ensuremath\ptexbullet} +\def\geq{\ensuremath\ge} +\def\leq{\ensuremath\le} +\def\minus{\ensuremath-} + +% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font. +% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm +% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand, +% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do +% whichever is larger. +% +\def\dots{% + \leavevmode + \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods + \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em + \dimen0 = \wd0 + \else + \dimen0 = 1.5em + \fi + \hbox to \dimen0{% + \hskip 0pt plus.25fil + .\hskip 0pt plus1fil + .\hskip 0pt plus1fil + .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil + }% +} + +% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. +% +\def\enddots{% + \dots + \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor +} + +% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. +% +% Since these characters are used in examples, they should be an even number of +% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. +% +\def\point{$\star$} +\def\arrow{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\rightarrow$\hfil}} +\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} +\def\expansion{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} +\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} +\def\equiv{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} + +% The @error{} command. +% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. +% +\newbox\errorbox +% +{\ttfont \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. +\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules +% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) +\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf \putworderror\kern-1.5pt} +% +\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil + \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. + \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. + \vbox{% + \hrule height\dimen2 + \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. + \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. + \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. + \hrule height\dimen2} + \hfil} +% +\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} + +% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font. +% +\def\pounds{\ifmonospace{\ecfont\char"BF}\else{\it\$}\fi} + +% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style. +% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik +% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and +% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need). +% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym. +% +% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore +% that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular +% font height. +% +% feymr - regular +% feymo - slanted +% feybr - bold +% feybo - bold slanted +% +% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge. +% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide. +% Hmm. +% +% Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols? +% Hope not. +% +% +\def\euro{{\eurofont e}} +\def\eurofont{% + % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in + % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that + % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the + % font installed. + % + % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale + % that to the current nominal size. + % + % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but + % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts. + % + \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% + % + \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename + % bold: + \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize + \else + % regular: + \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize + \fi + \thiseurofont +} + +% Glyphs from the EC fonts. We don't use \let for the aliases, because +% sometimes we redefine the original macro, and the alias should reflect +% the redefinition. +% +% Use LaTeX names for the Icelandic letters. +\def\DH{{\ecfont \char"D0}} % Eth +\def\dh{{\ecfont \char"F0}} % eth +\def\TH{{\ecfont \char"DE}} % Thorn +\def\th{{\ecfont \char"FE}} % thorn +% +\def\guillemetleft{{\ecfont \char"13}} +\def\guillemotleft{\guillemetleft} +\def\guillemetright{{\ecfont \char"14}} +\def\guillemotright{\guillemetright} +\def\guilsinglleft{{\ecfont \char"0E}} +\def\guilsinglright{{\ecfont \char"0F}} +\def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}} +\def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}} +% +% This positioning is not perfect (see the ogonek LaTeX package), but +% we have the precomposed glyphs for the most common cases. We put the +% tests to use those glyphs in the single \ogonek macro so we have fewer +% dummy definitions to worry about for index entries, etc. +% +% ogonek is also used with other letters in Lithuanian (IOU), but using +% the precomposed glyphs for those is not so easy since they aren't in +% the same EC font. +\def\ogonek#1{{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\macrocharA\Aogonek + \else\ifx\temp\macrochara\aogonek + \else\ifx\temp\macrocharE\Eogonek + \else\ifx\temp\macrochare\eogonek + \else + \ecfont \setbox0=\hbox{#1}% + \ifdim\ht0=1ex\accent"0C #1% + \else\ooalign{\unhbox0\crcr\hidewidth\char"0C \hidewidth}% + \fi + \fi\fi\fi\fi + }% +} +\def\Aogonek{{\ecfont \char"81}}\def\macrocharA{A} +\def\aogonek{{\ecfont \char"A1}}\def\macrochara{a} +\def\Eogonek{{\ecfont \char"86}}\def\macrocharE{E} +\def\eogonek{{\ecfont \char"A6}}\def\macrochare{e} +% +% Use the European Computer Modern fonts (cm-super in outline format) +% for non-CM glyphs. That is ec* for regular text and tc* for the text +% companion symbols (LaTeX TS1 encoding). Both are part of the ec +% package and follow the same conventions. +% +\def\ecfont{\etcfont{e}} +\def\tcfont{\etcfont{t}} +% +\def\etcfont#1{% + % We can't distinguish serif/sans and italic/slanted, but this + % is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German + % quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so + % hopefully nobody will notice/care. + \edef\ecsize{\csname\curfontsize ecsize\endcsname}% + \edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% + \ifmonospace + % typewriter: + \font\thisecfont = #1ctt\ecsize \space at \nominalsize + \else + \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename + % bold: + \font\thisecfont = #1cb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize + \else + % regular: + \font\thisecfont = #1c\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize + \fi + \fi + \thisecfont +} + +% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really +% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now. +% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright. +% +\def\registeredsymbol{% + $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize R}% + \hfil\crcr\Orb}}% + }$% +} + +% @textdegree - the normal degrees sign. +% +\def\textdegree{$^\circ$} + +% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with: +% Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38 +% so we'll define it if necessary. +% +\ifx\Orb\thisisundefined +\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D} +\fi + +% Quotes. +\chardef\quoteleft=`\` +\chardef\quoteright=`\' + +% only change font for tt for correct kerning and to avoid using +% \ecfont unless necessary. +\def\quotedblleft{% + \ifmonospace{\ecfont\char"10}\else{\char"5C}\fi +} + +\def\quotedblright{% + \ifmonospace{\ecfont\char"11}\else{\char`\"}\fi +} + + +\message{page headings,} + +\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in +\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc + +% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. +\newif\ifseenauthor +\newif\iffinishedtitlepage + +% @setcontentsaftertitlepage used to do an implicit @contents or +% @shortcontents after @end titlepage, but it is now obsolete. +\def\setcontentsaftertitlepage{% + \errmessage{@setcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo + command; move your @contents command if you want the contents + after the title page.}}% +\def\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage{% + \errmessage{@setshortcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo + command; move your @shortcontents and @contents commands if you + want the contents after the title page.}}% + +\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{% + \begingroup \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% + \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} + +\envdef\titlepage{% + % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage. + \begingroup + \parindent=0pt \textfonts + % Leave some space at the very top of the page. + \vglue\titlepagetopglue + % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. + \finishedtitlepagetrue + % + % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space + % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. + \let\oldpage = \page + \def\page{% + \iffinishedtitlepage\else + \finishtitlepage + \fi + \let\page = \oldpage + \page + \null + }% +} + +\def\Etitlepage{% + \iffinishedtitlepage\else + \finishtitlepage + \fi + % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, + % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. + % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page + % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. + \oldpage + \endgroup + % + % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are + % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers. + \HEADINGSon +} + +\def\finishtitlepage{% + \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize + \vskip\titlepagebottomglue + \finishedtitlepagetrue +} + +% Settings used for typesetting titles: no hyphenation, no indentation, +% don't worry much about spacing, ragged right. This should be used +% inside a \vbox, and fonts need to be set appropriately first. \par should +% be specified before the end of the \vbox, since a vbox is a group. +% +\def\raggedtitlesettings{% + \rm + \hyphenpenalty=10000 + \parindent=0pt + \tolerance=5000 + \ptexraggedright +} + +% Macros to be used within @titlepage: + +\let\subtitlerm=\rmfont +\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines} + +\parseargdef\title{% + \checkenv\titlepage + \vbox{\titlefonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}% + % print a rule at the page bottom also. + \finishedtitlepagefalse + \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt +} + +\parseargdef\subtitle{% + \checkenv\titlepage + {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}% +} + +% @author should come last, but may come many times. +% It can also be used inside @quotation. +% +\parseargdef\author{% + \def\temp{\quotation}% + \ifx\thisenv\temp + \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation. + \else + \checkenv\titlepage + \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi + {\secfonts\rm \leftline{#1}}% + \fi +} + + +% Set up page headings and footings. + +\let\thispage=\folio + +\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages +\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages +\newtoks\evenchapheadline% headline on even pages with a new chapter +\newtoks\oddchapheadline % headline on odd pages with a new chapter +\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages +\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages + +% Now make \makeheadline and \makefootline in Plain TeX use those variables +\headline={{\textfonts\rm + \ifchapterpage + \ifodd\pageno\the\oddchapheadline\else\the\evenchapheadline\fi + \else + \ifodd\pageno\the\oddheadline\else\the\evenheadline\fi + \fi}} + +\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline + \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} +\let\HEADINGShook=\relax + +% Commands to set those variables. +% For example, this is what @headings on does +% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter +% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle +% @evenfooting @thisfile|| +% @oddfooting ||@thisfile + + +\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} +\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} +\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% + \global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}} + \global\evenchapheadline=\evenheadline} + +\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} +\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} +\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% + \global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% + \global\oddchapheadline=\oddheadline} + +\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}% + +\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} +\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} +\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% +\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} + +\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} +\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} +\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% + \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% + % + % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume + % @evenfooting will not be used by itself. + \global\advance\txipageheight by -12pt + \global\advance\vsize by -12pt +} + +\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}} + +% @evenheadingmarks top \thischapter <- chapter at the top of a page +% @evenheadingmarks bottom \thischapter <- chapter at the bottom of a page +% +% The same set of arguments for: +% +% @oddheadingmarks +% @evenfootingmarks +% @oddfootingmarks +% @everyheadingmarks +% @everyfootingmarks + +% These define \getoddheadingmarks, \getevenheadingmarks, +% \getoddfootingmarks, and \getevenfootingmarks, each to one of +% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks. +% +\def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}} +\def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}} +\def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}} +\def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}} +\parseargdef\everyheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1} + \headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} } +\parseargdef\everyfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1} + \headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} } +% #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom. +\def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname get#3headingmarks\endcsname + \global\expandafter\let\csname get#1#2marks\endcsname \temp +} + +\everyheadingmarks bottom +\everyfootingmarks bottom + +% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. +% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. +% @headings off turns them off. +% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. +% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. +% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. +% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. +% By default, they are off at the start of a document, +% and turned `on' after @end titlepage. + +\parseargdef\headings{\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} + +\def\headingsoff{% non-global headings elimination + \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}\evenchapheadline={\hfil}% + \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}\oddchapheadline={\hfil}% +} + +\def\HEADINGSoff{{\globaldefs=1 \headingsoff}} % global setting +\HEADINGSoff % it's the default + +% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. +\def\pageone{ + \global\pageno=1 + \global\arabiccount = \pagecount +} + +% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, +% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document +% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top +% edge of all pages. +\def\HEADINGSdouble{% +\pageone +\HEADINGSdoublex +} +\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager + +% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, +% page number on top right. +\def\HEADINGSsingle{% +\pageone +\HEADINGSsinglex +} +\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} + +\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} +\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter +\def\HEADINGSdoublex{% +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\evenchapheadline={\line{\folio\hfil}} +\global\oddchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}} +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage +} + +\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} +\def\HEADINGSsinglex{% +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\evenchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}} +\global\oddchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}} +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager +} + +% for @setchapternewpage off +\def\HEADINGSsinglechapoff{% +\pageone +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\evenchapheadline=\evenheadline +\global\oddchapheadline=\oddheadline +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager +} + +% Subroutines used in generating headings +% This produces Day Month Year style of output. +% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set +% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). +\ifx\today\thisisundefined +\def\today{% + \number\day\space + \ifcase\month + \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr + \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug + \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec + \fi + \space\number\year} +\fi + +% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings. +% It generates no output of its own. +\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle} +\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}} + + +\message{tables,} +% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x). + +% default indentation of table text +\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in +% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text +\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in +% margin between end of table item and start of table text. +\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in + +% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin +\newdimen\itemmax + +% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with +% these defs. +% They also define \itemindex +% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). + +\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip + +\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi} + +\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} +\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} + +\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % + \advance\hsize by -\rightskip + \advance\hsize by -\tableindent + \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}% + \itemindex{#1}% + \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. + % + % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line + % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that + % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next + % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the + % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. + \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax + % + % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping, + % but leave it ragged-right. + \begingroup + \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent + \advance\hsize by\tableindent + \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil\relax + \leavevmode\unhbox0\par + \endgroup + % + % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the + % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. + \nobreak \vskip-\parskip + % + % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if + % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no + % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would + % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this + % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert + % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also. + % + \penalty 10001 + \endgroup + \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse + \else + % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the + % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. + \noindent + % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in + % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and + % eventually be printed. + \nobreak\kern-\tableindent + \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 + \unhbox0 + \nobreak\kern\dimen0 + \endgroup + \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue + \fi +} + +\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}} +\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}} + +% @table, @ftable, @vtable. +\envdef\table{% + \let\itemindex\gobble + \tablecheck{table}% +} +\envdef\ftable{% + \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}% + \tablecheck{ftable}% +} +\envdef\vtable{% + \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}% + \tablecheck{vtable}% +} +\def\tablecheck#1{% + \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active + \endgroup + \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is + that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}% + \def\next{\doignore{#1}}% + \else + \let\next\tablex + \fi + \next +} +\def\tablex#1{% + \def\itemindicate{#1}% + \parsearg\tabley +} +\def\tabley#1{% + {% + \makevalueexpandable + \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}% + \expandafter + }\temp \endtablez +} +\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{% + \aboveenvbreak + \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi + \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi + \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi + \itemmax=\tableindent + \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin + \advance \leftskip by \tableindent + \exdentamount=\tableindent + \parindent = 0pt + \parskip = \smallskipamount + \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi + \let\item = \internalBitem + \let\itemx = \internalBitemx +} +\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak} +\let\Eftable\Etable +\let\Evtable\Etable +\let\Eitemize\Etable +\let\Eenumerate\Etable + +% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize + +\newcount \itemno + +\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize} + +\def\doitemize#1{% + \aboveenvbreak + \itemmax=\itemindent + \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin + \advance\leftskip by \itemindent + \exdentamount=\itemindent + \parindent=0pt + \parskip=\smallskipamount + \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi + % + % Try typesetting the item mark so that if the document erroneously says + % something like @itemize @samp (intending @table), there's an error + % right away at the @itemize. It's not the best error message in the + % world, but it's better than leaving it to the @item. This means if + % the user wants an empty mark, they have to say @w{} not just @w. + \def\itemcontents{#1}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\itemcontents}% + % + % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet. + \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi + % + \let\item=\itemizeitem +} + +% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate. +% +\def\itemizeitem{% + \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations + {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break + {% + % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a + % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have + % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero + % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the + % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there + % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much + % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least + % that's the theory. + \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi + \noindent + \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}% + % + \ifinner\else + \vadjust{\penalty 1200}% not good to break after first line of item. + \fi + % We can be in inner vertical mode in a footnote, although an + % @itemize looks awful there. + }% + \flushcr +} + +% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in +% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. +% +\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% + +% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, +% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No +% argument is the same as `1'. +% +\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} +\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% + % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. + \def\thearg{#1}% + \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi + % + % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a + % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. + % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. + % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at + % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) + \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark + \ifx\rest\empty + % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. + % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. + % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and + % not equal to itself. + % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. + % + % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from + % continuing to look for a <number>. + % + \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax + \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) + \else + % It's a letter. + \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax + \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter + \else + \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter + \fi + \fi + \else + % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. + \numericenumerate + \fi +} + +% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is +% given in \thearg. +% +\def\numericenumerate{% + \itemno = \thearg + \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% +} + +% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. +\def\lowercaseenumerate{% + \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg + \startenumeration{% + % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. + \ifnum\itemno=0 + \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger + alphabet}% + \fi + \char\lccode\itemno + }% +} + +% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. +\def\uppercaseenumerate{% + \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg + \startenumeration{% + % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. + \ifnum\itemno=0 + \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger + alphabet} + \fi + \char\uccode\itemno + }% +} + +% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the +% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in +% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. +% +\def\startenumeration#1{% + \advance\itemno by -1 + \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr +} + +% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg +% to @enumerate. +% +\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}} +\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}} +\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate} +\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate} + + +% @multitable macros +% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96 +% +% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired. +% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width +% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line, +% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page. + +% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines. + +% To make preamble: +% +% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize: +% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 +% @item ... +% +% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total +% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many +% columns as desired. + + +% Or use a template: +% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} +% @item ... +% using the widest term desired in each column. + +% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column +% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's +% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed, +% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns. + +% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt +% if they are. + +% Sample multitable: + +% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} +% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col +% @item +% first col stuff +% @tab +% second col stuff +% @tab +% third col +% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff +% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column. +% +% They will wrap at the width determined by the template. +% @item@tab@tab This will be in third column. +% @end multitable + +% Default dimensions may be reset by user. +% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table. +% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table. +% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns. +% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline +% to baseline. +% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing. +% +\newskip\multitableparskip +\newskip\multitableparindent +\newdimen\multitablecolspace +\newskip\multitablelinespace +\multitableparskip=0pt +\multitableparindent=6pt +\multitablecolspace=12pt +\multitablelinespace=0pt + +% Macros used to set up halign preamble: +% +\let\endsetuptable\relax +\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} +\let\columnfractions\relax +\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} +\newif\ifsetpercent + +% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might +% be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is. +% +\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {% + \global\advance\colcount by 1 + \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}% + \setuptable +} + +\newcount\colcount +\def\setuptable#1{% + \def\firstarg{#1}% + \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable + \let\go = \relax + \else + \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions + \global\setpercenttrue + \else + \ifsetpercent + \let\go\pickupwholefraction + \else + \global\advance\colcount by 1 + \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a + % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway. + \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% + \fi + \fi + \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction + % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so + % we'll always have a period there to be parsed. + \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}% + \else + \let\go = \setuptable + \fi% + \fi + \go +} + +% multitable-only commands. +% +% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. Assignments +% have to be global since we are inside the implicit group of an +% alignment entry. \everycr below resets \everytab so we don't have to +% undo it ourselves. +\def\headitemfont{\b}% for people to use in the template row; not changeable +\def\headitem{% + \checkenv\multitable + \crcr + \gdef\headitemcrhook{\nobreak}% attempt to avoid page break after headings + \global\everytab={\bf}% can't use \headitemfont since the parsing differs + \the\everytab % for the first item +}% +% +% default for tables with no headings. +\let\headitemcrhook=\relax +% +% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template +% line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until +% we again encounter the problem the 1sp was intended to solve. +% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99. +\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}% + +% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: +% +\newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab. +% +\envdef\multitable{% + \vskip\parskip + \startsavinginserts + % + % @item within a multitable starts a normal row. + % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries + % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka + % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize. + \def\item{\crcr}% + % + \tolerance=9500 + \hbadness=9500 + \setmultitablespacing + \parskip=\multitableparskip + \parindent=\multitableparindent + \overfullrule=0pt + \global\colcount=0 + % + \everycr = {% + \noalign{% + \global\everytab={}% Reset from possible headitem. + \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter. + % + % Check for saved footnotes, etc.: + \checkinserts + % + % Perhaps a \nobreak, then reset: + \headitemcrhook + \global\let\headitemcrhook=\relax + }% + }% + % + \parsearg\domultitable +} +\def\domultitable#1{% + % To parse everything between @multitable and @item: + \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable + % + % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will + % be used as many times as user calls for columns. + % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and + % continue for many paragraphs if desired. + \halign\bgroup &% + \global\advance\colcount by 1 + \multistrut + \vtop{% + % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width: + \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname + % + % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other + % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after + % the first one. + % + % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace + % to the width of each template entry. + % + % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will + % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip + % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at + % left margin and final column will justify at right margin. + % + % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment. + \rightskip=0pt + \ifnum\colcount=1 + % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text. + \advance\hsize by\leftskip + \else + \ifsetpercent \else + % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize + % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace. + \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace + \fi + % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: + \leftskip=\multitablecolspace + \fi + % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious + % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the + % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself. + % For example: + % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89 + % @item @code{#} + % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country. + % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively + % marking characters. + \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut + }\cr +} +\def\Emultitable{% + \crcr + \egroup % end the \halign + \global\setpercentfalse +} + +\def\setmultitablespacing{% + \def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing + % + % Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in + % \multitableparskip calculation. We used define \multistrut based on + % this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off. + % See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100. +\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt +\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip +\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0 +\fi +% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of +% table. If not, do nothing. +% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. +\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace +\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace +\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt % to keep parskip somewhat smaller + % than skip between lines in the table. +\fi% +\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt +\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace +\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt % to keep parskip somewhat smaller + % than skip between lines in the table. +\fi} + + +\message{conditionals,} + +% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext, +% @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't +% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we +% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't +% attempt to close an environment group. +% +\def\makecond#1{% + \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax + \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1 +} +\makecond{iftex} +\makecond{ifnotdocbook} +\makecond{ifnothtml} +\makecond{ifnotinfo} +\makecond{ifnotplaintext} +\makecond{ifnotxml} + +% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like. +% +\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} +\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}} +\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}} +\def\html{\doignore{html}} +\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}} +\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} +\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} +\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} +\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}} +\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}} +\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} +\def\menu{\doignore{menu}} +\def\xml{\doignore{xml}} + +% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals. +% +% A count to remember the depth of nesting. +\newcount\doignorecount + +\def\doignore#1{\begingroup + % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode: + \obeylines + \catcode`\@ = \other + \catcode`\{ = \other + \catcode`\} = \other + % + % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. + \spaceisspace + % + % Count number of #1's that we've seen. + \doignorecount = 0 + % + % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'. + \dodoignore{#1}% +} + +{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source. + \obeylines % + % + \gdef\dodoignore#1{% + % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'. + % + % Define a command to find the next `@end #1'. + \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{% + \doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}% + % + % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a + % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for + % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.) + \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}% + % + % And now expand that command. + \doignoretext ^^M% + }% +} + +\def\doignoreyyy#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found. + \let\next\doignoretextzzz + \else % Found a nested condition, ... + \advance\doignorecount by 1 + \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another. + % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example). + \fi + \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro. +} + +% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_". +% +\def\doignoretextzzz#1{% + \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end. + \let\next\enddoignore + \else % Still inside a nested condition. + \advance\doignorecount by -1 + \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end. + \fi + \next +} + +% Finish off ignored text. +{ \obeylines% + % Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim + % environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional + % would result in a blank line in the output. + \gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% +} + + +% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. +% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. +% +% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be +% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our +% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we +% didn't need it. +% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10. +% +\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} +\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% + {% + \makevalueexpandable + \def\temp{#2}% + \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}% + \ifx\temp\empty + \next{}% + \else + \setzzz#2\endsetzzz + \fi + }% +} +% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. +\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}} + +% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. +% +\parseargdef\clear{% + {% + \makevalueexpandable + \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax + }% +} + +% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. +\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx} +\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} +{ + \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active + % + \gdef\makevalueexpandable{% + \let\value = \expandablevalue + % We don't want these characters active, ... + \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other + % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if + % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though. + % So \let them to their normal equivalents. + \let-\normaldash \let_\normalunderscore + } +} + +\def\expandablevalue#1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax + {[No value for ``#1'']}% + \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}% + \else + \csname SET#1\endcsname + \fi +} + +% Like \expandablevalue, but completely expandable (the \message in the +% definition above operates at the execution level of TeX). Used when +% writing to auxiliary files, due to the expansion that \write does. +% If flag is undefined, pass through an unexpanded @value command: maybe it +% will be set by the time it is read back in. +% +% NB flag names containing - or _ may not work here. +\def\dummyvalue#1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax + \string\value{#1}% + \else + \csname SET#1\endcsname + \fi +} + +% Used for @value's in index entries to form the sort key: expand the @value +% if possible, otherwise sort late. +\def\indexnofontsvalue#1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax + ZZZZZZZ% + \else + \csname SET#1\endcsname + \fi +} + +% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined +% with @set. +% +% To get the special treatment we need for `@end ifset,' we call +% \makecond and then redefine. +% +\makecond{ifset} +\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}} +\def\doifset#1#2{% + {% + \makevalueexpandable + \let\next=\empty + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax + #1% If not set, redefine \next. + \fi + \expandafter + }\next +} +\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}} + +% @ifclear VAR ... @end executes the `...' iff VAR has never been +% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. +% +% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the +% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set, +% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail. +% +\makecond{ifclear} +\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}} +\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}} + +% @ifcommandisdefined CMD ... @end executes the `...' if CMD (written +% without the @) is in fact defined. We can only feasibly check at the +% TeX level, so something like `mathcode' is going to considered +% defined even though it is not a Texinfo command. +% +\makecond{ifcommanddefined} +\def\ifcommanddefined{\parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\let\next=\ifcmddefinedfail}}} +% +\def\doifcmddefined#1#2{{% + \makevalueexpandable + \let\next=\empty + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2\endcsname\relax + #1% If not defined, \let\next as above. + \fi + \expandafter + }\next +} +\def\ifcmddefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommanddefined}} + +% @ifcommandnotdefined CMD ... handled similar to @ifclear above. +\makecond{ifcommandnotdefined} +\def\ifcommandnotdefined{% + \parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\else \let\next=\ifcmdnotdefinedfail}}} +\def\ifcmdnotdefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommandnotdefined}} + +% Set the `txicommandconditionals' variable, so documents have a way to +% test if the @ifcommand...defined conditionals are available. +\set txicommandconditionals + +% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file +% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. +\let\dircategory=\comment + +% @defininfoenclose. +\let\definfoenclose=\comment + + +\message{indexing,} +% Index generation facilities + +% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite +% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's. +\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}} + +% \newindex {foo} defines an index named IX. +% It automatically defines \IXindex such that +% \IXindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index IX. +% It also defines \IXindfile to be the number of the output channel for +% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is IX. +% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long +% for the sake of vms. +% +\def\newindex#1{% + \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0 + \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index + \noexpand\doindex{#1}} +} + +% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} +% +\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} + +% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. +% +\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} +% +\def\newcodeindex#1{% + \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0 + \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% + \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}% +} + +% The default indices: +\newindex{cp}% concepts, +\newcodeindex{fn}% functions, +\newcodeindex{vr}% variables, +\newcodeindex{tp}% types, +\newcodeindex{ky}% keys +\newcodeindex{pg}% and programs. + + +% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. +% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. +% +% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo +% inside @code. +% +\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}} +\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}} + +% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo), +% #3 the target index (bar). +\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{% + \requireopenindexfile{#3}% + % redefine \fooindfile: + \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname + \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp + % redefine \fooindex: + \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}% +} + +% Define \doindex, the driver for all index macros. +% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, +% and it is the two-letter name of the index. + +\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\doindexxxx} +\def\doindexxxx #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} + +% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. +\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\docodeindexxxx} +\def\docodeindexxxx #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} + + +% Used for the aux, toc and index files to prevent expansion of Texinfo +% commands. +% +\def\atdummies{% + \definedummyletter\@% + \definedummyletter\ % + \definedummyletter\{% + \definedummyletter\}% + \definedummyletter\&% + % + % Do the redefinitions. + \definedummies + \otherbackslash +} + +% \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively +% preventing its expansion. This is used only for control words, +% not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for +% control characters, but is needed to separate the control word +% from whatever follows. +% +% These can be used both for control words that take an argument and +% those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then +% that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever). +% +% For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the +% space. +% +\def\definedummyword #1{\def#1{\string#1\space}}% +\def\definedummyletter#1{\def#1{\string#1}}% +\let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter + +% Called from \atdummies to prevent the expansion of commands. +% +\def\definedummies{% + % + \let\commondummyword\definedummyword + \let\commondummyletter\definedummyletter + \let\commondummyaccent\definedummyaccent + \commondummiesnofonts + % + \definedummyletter\_% + \definedummyletter\-% + % + % Non-English letters. + \definedummyword\AA + \definedummyword\AE + \definedummyword\DH + \definedummyword\L + \definedummyword\O + \definedummyword\OE + \definedummyword\TH + \definedummyword\aa + \definedummyword\ae + \definedummyword\dh + \definedummyword\exclamdown + \definedummyword\l + \definedummyword\o + \definedummyword\oe + \definedummyword\ordf + \definedummyword\ordm + \definedummyword\questiondown + \definedummyword\ss + \definedummyword\th + % + % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do. + \definedummyword\bf + \definedummyword\gtr + \definedummyword\hat + \definedummyword\less + \definedummyword\sf + \definedummyword\sl + \definedummyword\tclose + \definedummyword\tt + % + \definedummyword\LaTeX + \definedummyword\TeX + % + % Assorted special characters. + \definedummyword\ampchar + \definedummyword\atchar + \definedummyword\arrow + \definedummyword\backslashchar + \definedummyword\bullet + \definedummyword\comma + \definedummyword\copyright + \definedummyword\registeredsymbol + \definedummyword\dots + \definedummyword\enddots + \definedummyword\entrybreak + \definedummyword\equiv + \definedummyword\error + \definedummyword\euro + \definedummyword\expansion + \definedummyword\geq + \definedummyword\guillemetleft + \definedummyword\guillemetright + \definedummyword\guilsinglleft + \definedummyword\guilsinglright + \definedummyword\lbracechar + \definedummyword\leq + \definedummyword\mathopsup + \definedummyword\minus + \definedummyword\ogonek + \definedummyword\pounds + \definedummyword\point + \definedummyword\print + \definedummyword\quotedblbase + \definedummyword\quotedblleft + \definedummyword\quotedblright + \definedummyword\quoteleft + \definedummyword\quoteright + \definedummyword\quotesinglbase + \definedummyword\rbracechar + \definedummyword\result + \definedummyword\sub + \definedummyword\sup + \definedummyword\textdegree + % + \definedummyword\subentry + % + % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write. + \macrolist + \let\value\dummyvalue + % + \normalturnoffactive +} + +% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \definedummies and \indexnofonts. +% Define \commondummyletter, \commondummyaccent and \commondummyword before +% using. Used for accents, font commands, and various control letters. +% +\def\commondummiesnofonts{% + % Control letters and accents. + \commondummyletter\!% + \commondummyaccent\"% + \commondummyaccent\'% + \commondummyletter\*% + \commondummyaccent\,% + \commondummyletter\.% + \commondummyletter\/% + \commondummyletter\:% + \commondummyaccent\=% + \commondummyletter\?% + \commondummyaccent\^% + \commondummyaccent\`% + \commondummyaccent\~% + \commondummyword\u + \commondummyword\v + \commondummyword\H + \commondummyword\dotaccent + \commondummyword\ogonek + \commondummyword\ringaccent + \commondummyword\tieaccent + \commondummyword\ubaraccent + \commondummyword\udotaccent + \commondummyword\dotless + % + % Texinfo font commands. + \commondummyword\b + \commondummyword\i + \commondummyword\r + \commondummyword\sansserif + \commondummyword\sc + \commondummyword\slanted + \commondummyword\t + % + % Commands that take arguments. + \commondummyword\abbr + \commondummyword\acronym + \commondummyword\anchor + \commondummyword\cite + \commondummyword\code + \commondummyword\command + \commondummyword\dfn + \commondummyword\dmn + \commondummyword\email + \commondummyword\emph + \commondummyword\env + \commondummyword\file + \commondummyword\image + \commondummyword\indicateurl + \commondummyword\inforef + \commondummyword\kbd + \commondummyword\key + \commondummyword\math + \commondummyword\option + \commondummyword\pxref + \commondummyword\ref + \commondummyword\samp + \commondummyword\strong + \commondummyword\tie + \commondummyword\U + \commondummyword\uref + \commondummyword\url + \commondummyword\var + \commondummyword\verb + \commondummyword\w + \commondummyword\xref +} + +\let\indexlbrace\relax +\let\indexrbrace\relax +\let\indexatchar\relax +\let\indexbackslash\relax + +{\catcode`\@=0 +\catcode`\\=13 + @gdef@backslashdisappear{@def\{}} +} + +{ +\catcode`\<=13 +\catcode`\-=13 +\catcode`\`=13 + \gdef\indexnonalnumdisappear{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlquoteignore\endcsname\relax\else + % @set txiindexlquoteignore makes us ignore left quotes in the sort term. + % (Introduced for FSFS 2nd ed.) + \let`=\empty + \fi + % + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexbackslashignore\endcsname\relax\else + \backslashdisappear + \fi + % + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexhyphenignore\endcsname\relax\else + \def-{}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlessthanignore\endcsname\relax\else + \def<{}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexatsignignore\endcsname\relax\else + \def\@{}% + \fi + } + + \gdef\indexnonalnumreappear{% + \let-\normaldash + \let<\normalless + } +} + + +% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index +% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all +% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string +% would be for a given command (usually its argument). +% +\def\indexnofonts{% + % Accent commands should become @asis. + \def\commondummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}% + % We can just ignore other control letters. + \def\commondummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}% + % All control words become @asis by default; overrides below. + \let\commondummyword\commondummyaccent + \commondummiesnofonts + % + % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command + % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc. + % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands. + %\let\tt=\asis + % + \def\ { }% + \def\@{@}% + \def\_{\normalunderscore}% + \def\-{}% @- shouldn't affect sorting + % + \uccode`\1=`\{ \uppercase{\def\{{1}}% + \uccode`\1=`\} \uppercase{\def\}{1}}% + \let\lbracechar\{% + \let\rbracechar\}% + % + % + \let\do\indexnofontsdef + % + % Non-English letters. + \do\AA{AA}% + \do\AE{AE}% + \do\DH{DZZ}% + \do\L{L}% + \do\OE{OE}% + \do\O{O}% + \do\TH{TH}% + \do\aa{aa}% + \do\ae{ae}% + \do\dh{dzz}% + \do\exclamdown{!}% + \do\l{l}% + \do\oe{oe}% + \do\ordf{a}% + \do\ordm{o}% + \do\o{o}% + \do\questiondown{?}% + \do\ss{ss}% + \do\th{th}% + % + \do\LaTeX{LaTeX}% + \do\TeX{TeX}% + % + % Assorted special characters. + \do\atchar{@}% + \do\arrow{->}% + \do\bullet{bullet}% + \do\comma{,}% + \do\copyright{copyright}% + \do\dots{...}% + \do\enddots{...}% + \do\equiv{==}% + \do\error{error}% + \do\euro{euro}% + \do\expansion{==>}% + \do\geq{>=}% + \do\guillemetleft{<<}% + \do\guillemetright{>>}% + \do\guilsinglleft{<}% + \do\guilsinglright{>}% + \do\leq{<=}% + \do\lbracechar{\{}% + \do\minus{-}% + \do\point{.}% + \do\pounds{pounds}% + \do\print{-|}% + \do\quotedblbase{"}% + \do\quotedblleft{"}% + \do\quotedblright{"}% + \do\quoteleft{`}% + \do\quoteright{'}% + \do\quotesinglbase{,}% + \do\rbracechar{\}}% + \do\registeredsymbol{R}% + \do\result{=>}% + \do\textdegree{o}% + % + % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present). + % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now. + % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up + % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry + % that starts with \. + % + % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them + % to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that + % goes to end-of-line is not handled. + % + \macrolist + \let\value\indexnofontsvalue +} + +% Give the control sequence a definition that removes the {} that follows +% its use, e.g. @AA{} -> AA +\def\indexnofontsdef#1#2{\def#1##1{#2}}% + + + + +% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text. +\def\doind#1#2{% + \iflinks + {% + % + \requireopenindexfile{#1}% + \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}% + % + \def\indextext{#2}% + \safewhatsit\doindwrite + }% + \fi +} + +% Check if an index file has been opened, and if not, open it. +\def\requireopenindexfile#1{% +\ifnum\csname #1indfile\endcsname=0 + \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname + \edef\suffix{#1}% + % A .fls suffix would conflict with the file extension for the output + % of -recorder, so use .f1s instead. + \ifx\suffix\indexisfl\def\suffix{f1}\fi + % Open the file + \immediate\openout\csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.\suffix + % Using \immediate above here prevents an object entering into the current + % box, which could confound checks such as those in \safewhatsit for + % preceding skips. + \typeout{Writing index file \jobname.\suffix}% +\fi} +\def\indexisfl{fl} + +% Definition for writing index entry sort key. +{ +\catcode`\-=13 +\gdef\indexwritesortas{% + \begingroup + \indexnonalnumreappear + \indexwritesortasxxx} +\gdef\indexwritesortasxxx#1{% + \xdef\indexsortkey{#1}\endgroup} +} + +\def\indexwriteseealso#1{ + \gdef\pagenumbertext{\string\seealso{#1}}% +} +\def\indexwriteseeentry#1{ + \gdef\pagenumbertext{\string\seeentry{#1}}% +} + +% The default definitions +\def\sortas#1{}% +\def\seealso#1{\i{\putwordSeeAlso}\ #1}% for sorted index file only +\def\putwordSeeAlso{See also} +\def\seeentry#1{\i{\putwordSee}\ #1}% for sorted index file only + + +% Given index entry text like "aaa @subentry bbb @sortas{ZZZ}": +% * Set \bracedtext to "{aaa}{bbb}" +% * Set \fullindexsortkey to "aaa @subentry ZZZ" +% * If @seealso occurs, set \pagenumbertext +% +\def\splitindexentry#1{% + \gdef\fullindexsortkey{}% + \xdef\bracedtext{}% + \def\sep{}% + \def\seealso##1{}% + \def\seeentry##1{}% + \expandafter\doindexsegment#1\subentry\finish\subentry +} + +% append the results from the next segment +\def\doindexsegment#1\subentry{% + \def\segment{#1}% + \ifx\segment\isfinish + \else + % + % Fully expand the segment, throwing away any @sortas directives, and + % trim spaces. + \edef\trimmed{\segment}% + \edef\trimmed{\expandafter\eatspaces\expandafter{\trimmed}}% + % + \xdef\bracedtext{\bracedtext{\trimmed}}% + % + % Get the string to sort by. Process the segment with all + % font commands turned off. + \bgroup + \let\sortas\indexwritesortas + \let\seealso\indexwriteseealso + \let\seeentry\indexwriteseeentry + \indexnofonts + % The braces around the commands are recognized by texindex. + \def\lbracechar{{\string\indexlbrace}}% + \def\rbracechar{{\string\indexrbrace}}% + \let\{=\lbracechar + \let\}=\rbracechar + \def\@{{\string\indexatchar}}% + \def\atchar##1{\@}% + \def\backslashchar{{\string\indexbackslash}}% + \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\let~\backslashchar}% + % + \let\indexsortkey\empty + \global\let\pagenumbertext\empty + % Execute the segment and throw away the typeset output. This executes + % any @sortas or @seealso commands in this segment. + \setbox\dummybox = \hbox{\segment}% + \ifx\indexsortkey\empty{% + \indexnonalnumdisappear + \xdef\trimmed{\segment}% + \xdef\trimmed{\expandafter\eatspaces\expandafter{\trimmed}}% + \xdef\indexsortkey{\trimmed}% + \ifx\indexsortkey\empty\xdef\indexsortkey{ }\fi + }\fi + % + % Append to \fullindexsortkey. + \edef\tmp{\gdef\noexpand\fullindexsortkey{% + \fullindexsortkey\sep\indexsortkey}}% + \tmp + \egroup + \def\sep{\subentry}% + % + \expandafter\doindexsegment + \fi +} +\def\isfinish{\finish}% +\newbox\dummybox % used above + +\let\subentry\relax + +% Use \ instead of @ in index files. To support old texi2dvi and texindex. +% This works without changing the escape character used in the toc or aux +% files because the index entries are fully expanded here, and \string uses +% the current value of \escapechar. +\def\escapeisbackslash{\escapechar=`\\} + +% Use \ in index files by default. texi2dvi didn't support @ as the escape +% character (as it checked for "\entry" in the files, and not "@entry"). When +% the new version of texi2dvi has had a chance to become more prevalent, then +% the escape character can change back to @ again. This should be an easy +% change to make now because both @ and \ are only used as escape characters in +% index files, never standing for themselves. +% +\set txiindexescapeisbackslash + +% Write the entry in \indextext to the index file. +% +\def\doindwrite{% + \maybemarginindex + % + \atdummies + % + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexescapeisbackslash\endcsname\relax\else + \escapeisbackslash + \fi + % + % For texindex which always views { and } as separators. + \def\{{\lbracechar{}}% + \def\}{\rbracechar{}}% + \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\def~{\backslashchar{}}}% + % + % Split the entry into primary entry and any subentries, and get the index + % sort key. + \splitindexentry\indextext + % + % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and + % the original text, including any font commands. We write + % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the + % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s + % sorted result. + % + \edef\temp{% + \write\writeto{% + \string\entry{\fullindexsortkey}% + {\ifx\pagenumbertext\empty\noexpand\folio\else\pagenumbertext\fi}% + \bracedtext}% + }% + \temp +} + +% Put the index entry in the margin if desired (undocumented). +\def\maybemarginindex{% + \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else + \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \relax\indextext}}% + \fi +} +\let\SETmarginindex=\relax + + +% Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit: +% +% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it +% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting +% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the +% \write or \pdfdest will make \lastskip zero. The result is that +% sequences like this: +% @end defun +% @tindex whatever +% @defun ... +% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the +% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of +% the previous defun. +% +% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We +% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. +% +% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. +% +% But wait, there is a catch there: +% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not +% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts +% of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual +% representation of the skip. +% +% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that +% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter). +% +\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname} +% +\newskip\whatsitskip +\newcount\whatsitpenalty +% +% ..., ready, GO: +% +\def\safewhatsit#1{\ifhmode + #1% + \else + % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously. + \whatsitskip = \lastskip + \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}% + \whatsitpenalty = \lastpenalty + % + % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a + % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this + % -\whatsitskip glue we're inserting is preceded by a + % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential + % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed. + \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro + \else + \vskip-\whatsitskip + \fi + % + #1% + % + \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro + % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and + % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want + % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various + % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any + % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example: + % @deffn deffn-whatever + % @vindex index-whatever + % Description. + % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit + % and the "Description." paragraph. + \ifnum\whatsitpenalty>9999 \penalty\whatsitpenalty \fi + \else + % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip, + % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item + % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak. + \nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip + \fi +\fi} + +% The index entry written in the file actually looks like +% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} +% or +% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} +% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files +% containing these kinds of lines: +% \initial {c} +% before the first topic whose initial is c +% \entry {topic}{pagelist} +% for a topic that is used without subtopics +% \primary {topic} +% \entry {topic}{} +% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics +% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} +% for each subtopic. +% \secondary {subtopic}{} +% for a subtopic with sub-subtopics +% \tertiary {subtopic}{subsubtopic}{pagelist} +% for each sub-subtopic. + +% Define the user-accessible indexing commands +% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. + +\def\findex {\fnindex} +\def\kindex {\kyindex} +\def\cindex {\cpindex} +\def\vindex {\vrindex} +\def\tindex {\tpindex} +\def\pindex {\pgindex} + +% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. + +% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed. +% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered). +% +\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup + \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% + % + \smallfonts \rm + \tolerance = 9500 + \plainfrenchspacing + \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression. + % + % See comment in \requireopenindexfile. + \def\indexname{#1}\ifx\indexname\indexisfl\def\indexname{f1}\fi + % + % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. + \openin 1 \jobname.\indexname s + \ifeof 1 + % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, + % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the + % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure + % there is some text. + \putwordIndexNonexistent + \typeout{No file \jobname.\indexname s.}% + \else + % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof + % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so + % it can discover if there is anything in it. + \read 1 to \thisline + \ifeof 1 + \putwordIndexIsEmpty + \else + \expandafter\printindexzz\thisline\relax\relax\finish% + \fi + \fi + \closein 1 +\endgroup} + +% If the index file starts with a backslash, forgo reading the index +% file altogether. If somebody upgrades texinfo.tex they may still have +% old index files using \ as the escape character. Reading this would +% at best lead to typesetting garbage, at worst a TeX syntax error. +\def\printindexzz#1#2\finish{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexescapeisbackslash\endcsname\relax + \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\if\noexpand~}\noexpand#1 + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiskipindexfileswithbackslash\endcsname\relax +\errmessage{% +ERROR: A sorted index file in an obsolete format was skipped. +To fix this problem, please upgrade your version of 'texi2dvi' +or 'texi2pdf' to that at <https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo>. +If you are using an old version of 'texindex' (part of the Texinfo +distribution), you may also need to upgrade to a newer version (at least 6.0). +You may be able to typeset the index if you run +'texindex \jobname.\indexname' yourself. +You could also try setting the 'txiindexescapeisbackslash' flag by +running a command like +'texi2dvi -t "@set txiindexescapeisbackslash" \jobname.texi'. If you do +this, Texinfo will try to use index files in the old format. +If you continue to have problems, deleting the index files and starting again +might help (with 'rm \jobname.?? \jobname.??s')% +}% + \else + (Skipped sorted index file in obsolete format) + \fi + \else + \begindoublecolumns + \input \jobname.\indexname s + \enddoublecolumns + \fi + \else + \begindoublecolumns + \catcode`\\=0\relax + \catcode`\@=12\relax + \input \jobname.\indexname s + \enddoublecolumns + \fi +} + +% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. +% Change them to control the appearance of the index. + +{\catcode`\/=13 \catcode`\-=13 \catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\~=13 \catcode`\_=13 +\catcode`\|=13 \catcode`\<=13 \catcode`\>=13 \catcode`\+=13 \catcode`\"=13 +\catcode`\$=3 +\gdef\initialglyphs{% + % special control sequences used in the index sort key + \let\indexlbrace\{% + \let\indexrbrace\}% + \let\indexatchar\@% + \def\indexbackslash{\math{\backslash}}% + % + % Some changes for non-alphabetic characters. Using the glyphs from the + % math fonts looks more consistent than the typewriter font used elsewhere + % for these characters. + \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\def~{\math{\backslash}}} + % + % In case @\ is used for backslash + \uppercase{\let\\=~} + % Can't get bold backslash so don't use bold forward slash + \catcode`\/=13 + \def/{{\secrmnotbold \normalslash}}% + \def-{{\normaldash\normaldash}}% en dash `--' + \def^{{\chapbf \normalcaret}}% + \def~{{\chapbf \normaltilde}}% + \def\_{% + \leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }% + \def|{$\vert$}% + \def<{$\less$}% + \def>{$\gtr$}% + \def+{$\normalplus$}% +}} + +\def\initial{% + \bgroup + \initialglyphs + \initialx +} + +\def\initialx#1{% + % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. + \removelastskip + % + % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. + % The glue before the bonus allows a little bit of space at the + % bottom of a column to reduce an increase in inter-line spacing. + \nobreak + \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip + \penalty -300 + \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip + % + % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of + % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column + % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch + % we need before each entry, but it's better. + % + % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. + \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus 1\baselineskip + \leftline{\secfonts \kern-0.05em \secbf #1}% + % \secfonts is inside the argument of \leftline so that the change of + % \baselineskip will not affect any glue inserted before the vbox that + % \leftline creates. + % Do our best not to break after the initial. + \nobreak + \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip + \egroup % \initialglyphs +} + +\newdimen\entryrightmargin +\entryrightmargin=0pt + +% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and +% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index +% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. +% +\def\entry{% + \begingroup + % + % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't + % affect previous text. + \par + % + % No extra space above this paragraph. + \parskip = 0in + % + % When reading the text of entry, convert explicit line breaks + % from @* into spaces. The user might give these in long section + % titles, for instance. + \def\*{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}% + \def\entrybreak{\hfil\break}% An undocumented command + % + % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter): + \afterassignment\doentry + \let\temp = +} +\def\entrybreak{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}% +\def\doentry{% + % Save the text of the entry + \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup + \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace. + \noindent + \aftergroup\finishentry + % And now comes the text of the entry. + % Not absorbing as a macro argument reduces the chance of problems + % with catcodes occurring. +} +{\catcode`\@=11 +\gdef\finishentry#1{% + \egroup % end box A + \dimen@ = \wd\boxA % Length of text of entry + \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup + \unhbox\boxA + % #1 is the page number. + % + % Get the width of the page numbers, and only use + % leaders if they are present. + \global\setbox\boxB = \hbox{#1}% + \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt + \null\nobreak\hfill\ % + \else + % + \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. + % + \ifpdforxetex + \pdfgettoks#1.% + \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable\the\toksA + \else + \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable #1% + \fi + \fi + \egroup % end \boxA + \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt + \noindent\unhbox\boxA\par + \nobreak + \else\bgroup + % We want the text of the entries to be aligned to the left, and the + % page numbers to be aligned to the right. + % + \parindent = 0pt + \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fil + \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus -1fill + \rightskip = 0pt plus -1fil + \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fill + % Cause last line, which could consist of page numbers on their own + % if the list of page numbers is long, to be aligned to the right. + \parfillskip=0pt plus -1fill + % + \advance\rightskip by \entryrightmargin + % Determine how far we can stretch into the margin. + % This allows, e.g., "Appendix H GNU Free Documentation License" to + % fit on one line in @letterpaper format. + \ifdim\entryrightmargin>2.1em + \dimen@i=2.1em + \else + \dimen@i=0em + \fi + \advance \parfillskip by 0pt minus 1\dimen@i + % + \dimen@ii = \hsize + \advance\dimen@ii by -1\leftskip + \advance\dimen@ii by -1\entryrightmargin + \advance\dimen@ii by 1\dimen@i + \ifdim\wd\boxA > \dimen@ii % If the entry doesn't fit in one line + \ifdim\dimen@ > 0.8\dimen@ii % due to long index text + % Try to split the text roughly evenly. \dimen@ will be the length of + % the first line. + \dimen@ = 0.7\dimen@ + \dimen@ii = \hsize + \ifnum\dimen@>\dimen@ii + % If the entry is too long (for example, if it needs more than + % two lines), use all the space in the first line. + \dimen@ = \dimen@ii + \fi + \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill % ragged right + \advance \dimen@ by 1\rightskip + \parshape = 2 0pt \dimen@ 0em \dimen@ii + % Ideally we'd add a finite glue at the end of the first line only, + % instead of using \parshape with explicit line lengths, but TeX + % doesn't seem to provide a way to do such a thing. + % + % Indent all lines but the first one. + \advance\leftskip by 1em + \advance\parindent by -1em + \fi\fi + \indent % start paragraph + \unhbox\boxA + % + % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. + \finalhyphendemerits = 0 + % + % Word spacing - no stretch + \spaceskip=\fontdimen2\font minus \fontdimen4\font + % + \linepenalty=1000 % Discourage line breaks. + \hyphenpenalty=5000 % Discourage hyphenation. + % + \par % format the paragraph + \egroup % The \vbox + \fi + \endgroup +}} + +\newskip\thinshrinkable +\skip\thinshrinkable=.15em minus .15em + +% Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em. +% The filll stretch here overpowers both the fil and fill stretch to push +% the page number to the right. +\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders + \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1filll} + + +\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} + +\def\secondary{\indententry{0.5cm}} +\def\tertiary{\indententry{1cm}} + +\def\indententry#1#2#3{% + \bgroup + \leftskip=#1 + \entry{#2}{#3}% + \egroup +} + +% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. +% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, +% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. +\catcode`\@=11 % private names + +\newbox\partialpage +\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize + +\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns + % If not much space left on page, start a new page. + \ifdim\pagetotal>0.8\vsize\vfill\eject\fi + % + % Grab any single-column material above us. + \output = {% + \savetopmark + % + \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% + % Unvbox the main output page. + \unvbox\PAGE + \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip + }% + }% + \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage + % + % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. + \output = {\doublecolumnout}% + % + % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this + % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 + % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple + % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the + % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place. + % + % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between + % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it + % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant + % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt) + % as it did when we hard-coded it. + % + % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we + % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) + % been clobbered. + % + \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize + \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize + \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 + \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize + % + % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal + % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the + % previous page. + \advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage + \vsize = 2\vsize + % + % For the benefit of balancing columns + \advance\baselineskip by 0pt plus 0.5pt +} + +% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except +% the last, which is done by \balancecolumns. +% +\def\doublecolumnout{% + % + \savetopmark + \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth + \dimen@ = \vsize + \divide\dimen@ by 2 + % + % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. + \setbox0=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@ + \global\advance\vsize by 2\ht\partialpage + \onepageout\pagesofar % empty except for the first time we are called + \unvbox\PAGE + \penalty\outputpenalty +} +% +% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, +% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. +\def\pagesofar{% + \unvbox\partialpage + % + \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize + \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize + \hbox to\txipagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% +} + + +% Finished with double columns. +\def\enddoublecolumns{% + % The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised + % _before_ we change the output routine. This is necessary in the + % following situation: + % + % The last section of the index consists only of a single entry. + % Before this section, \pagetotal is less than \pagegoal, so no + % break occurs before the last section starts. However, the last + % section, consisting of \initial and the single \entry, does not + % fit on the page and has to be broken off. Without the following + % penalty the page builder will not be exercised until \eject + % below, and by that time we'll already have changed the output + % routine to the \balancecolumns version, so the next-to-last + % double-column page will be processed with \balancecolumns, which + % is wrong: The two columns will go to the main vertical list, with + % the broken-off section in the recent contributions. As soon as + % the output routine finishes, TeX starts reconsidering the page + % break. The two columns and the broken-off section both fit on the + % page, because the two columns now take up only half of the page + % goal. When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final + % section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after + % \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns + % and the final section into the vbox of \txipageheight (see + % \pagebody), causing an overfull box. + % + % Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the + % page builder, unlike penalties (see The TeXbook, pp. 280-281). + \penalty0 + % + \output = {% + % Split the last of the double-column material. + \savetopmark + \balancecolumns + }% + \eject % call the \output just set + \ifdim\pagetotal=0pt + % Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not + % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal + % definition right away. + \global\output=\expandafter{\the\defaultoutput} + % + \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns + % Leave the double-column material on the current page, no automatic + % page break. + \box\balancedcolumns + % + % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted + % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column + % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize. + \global\vsize = \txipageheight % + \pagegoal = \txipageheight % + \else + % We had some left-over material. This might happen when \doublecolumnout + % is called in \balancecolumns. Try again. + \expandafter\enddoublecolumns + \fi +} +\newbox\balancedcolumns +\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{shouldnt see this}% +% +% Only called for the last of the double column material. \doublecolumnout +% does the others. +\def\balancecolumns{% + \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox\PAGE}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. + \dimen@ = \ht0 + \ifdim\dimen@<7\baselineskip + % Don't split a short final column in two. + \setbox2=\vbox{}% + \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}% + \else + % double the leading vertical space + \advance\dimen@ by \topskip + \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip + \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to + \dimen@ii = \dimen@ + \splittopskip = \topskip + % Loop until left column is at least as high as the right column. + {% + \vbadness = 10000 + \loop + \global\setbox3 = \copy0 + \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ + \ifdim\ht1<\ht3 + \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt + \repeat + }% + % Now the left column is in box 1, and the right column in box 3. + % + % Check whether the left column has come out higher than the page itself. + % (Note that we have doubled \vsize for the double columns, so + % the actual height of the page is 0.5\vsize). + \ifdim2\ht1>\vsize + % It appears that we have been called upon to balance too much material. + % Output some of it with \doublecolumnout, leaving the rest on the page. + \setbox\PAGE=\box0 + \doublecolumnout + \else + % Compare the heights of the two columns. + \ifdim4\ht1>5\ht3 + % Column heights are too different, so don't make their bottoms + % flush with each other. + \setbox2=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox3\vfill}% + \setbox0=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox1\vfill}% + \else + % Make column bottoms flush with each other. + \setbox2=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox3\unskip}% + \setbox0=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox1\unskip}% + \fi + \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}% + \fi + \fi + % +} +\catcode`\@ = \other + + +\message{sectioning,} +% Chapters, sections, etc. + +% Let's start with @part. +\outer\parseargdef\part{\partzzz{#1}} +\def\partzzz#1{% + \chapoddpage + \null + \vskip.3\vsize % move it down on the page a bit + \begingroup + \noindent \titlefonts\rm #1\par % the text + \let\lastnode=\empty % no node to associate with + \writetocentry{part}{#1}{}% but put it in the toc + \headingsoff % no headline or footline on the part page + % This outputs a mark at the end of the page that clears \thischapter + % and \thissection, as is done in \startcontents. + \let\pchapsepmacro\relax + \chapmacro{}{Yomitfromtoc}{}% + \chapoddpage + \endgroup +} + +% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron. But we count the unnumbered +% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf +% outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter +% numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000 +% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.) +\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000 +\newcount\chapno +\newcount\secno \secno=0 +\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0 +\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 + +% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... +\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ +% +% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} +% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple +% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual +% letter in the expansion, not just typeset. +% +\def\appendixletter{% + \ifnum\appendixno=`A A% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z% + % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is + % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not + % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out + % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it. + \else\char\the\appendixno + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} + +% Each @chapter defines these (using marks) as the number+name, number +% and name of the chapter. Page headings and footings can use +% these. @section does likewise. +\def\thischapter{} +\def\thischapternum{} +\def\thischaptername{} +\def\thissection{} +\def\thissectionnum{} +\def\thissectionname{} + +\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level +\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count + +% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. +\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} + +% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. +\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} + +% we only have subsub. +\chardef\maxseclevel = 3 +% +% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too. +% To achieve this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in: +\chardef\unnlevel = \maxseclevel +% +% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not: +% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored. +\def\chapheadtype{N} + +% Choose a heading macro +% #1 is heading type +% #2 is heading level +% #3 is text for heading +\def\genhead#1#2#3{% + % Compute the abs. sec. level: + \absseclevel=#2 + \advance\absseclevel by \secbase + % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range: + \ifnum \absseclevel < 0 + \absseclevel = 0 + \else + \ifnum \absseclevel > 3 + \absseclevel = 3 + \fi + \fi + % The heading type: + \def\headtype{#1}% + \if \headtype U% + \ifnum \absseclevel < \unnlevel + \chardef\unnlevel = \absseclevel + \fi + \else + % Check for appendix sections: + \ifnum \absseclevel = 0 + \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}% + \else + \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N% + \errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}% + \fi\fi + \fi + % Check for numbered within unnumbered: + \ifnum \absseclevel > \unnlevel + \def\headtype{U}% + \else + \chardef\unnlevel = 3 + \fi + \fi + % Now print the heading: + \if \headtype U% + \ifcase\absseclevel + \unnumberedzzz{#3}% + \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}% + \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}% + \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% + \fi + \else + \if \headtype A% + \ifcase\absseclevel + \appendixzzz{#3}% + \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}% + \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}% + \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}% + \fi + \else + \ifcase\absseclevel + \chapterzzz{#3}% + \or \seczzz{#3}% + \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}% + \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% + \fi + \fi + \fi + \suppressfirstparagraphindent +} + +% an interface: +\def\numhead{\genhead N} +\def\apphead{\genhead A} +\def\unnmhead{\genhead U} + +% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset +% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero. +% +% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers +% (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty. +\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty +% +\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz +\def\chapterzzz#1{% + % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such + % as an @include file. + \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 + \global\advance\chapno by 1 + % + % Used for \float. + \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}% + \resetallfloatnos + % + % \putwordChapter can contain complex things in translations. + \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordChapter}% + \message{\the\toks0 \space \the\chapno}% + % + % Write the actual heading. + \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}% + % + % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter. + \global\let\section = \numberedsec + \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec + \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec +} + +\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally calls appendixzzz +% +\def\appendixzzz#1{% + \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 + \global\advance\appendixno by 1 + \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}% + \resetallfloatnos + % + % \putwordAppendix can contain complex things in translations. + \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordAppendix}% + \message{\the\toks0 \space \appendixletter}% + % + \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}% + % + \global\let\section = \appendixsec + \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec + \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec +} + +% normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz: +\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} +\def\unnumberedzzz#1{% + \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 + \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1 + % + % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures. + \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty + \resetallfloatnos + % + % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the + % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX + % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX + % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant + % to be executed, not expanded). + % + % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear + % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use + % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once, + % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>. (We also do this for + % the toc entries.) + \toks0 = {#1}% + \message{(\the\toks0)}% + % + \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}% + % + \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec + \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec + \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec +} + +% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. +\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{% + \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters + \unnmhead0{#1}% + \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax +} + +% @top is like @unnumbered. +\let\top\unnumbered + +% Sections. +% +\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz +\def\seczzz#1{% + \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}% +} + +% normally calls appendixsectionzzz: +\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} +\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{% + \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}% +} +\let\appendixsec\appendixsection + +% normally calls unnumberedseczzz: +\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} +\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{% + \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}% +} + +% Subsections. +% +% normally calls numberedsubseczzz: +\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} +\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{% + \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% +} + +% normally calls appendixsubseczzz: +\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} +\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{% + \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}% + {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% +} + +% normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz: +\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} +\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{% + \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}% + {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% +} + +% Subsubsections. +% +% normally numberedsubsubseczzz: +\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} +\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{% + \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}% + {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% +} + +% normally appendixsubsubseczzz: +\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} +\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{% + \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}% + {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% +} + +% normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz: +\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} +\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{% + \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}% + {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% +} + +% These macros control what the section commands do, according +% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). +% Define them by default for a numbered chapter. +\let\section = \numberedsec +\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec +\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec + +% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading + +\def\majorheading{% + {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% + \parsearg\chapheadingzzz +} + +\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz} +\def\chapheadingzzz#1{% + \vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}% + \nobreak\bigskip \nobreak + \suppressfirstparagraphindent +} + +% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading. +\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} + \suppressfirstparagraphindent} +\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} + \suppressfirstparagraphindent} +\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} + \suppressfirstparagraphindent} + +% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only +% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), +% given all the information in convenient, parsed form. + +% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) +\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} + +% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) +\newskip\chapheadingskip + +% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it. +\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} + +% Start a new page +\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} + +% \chapoddpage - start on an odd page for a new chapter +% Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will +% get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong. But we don't +% care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page. +\def\chapoddpage{% + \chappager + \ifodd\pageno \else + \begingroup + \headingsoff + \null + \chappager + \endgroup + \fi +} + +\parseargdef\setchapternewpage{\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} + +\def\CHAPPAGoff{% +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager +\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak +\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsinglechapoff}} + +\def\CHAPPAGon{% +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager +\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager +\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} + +\def\CHAPPAGodd{% +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage +\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage +\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} + +\CHAPPAGon + +% \chapmacro - Chapter opening. +% +% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, +% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number. +% Not used for @heading series. +% +% To test against our argument. +\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing} +\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix} +\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc} +% +\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{% + \expandafter\ifx\thisenv\titlepage\else + \checkenv{}% chapters, etc., should not start inside an environment. + \fi + % Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark). + \let\prevchapterdefs=\currentchapterdefs + \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs + \gdef\currentsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}% + \gdef\thissection{}}% + % + \def\temptype{#2}% + \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword + \gdef\currentchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}% + \gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}% + \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword + \gdef\currentchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}% + \gdef\thischapter{}}% + \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword + \toks0={#1}% + \xdef\currentchapterdefs{% + \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}% + \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}% + % \noexpand\putwordAppendix avoids expanding indigestible + % commands in some of the translations. + \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordAppendix{} + \noexpand\thischapternum: + \noexpand\thischaptername}% + }% + \else + \toks0={#1}% + \xdef\currentchapterdefs{% + \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}% + \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}% + % \noexpand\putwordChapter avoids expanding indigestible + % commands in some of the translations. + \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordChapter{} + \noexpand\thischapternum: + \noexpand\thischaptername}% + }% + \fi\fi\fi + % + % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of + % the preceding space. + \safewhatsit\domark + % + % Insert the chapter heading break. + \pchapsepmacro + % + % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points + % between here and the heading. + \let\prevchapterdefs=\currentchapterdefs + \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs + \domark + % + {% + \chapfonts \rm + \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading % give better error message + % + % Have to define \currentsection before calling \donoderef, because the + % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called + % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon. + \gdef\currentsection{#1}% + % + % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix + % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''. + \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword + \setbox0 = \hbox{}% + \def\toctype{unnchap}% + \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword + \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry + \def\toctype{omit}% + \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword + \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}% + \def\toctype{app}% + \else + \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}% + \def\toctype{numchap}% + \fi\fi\fi + % + % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the + % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc + % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty. + \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}% + % + % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make + % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has + % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the + % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not + % being visible, for instance under high magnification. + \donoderef{#2}% + % + % Typeset the actual heading. + \nobreak % Avoid page breaks at the interline glue. + \vbox{\raggedtitlesettings \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe + \unhbox0 #1\par}% + }% + \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title + \nobreak +} + +% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered. +\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax +\def\centerparameters{% + \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip + \leftskip = \rightskip + \parfillskip = 0pt +} + + +% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and +% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing. +% +\newskip\secheadingskip +\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}} + +% Subsection titles. +\newskip\subsecheadingskip +\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}} + +% Subsubsection titles. +\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip} +\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak} + + +% Print any size, any type, section title. +% +% #1 is the text of the title, +% #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), +% #3 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), +% #4 is the section number. +% +\def\seckeyword{sec} +% +\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{% + {% + \def\sectionlevel{#2}% + \def\temptype{#3}% + % + % It is ok for the @heading series commands to appear inside an + % environment (it's been historically allowed, though the logic is + % dubious), but not the others. + \ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword\else + \checkenv{}% non-@*heading should not be in an environment. + \fi + \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading + % + % Switch to the right set of fonts. + \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm + % + % Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark). + \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs + \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword + \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword + \gdef\currentsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}% + \gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}% + \fi + \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword + % Don't redefine \thissection. + \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword + \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword + \toks0={#1}% + \xdef\currentsectiondefs{% + \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}% + \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}% + % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible + % commands in some of the translations. + \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{} + \noexpand\thissectionnum: + \noexpand\thissectionname}% + }% + \fi + \else + \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword + \toks0={#1}% + \xdef\currentsectiondefs{% + \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}% + \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}% + % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible + % commands in some of the translations. + \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{} + \noexpand\thissectionnum: + \noexpand\thissectionname}% + }% + \fi + \fi\fi\fi + % + % Go into vertical mode. Usually we'll already be there, but we + % don't want the following whatsit to end up in a preceding paragraph + % if the document didn't happen to have a blank line. + \par + % + % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of + % the preceding space. + \safewhatsit\domark + % + % Insert space above the heading. + \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname + % + % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points + % between here and the heading. + \global\let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs + \domark + % + % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number. + \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword + \setbox0 = \hbox{}% + \def\toctype{unn}% + \gdef\currentsection{#1}% + \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword + % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc, + % and don't redefine \currentsection. + \setbox0 = \hbox{}% + \def\toctype{omit}% + \let\sectionlevel=\empty + \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword + \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% + \def\toctype{app}% + \gdef\currentsection{#1}% + \else + \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% + \def\toctype{num}% + \gdef\currentsection{#1}% + \fi\fi\fi + % + % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chapmacro. + \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}% + % + % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex). + % Again, see comments in \chapmacro. + \donoderef{#3}% + % + % Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed. + % That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be + % preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the + % \writetocentry if there was no node). We don't want to allow that + % break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the + % section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong. Debian bug 276000. + \nobreak + % + % Output the actual section heading. + \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \ptexraggedright + \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number + \unhbox0 #1}% + }% + % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it. + % Don't allow stretch, though. + \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname + % + % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it + % was followed by glue. + \nobreak + % + % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that + % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a + % discardable item.) However, when a paragraph is not started next + % (\startdefun, \cartouche, \center, etc.), this needs to be wiped out + % or the negative glue will cause weirdly wrong output, typically + % obscuring the section heading with something else. + \vskip-\parskip + % + % This is so the last item on the main vertical list is a known + % \penalty > 10000, so \startdefun, etc., can recognize the situation + % and do the needful. + \penalty 10001 +} + + +\message{toc,} +% Table of contents. +\newwrite\tocfile + +% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary. +% Called from @chapter, etc. +% +% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno} +% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional +% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually +% read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the +% destination to jump to. +% +% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or +% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document. +% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the +% table of contents chapter openings themselves. +% +\newif\iftocfileopened +\def\omitkeyword{omit}% +% +\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{% + \edef\writetoctype{#1}% + \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else + \iftocfileopened\else + \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc + \global\tocfileopenedtrue + \fi + % + \iflinks + {\atdummies + \edef\temp{% + \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}% + \temp + }% + \fi + \fi + % + % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're + % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't + % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered + % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first + % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named + % `1', and two named `2'. + \ifpdforxetex + \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue + \fi +} + + +% These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman +% fonts, so we must take special care. This is more or less redundant +% with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file. +% +\def\activecatcodes{% + \catcode`\"=\active + \catcode`\$=\active + \catcode`\<=\active + \catcode`\>=\active + \catcode`\\=\active + \catcode`\^=\active + \catcode`\_=\active + \catcode`\|=\active + \catcode`\~=\active +} + + +% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input. +\def\readtocfile{% + \setupdatafile + \activecatcodes + \input \tocreadfilename +} + +\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in +\newcount\savepageno +\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1 + +% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile. +% +\def\startcontents#1{% + % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should + % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. + \contentsalignmacro + \immediate\closeout\tocfile + % + % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. + % It is abundantly clear what they are. + \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}% + % + \savepageno = \pageno + \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. + \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. + \entryrightmargin=\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. + % + % Roman numerals for page numbers. + \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi + \def\thistitle{}% no title in double-sided headings + % Record where the Roman numerals started. + \ifnum\romancount=0 \global\romancount=\pagecount \fi +} + +% redefined for the two-volume lispref. We always output on +% \jobname.toc even if this is redefined. +% +\def\tocreadfilename{\jobname.toc} + +% Normal (long) toc. +% +\def\contents{% + \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% + \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space + \ifeof 1 \else + \readtocfile + \fi + \vfill \eject + \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect + \ifeof 1 \else + \pdfmakeoutlines + \fi + \closein 1 + \endgroup + \contentsendroman +} + +% And just the chapters. +\def\summarycontents{% + \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% + % + \let\partentry = \shortpartentry + \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry + \let\appentry = \shortchapentry + \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry + % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. + \secfonts + \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf + \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt + \rm + \hyphenpenalty = 10000 + \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. + \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{} + \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space + \ifeof 1 \else + \readtocfile + \fi + \closein 1 + \vfill \eject + \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect + \endgroup + \contentsendroman +} +\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents + +% Get ready to use Arabic numerals again +\def\contentsendroman{% + \lastnegativepageno = \pageno + \global\pageno = \savepageno + % + % If \romancount > \arabiccount, the contents are at the end of the + % document. Otherwise, advance where the Arabic numerals start for + % the page numbers. + \ifnum\romancount>\arabiccount\else\global\arabiccount=\pagecount\fi +} + +% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. +% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. +% +\def\shortchaplabel#1{% + % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the + % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. + % But use \hss just in case. + % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after + % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) + % + % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange + % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and + % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10 + % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters + % there are before deciding ... + \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}% +} + +% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. +% The first argument is the chapter or section name. +% The last argument is the page number. +% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... + +% Parts, in the main contents. Replace the part number, which doesn't +% exist, with an empty box. Let's hope all the numbers have the same width. +% Also ignore the page number, which is conventionally not printed. +\def\numeralbox{\setbox0=\hbox{8}\hbox to \wd0{\hfil}} +\def\partentry#1#2#3#4{% + % Add stretch and a bonus for breaking the page before the part heading. + % This reduces the chance of the page being broken immediately after the + % part heading, before a following chapter heading. + \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip + \penalty-300 + \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip + \dochapentry{\numeralbox\labelspace#1}{}% +} +% +% Parts, in the short toc. +\def\shortpartentry#1#2#3#4{% + \penalty-300 + \vskip.5\baselineskip plus.15\baselineskip minus.1\baselineskip + \shortchapentry{{\bf #1}}{\numeralbox}{}{}% +} + +% Chapters, in the main contents. +\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} + +% Chapters, in the short toc. +% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings. +\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{% + \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}% +} + +% Appendices, in the main contents. +% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box. +% +\def\appendixbox#1{% + % We use M since it's probably the widest letter. + \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}% + \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}} +% +\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\hskip.7em#1}{#4}} + +% Unnumbered chapters. +\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}} +\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}} + +% Sections. +\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} +\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry +\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}} + +% Subsections. +\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} +\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry +\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}} + +% And subsubsections. +\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} +\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry +\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}} + +% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. +% Same as \defaultparindent. +\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt + +% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the +% page number. +% +% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters +% if at all possible; hence the \penalty. +\def\dochapentry#1#2{% + \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip + \begingroup + % Move the page numbers slightly to the right + \advance\entryrightmargin by -0.05em + \chapentryfonts + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% + \endgroup + \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip +} + +\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup + \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% +\endgroup} + +\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup + \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% +\endgroup} + +\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup + \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% +\endgroup} + +% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries. +\let\tocentry = \entry + +% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. +\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} + +\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} +\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} + +\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} +\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} +\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts} +\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts} + + +\message{environments,} +% @foo ... @end foo. + +% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw TeX temporarily. +% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. +% But \@ or @@ will get a plain @ character. + +\envdef\tex{% + \setupmarkupstyle{tex}% + \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 + \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 + \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie + \catcode `\%=14 + \catcode `\+=\other + \catcode `\"=\other + \catcode `\|=\other + \catcode `\<=\other + \catcode `\>=\other + \catcode `\`=\other + \catcode `\'=\other + % + % ' is active in math mode (mathcode"8000). So reset it, and all our + % other math active characters (just in case), to plain's definitions. + \mathactive + % + % Inverse of the list at the beginning of the file. + \let\b=\ptexb + \let\bullet=\ptexbullet + \let\c=\ptexc + \let\,=\ptexcomma + \let\.=\ptexdot + \let\dots=\ptexdots + \let\equiv=\ptexequiv + \let\!=\ptexexclam + \let\i=\ptexi + \let\indent=\ptexindent + \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent + \let\{=\ptexlbrace + \let\+=\tabalign + \let\}=\ptexrbrace + \let\/=\ptexslash + \let\sp=\ptexsp + \let\*=\ptexstar + %\let\sup=\ptexsup % do not redefine, we want @sup to work in math mode + \let\t=\ptext + \expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop % we've made it outer + \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing + % + \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% + \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% + \def\@{@}% +} +% There is no need to define \Etex. + +% Define @lisp ... @end lisp. +% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things, +% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous). + +% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. +\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in + +% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other +% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't +% have any width. +\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} + +% This space is always present above and below environments. +\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt + +% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here +% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip +% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the +% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip. +% +\def\aboveenvbreak{{% + % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and + % \sectionheading, q.v. + \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else + \advance\envskipamount by \parskip + \endgraf + \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount + \removelastskip + \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 + % Penalize breaking before the environment, because preceding text + % often leads into it. + \penalty100 + \fi + \vskip\envskipamount + \fi + \fi +}} + +\def\afterenvbreak{{% + % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and + % \sectionheading, q.v. + \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else + \advance\envskipamount by \parskip + \endgraf + \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount + \removelastskip + % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak + % or better ... + \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi + \vskip\envskipamount + \fi + \fi +}} + +% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will +% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again. +\let\nonarrowing=\relax + +% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around +% environment contents. + +% +\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth +\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} +\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} +\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} +\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip + \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr + \hskip\rskip}} +\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip + \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr + \hskip\rskip}} +% +\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip + +% only require the font if @cartouche is actually used +\def\cartouchefontdefs{% + \font\circle=lcircle10\relax + \circthick=\fontdimen8\circle +} +\newdimen\circthick +\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner +\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip + + +\envdef\cartouche{% + \cartouchefontdefs + \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph. + \startsavinginserts + \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip + \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*. + \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip + \advance\cartinner by-\rskip + \cartouter=\hsize + \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either + % side, and for 6pt waste from + % each corner char, and rule thickness + \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip + % + % If this cartouche directly follows a sectioning command, we need the + % \parskip glue (backspaced over by default) or the cartouche can + % collide with the section heading. + \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \penalty\lastpenalty \fi + % + \setbox\groupbox=\vbox\bgroup + \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt + \carttop + \hbox\bgroup + \hskip\lskip + \vrule\kern3pt + \vbox\bgroup + \kern3pt + \hsize=\cartinner + \baselineskip=\normbskip + \lineskip=\normlskip + \parskip=\normpskip + \vskip -\parskip + \comment % For explanation, see the end of def\group. +} +\def\Ecartouche{% + \ifhmode\par\fi + \kern3pt + \egroup + \kern3pt\vrule + \hskip\rskip + \egroup + \cartbot + \egroup + \addgroupbox + \checkinserts +} + + +% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, +% inside a group. +\newdimen\nonfillparindent +\def\nonfillstart{% + \aboveenvbreak + \ifdim\hfuzz < 12pt \hfuzz = 12pt \fi % Don't be fussy + \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. + \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines + \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output + \parskip = 0pt + % Turn off paragraph indentation but redefine \indent to emulate + % the normal \indent. + \nonfillparindent=\parindent + \parindent = 0pt + \let\indent\nonfillindent + % + \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes + \ifx\nonarrowing\relax + \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing + \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing + \else + \let\nonarrowing = \relax + \fi + \let\exdent=\nofillexdent +} + +\begingroup +\obeyspaces +% We want to swallow spaces (but not other tokens) after the fake +% @indent in our nonfill-environments, where spaces are normally +% active and set to @tie, resulting in them not being ignored after +% @indent. +\gdef\nonfillindent{\futurelet\temp\nonfillindentcheck}% +\gdef\nonfillindentcheck{% +\ifx\temp % +\expandafter\nonfillindentgobble% +\else% +\leavevmode\nonfillindentbox% +\fi% +}% +\endgroup +\def\nonfillindentgobble#1{\nonfillindent} +\def\nonfillindentbox{\hbox to \nonfillparindent{\hss}} + +% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small. +% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall. +% This affects the following displayed environments: +% @example, @display, @format, @lisp +% +\def\smallword{small} +\def\nosmallword{nosmall} +\let\SETdispenvsize\relax +\def\setnormaldispenv{% + \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword + % end paragraph for sake of leading, in case document has no blank + % line. This is redundant with what happens in \aboveenvbreak, but + % we need to do it before changing the fonts, and it's inconvenient + % to change the fonts afterward. + \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi + \smallexamplefonts \rm + \fi +} +\def\setsmalldispenv{% + \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword + \else + \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi + \smallexamplefonts \rm + \fi +} + +% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo. +% Let's do it in one command. #1 is the env name, #2 the definition. +\def\makedispenvdef#1#2{% + \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}% + \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}% + \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak + \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak +} + +% Define two environment synonyms (#1 and #2) for an environment. +\def\maketwodispenvdef#1#2#3{% + \makedispenvdef{#1}{#3}% + \makedispenvdef{#2}{#3}% +} +% +% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; +% @example: same as @lisp. +% +% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts. +% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. +% +\maketwodispenvdef{lisp}{example}{% + \nonfillstart + \tt\setupmarkupstyle{example}% + \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. + \gobble % eat return +} +% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font. +% +\makedispenvdef{display}{% + \nonfillstart + \gobble +} + +% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins. +% +\makedispenvdef{format}{% + \let\nonarrowing = t% + \nonfillstart + \gobble +} + +% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize. +\envdef\flushleft{% + \let\nonarrowing = t% + \nonfillstart + \gobble +} +\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak + +% @flushright. +% +\envdef\flushright{% + \let\nonarrowing = t% + \nonfillstart + \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill\relax + \gobble +} +\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak + + +% @raggedright does more-or-less normal line breaking but no right +% justification. From plain.tex. +\envdef\raggedright{% + \rightskip0pt plus2.4em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax +} +\let\Eraggedright\par + +\envdef\raggedleft{% + \parindent=0pt \leftskip0pt plus2em + \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt + \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off + % badness reporting. +} +\let\Eraggedleft\par + +\envdef\raggedcenter{% + \parindent=0pt \rightskip0pt plus1em \leftskip0pt plus1em + \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt + \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off + % badness reporting. +} +\let\Eraggedcenter\par + + +% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) +% and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since +% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and +% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0. +% +\makedispenvdef{quotation}{\quotationstart} +% +\def\quotationstart{% + \indentedblockstart % same as \indentedblock, but increase right margin too. + \ifx\nonarrowing\relax + \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing + \fi + \parsearg\quotationlabel +} + +% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're +% doing normal filling. +% +\def\Equotation{% + \par + \ifx\quotationauthor\thisisundefined\else + % indent a bit. + \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}% + \fi + {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% +} +\def\Esmallquotation{\Equotation} + +% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after. +\def\quotationlabel#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\empty \else + {\bf #1: }% + \fi +} + +% @indentedblock is like @quotation, but indents only on the left and +% has no optional argument. +% +\makedispenvdef{indentedblock}{\indentedblockstart} +% +\def\indentedblockstart{% + {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip + \parindent=0pt + % + % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. + \ifx\nonarrowing\relax + \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing + \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing + \else + \let\nonarrowing = \relax + \fi +} + +% Keep a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're doing normal filling. +% +\def\Eindentedblock{% + \par + {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% +} +\def\Esmallindentedblock{\Eindentedblock} + + +% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>} +% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter, +% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg: +% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org +% +% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook. +% +% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets +% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a +% verbatim line. +\def\dospecials{% + \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% + \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~% + \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"% + % Don't do the quotes -- if we do, @set txicodequoteundirected and + % @set txicodequotebacktick will not have effect on @verb and + % @verbatim, and ?` and !` ligatures won't get disabled. + %\do\`\do\'% +} +% +% [Knuth] p. 380 +\def\uncatcodespecials{% + \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials} +% +% Setup for the @verb command. +% +% Eight spaces for a tab +\begingroup + \catcode`\^^I=\active + \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }} +\endgroup +% +\def\setupverb{% + \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim + \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% + \setupmarkupstyle{verb}% + \tabeightspaces + % Respect line breaks, + % print special symbols as themselves, and + % make each space count + % must do in this order: + \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces +} + +% Setup for the @verbatim environment +% +% Real tab expansion. +\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount +% +% We typeset each line of the verbatim in an \hbox, so we can handle +% tabs. +\newbox\verbbox +\def\starttabbox{\setbox\verbbox=\hbox\bgroup} +% +\begingroup + \catcode`\^^I=\active + \gdef\tabexpand{% + \catcode`\^^I=\active + \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup + \dimen\verbbox=\wd\verbbox % the width so far, or since the previous tab + \divide\dimen\verbbox by\tabw + \multiply\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw + \advance\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw + \wd\verbbox=\dimen\verbbox + \leavevmode\box\verbbox \starttabbox + }% + } +\endgroup + +% start the verbatim environment. +\def\setupverbatim{% + \let\nonarrowing = t% + \nonfillstart + \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim + \def\par{\egroup\box\verbbox\endgraf\starttabbox}% + \tabexpand + \setupmarkupstyle{verbatim}% + % Respect line breaks, + % print special symbols as themselves, and + % make each space count. + % Must do in this order: + \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces +} + +% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique +% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a +% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace: +% +% \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1} +% +% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {} +\begingroup + \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other + \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next] +\endgroup +% +\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb} +% +% +% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that +% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie: +% +% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1} +% +% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, +% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}': +% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'. +% +% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx] +% +\begingroup + \catcode`\ =\active + \obeylines % + % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end + % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank + % line in the output. + \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{% + \starttabbox#2\egroup\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}% + % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but + % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble. + % The \egroup ends the \verbbox started at the end of the last line in + % the block. +\endgroup +% +\envdef\verbatim{% + \setupverbatim\doverbatim +} +\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak + + +% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment. +% +\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude} +% +\def\doverbatiminclude#1{% + {% + \makevalueexpandable + \setupverbatim + {% + \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names. + \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @verbatiminclude of #1^^J}% + \edef\tmp{\noexpand\input #1 } + \expandafter + }\expandafter\starttabbox\tmp\egroup + \afterenvbreak + }% +} + +% @copying ... @end copying. +% Save the text away for @insertcopying later. +% +% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box. +% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the +% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done +% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source +% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as +% possible is desirable. +% +\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying} +\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}} +% +\def\insertcopying{% + \begingroup + \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page + \scanexp\copyingtext + \endgroup +} + + +\message{defuns,} +% @defun etc. + +\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in +\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt +\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt +\newcount\defunpenalty + +% Start the processing of @deffn: +\def\startdefun{% + \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 + \medbreak + \defunpenalty=10003 % Will keep this @deffn together with the + % following @def command, see below. + \else + % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak, + % which is there to keep the function description together with its + % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a + % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted + % by \printdefunline, instead of 10000, since the sectioning + % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow + % a break between a section heading and a defun. + % + % As a further refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling + % with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the + % sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following + % @def command. + \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi + % + % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break. + % But do insert the glue. + \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint + \fi + % + \parindent=0in + \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent + \exdentamount=\defbodyindent +} + +\def\dodefunx#1{% + % First, check whether we are in the right environment: + \checkenv#1% + % + % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row. + % It's not a great place, though. + \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi + % + % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun: + \expandafter\gobbledefun#1% +} +\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{} + +% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text} +% +\def\printdefunline#1#2{% + \begingroup + % call \deffnheader: + #1#2 \endheader + % common ending: + \interlinepenalty = 10000 + \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil\relax + \endgraf + \nobreak\vskip -\parskip + \penalty\defunpenalty % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx + % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses, + % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize. + \checkparencounts + \endgroup +} + +\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak} + +% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn; +% the only thing remaining is to define \deffnheader. +% +\def\makedefun#1{% + \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun + \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun + \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}% + \temp +} + +% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader { (defn. of \deffnheader) } +% +% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters. +% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly. +% +\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{% + \envdef#1{% + \startdefun + \doingtypefnfalse % distinguish typed functions from all else + \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}% + }% + \def#2{\dodefunx#1}% + \def#3% +} + +\newif\ifdoingtypefn % doing typed function? +\newif\ifrettypeownline % typeset return type on its own line? + +% @deftypefnnewline on|off says whether the return type of typed functions +% are printed on their own line. This affects @deftypefn, @deftypefun, +% @deftypeop, and @deftypemethod. +% +\parseargdef\deftypefnnewline{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\onword + \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname + = \empty + \else\ifx\temp\offword + \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname + = \relax + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @txideftypefnnl value `\temp', + must be on|off}% + \fi\fi +} + +% \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} +% +% If SUBTOPIC is present, precede it with a space, and call \doind. +% (At some time during the 20th century, this made a two-level entry in an +% index such as the operation index. Nobody seemed to notice the change in +% behaviour though.) +\def\dosubind#1#2#3{% + \def\thirdarg{#3}% + \ifx\thirdarg\empty + \doind{#1}{#2}% + \else + \doind{#1}{#2\space#3}% + \fi +} + +% Untyped functions: + +% @deffn category name args +\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}} + +% @deffn category class name args +\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}} + +% \defopon {category on}class name args +\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } + +% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args +% +\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{% + \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}% + \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}% +} + +% Typed functions: + +% @deftypefn category type name args +\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}} + +% @deftypeop category class type name args +\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}} + +% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args +\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } + +% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args +% +\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% + \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}% + \doingtypefntrue + \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% +} + +% Typed variables: + +% @deftypevr category type var args +\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}} + +% @deftypecv category class type var args +\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}} + +% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args +\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } + +% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args +% +\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% + \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}% + \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% +} + +% Untyped variables: + +% @defvr category var args +\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} } + +% @defcv category class var args +\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}} + +% \defcvof {category of}class var args +\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} } + +% Types: + +% @deftp category name args +\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{% + \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}% + \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}% +} + +% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts: +\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } +\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} } +\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} } +\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } +\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} } +\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} } +\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} } +\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon} +\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon} +\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} +\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} + +% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args). +% #1 is the category, such as "Function". +% #2 is the return type, if any. +% #3 is the function name. +% +% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any. +% +\def\defname#1#2#3{% + \par + % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def... + \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent + % + % Determine if we are typesetting the return type of a typed function + % on a line by itself. + \rettypeownlinefalse + \ifdoingtypefn % doing a typed function specifically? + % then check user option for putting return type on its own line: + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname\relax \else + \rettypeownlinetrue + \fi + \fi + % + % How we'll format the category name. Putting it in brackets helps + % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line + % just below it. + \def\temp{#1}% + \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi} + % + % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. We'll always have at + % least two. + \tempnum = 2 + % + % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero, + % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it: + \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip + % + % If doing a return type on its own line, we'll have another line. + \ifrettypeownline + \advance\tempnum by 1 + \def\maybeshapeline{0in \hsize}% + \else + \def\maybeshapeline{}% + \fi + % + % The continuations: + \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent + % + % The final paragraph shape: + \parshape \tempnum 0in \dimen0 \maybeshapeline \defargsindent \dimen2 + % + % Put the category name at the right margin. + \noindent + \hbox to 0pt{% + \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize + % \hsize has to be shortened this way: + \kern\leftskip + % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space. + }% + % + % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint: + \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 + \exdentamount=\defbodyindent + {% + % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because: + % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle. + % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's + % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in + % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm. + % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures. + % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no + % one has made identifiers using them :). + \df \tt + \def\temp{#2}% text of the return type + \ifx\temp\empty\else + \tclose{\temp}% typeset the return type + \ifrettypeownline + % put return type on its own line; prohibit line break following: + \hfil\vadjust{\nobreak}\break + \else + \space % type on same line, so just followed by a space + \fi + \fi % no return type + #3% output function name + }% + {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \rmfont + % + \boldbrax + % arguments will be output next, if any. +} + +% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using +% tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in +% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very +% distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars. +% +\def\defunargs#1{% + % use sl by default (not ttsl), + % tt for the names. + \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0 + % + % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we + % want a way to get ttsl. We used to recommend @var for that, so + % leave the code in, but it's strange for @var to lead to typewriter. + % Nowadays we recommend @code, since the difference between a ttsl hyphen + % and a tt hyphen is pretty tiny. @code also disables ?` !`. + \def\var##1{{\setupmarkupstyle{var}\ttslanted{##1}}}% + #1% + \sl\hyphenchar\font=45 +} + +% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line. +% +\def\activeparens{% + \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active + \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active + \catcode`\&=\active +} + +% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. +\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) + +% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, +% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, +% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. +{ + \activeparens + \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen + \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack + \global\let& = \& + + \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} + \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm} +} +\let\ampchar\& + +\newcount\parencount + +% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards +\newif\ifampseen +\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }} + +\def\parenfont{% + \ifampseen + % At the first level, print parens in roman, + % otherwise use the default font. + \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi + \else + % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than + % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] . + \sf + \fi +} +\def\infirstlevel#1{% + \ifampseen + \ifnum\parencount=1 + #1% + \fi + \fi +} +\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf} + +\def\opnr{% + \global\advance\parencount by 1 + {\parenfont(}% + \infirstlevel \bfafterword +} +\def\clnr{% + {\parenfont)}% + \infirstlevel \sl + \global\advance\parencount by -1 +} + +\newcount\brackcount +\def\lbrb{% + \global\advance\brackcount by 1 + {\bf[}% +} +\def\rbrb{% + {\bf]}% + \global\advance\brackcount by -1 +} + +\def\checkparencounts{% + \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi + \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi +} +% these should not use \errmessage; the glibc manual, at least, actually +% has such constructs (when documenting function pointers). +\def\badparencount{% + \message{Warning: unbalanced parentheses in @def...}% + \global\parencount=0 +} +\def\badbrackcount{% + \message{Warning: unbalanced square brackets in @def...}% + \global\brackcount=0 +} + + +\message{macros,} +% @macro. + +% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, +% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. +\ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined + \newwrite\macscribble + \def\scantokens#1{% + \toks0={#1}% + \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp + \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}% + \immediate\closeout\macscribble + \input \jobname.tmp + } +\fi + +% Used at the time of macro expansion. +% Argument is macro body with arguments substituted +\def\scanmacro#1{% + \newlinechar`\^^M + \def\xeatspaces{\eatspaces}% + % + % Process the macro body under the current catcode regime. + \scantokens{#1@comment}% + % + % The \comment is to remove the \newlinechar added by \scantokens, and + % can be noticed by \parsearg. Note \c isn't used because this means cedilla + % in math mode. +} + +% Used for copying and captions +\def\scanexp#1{% + \expandafter\scanmacro\expandafter{#1}% +} + +\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters +\newtoks\macname % Macro name +\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? + +% List of all defined macros in the form +% \commondummyword\macro1\commondummyword\macro2... +% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split +% if there is a need. +\def\macrolist{} + +% Add the macro to \macrolist +\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname} +\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{% + \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\commondummyword#1}% + \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}% +} + +% Utility routines. +% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is, +% \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname +% (except of course we have to play expansion games). +% +\def\cslet#1#2{% + \expandafter\let + \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname + \csname#2\endcsname +} + +% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string. +% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN). +{\catcode`\@=11 +\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }} +\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@} +\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @} +\def\unbrace#1{#1} +\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1} +} + +% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string. +{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3% +\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}% +\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}% +\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}% +} + +% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where +% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active +% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \ +% to recognize macro arguments; this is the job of \mbodybackslash. +% +% Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate +% them to avoid their expansion. Must do this non-globally, to +% confine the change to the current group. +% +% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is +% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro +% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. +% +\def\scanctxt{% used as subroutine + \catcode`\"=\other + \catcode`\+=\other + \catcode`\<=\other + \catcode`\>=\other + \catcode`\^=\other + \catcode`\_=\other + \catcode`\|=\other + \catcode`\~=\other + \passthroughcharstrue +} + +\def\scanargctxt{% used for copying and captions, not macros. + \scanctxt + \catcode`\@=\other + \catcode`\\=\other + \catcode`\^^M=\other +} + +\def\macrobodyctxt{% used for @macro definitions + \scanctxt + \catcode`\ =\other + \catcode`\@=\other + \catcode`\{=\other + \catcode`\}=\other + \catcode`\^^M=\other + \usembodybackslash +} + +% Used when scanning braced macro arguments. Note, however, that catcode +% changes here are ineffectual if the macro invocation was nested inside +% an argument to another Texinfo command. +\def\macroargctxt{% + \scanctxt + \catcode`\ =\active + \catcode`\@=\other + \catcode`\^^M=\other + \catcode`\\=\active +} + +\def\macrolineargctxt{% used for whole-line arguments without braces + \scanctxt + \catcode`\@=\other + \catcode`\{=\other + \catcode`\}=\other +} + +% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. +% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N +% where N is the macro parameter number. +% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so +% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. +% +{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active + @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash} + @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname} +} +\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash} + +\def\margbackslash#1{\char`\#1 } + +\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx} +\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx} + +\def\macroxxx#1{% + \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist + \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments + \paramno=0\relax + \else + \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% + \if\paramno>256\relax + \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{You need eTeX to compile a file with macros with more than 256 arguments} + \fi + \fi + \fi + \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname + \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% + \else + \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax + \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi + \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% + \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1% + \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}% + \fi + \begingroup \macrobodyctxt + \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody + \else \expandafter\parsemacbody + \fi} + +\parseargdef\unmacro{% + \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname + \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% + \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0% + % Remove the macro name from \macrolist: + \begingroup + \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax + \let\commondummyword\unmacrodo + \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}% + \endgroup + \else + \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}% + \fi +} + +% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any +% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax. +% +\def\unmacrodo#1{% + \ifx #1\relax + % remove this + \else + \noexpand\commondummyword \noexpand#1% + \fi +} + +% \getargs -- Parse the arguments to a @macro line. Set \macname to +% the name of the macro, and \argl to the braced argument list. +\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}} +\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs} +\def\getmacname#1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} +\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}} +% This made use of the feature that if the last token of a +% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by +% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. + +% Parse the optional {params} list to @macro or @rmacro. +% Set \paramno to the number of arguments, +% and \paramlist to a parameter text for the macro (e.g. #1,#2,#3 for a +% three-param macro.) Define \macarg.BLAH for each BLAH in the params +% list to some hook where the argument is to be expanded. If there are +% less than 10 arguments that hook is to be replaced by ##N where N +% is the position in that list, that is to say the macro arguments are to be +% defined `a la TeX in the macro body. +% +% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). +% +% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used: see +% \parsemmanyargdef. +% +\def\parsemargdef#1;{% + \paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% + \let\hash\relax + % \hash is redefined to `#' later to get it into definitions + \let\xeatspaces\relax + \parsemargdefxxx#1,;,% + \ifnum\paramno<10\relax\else + \paramno0\relax + \parsemmanyargdef@@#1,;,% 10 or more arguments + \fi +} +\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{% + \if#1;\let\next=\relax + \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx + \advance\paramno by 1 + \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname + {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}% + \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}% + \fi\next} + +% \parsemacbody, \parsermacbody +% +% Read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. (They're different since +% rec and nonrec macros end differently.) +% +% We are in \macrobodyctxt, and the \xdef causes backslashshes in the macro +% body to be transformed. +% Set \macrobody to the body of the macro, and call \defmacro. +% +{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsemacbody#1@end macro{% +\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}% +{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro{% +\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}% + +% Make @ a letter, so that we can make private-to-Texinfo macro names. +\edef\texiatcatcode{\the\catcode`\@} +\catcode `@=11\relax + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Code for > 10 arguments only %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used, where the +% hook remains in the body, and when macro is to be expanded the body is +% processed again to replace the arguments. +% +% In that case, the hook is \the\toks N-1, and we simply set \toks N-1 to the +% argument N value and then \edef the body (nothing else will expand because of +% the catcode regime under which the body was input). +% +% If you compile with TeX (not eTeX), and you have macros with 10 or more +% arguments, no macro can have more than 256 arguments (else error). +% +% In case that there are 10 or more arguments we parse again the arguments +% list to set new definitions for the \macarg.BLAH macros corresponding to +% each BLAH argument. It was anyhow needed to parse already once this list +% in order to count the arguments, and as macros with at most 9 arguments +% are by far more frequent than macro with 10 or more arguments, defining +% twice the \macarg.BLAH macros does not cost too much processing power. +\def\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,{% + \if#1;\let\next=\relax + \else + \let\next=\parsemmanyargdef@@ + \edef\tempb{\eatspaces{#1}}% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\tempa + \expandafter{\csname macarg.\tempb\endcsname}% + % Note that we need some extra \noexpand\noexpand, this is because we + % don't want \the to be expanded in the \parsermacbody as it uses an + % \xdef . + \expandafter\edef\tempa + {\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\the\toks\the\paramno}% + \advance\paramno by 1\relax + \fi\next} + + +\let\endargs@\relax +\let\nil@\relax +\def\nilm@{\nil@}% +\long\def\nillm@{\nil@}% + +% This macro is expanded during the Texinfo macro expansion, not during its +% definition. It gets all the arguments' values and assigns them to macros +% macarg.ARGNAME +% +% #1 is the macro name +% #2 is the list of argument names +% #3 is the list of argument values +\def\getargvals@#1#2#3{% + \def\macargdeflist@{}% + \def\saveparamlist@{#2}% Need to keep a copy for parameter expansion. + \def\paramlist{#2,\nil@}% + \def\macroname{#1}% + \begingroup + \macroargctxt + \def\argvaluelist{#3,\nil@}% + \def\@tempa{#3}% + \ifx\@tempa\empty + \setemptyargvalues@ + \else + \getargvals@@ + \fi +} +\def\getargvals@@{% + \ifx\paramlist\nilm@ + % Some sanity check needed here that \argvaluelist is also empty. + \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@ + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Too many arguments in macro `\macroname'!}% + \fi + \let\next\macargexpandinbody@ + \else + \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@ + % No more arguments values passed to macro. Set remaining named-arg + % macros to empty. + \let\next\setemptyargvalues@ + \else + % pop current arg name into \@tempb + \def\@tempa##1{\pop@{\@tempb}{\paramlist}##1\endargs@}% + \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\paramlist}% + % pop current argument value into \@tempc + \def\@tempa##1{\longpop@{\@tempc}{\argvaluelist}##1\endargs@}% + \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\argvaluelist}% + % Here \@tempb is the current arg name and \@tempc is the current arg value. + % First place the new argument macro definition into \@tempd + \expandafter\macname\expandafter{\@tempc}% + \expandafter\let\csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempe\expandafter{% + \csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname}% + \edef\@tempd{\long\def\@tempe{\the\macname}}% + \push@\@tempd\macargdeflist@ + \let\next\getargvals@@ + \fi + \fi + \next +} + +\def\push@#1#2{% + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#2% + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% + \expandafter#1#2}% +} + +% Replace arguments by their values in the macro body, and place the result +% in macro \@tempa. +% +\def\macvalstoargs@{% + % To do this we use the property that token registers that are \the'ed + % within an \edef expand only once. So we are going to place all argument + % values into respective token registers. + % + % First we save the token context, and initialize argument numbering. + \begingroup + \paramno0\relax + % Then, for each argument number #N, we place the corresponding argument + % value into a new token list register \toks#N + \expandafter\putargsintokens@\saveparamlist@,;,% + % Then, we expand the body so that argument are replaced by their + % values. The trick for values not to be expanded themselves is that they + % are within tokens and that tokens expand only once in an \edef . + \edef\@tempc{\csname mac.\macroname .body\endcsname}% + % Now we restore the token stack pointer to free the token list registers + % which we have used, but we make sure that expanded body is saved after + % group. + \expandafter + \endgroup + \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempc}% + } + +% Define the named-macro outside of this group and then close this group. +% +\def\macargexpandinbody@{% + \expandafter + \endgroup + \macargdeflist@ + % First the replace in body the macro arguments by their values, the result + % is in \@tempa . + \macvalstoargs@ + % Then we point at the \norecurse or \gobble (for recursive) macro value + % with \@tempb . + \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempb\csname mac.\macroname .recurse\endcsname + % Depending on whether it is recursive or not, we need some tailing + % \egroup . + \ifx\@tempb\gobble + \let\@tempc\relax + \else + \let\@tempc\egroup + \fi + % And now we do the real job: + \edef\@tempd{\noexpand\@tempb{\macroname}\noexpand\scanmacro{\@tempa}\@tempc}% + \@tempd +} + +\def\putargsintokens@#1,{% + \if#1;\let\next\relax + \else + \let\next\putargsintokens@ + % First we allocate the new token list register, and give it a temporary + % alias \@tempb . + \toksdef\@tempb\the\paramno + % Then we place the argument value into that token list register. + \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname macarg.#1\endcsname + \expandafter\@tempb\expandafter{\@tempa}% + \advance\paramno by 1\relax + \fi + \next +} + +% Trailing missing arguments are set to empty. +% +\def\setemptyargvalues@{% + \ifx\paramlist\nilm@ + \let\next\macargexpandinbody@ + \else + \expandafter\setemptyargvaluesparser@\paramlist\endargs@ + \let\next\setemptyargvalues@ + \fi + \next +} + +\def\setemptyargvaluesparser@#1,#2\endargs@{% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{% + \expandafter\def\csname macarg.#1\endcsname{}}% + \push@\@tempa\macargdeflist@ + \def\paramlist{#2}% +} + +% #1 is the element target macro +% #2 is the list macro +% #3,#4\endargs@ is the list value +\def\pop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{% + \def#1{#3}% + \def#2{#4}% +} +\long\def\longpop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{% + \long\def#1{#3}% + \long\def#2{#4}% +} + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%% End of code for > 10 arguments %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +% This defines a Texinfo @macro or @rmacro, called by \parsemacbody. +% \macrobody has the body of the macro in it, with placeholders for +% its parameters, looking like "\xeatspaces{\hash 1}". +% \paramno is the number of parameters +% \paramlist is a TeX parameter text, e.g. "#1,#2,#3," +% There are four cases: macros of zero, one, up to nine, and many arguments. +% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file +% they're defined in: @include reads the file inside a group. +% +\def\defmacro{% + \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars + \ifnum\paramno=1 + \def\xeatspaces##1{##1}% + % This removes the pair of braces around the argument. We don't + % use \eatspaces, because this can cause ends of lines to be lost + % when the argument to \eatspaces is read, leading to line-based + % commands like "@itemize" not being read correctly. + \else + \let\xeatspaces\relax % suppress expansion + \fi + \ifcase\paramno + % 0 + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \bgroup + \noexpand\spaceisspace + \noexpand\endlineisspace + \noexpand\expandafter % skip any whitespace after the macro name. + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{% + \egroup + \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}% + \or % 1 + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \bgroup + \noexpand\braceorline + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{% + \egroup + \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}% + }% + \else % at most 9 + \ifnum\paramno<10\relax + % @MACNAME sets the context for reading the macro argument + % @MACNAME@@ gets the argument, processes backslashes and appends a + % comma. + % @MACNAME@@@ removes braces surrounding the argument list. + % @MACNAME@@@@ scans the macro body with arguments substituted. + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \bgroup + \noexpand\expandafter % This \expandafter skip any spaces after the + \noexpand\macroargctxt % macro before we change the catcode of space. + \noexpand\expandafter + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname##1{% + \noexpand\passargtomacro + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{##1,}}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname ##1}% + \expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\xdef + \expandafter\expandafter + \csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname\paramlist{% + \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}% + \else % 10 or more: + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}% + }% + \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\macrobody + \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\gobble + \fi + \fi} + +\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode\relax % end private-to-Texinfo catcodes + +\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}} + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% +{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=13 % We need to manipulate \ so use @ as escape +@catcode`@_=11 % private names +@catcode`@!=11 % used as argument separator + +% \passargtomacro#1#2 - +% Call #1 with a list of tokens #2, with any doubled backslashes in #2 +% compressed to one. +% +% This implementation works by expansion, and not execution (so we cannot use +% \def or similar). This reduces the risk of this failing in contexts where +% complete expansion is done with no execution (for example, in writing out to +% an auxiliary file for an index entry). +% +% State is kept in the input stream: the argument passed to +% @look_ahead, @gobble_and_check_finish and @add_segment is +% +% THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT ! {PENDING_BS} NEXT_TOKEN (... rest of input) +% +% where: +% THE_MACRO - name of the macro we want to call +% ARG_RESULT - argument list we build to pass to that macro +% PENDING_BS - either a backslash or nothing +% NEXT_TOKEN - used to look ahead in the input stream to see what's coming next + +@gdef@passargtomacro#1#2{% + @add_segment #1!{}@relax#2\@_finish\% +} +@gdef@_finish{@_finishx} @global@let@_finishx@relax + +% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT +% #2 - PENDING_BS +% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN +% #4 used to look ahead +% +% If the next token is not a backslash, process the rest of the argument; +% otherwise, remove the next token. +@gdef@look_ahead#1!#2#3#4{% + @ifx#4\% + @expandafter@gobble_and_check_finish + @else + @expandafter@add_segment + @fi#1!{#2}#4#4% +} + +% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT +% #2 - PENDING_BS +% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN +% #4 should be a backslash, which is gobbled. +% #5 looks ahead +% +% Double backslash found. Add a single backslash, and look ahead. +@gdef@gobble_and_check_finish#1!#2#3#4#5{% + @add_segment#1\!{}#5#5% +} + +@gdef@is_fi{@fi} + +% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT +% #2 - PENDING_BS +% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN +% #4 is input stream until next backslash +% +% Input stream is either at the start of the argument, or just after a +% backslash sequence, either a lone backslash, or a doubled backslash. +% NEXT_TOKEN contains the first token in the input stream: if it is \finish, +% finish; otherwise, append to ARG_RESULT the segment of the argument up until +% the next backslash. PENDING_BACKSLASH contains a backslash to represent +% a backslash just before the start of the input stream that has not been +% added to ARG_RESULT. +@gdef@add_segment#1!#2#3#4\{% +@ifx#3@_finish + @call_the_macro#1!% +@else + % append the pending backslash to the result, followed by the next segment + @expandafter@is_fi@look_ahead#1#2#4!{\}@fi + % this @fi is discarded by @look_ahead. + % we can't get rid of it with \expandafter because we don't know how + % long #4 is. +} + +% #1 - THE_MACRO +% #2 - ARG_RESULT +% #3 discards the res of the conditional in @add_segment, and @is_fi ends the +% conditional. +@gdef@call_the_macro#1#2!#3@fi{@is_fi #1{#2}} + +} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +% \braceorline MAC is used for a one-argument macro MAC. It checks +% whether the next non-whitespace character is a {. It sets the context +% for reading the argument (slightly different in the two cases). Then, +% to read the argument, in the whole-line case, it then calls the regular +% \parsearg MAC; in the lbrace case, it calls \passargtomacro MAC. +% +\def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} +\def\braceorlinexxx{% + \ifx\nchar\bgroup + \macroargctxt + \expandafter\passargtomacro + \else + \macrolineargctxt\expandafter\parsearg + \fi \macnamexxx} + + +% @alias. +% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal +% sign. Make them active and then expand them all to nothing. +% +\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx} +\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} +\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{% + {% + \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty + \addtomacrolist{#1}% + \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}% + }% + \next +} + + +\message{cross references,} + +\newwrite\auxfile +\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. +\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. + +% @inforef is relatively simple. +\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} +\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{% + \putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, + node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} + +% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in +% cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and +% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like: +% @node foo , bar , ... +% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name. +% +\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse} +% +% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this: +% @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs +\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse} +\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}\omittopnode} + +% Used so that the @top node doesn't have to be wrapped in an @ifnottex +% conditional. +% \doignore goes to more effort to skip nested conditionals but we don't need +% that here. +\def\omittopnode{% + \ifx\lastnode\wordTop + \expandafter\ignorenode\fi +} +\def\wordTop{Top} + +% Until the next @node or @bye command, divert output to a box that is not +% output. +\def\ignorenode{\setbox\dummybox\vbox\bgroup\def\node{\egroup\node}% +\ignorenodebye +} + +{\let\bye\relax +\gdef\ignorenodebye{\let\bye\ignorenodebyedef} +\gdef\ignorenodebyedef{\egroup(`Top' node ignored)\bye}} +% The redefinition of \bye here is because it is declared \outer + +\let\lastnode=\empty + +% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the +% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing). +% +\def\donoderef#1{% + \ifx\lastnode\empty\else + \setref{\lastnode}{#1}% + \global\let\lastnode=\empty + \fi +} + +% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. +% +\newcount\savesfregister +% +\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi} +\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi} +\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces} + +% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an +% anchor), which consists of three parts: +% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \currentsection, +% or the anchor name. +% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or +% empty for anchors. +% 3) NAME-pg - the page number. +% +% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of +% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here: +% 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats. +% +\def\setref#1#2{% + \pdfmkdest{#1}% + \iflinks + {% + \requireauxfile + \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them + % match definition in \xrdef, \refx, \xrefX. + \def\value##1{##1}% + \edef\writexrdef##1##2{% + \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef + ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef + }% + \toks0 = \expandafter{\currentsection}% + \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }% + \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc. + \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, at \shipout + }% + \fi +} + +% @xrefautosectiontitle on|off says whether @section(ing) names are used +% automatically in xrefs, if the third arg is not explicitly specified. +% This was provided as a "secret" @set xref-automatic-section-title +% variable, now it's official. +% +\parseargdef\xrefautomaticsectiontitle{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\onword + \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname + = \empty + \else\ifx\temp\offword + \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname + = \relax + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @xrefautomaticsectiontitle value `\temp', + must be on|off}% + \fi\fi +} + +% +% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is +% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed +% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed +% manual. All but the node name can be omitted. +% +\def\pxref{\putwordsee{} \xrefXX} +\def\xref{\putwordSee{} \xrefXX} +\def\ref{\xrefXX} + +\def\xrefXX#1{\def\xrefXXarg{#1}\futurelet\tokenafterxref\xrefXXX} +\def\xrefXXX{\expandafter\xrefX\expandafter[\xrefXXarg,,,,,,,]} +% +\newbox\toprefbox +\newbox\printedrefnamebox +\newbox\infofilenamebox +\newbox\printedmanualbox +% +\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup + \unsepspaces + % + % Get args without leading/trailing spaces. + \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}% + \setbox\printedrefnamebox = \hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}% + % + \def\infofilename{\ignorespaces #4}% + \setbox\infofilenamebox = \hbox{\infofilename\unskip}% + % + \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% + \setbox\printedmanualbox = \hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}% + % + % If the printed reference name (arg #3) was not explicitly given in + % the @xref, figure out what we want to use. + \ifdim \wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt + % No printed node name was explicitly given. + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname \relax + % Not auto section-title: use node name inside the square brackets. + \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% + \else + % Auto section-title: use chapter/section title inside + % the square brackets if we have it. + \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt + % It is in another manual, so we don't have it; use node name. + \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% + \else + \ifhavexrefs + % We (should) know the real title if we have the xref values. + \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}% + \else + % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. + \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% + \fi% + \fi + \fi + \fi + % + % Make link in pdf output. + \ifpdf + % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX + {\indexnofonts + \makevalueexpandable + \turnoffactive + % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _ + % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in + % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename. + \getfilename{#4}% + % + % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing + % spaces in #1, which should be ignored. + \setpdfdestname{#1}% + % + \ifx\pdfdestname\empty + \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets + \fi + % + \leavevmode + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% + \ifnum\filenamelength>0 + goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfdestname}% + \else + goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}% + \fi + }% + \setcolor{\linkcolor}% + \else + \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined + \else + % For XeTeX + {\indexnofonts + \makevalueexpandable + \turnoffactive + % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _ + % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in + % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename. + \getfilename{#4}% + % + % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing + % spaces in #1, which should be ignored. + \setpdfdestname{#1}% + % + \ifx\pdfdestname\empty + \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets + \fi + % + \leavevmode + \ifnum\filenamelength>0 + % With default settings, + % XeTeX (xdvipdfmx) replaces link destination names with integers. + % In this case, the replaced destination names of + % remote PDFs are no longer known. In order to avoid a replacement, + % you can use xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'. + % If you use XeTeX 0.99996+ (TeX Live 2016+), + % this command line option is no longer necessary + % because we can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special. + \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A + << /S /GoToR /F (\the\filename.pdf) /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}% + \else + \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A + << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}% + \fi + }% + \setcolor{\linkcolor}% + \fi + \fi + {% + % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to + % include an _ in the xref name, etc. + \indexnofonts + \turnoffactive + \def\value##1{##1}% + \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle + \csname XR#1-title\endcsname + }% + % + % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2" + % instead of "[somenode], p.3". \iffloat distinguishes them by + % \Xthisreftitle being set to a magic string. + \iffloat\Xthisreftitle + % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref, + % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2". + \ifdim\wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt + \refx{#1-snt}{}% + \else + \printedrefname + \fi + % + % If the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append + % "in MANUALNAME". + \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt + \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% + \fi + \else + % node/anchor (non-float) references. + % + % If we use \unhbox to print the node names, TeX does not insert + % empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will not + % find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals + % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, + % this is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name + % again, so it is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. + % + \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt + % Cross-manual reference with a printed manual name. + % + \crossmanualxref{\cite{\printedmanual\unskip}}% + % + \else\ifdim \wd\infofilenamebox > 0pt + % Cross-manual reference with only an info filename (arg 4), no + % printed manual name (arg 5). This is essentially the same as + % the case above; we output the filename, since we have nothing else. + % + \crossmanualxref{\code{\infofilename\unskip}}% + % + \else + % Reference within this manual. + % + % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for + % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be. + \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}% + \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi + % + % output the `[mynode]' via the macro below so it can be overridden. + \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname + % + % But we always want a comma and a space: + ,\space + % + % output the `page 3'. + \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% + % Add a , if xref followed by a space + \if\space\noexpand\tokenafterxref ,% + \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @TAB + \else\ifx\*\tokenafterxref ,% @* + \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @SPACE + \else\ifx\ + \tokenafterxref ,% @NL + \else\ifx\tie\tokenafterxref ,% @tie + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \fi\fi + \fi + \endlink +\endgroup} + +% Output a cross-manual xref to #1. Used just above (twice). +% +% Only include the text "Section ``foo'' in" if the foo is neither +% missing or Top. Thus, @xref{,,,foo,The Foo Manual} outputs simply +% "see The Foo Manual", the idea being to refer to the whole manual. +% +% But, this being TeX, we can't easily compare our node name against the +% string "Top" while ignoring the possible spaces before and after in +% the input. By adding the arbitrary 7sp below, we make it much less +% likely that a real node name would have the same width as "Top" (e.g., +% in a monospaced font). Hopefully it will never happen in practice. +% +% For the same basic reason, we retypeset the "Top" at every +% reference, since the current font is indeterminate. +% +\def\crossmanualxref#1{% + \setbox\toprefbox = \hbox{Top\kern7sp}% + \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \printedrefname \unskip \kern7sp}% + \ifdim \wd2 > 7sp % nonempty? + \ifdim \wd2 = \wd\toprefbox \else % same as Top? + \putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{}\space + \fi + \fi + #1% +} + +% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref +% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily, +% since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly +% one that Bob is working on :). +% +\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]} + +% Things referred to by \setref. +% +\def\Ynothing{} +\def\Yomitfromtoc{} +\def\Ynumbered{% + \ifnum\secno=0 + \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno + \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 + \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno + \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 + \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno + \else + \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno + \fi\fi\fi +} +\def\Yappendix{% + \ifnum\secno=0 + \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}% + \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 + \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno + \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 + \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno + \else + \putwordSection@tie + @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno + \fi\fi\fi +} + +% \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} - reference a cross-reference string named NAME. SUFFIX +% is output afterwards if non-empty. +\def\refx#1#2{% + \requireauxfile + {% + \indexnofonts + \turnoffactive + \def\value##1{##1}% + \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX + \csname XR#1\endcsname + }% + \ifx\thisrefX\relax + % If not defined, say something at least. + \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright + \iflinks + \ifhavexrefs + {\toks0 = {#1}% avoid expansion of possibly-complex value + \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `\the\toks0'.}}% + \else + \ifwarnedxrefs\else + \global\warnedxrefstrue + \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% + \fi + \fi + \fi + \else + % It's defined, so just use it. + \thisrefX + \fi + #2% Output the suffix in any case. +} + +% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Define a control +% sequence for a cross-reference target (we prepend XR to the control sequence +% name to avoid collisions). The value is the page number. If this is a float +% type, we have more work to do. +% +\def\xrdef#1#2{% + {% Expand the node or anchor name to remove control sequences. + % \turnoffactive stops 8-bit characters being changed to commands + % like @'e. \refx does the same to retrieve the value in the definition. + \indexnofonts + \turnoffactive + \def\value##1{##1}% + \xdef\safexrefname{#1}% + }% + % + \bgroup + \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}% + \egroup + % We put the \gdef inside a group to avoid the definitions building up on + % TeX's save stack, which can cause it to run out of space for aux files with + % thousands of lines. \gdef doesn't use the save stack, but \csname does + % when it defines an unknown control sequence as \relax. + % + % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float? + \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname + % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype. + \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist + \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname + % + % Is this the first time we've seen this float type? + \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax + \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do + \else + % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list. + \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}% + \fi + % + % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE, + % for later use in \listoffloats. + \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0 + {\safexrefname}}% + \fi +} + +% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to +% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. +% This is done with @novalidate at the beginning of the file. +% +\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. +\let\novalidate = \linksfalse + +% Used when writing to the aux file, or when using data from it. +\def\requireauxfile{% + \iflinks + \tryauxfile + % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. + \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux + \fi + \global\let\requireauxfile=\relax % Only do this once. +} + +% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. +% +\def\tryauxfile{% + \openin 1 \jobname.aux + \ifeof 1 \else + \readdatafile{aux}% + \global\havexrefstrue + \fi + \closein 1 +} + +\def\setupdatafile{% + \catcode`\^^@=\other + \catcode`\^^A=\other + \catcode`\^^B=\other + \catcode`\^^C=\other + \catcode`\^^D=\other + \catcode`\^^E=\other + \catcode`\^^F=\other + \catcode`\^^G=\other + \catcode`\^^H=\other + \catcode`\^^K=\other + \catcode`\^^L=\other + \catcode`\^^N=\other + \catcode`\^^P=\other + \catcode`\^^Q=\other + \catcode`\^^R=\other + \catcode`\^^S=\other + \catcode`\^^T=\other + \catcode`\^^U=\other + \catcode`\^^V=\other + \catcode`\^^W=\other + \catcode`\^^X=\other + \catcode`\^^Z=\other + \catcode`\^^[=\other + \catcode`\^^\=\other + \catcode`\^^]=\other + \catcode`\^^^=\other + \catcode`\^^_=\other + \catcode`\^=\other + % + % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but... + \catcode`\~=\other + \catcode`\[=\other + \catcode`\]=\other + \catcode`\"=\other + \catcode`\_=\other + \catcode`\|=\other + \catcode`\<=\other + \catcode`\>=\other + \catcode`\$=\other + \catcode`\#=\other + \catcode`\&=\other + \catcode`\%=\other + \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off + % + \catcode`\\=\active + % + % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces. + \catcode`\{=1 + \catcode`\}=2 + \catcode`\@=0 +} + +\def\readdatafile#1{% +\begingroup + \setupdatafile + \input\jobname.#1 +\endgroup} + + +\message{insertions,} +% including footnotes. + +\newcount \footnoteno + +% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is +% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a +% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is +% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a +% space to prevent strange expansion errors.) +\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } + +% @footnotestyle is meaningful for Info output only. +\let\footnotestyle=\comment + +{\catcode `\@=11 +% +% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. +\gdef\footnote{% + \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne + \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% + % + % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the + % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. + \let\@sf\empty + \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi + % + % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. + \unskip + \thisfootno\@sf + \dofootnote +}% + +% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the +% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. +% +% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses +% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when +% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96. +% +\gdef\dofootnote{% + \insert\footins\bgroup + % + % Nested footnotes are not supported in TeX, that would take a lot + % more work. (\startsavinginserts does not suffice.) + \let\footnote=\errfootnotenest + % + % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the + % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. + % So reset some parameters. + \hsize=\txipagewidth + \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty + \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes + \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox + \floatingpenalty\@MM + \leftskip\z@skip + \rightskip\z@skip + \spaceskip\z@skip + \xspaceskip\z@skip + \parindent\defaultparindent + % + \smallfonts \rm + % + % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears + % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use + % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote + % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style). + \let\noindent = \relax + % + % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the + % footnote extends for more than one paragraph. + \everypar = {\hang}% + \textindent{\thisfootno}% + % + % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this + % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it + % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. + \footstrut + % + % Invoke rest of plain TeX footnote routine. + \futurelet\next\fo@t +} +}%end \catcode `\@=11 + +\def\errfootnotenest{% + \errhelp=\EMsimple + \errmessage{Nested footnotes not supported in texinfo.tex, + even though they work in makeinfo; sorry} +} + +\def\errfootnoteheading{% + \errhelp=\EMsimple + \errmessage{Footnotes in chapters, sections, etc., are not supported} +} + +% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create +% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion +% would be lost. +% Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote +% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished. +% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03. +% +% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro. +% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled +% out prematurely. +% +\def\startsavinginserts{% + \ifx \insert\ptexinsert + \let\insert\saveinsert + \else + \let\checkinserts\relax + \fi +} + +% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and +% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}. +% +\def\saveinsert#1{% + \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}% + \afterassignment\next + % swallow the left brace + \let\temp = +} +\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}} +\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1} + +\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi} + +\def\placesaveins#1{% + \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname + {\box#1}% +} + +% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other: +{ + \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-) + \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{} +} + +% initialization: +\def\newsaveins #1{% + \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}% + \next +} +\def\newsaveinsX #1{% + \csname newbox\endcsname #1% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts + \checksaveins #1}% +} + +% initialize: +\let\checkinserts\empty +\newsaveins\footins +\newsaveins\margin + + +% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. +% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. +% +% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image +% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get +% undone and the next image would fail. +\openin 1 = epsf.tex +\ifeof 1 \else + % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in + % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan). + \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }% + \input epsf.tex +\fi +\closein 1 +% +% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. +\newif\ifwarnednoepsf +\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to + work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get + it from https://ctan.org/texarchive/macros/texinfo/texinfo/doc/epsf.tex.} +% +\def\image#1{% + \ifx\epsfbox\thisisundefined + \ifwarnednoepsf \else + \errhelp = \noepsfhelp + \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% + \global\warnednoepsftrue + \fi + \else + \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish + \fi +} +% +% Arguments to @image: +% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension. +% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. +% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text. +% #5 is (ignored optional) extension. +% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing stuff. +\newif\ifimagevmode +\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup + \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example + \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names + \def\xprocessmacroarg{\eatspaces}% in case we are being used via a macro + % If the image is by itself, center it. + \ifvmode + \imagevmodetrue + \else \ifx\centersub\centerV + % for @center @image, we need a vbox so we can have our vertical space + \imagevmodetrue + \vbox\bgroup % vbox has better behavior than vtop herev + \fi\fi + % + \ifimagevmode + \nobreak\medskip + % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert + % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space + % above and below. + \nobreak\vskip\parskip + \nobreak + \fi + % + % Leave vertical mode so that indentation from an enclosing + % environment such as @quotation is respected. + % However, if we're at the top level, we don't want the + % normal paragraph indentation. + % On the other hand, if we are in the case of @center @image, we don't + % want to start a paragraph, which will create a hsize-width box and + % eradicate the centering. + \ifx\centersub\centerV\else \noindent \fi + % + % Output the image. + \ifpdf + % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX <= 0.80 + \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \else + \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined + % For epsf.tex + % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi + \epsfbox{#1.eps}% + \else + % For XeTeX + \doxeteximage{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \fi + \fi + % + \ifimagevmode + \medskip % space after a standalone image + \fi + \ifx\centersub\centerV \egroup \fi +\endgroup} + + +% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables, +% etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the +% float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future. +% +\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish} + +% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it. +\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,} + +% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically +% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted, +% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to. +% +% #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to +% be referable. +% +% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It +% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom). +% +% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each +% chapter-level command. +\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty +% +\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% + \let\thiscaption=\empty + \let\thisshortcaption=\empty + % + % don't lose footnotes inside @float. + % + % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an + % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04 + % + \startsavinginserts + % + % We can't be used inside a paragraph. + \par + % + \vtop\bgroup + \def\floattype{#1}% + \def\floatlabel{#2}% + \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet. + % + \ifx\floattype\empty + \let\safefloattype=\empty + \else + {% + % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, + % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. + \indexnofonts + \turnoffactive + \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% + }% + \fi + % + % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type. + \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else + % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1, + % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.) + % + \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname + \global\advance\floatno by 1 + % + {% + % This magic value for \currentsection is output by \setref as the + % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float + % labels (which have a completely different output format) from + % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the + % lists of floats. + % + \edef\currentsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}% + \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}% + }% + \fi + % + % start with \parskip glue, I guess. + \vskip\parskip + % + % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section. + \restorefirstparagraphindent +} + +% we have these possibilities: +% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap +% @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1 +% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap +% @float Foo & no caption: Foo +% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap +% @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1 +% @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap +% @float & no caption: +% +\def\Efloat{% + \let\floatident = \empty + % + % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first. + \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi + % + % If we have an xref label, the number comes next. + \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else + \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first. + \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}% + \fi + % the number. + \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% + \fi + % + % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in + % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again. + \let\captionline = \floatident + % + \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else + \ifx\floatident\empty \else + \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between + \fi + % + % caption text. + \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}% + \fi + % + % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before. + % Eventually this needs to become an \insert. + \ifx\captionline\empty \else + \vskip.5\parskip + \captionline + % + % Space below caption. + \vskip\parskip + \fi + % + % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this + % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint. + \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else + % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as + % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short + % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing. + {% + \requireauxfile + \atdummies + % + \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty + \def\gtemp{\thiscaption}% + \else + \def\gtemp{\thisshortcaption}% + \fi + \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident + \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}% + }% + \fi + \egroup % end of \vtop + % + \checkinserts +} + +% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either. +% +\def\appendtomacro#1#2{% + \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}% +} + +% @caption, @shortcaption +% +\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption} +\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption} +\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption} +\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}} + +% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are +% going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno. +\def\getfloatno#1{% + \ifx#1\relax + % Haven't seen this figure type before. + \csname newcount\endcsname #1% + % + % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap. + \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos + \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }% + \fi + \let\floatno#1% +} + +% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref +% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we +% first read the @float command. +% +\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% + +% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can +% distinguish floats from other xref types. +\def\floatmagic{!!float!!} + +% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional +% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic +% \currentsection value which we \setref above. +% +\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish} +% +% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the +% (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2. +% +\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \def\iffloattype{#2}% + \ifx\temp\floatmagic +} + +% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents. +% +\parseargdef\listoffloats{% + \def\floattype{#1}% floattype + {% + % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, + % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. + \indexnofonts + \turnoffactive + \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% + }% + % + % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE. + \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax + \ifhavexrefs + % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo. + \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}% + \fi + \else + \begingroup + \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc + \let\do=\listoffloatsdo + \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname + \endgroup + \fi +} + +% This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the +% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the +% aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which +% has the text we're supposed to typeset here. +% +% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since +% they won't appear in the aux file). +% +\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish} +\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{% + % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just + % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the + % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link + % in pdf output. + \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}% + % + % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index. + \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}% + \writeentry +}} + + +\message{localization,} + +% For single-language documents, @documentlanguage is usually given very +% early, just after @documentencoding. Single argument is the language +% (de) or locale (de_DE) abbreviation. +% +{ + \catcode`\_ = \active + \globaldefs=1 +\parseargdef\documentlanguage{% + \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. + % Read the file by the name they passed if it exists. + \let_ = \normalunderscore % normal _ character for filename test + \openin 1 txi-#1.tex + \ifeof 1 + \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore #1_\finish + \else + \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist + \input txi-#1.tex + \fi + \closein 1 + \endgroup % end raw TeX +} +% +% If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist, +% try txi-de.tex. +% +\gdef\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{% + \openin 1 txi-#1.tex + \ifeof 1 + \errhelp = \nolanghelp + \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% + \else + \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist + \input txi-#1.tex + \fi + \closein 1 +} +}% end of special _ catcode +% +\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or +is empty. Maybe you need to install it? Putting it in the current +directory should work if nowhere else does.} + +% This macro is called from txi-??.tex files; the first argument is the +% \language name to set (without the "\lang@" prefix), the second and +% third args are \{left,right}hyphenmin. +% +% The language names to pass are determined when the format is built. +% See the etex.log file created at that time, e.g., +% /usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/pdftex/etex.log. +% +% With TeX Live 2008, etex now includes hyphenation patterns for all +% available languages. This means we can support hyphenation in +% Texinfo, at least to some extent. (This still doesn't solve the +% accented characters problem.) +% +\catcode`@=11 +\def\txisetlanguage#1#2#3{% + % do not set the language if the name is undefined in the current TeX. + \expandafter\ifx\csname lang@#1\endcsname \relax + \message{no patterns for #1}% + \else + \global\language = \csname lang@#1\endcsname + \fi + % but there is no harm in adjusting the hyphenmin values regardless. + \global\lefthyphenmin = #2\relax + \global\righthyphenmin = #3\relax +} + +% XeTeX and LuaTeX can handle Unicode natively. +% Their default I/O uses UTF-8 sequences instead of a byte-wise operation. +% Other TeX engines' I/O (pdfTeX, etc.) is byte-wise. +% +\newif\iftxinativeunicodecapable +\newif\iftxiusebytewiseio + +\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined + \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined + \txinativeunicodecapablefalse + \txiusebytewiseiotrue + \else + \txinativeunicodecapabletrue + \txiusebytewiseiofalse + \fi +\else + \txinativeunicodecapabletrue + \txiusebytewiseiofalse +\fi + +% Set I/O by bytes instead of UTF-8 sequence for XeTeX and LuaTex +% for non-UTF-8 (byte-wise) encodings. +% +\def\setbytewiseio{% + \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined + \else + \XeTeXdefaultencoding "bytes" % For subsequent files to be read + \XeTeXinputencoding "bytes" % For document root file + % Unfortunately, there seems to be no corresponding XeTeX command for + % output encoding. This is a problem for auxiliary index and TOC files. + % The only solution would be perhaps to write out @U{...} sequences in + % place of non-ASCII characters. + \fi + + \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined + \else + \directlua{ + local utf8_char, byte, gsub = unicode.utf8.char, string.byte, string.gsub + local function convert_char (char) + return utf8_char(byte(char)) + end + + local function convert_line (line) + return gsub(line, ".", convert_char) + end + + callback.register("process_input_buffer", convert_line) + + local function convert_line_out (line) + local line_out = "" + for c in string.utfvalues(line) do + line_out = line_out .. string.char(c) + end + return line_out + end + + callback.register("process_output_buffer", convert_line_out) + } + \fi + + \txiusebytewiseiotrue +} + + +% Helpers for encodings. +% Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number. +% +\def\setnonasciicharscatcode#1{% + \count255=128 + \loop\ifnum\count255<256 + \global\catcode\count255=#1\relax + \advance\count255 by 1 + \repeat +} + +\def\setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal#1{% + \count255=128 + \loop\ifnum\count255<256 + \catcode\count255=#1\relax + \advance\count255 by 1 + \repeat +} + +% @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters +% according to the specified encoding. +% +\def\documentencoding{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\documentencodingzzz} +\def\documentencodingzzz#1{% + % + % Encoding being declared for the document. + \def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}% + % + % Supported encodings: names converted to tokens in order to be able + % to compare them with \ifx. + \def\ascii{\csname US-ASCII.enc\endcsname}% + \def\latnine{\csname ISO-8859-15.enc\endcsname}% + \def\latone{\csname ISO-8859-1.enc\endcsname}% + \def\lattwo{\csname ISO-8859-2.enc\endcsname}% + \def\utfeight{\csname UTF-8.enc\endcsname}% + % + \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii + \asciichardefs + % + \else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo + \iftxinativeunicodecapable + \setbytewiseio + \fi + \setnonasciicharscatcode\active + \lattwochardefs + % + \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone + \iftxinativeunicodecapable + \setbytewiseio + \fi + \setnonasciicharscatcode\active + \latonechardefs + % + \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine + \iftxinativeunicodecapable + \setbytewiseio + \fi + \setnonasciicharscatcode\active + \latninechardefs + % + \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight + \iftxinativeunicodecapable + % For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX) + \nativeunicodechardefs + \else + % For treating UTF-8 as byte sequences (TeX, eTeX and pdfTeX) + \setnonasciicharscatcode\active + % since we already invoked \utfeightchardefs at the top level + % (below), do not re-invoke it, otherwise our check for duplicated + % definitions gets triggered. Making non-ascii chars active is + % sufficient. + \fi + % + \else + \message{Ignoring unknown document encoding: #1.}% + % + \fi % utfeight + \fi % latnine + \fi % latone + \fi % lattwo + \fi % ascii + % + \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined + \else + \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight + \else + \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii + \else + \message{Warning: XeTeX with non-UTF-8 encodings cannot handle % + non-ASCII characters in auxiliary files.}% + \fi + \fi + \fi +} + +% emacs-page +% A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available +% the default font encoding (OT1). +% +\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing, sorry: #1.}} + +% Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference. +\def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi} + +% First, make active non-ASCII characters in order for them to be +% correctly categorized when TeX reads the replacement text of +% macros containing the character definitions. +\setnonasciicharscatcode\active +% + +\def\gdefchar#1#2{% +\gdef#1{% + \ifpassthroughchars + \string#1% + \else + #2% + \fi +}} + +% Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions. +\def\latonechardefs{% + \gdefchar^^a0{\tie} + \gdefchar^^a1{\exclamdown} + \gdefchar^^a2{{\tcfont \char162}} % cent + \gdefchar^^a3{\pounds{}} + \gdefchar^^a4{{\tcfont \char164}} % currency + \gdefchar^^a5{{\tcfont \char165}} % yen + \gdefchar^^a6{{\tcfont \char166}} % broken bar + \gdefchar^^a7{\S} + \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}} + \gdefchar^^a9{\copyright{}} + \gdefchar^^aa{\ordf} + \gdefchar^^ab{\guillemetleft{}} + \gdefchar^^ac{\ensuremath\lnot} + \gdefchar^^ad{\-} + \gdefchar^^ae{\registeredsymbol{}} + \gdefchar^^af{\={}} + % + \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree} + \gdefchar^^b1{$\pm$} + \gdefchar^^b2{$^2$} + \gdefchar^^b3{$^3$} + \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}} + \gdefchar^^b5{$\mu$} + \gdefchar^^b6{\P} + \gdefchar^^b7{\ensuremath\cdot} + \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ } + \gdefchar^^b9{$^1$} + \gdefchar^^ba{\ordm} + \gdefchar^^bb{\guillemetright{}} + \gdefchar^^bc{$1\over4$} + \gdefchar^^bd{$1\over2$} + \gdefchar^^be{$3\over4$} + \gdefchar^^bf{\questiondown} + % + \gdefchar^^c0{\`A} + \gdefchar^^c1{\'A} + \gdefchar^^c2{\^A} + \gdefchar^^c3{\~A} + \gdefchar^^c4{\"A} + \gdefchar^^c5{\ringaccent A} + \gdefchar^^c6{\AE} + \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C} + \gdefchar^^c8{\`E} + \gdefchar^^c9{\'E} + \gdefchar^^ca{\^E} + \gdefchar^^cb{\"E} + \gdefchar^^cc{\`I} + \gdefchar^^cd{\'I} + \gdefchar^^ce{\^I} + \gdefchar^^cf{\"I} + % + \gdefchar^^d0{\DH} + \gdefchar^^d1{\~N} + \gdefchar^^d2{\`O} + \gdefchar^^d3{\'O} + \gdefchar^^d4{\^O} + \gdefchar^^d5{\~O} + \gdefchar^^d6{\"O} + \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$} + \gdefchar^^d8{\O} + \gdefchar^^d9{\`U} + \gdefchar^^da{\'U} + \gdefchar^^db{\^U} + \gdefchar^^dc{\"U} + \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y} + \gdefchar^^de{\TH} + \gdefchar^^df{\ss} + % + \gdefchar^^e0{\`a} + \gdefchar^^e1{\'a} + \gdefchar^^e2{\^a} + \gdefchar^^e3{\~a} + \gdefchar^^e4{\"a} + \gdefchar^^e5{\ringaccent a} + \gdefchar^^e6{\ae} + \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c} + \gdefchar^^e8{\`e} + \gdefchar^^e9{\'e} + \gdefchar^^ea{\^e} + \gdefchar^^eb{\"e} + \gdefchar^^ec{\`{\dotless i}} + \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless i}} + \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless i}} + \gdefchar^^ef{\"{\dotless i}} + % + \gdefchar^^f0{\dh} + \gdefchar^^f1{\~n} + \gdefchar^^f2{\`o} + \gdefchar^^f3{\'o} + \gdefchar^^f4{\^o} + \gdefchar^^f5{\~o} + \gdefchar^^f6{\"o} + \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$} + \gdefchar^^f8{\o} + \gdefchar^^f9{\`u} + \gdefchar^^fa{\'u} + \gdefchar^^fb{\^u} + \gdefchar^^fc{\"u} + \gdefchar^^fd{\'y} + \gdefchar^^fe{\th} + \gdefchar^^ff{\"y} +} + +% Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions. +\def\latninechardefs{% + % Encoding is almost identical to Latin1. + \latonechardefs + % + \gdefchar^^a4{\euro{}} + \gdefchar^^a6{\v S} + \gdefchar^^a8{\v s} + \gdefchar^^b4{\v Z} + \gdefchar^^b8{\v z} + \gdefchar^^bc{\OE} + \gdefchar^^bd{\oe} + \gdefchar^^be{\"Y} +} + +% Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions. +\def\lattwochardefs{% + \gdefchar^^a0{\tie} + \gdefchar^^a1{\ogonek{A}} + \gdefchar^^a2{\u{}} + \gdefchar^^a3{\L} + \gdefchar^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}} + \gdefchar^^a5{\v L} + \gdefchar^^a6{\'S} + \gdefchar^^a7{\S} + \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}} + \gdefchar^^a9{\v S} + \gdefchar^^aa{\cedilla S} + \gdefchar^^ab{\v T} + \gdefchar^^ac{\'Z} + \gdefchar^^ad{\-} + \gdefchar^^ae{\v Z} + \gdefchar^^af{\dotaccent Z} + % + \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree{}} + \gdefchar^^b1{\ogonek{a}} + \gdefchar^^b2{\ogonek{ }} + \gdefchar^^b3{\l} + \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}} + \gdefchar^^b5{\v l} + \gdefchar^^b6{\'s} + \gdefchar^^b7{\v{}} + \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ } + \gdefchar^^b9{\v s} + \gdefchar^^ba{\cedilla s} + \gdefchar^^bb{\v t} + \gdefchar^^bc{\'z} + \gdefchar^^bd{\H{}} + \gdefchar^^be{\v z} + \gdefchar^^bf{\dotaccent z} + % + \gdefchar^^c0{\'R} + \gdefchar^^c1{\'A} + \gdefchar^^c2{\^A} + \gdefchar^^c3{\u A} + \gdefchar^^c4{\"A} + \gdefchar^^c5{\'L} + \gdefchar^^c6{\'C} + \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C} + \gdefchar^^c8{\v C} + \gdefchar^^c9{\'E} + \gdefchar^^ca{\ogonek{E}} + \gdefchar^^cb{\"E} + \gdefchar^^cc{\v E} + \gdefchar^^cd{\'I} + \gdefchar^^ce{\^I} + \gdefchar^^cf{\v D} + % + \gdefchar^^d0{\DH} + \gdefchar^^d1{\'N} + \gdefchar^^d2{\v N} + \gdefchar^^d3{\'O} + \gdefchar^^d4{\^O} + \gdefchar^^d5{\H O} + \gdefchar^^d6{\"O} + \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$} + \gdefchar^^d8{\v R} + \gdefchar^^d9{\ringaccent U} + \gdefchar^^da{\'U} + \gdefchar^^db{\H U} + \gdefchar^^dc{\"U} + \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y} + \gdefchar^^de{\cedilla T} + \gdefchar^^df{\ss} + % + \gdefchar^^e0{\'r} + \gdefchar^^e1{\'a} + \gdefchar^^e2{\^a} + \gdefchar^^e3{\u a} + \gdefchar^^e4{\"a} + \gdefchar^^e5{\'l} + \gdefchar^^e6{\'c} + \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c} + \gdefchar^^e8{\v c} + \gdefchar^^e9{\'e} + \gdefchar^^ea{\ogonek{e}} + \gdefchar^^eb{\"e} + \gdefchar^^ec{\v e} + \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless{i}}} + \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless{i}}} + \gdefchar^^ef{\v d} + % + \gdefchar^^f0{\dh} + \gdefchar^^f1{\'n} + \gdefchar^^f2{\v n} + \gdefchar^^f3{\'o} + \gdefchar^^f4{\^o} + \gdefchar^^f5{\H o} + \gdefchar^^f6{\"o} + \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$} + \gdefchar^^f8{\v r} + \gdefchar^^f9{\ringaccent u} + \gdefchar^^fa{\'u} + \gdefchar^^fb{\H u} + \gdefchar^^fc{\"u} + \gdefchar^^fd{\'y} + \gdefchar^^fe{\cedilla t} + \gdefchar^^ff{\dotaccent{}} +} + +% UTF-8 character definitions. +% +% This code to support UTF-8 is based on LaTeX's utf8.def, with some +% changes for Texinfo conventions. It is included here under the GPL by +% permission from Frank Mittelbach and the LaTeX team. +% +\newcount\countUTFx +\newcount\countUTFy +\newcount\countUTFz + +\gdef\UTFviiiTwoOctets#1#2{\expandafter + \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname} +% +\gdef\UTFviiiThreeOctets#1#2#3{\expandafter + \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname} +% +\gdef\UTFviiiFourOctets#1#2#3#4{\expandafter + \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname} + +\gdef\UTFviiiDefined#1{% + \ifx #1\relax + \message{\linenumber Unicode char \string #1 not defined for Texinfo}% + \else + \expandafter #1% + \fi +} + +% Give non-ASCII bytes the active definitions for processing UTF-8 sequences +\begingroup + \catcode`\~13 + \catcode`\$12 + \catcode`\"12 + + % Loop from \countUTFx to \countUTFy, performing \UTFviiiTmp + % substituting ~ and $ with a character token of that value. + \def\UTFviiiLoop{% + \global\catcode\countUTFx\active + \uccode`\~\countUTFx + \uccode`\$\countUTFx + \uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}% + \advance\countUTFx by 1 + \ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy + \expandafter\UTFviiiLoop + \fi} + + % For bytes other than the first in a UTF-8 sequence. Not expected to + % be expanded except when writing to auxiliary files. + \countUTFx = "80 + \countUTFy = "C2 + \def\UTFviiiTmp{% + \gdef~{% + \ifpassthroughchars $\fi}}% + \UTFviiiLoop + + \countUTFx = "C2 + \countUTFy = "E0 + \def\UTFviiiTmp{% + \gdef~{% + \ifpassthroughchars $% + \else\expandafter\UTFviiiTwoOctets\expandafter$\fi}}% + \UTFviiiLoop + + \countUTFx = "E0 + \countUTFy = "F0 + \def\UTFviiiTmp{% + \gdef~{% + \ifpassthroughchars $% + \else\expandafter\UTFviiiThreeOctets\expandafter$\fi}}% + \UTFviiiLoop + + \countUTFx = "F0 + \countUTFy = "F4 + \def\UTFviiiTmp{% + \gdef~{% + \ifpassthroughchars $% + \else\expandafter\UTFviiiFourOctets\expandafter$\fi + }}% + \UTFviiiLoop +\endgroup + +\def\globallet{\global\let} % save some \expandafter's below + +% @U{xxxx} to produce U+xxxx, if we support it. +\def\U#1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax + \iftxinativeunicodecapable + % All Unicode characters can be used if native Unicode handling is + % active. However, if the font does not have the glyph, + % letters are missing. + \begingroup + \uccode`\.="#1\relax + \uppercase{.} + \endgroup + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unicode character U+#1 not supported, sorry}% + \fi + \else + \csname uni:#1\endcsname + \fi +} + +% These macros are used here to construct the name of a control +% sequence to be defined. +\def\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName#1#2{% + \csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}% +\def\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName#1#2#3{% + \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}% +\def\UTFviiiFourOctetsName#1#2#3#4{% + \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}% + +% For UTF-8 byte sequences (TeX, e-TeX and pdfTeX), +% provide a definition macro to replace a Unicode character; +% this gets used by the @U command +% +\begingroup + \catcode`\"=12 + \catcode`\<=12 + \catcode`\.=12 + \catcode`\,=12 + \catcode`\;=12 + \catcode`\!=12 + \catcode`\~=13 + \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii#1#2{% + \countUTFz = "#1\relax + \begingroup + \parseXMLCharref + + % Give \u8:... its definition. The sequence of seven \expandafter's + % expands after the \gdef three times, e.g. + % + % 1. \UTFviiTwoOctetsName B1 B2 + % 2. \csname u8:B1 \string B2 \endcsname + % 3. \u8: B1 B2 (a single control sequence token) + % + \expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\gdef \UTFviiiTmp{#2}% + % + \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax \else + \message{Internal error, already defined: #1}% + \fi + % + % define an additional control sequence for this code point. + \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFviiiTmp + \endgroup} + % + % Given the value in \countUTFz as a Unicode code point, set \UTFviiiTmp + % to the corresponding UTF-8 sequence. + \gdef\parseXMLCharref{% + \ifnum\countUTFz < "A0\relax + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 00A0}% + \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax + \parseUTFviiiA,% + \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName.,% + \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax + \parseUTFviiiA;% + \parseUTFviiiA,% + \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName.{,;}% + \else + \parseUTFviiiA;% + \parseUTFviiiA,% + \parseUTFviiiA!% + \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctetsName.{!,;}% + \fi\fi\fi + } + + % Extract a byte from the end of the UTF-8 representation of \countUTFx. + % It must be a non-initial byte in the sequence. + % Change \uccode of #1 for it to be used in \parseUTFviiiB as one + % of the bytes. + \gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{% + \countUTFx = \countUTFz + \divide\countUTFz by 64 + \countUTFy = \countUTFz % Save to be the future value of \countUTFz. + \multiply\countUTFz by 64 + + % \countUTFz is now \countUTFx with the last 5 bits cleared. Subtract + % in order to get the last five bits. + \advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz + + % Convert this to the byte in the UTF-8 sequence. + \advance\countUTFx by 128 + \uccode `#1\countUTFx + \countUTFz = \countUTFy} + + % Used to put a UTF-8 byte sequence into \UTFviiiTmp + % #1 is the increment for \countUTFz to yield a the first byte of the UTF-8 + % sequence. + % #2 is one of the \UTFviii*OctetsName macros. + % #3 is always a full stop (.) + % #4 is a template for the other bytes in the sequence. The values for these + % bytes is substituted in here with \uppercase using the \uccode's. + \gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{% + \advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax + \uccode `#3\countUTFz + \uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}} +\endgroup + +% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX), +% provide a definition macro that sets a catcode to `other' non-globally +% +\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeOther#1#2{% + \catcode"#1=\other +} + +% https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plane_(Unicode)#Basic_M +% U+0000..U+007F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basic_Latin_(Unicode_block) +% U+0080..U+00FF = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin-1_Supplement_(Unicode_block) +% U+0100..U+017F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-A +% U+0180..U+024F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-B +% +% Many of our renditions are less than wonderful, and all the missing +% characters are available somewhere. Loading the necessary fonts +% awaits user request. We can't truly support Unicode without +% reimplementing everything that's been done in LaTeX for many years, +% plus probably using luatex or xetex, and who knows what else. +% We won't be doing that here in this simple file. But we can try to at +% least make most of the characters not bomb out. +% +\def\unicodechardefs{% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A2}{{\tcfont \char162}}% 0242=cent + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{{\tcfont \char164}}% 0244=currency + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A5}{{\tcfont \char165}}% 0245=yen + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A6}{{\tcfont \char166}}% 0246=brokenbar + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\S}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AC}{\ensuremath\lnot}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B1}{\ensuremath\pm}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B2}{$^2$}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B3}{$^3$}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B5}{$\mu$}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B6}{\P}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B7}{\ensuremath\cdot}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B9}{$^1$}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BC}{$1\over4$}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BD}{$1\over2$}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BE}{$3\over4$}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D0}{\DH}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D7}{\ensuremath\times}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DE}{\TH}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F0}{\dh}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F7}{\ensuremath\div}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FE}{\th}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\ogonek{A}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\ogonek{a}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010F}{d'}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0110}{\DH}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0111}{\dh}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\ogonek{E}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\ogonek{e}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0122}{\cedilla{G}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0123}{\cedilla{g}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0126}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0127}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012E}{\ogonek{I}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012F}{\ogonek{i}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0136}{\cedilla{K}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0137}{\cedilla{k}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0138}{\ensuremath\kappa}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013B}{\cedilla{L}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013C}{\cedilla{l}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013D}{L'}% should kern + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013E}{l'}% should kern + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013F}{L\U{00B7}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0140}{l\U{00B7}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0145}{\cedilla{N}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0146}{\cedilla{n}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0149}{'n}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014A}{\missingcharmsg{ENG}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014B}{\missingcharmsg{eng}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0156}{\cedilla{R}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0157}{\cedilla{r}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{T}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{t}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0165}{\v{t}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0166}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0167}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0172}{\ogonek{U}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0173}{\ogonek{u}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017F}{\missingcharmsg{LONG S}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02BC}{'}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }}% + % + % Greek letters upper case + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0391}{{\it A}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0392}{{\it B}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0393}{\ensuremath{\mit\Gamma}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0394}{\ensuremath{\mit\Delta}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0395}{{\it E}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0396}{{\it Z}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0397}{{\it H}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0398}{\ensuremath{\mit\Theta}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0399}{{\it I}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039A}{{\it K}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039B}{\ensuremath{\mit\Lambda}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039C}{{\it M}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039D}{{\it N}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039E}{\ensuremath{\mit\Xi}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039F}{{\it O}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A0}{\ensuremath{\mit\Pi}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A1}{{\it P}}% + %\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A2}{} % none - corresponds to final sigma + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A3}{\ensuremath{\mit\Sigma}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A4}{{\it T}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A5}{\ensuremath{\mit\Upsilon}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A6}{\ensuremath{\mit\Phi}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A7}{{\it X}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A8}{\ensuremath{\mit\Psi}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A9}{\ensuremath{\mit\Omega}}% + % + % Vowels with accents + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0390}{\ensuremath{\ddot{\acute\iota}}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AC}{\ensuremath{\acute\alpha}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AD}{\ensuremath{\acute\epsilon}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AE}{\ensuremath{\acute\eta}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AF}{\ensuremath{\acute\iota}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B0}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ddot\upsilon}}}% + % + % Standalone accent + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0384}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ }}}% + % + % Greek letters lower case + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B1}{\ensuremath\alpha}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B2}{\ensuremath\beta}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B3}{\ensuremath\gamma}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B4}{\ensuremath\delta}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B5}{\ensuremath\epsilon}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B6}{\ensuremath\zeta}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B7}{\ensuremath\eta}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B8}{\ensuremath\theta}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B9}{\ensuremath\iota}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BA}{\ensuremath\kappa}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BB}{\ensuremath\lambda}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BC}{\ensuremath\mu}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BD}{\ensuremath\nu}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BE}{\ensuremath\xi}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BF}{{\it o}}% omicron + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C0}{\ensuremath\pi}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C1}{\ensuremath\rho}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C2}{\ensuremath\varsigma}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C3}{\ensuremath\sigma}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C4}{\ensuremath\tau}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C5}{\ensuremath\upsilon}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C6}{\ensuremath\phi}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C7}{\ensuremath\chi}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C8}{\ensuremath\psi}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C9}{\ensuremath\omega}% + % + % More Greek vowels with accents + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CA}{\ensuremath{\ddot\iota}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CB}{\ensuremath{\ddot\upsilon}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CC}{\ensuremath{\acute o}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CD}{\ensuremath{\acute\upsilon}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CE}{\ensuremath{\acute\omega}}% + % + % Variant Greek letters + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D1}{\ensuremath\vartheta}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D6}{\ensuremath\varpi}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03F1}{\ensuremath\varrho}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}% + % + % Punctuation + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2020}{\ensuremath\dagger}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2021}{\ensuremath\ddagger}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{202F}{\thinspace}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright{}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro{}}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result{}}% + % + % Mathematical symbols + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2200}{\ensuremath\forall}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2203}{\ensuremath\exists}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2208}{\ensuremath\in}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\ast}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221E}{\ensuremath\infty}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2225}{\ensuremath\parallel}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2227}{\ensuremath\wedge}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2229}{\ensuremath\cap}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv{}}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2264}{\ensuremath\leq}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2265}{\ensuremath\geq}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2282}{\ensuremath\subset}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2287}{\ensuremath\supseteq}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2016}{\ensuremath\Vert}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2032}{\ensuremath\prime}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{210F}{\ensuremath\hbar}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2111}{\ensuremath\Im}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2113}{\ensuremath\ell}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2118}{\ensuremath\wp}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{211C}{\ensuremath\Re}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2135}{\ensuremath\aleph}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2190}{\ensuremath\leftarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2191}{\ensuremath\uparrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2193}{\ensuremath\downarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2194}{\ensuremath\leftrightarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2195}{\ensuremath\updownarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2196}{\ensuremath\nwarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2197}{\ensuremath\nearrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2198}{\ensuremath\searrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2199}{\ensuremath\swarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A6}{\ensuremath\mapsto}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A9}{\ensuremath\hookleftarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21AA}{\ensuremath\hookrightarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BC}{\ensuremath\leftharpoonup}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BD}{\ensuremath\leftharpoondown}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C0}{\ensuremath\rightharpoonup}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C1}{\ensuremath\rightharpoondown}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21CC}{\ensuremath\rightleftharpoons}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D0}{\ensuremath\Leftarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D1}{\ensuremath\Uparrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D3}{\ensuremath\Downarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D4}{\ensuremath\Leftrightarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D5}{\ensuremath\Updownarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2202}{\ensuremath\partial}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2205}{\ensuremath\emptyset}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2207}{\ensuremath\nabla}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2209}{\ensuremath\notin}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220B}{\ensuremath\owns}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220F}{\ensuremath\prod}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2210}{\ensuremath\coprod}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2211}{\ensuremath\sum}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2213}{\ensuremath\mp}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2218}{\ensuremath\circ}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221A}{\ensuremath\surd}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221D}{\ensuremath\propto}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2220}{\ensuremath\angle}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2223}{\ensuremath\mid}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2228}{\ensuremath\vee}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222A}{\ensuremath\cup}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222B}{\ensuremath\smallint}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222E}{\ensuremath\oint}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{223C}{\ensuremath\sim}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2240}{\ensuremath\wr}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2243}{\ensuremath\simeq}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2245}{\ensuremath\cong}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2248}{\ensuremath\approx}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{224D}{\ensuremath\asymp}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2250}{\ensuremath\doteq}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2260}{\ensuremath\neq}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226A}{\ensuremath\ll}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226B}{\ensuremath\gg}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227A}{\ensuremath\prec}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227B}{\ensuremath\succ}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2283}{\ensuremath\supset}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2286}{\ensuremath\subseteq}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{228E}{\ensuremath\uplus}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2291}{\ensuremath\sqsubseteq}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2292}{\ensuremath\sqsupseteq}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2293}{\ensuremath\sqcap}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2294}{\ensuremath\sqcup}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2295}{\ensuremath\oplus}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2296}{\ensuremath\ominus}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2297}{\ensuremath\otimes}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2298}{\ensuremath\oslash}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2299}{\ensuremath\odot}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A2}{\ensuremath\vdash}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A3}{\ensuremath\dashv}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A4}{\ensuremath\ptextop}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A5}{\ensuremath\bot}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A8}{\ensuremath\models}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C0}{\ensuremath\bigwedge}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C1}{\ensuremath\bigvee}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C2}{\ensuremath\bigcap}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C3}{\ensuremath\bigcup}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C4}{\ensuremath\diamond}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C5}{\ensuremath\cdot}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C6}{\ensuremath\star}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C8}{\ensuremath\bowtie}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2308}{\ensuremath\lceil}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2309}{\ensuremath\rceil}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230A}{\ensuremath\lfloor}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230B}{\ensuremath\rfloor}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2322}{\ensuremath\frown}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2323}{\ensuremath\smile}% + % + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B3}{\ensuremath\triangle}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B7}{\ensuremath\triangleright}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25BD}{\ensuremath\bigtriangledown}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C1}{\ensuremath\triangleleft}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C7}{\ensuremath\diamond}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2660}{\ensuremath\spadesuit}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2661}{\ensuremath\heartsuit}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2662}{\ensuremath\diamondsuit}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2663}{\ensuremath\clubsuit}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266D}{\ensuremath\flat}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266E}{\ensuremath\natural}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266F}{\ensuremath\sharp}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{26AA}{\ensuremath\bigcirc}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27B9}{\ensuremath\rangle}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27C2}{\ensuremath\perp}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27E8}{\ensuremath\langle}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F5}{\ensuremath\longleftarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F6}{\ensuremath\longrightarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F7}{\ensuremath\longleftrightarrow}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27FC}{\ensuremath\longmapsto}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{29F5}{\ensuremath\setminus}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A00}{\ensuremath\bigodot}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A01}{\ensuremath\bigoplus}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A02}{\ensuremath\bigotimes}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A04}{\ensuremath\biguplus}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A06}{\ensuremath\bigsqcup}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A3F}{\ensuremath\amalg}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AAF}{\ensuremath\preceq}% + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AB0}{\ensuremath\succeq}% + % + \global\mathchardef\checkmark="1370% actually the square root sign + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2713}{\ensuremath\checkmark}% +}% end of \unicodechardefs + +% UTF-8 byte sequence (pdfTeX) definitions (replacing and @U command) +% It makes the setting that replace UTF-8 byte sequence. +\def\utfeightchardefs{% + \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii + \unicodechardefs +} + +% Whether the active definitions of non-ASCII characters expand to +% non-active tokens with the same character code. This is used to +% write characters literally, instead of using active definitions for +% printing the correct glyphs. +\newif\ifpassthroughchars +\passthroughcharsfalse + +% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX), +% provide a definition macro to replace/pass-through a Unicode character +% +\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative#1#2{% + \catcode"#1=\active + \def\dodeclareunicodecharacternative##1##2##3{% + \begingroup + \uccode`\~="##2\relax + \uppercase{\gdef~}{% + \ifpassthroughchars + ##1% + \else + ##3% + \fi + } + \endgroup + } + \begingroup + \uccode`\.="#1\relax + \uppercase{\def\UTFNativeTmp{.}}% + \expandafter\dodeclareunicodecharacternative\UTFNativeTmp{#1}{#2}% + \endgroup +} + +% Native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX) character replacing definition. +% It activates the setting that replaces Unicode characters. +\def\nativeunicodechardefs{% + \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative + \unicodechardefs +} + +% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX), +% make the character token expand +% to the sequences given in \unicodechardefs for printing. +\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU#1#2{% + \def\UTFAtUTmp{#2} + \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFAtUTmp +} + +% @U command definitions for native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX). +\def\nativeunicodechardefsatu{% + \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU + \unicodechardefs +} + +% US-ASCII character definitions. +\def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done + \relax +} + +% Define all Unicode characters we know about. This makes UTF-8 the default +% input encoding and allows @U to work. +\iftxinativeunicodecapable + \nativeunicodechardefsatu +\else + \utfeightchardefs +\fi + +\message{formatting,} + +\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt + +\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt +\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt +\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt + +% Prevent underfull vbox error messages. +\vbadness = 10000 + +% Don't be very finicky about underfull hboxes, either. +\hbadness = 6666 + +% Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans. +\widowpenalty=10000 +\clubpenalty=10000 + +% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're +% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of +% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on +% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set. +% +\def\setemergencystretch{% + \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined + % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. + \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% + \else + \emergencystretch = .15\hsize + \fi +} + +% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; +% 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; +% 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width. +% +% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define +% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip. +% +\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% + \voffset = #3\relax + \topskip = #6\relax + \splittopskip = \topskip + % + \vsize = #1\relax + \advance\vsize by \topskip + \outervsize = \vsize + \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin + \txipageheight = \vsize + % + \hsize = #2\relax + \outerhsize = \hsize + \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in + \txipagewidth = \hsize + % + \normaloffset = #4\relax + \bindingoffset = #5\relax + % + \ifpdf + \pdfpageheight #7\relax + \pdfpagewidth #8\relax + % if we don't reset these, they will remain at "1 true in" of + % whatever layout pdftex was dumped with. + \pdfhorigin = 1 true in + \pdfvorigin = 1 true in + \else + \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined + \special{papersize=#8,#7}% + \else + \pdfpageheight #7\relax + \pdfpagewidth #8\relax + % XeTeX does not have \pdfhorigin and \pdfvorigin. + \fi + \fi + % + \setleading{\textleading} + % + \parindent = \defaultparindent + \setemergencystretch +} + +% @letterpaper (the default). +\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 + \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt + \textleading = 13.2pt + % + % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even. + \internalpagesizes{607.2pt}{6in}% that's 46 lines + {\voffset}{.25in}% + {\bindingoffset}{36pt}% + {11in}{8.5in}% +}} + +% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size. +\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1 + \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt + \textleading = 12pt + % + \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}% + {-.2in}{0in}% + {\bindingoffset}{16pt}% + {9.25in}{7in}% + % + \lispnarrowing = 0.3in + \tolerance = 700 + \contentsrightmargin = 0pt + \defbodyindent = .5cm +}} + +% Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size. +% (Just testing, parameters still in flux.) +\def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1 + \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt + \textleading = 12pt + % + \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}% + {-.2in}{-.4in}% + {0pt}{14pt}% + {9in}{6in}% + % + \lispnarrowing = 0.25in + \tolerance = 700 + \contentsrightmargin = 0pt + \defbodyindent = .4cm +}} + +% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. +\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 + \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt + \textleading = 13.2pt + % + % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050 + % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm. + % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust + % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then + % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in + % your texinfo source file like this: + % @tex + % \global\normaloffset = -6mm + % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm + % @end tex + \internalpagesizes{673.2pt}{160mm}% that's 51 lines + {\voffset}{\hoffset}% + {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% + {297mm}{210mm}% + % + \tolerance = 700 + \contentsrightmargin = 0pt + \defbodyindent = 5mm +}} + +% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper. +% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000. +% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small. +\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1 + \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt + \textleading = 12.5pt + % + \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}% + {\voffset}{\hoffset}% + {\bindingoffset}{8pt}% + {210mm}{148mm}% + % + \lispnarrowing = 0.2in + \tolerance = 800 + \contentsrightmargin = 0pt + \defbodyindent = 2mm + \tableindent = 12mm +}} + +% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. +\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1 + \afourpaper + \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}% + {\voffset}{4.6mm}% + {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% + {297mm}{210mm}% + % + % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper. + \globaldefs = 0 +}} + +% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format. +\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1 + \afourpaper + \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}% + {\voffset}{-2.95mm}% + {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% + {297mm}{210mm}% + \globaldefs = 0 +}} + +% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] +% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, +% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. +% +\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} +\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi + \globaldefs = 1 + % + \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt + \setleading{\textleading}% + % + \dimen0 = #1\relax + \advance\dimen0 by \voffset + \advance\dimen0 by 1in % reference point for DVI is 1 inch from top of page + % + \dimen2 = \hsize + \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset + \advance\dimen2 by 1in % reference point is 1 inch from left edge of page + % + \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}% + {\voffset}{\normaloffset}% + {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% + {\dimen0}{\dimen2}% +}} + +% Set default to letter. +% +\letterpaper + +% Default value of \hfuzz, for suppressing warnings about overfull hboxes. +\hfuzz = 1pt + + +\message{and turning on texinfo input format.} + +\def^^L{\par} % remove \outer, so ^L can appear in an @comment + +% DEL is a comment character, in case @c does not suffice. +\catcode`\^^? = 14 + +% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. +\catcode`\"=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"} +\catcode`\$=\other \def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix +\catcode`\+=\other \def\normalplus{+} +\catcode`\<=\other \def\normalless{<} +\catcode`\>=\other \def\normalgreater{>} +\catcode`\^=\other \def\normalcaret{^} +\catcode`\_=\other \def\normalunderscore{_} +\catcode`\|=\other \def\normalverticalbar{|} +\catcode`\~=\other \def\normaltilde{~} + +% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt +% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts, +% where something hairier probably needs to be done. +% +% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print +% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero +% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all +% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. +% +\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} + +% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches +% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from +% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway +% this is not a problem. +\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} + +% Set catcodes for Texinfo file + +% Active characters for printing the wanted glyph. +% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can +% use math or other variants that look better in normal text. +% +\catcode`\"=\active +\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}} +\let"=\activedoublequote +\catcode`\~=\active \def\activetilde{{\tt\char126}} \let~ = \activetilde +\chardef\hatchar=`\^ +\catcode`\^=\active \def\activehat{{\tt \hatchar}} \let^ = \activehat + +\catcode`\_=\active +\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} +\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em } +\let\realunder=_ + +\catcode`\|=\active \def|{{\tt\char124}} + +\chardef \less=`\< +\catcode`\<=\active \def\activeless{{\tt \less}}\let< = \activeless +\chardef \gtr=`\> +\catcode`\>=\active \def\activegtr{{\tt \gtr}}\let> = \activegtr +\catcode`\+=\active \def+{{\tt \char 43}} +\catcode`\$=\active \def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix +\catcode`\-=\active \let-=\normaldash + + +% used for headline/footline in the output routine, in case the page +% breaks in the middle of an @tex block. +\def\texinfochars{% + \let< = \activeless + \let> = \activegtr + \let~ = \activetilde + \let^ = \activehat + \markupsetuplqdefault \markupsetuprqdefault + \let\b = \strong + \let\i = \smartitalic + % in principle, all other definitions in \tex have to be undone too. +} + +% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after +% parsing them. +\def\turnoffactive{% + \normalturnoffactive + \otherbackslash +} + +\catcode`\@=0 + +% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font, +% as in \char`\\. +\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\ + +% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other. +{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}} + +% In Texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash +% in fixed width font. +\catcode`\\=\active % @ for escape char from now on. + +% Print a typewriter backslash. For math mode, we can't simply use +% \backslashcurfont: the story here is that in math mode, the \char +% of \backslashcurfont ends up printing the roman \ from the math symbol +% font (because \char in math mode uses the \mathcode, and plain.tex +% sets \mathcode`\\="026E). Hence we use an explicit \mathchar, +% which is the decimal equivalent of "715c (class 7, e.g., use \fam; +% ignored family value; char position "5C). We can't use " for the +% usual hex value because it has already been made active. + +@def@ttbackslash{{@tt @ifmmode @mathchar29020 @else @backslashcurfont @fi}} +@let@backslashchar = @ttbackslash % @backslashchar{} is for user documents. + +% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with +% catcode other. +@gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash} + +% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of +% the literal character `\'. +% +{@catcode`- = @active + @gdef@normalturnoffactive{% + @passthroughcharstrue + @let-=@normaldash + @let"=@normaldoublequote + @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix + @let+=@normalplus + @let<=@normalless + @let>=@normalgreater + @let^=@normalcaret + @let_=@normalunderscore + @let|=@normalverticalbar + @let~=@normaltilde + @let\=@ttbackslash + @markupsetuplqdefault + @markupsetuprqdefault + @unsepspaces + } +} + +% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file +% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. +% So turn them off again, and have @fixbackslash turn them back on. +@catcode`+=@other @catcode`@_=@other + +% \enablebackslashhack - allow file to begin `\input texinfo' +% +% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. +% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing +% a backslash. +% If the file did not have a `\input texinfo', then it is turned off after +% the first line; otherwise the first `\' in the file would cause an error. +% This is used on the very last line of this file, texinfo.tex. +% We also use @c to call @fixbackslash, in case ends of lines are hidden. +{ +@catcode`@^=7 +@catcode`@^^M=13@gdef@enablebackslashhack{% + @global@let\ = @eatinput% + @catcode`@^^M=13% + @def@c{@fixbackslash@c}% + % Definition for the newline at the end of this file. + @def ^^M{@let^^M@secondlinenl}% + % Definition for a newline in the main Texinfo file. + @gdef @secondlinenl{@fixbackslash}% + % In case the first line has a whole-line command on it + @let@originalparsearg@parsearg + @def@parsearg{@fixbackslash@originalparsearg} +}} + +{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode`@^^M=13% +@gdef@eatinput input texinfo#1^^M{@fixbackslash}} + +% Emergency active definition of newline, in case an active newline token +% appears by mistake. +{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode13=13% +@gdef@enableemergencynewline{% + @gdef^^M{% + @par% + %<warning: active newline>@par% +}}} + + +@gdef@fixbackslash{% + @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @ttbackslash @fi + @catcode13=5 % regular end of line + @enableemergencynewline + @let@c=@comment + @let@parsearg@originalparsearg + % Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input + % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. + @catcode`+=@active + @catcode`@_=@active + % + % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. + % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. This macro, @fixbackslash, gets + % called at the beginning of every Texinfo file. Not opening texinfo.cnf + % directly in this file, texinfo.tex, makes it possible to make a format + % file for Texinfo. + % + @openin 1 texinfo.cnf + @ifeof 1 @else @input texinfo.cnf @fi + @closein 1 +} + + +% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. +@escapechar = `@@ + +% These (along with & and #) are made active for url-breaking, so need +% active definitions as the normal characters. +@def@normaldot{.} +@def@normalquest{?} +@def@normalslash{/} + +% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. +% @hashchar{} gets its own user-level command, because of #line. +@catcode`@& = @other @def@normalamp{&} +@catcode`@# = @other @def@normalhash{#} +@catcode`@% = @other @def@normalpercent{%} + +@let @hashchar = @normalhash + +@c Finally, make ` and ' active, so that txicodequoteundirected and +@c txicodequotebacktick work right in, e.g., @w{@code{`foo'}}. If we +@c don't make ` and ' active, @code will not get them as active chars. +@c Do this last of all since we use ` in the previous @catcode assignments. +@catcode`@'=@active +@catcode`@`=@active +@markupsetuplqdefault +@markupsetuprqdefault + +@c Local variables: +@c eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) +@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message\\|emacs-page" +@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" +@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +@c time-stamp-end: "}" +@c End: + +@c vim:sw=2: + +@enablebackslashhack diff --git a/build-aux/ylwrap b/build-aux/ylwrap new file mode 100755 index 0000000..d153336 --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/ylwrap @@ -0,0 +1,247 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# ylwrap - wrapper for lex/yacc invocations. + +scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC + +# Copyright (C) 1996-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +# This file is maintained in Automake, please report +# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to +# <automake-patches@gnu.org>. + +get_dirname () +{ + case $1 in + */*|*\\*) printf '%s\n' "$1" | sed -e 's|\([\\/]\)[^\\/]*$|\1|';; + # Otherwise, we want the empty string (not "."). + esac +} + +# guard FILE +# ---------- +# The CPP macro used to guard inclusion of FILE. +guard () +{ + printf '%s\n' "$1" \ + | sed \ + -e 'y/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/' \ + -e 's/[^ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ]/_/g' \ + -e 's/__*/_/g' +} + +# quote_for_sed [STRING] +# ---------------------- +# Return STRING (or stdin) quoted to be used as a sed pattern. +quote_for_sed () +{ + case $# in + 0) cat;; + 1) printf '%s\n' "$1";; + esac \ + | sed -e 's|[][\\.*]|\\&|g' +} + +case "$1" in + '') + echo "$0: No files given. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; + --basedir) + basedir=$2 + shift 2 + ;; + -h|--h*) + cat <<\EOF +Usage: ylwrap [--help|--version] INPUT [OUTPUT DESIRED]... -- PROGRAM [ARGS]... + +Wrapper for lex/yacc invocations, renaming files as desired. + + INPUT is the input file + OUTPUT is one file PROG generates + DESIRED is the file we actually want instead of OUTPUT + PROGRAM is program to run + ARGS are passed to PROG + +Any number of OUTPUT,DESIRED pairs may be used. + +Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>. +EOF + exit $? + ;; + -v|--v*) + echo "ylwrap $scriptversion" + exit $? + ;; +esac + + +# The input. +input=$1 +shift +# We'll later need for a correct munging of "#line" directives. +input_sub_rx=`get_dirname "$input" | quote_for_sed` +case $input in + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) + # Absolute path; do nothing. + ;; + *) + # Relative path. Make it absolute. + input=`pwd`/$input + ;; +esac +input_rx=`get_dirname "$input" | quote_for_sed` + +# Since DOS filename conventions don't allow two dots, +# the DOS version of Bison writes out y_tab.c instead of y.tab.c +# and y_tab.h instead of y.tab.h. Test to see if this is the case. +y_tab_nodot=false +if test -f y_tab.c || test -f y_tab.h; then + y_tab_nodot=true +fi + +# The parser itself, the first file, is the destination of the .y.c +# rule in the Makefile. +parser=$1 + +# A sed program to s/FROM/TO/g for all the FROM/TO so that, for +# instance, we rename #include "y.tab.h" into #include "parse.h" +# during the conversion from y.tab.c to parse.c. +sed_fix_filenames= + +# Also rename header guards, as Bison 2.7 for instance uses its header +# guard in its implementation file. +sed_fix_header_guards= + +while test $# -ne 0; do + if test x"$1" = x"--"; then + shift + break + fi + from=$1 + # Handle y_tab.c and y_tab.h output by DOS + if $y_tab_nodot; then + case $from in + "y.tab.c") from=y_tab.c;; + "y.tab.h") from=y_tab.h;; + esac + fi + shift + to=$1 + shift + sed_fix_filenames="${sed_fix_filenames}s|"`quote_for_sed "$from"`"|$to|g;" + sed_fix_header_guards="${sed_fix_header_guards}s|"`guard "$from"`"|"`guard "$to"`"|g;" +done + +# The program to run. +prog=$1 +shift +# Make any relative path in $prog absolute. +case $prog in + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ;; + *[\\/]*) prog=`pwd`/$prog ;; +esac + +dirname=ylwrap$$ +do_exit="cd '`pwd`' && rm -rf $dirname > /dev/null 2>&1;"' (exit $ret); exit $ret' +trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1 +trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2 +trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13 +trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15 +mkdir $dirname || exit 1 + +cd $dirname + +case $# in + 0) "$prog" "$input" ;; + *) "$prog" "$@" "$input" ;; +esac +ret=$? + +if test $ret -eq 0; then + for from in * + do + to=`printf '%s\n' "$from" | sed "$sed_fix_filenames"` + if test -f "$from"; then + # If $2 is an absolute path name, then just use that, + # otherwise prepend '../'. + case $to in + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) target=$to;; + *) target=../$to;; + esac + + # Do not overwrite unchanged header files to avoid useless + # recompilations. Always update the parser itself: it is the + # destination of the .y.c rule in the Makefile. Divert the + # output of all other files to a temporary file so we can + # compare them to existing versions. + if test $from != $parser; then + realtarget=$target + target=tmp-`printf '%s\n' "$target" | sed 's|.*[\\/]||g'` + fi + + # Munge "#line" or "#" directives. Don't let the resulting + # debug information point at an absolute srcdir. Use the real + # output file name, not yy.lex.c for instance. Adjust the + # include guards too. + sed -e "/^#/!b" \ + -e "s|$input_rx|$input_sub_rx|" \ + -e "$sed_fix_filenames" \ + -e "$sed_fix_header_guards" \ + "$from" >"$target" || ret=$? + + # Check whether files must be updated. + if test "$from" != "$parser"; then + if test -f "$realtarget" && cmp -s "$realtarget" "$target"; then + echo "$to is unchanged" + rm -f "$target" + else + echo "updating $to" + mv -f "$target" "$realtarget" + fi + fi + else + # A missing file is only an error for the parser. This is a + # blatant hack to let us support using "yacc -d". If -d is not + # specified, don't fail when the header file is "missing". + if test "$from" = "$parser"; then + ret=1 + fi + fi + done +fi + +# Remove the directory. +cd .. +rm -rf $dirname + +exit $ret + +# Local Variables: +# mode: shell-script +# sh-indentation: 2 +# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" +# End: |